Chāndogyopaniṣad with the commentary ascribed to Śaṃkara


# Header

  This file is a plain text transformation of http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil/corpustei/sa_chAndogyopaniSad-comm.xml
  with a rudimentary header. For a more extensive header please refer to the source file.

## Data entry: members of the Sansknet Project
## Contribution: members of the Sansknet Project
## Date of this version: 2020-07-31

## Source: 
   - .

## Publisher: Göttingen Register of Electronic Texts in Indian Languages (GRETIL), SUB Göttingen

## Licence:
   This e-text was provided to GRETIL in good faith that no copyright rights have been infringed. If anyone wishes to assert copyright over this file, please contact the GRETIL management at gretil(at)sub(dot)uni-goettingen(dot)de. The file will be immediately removed pending resolution of the claim.
   Distributed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-ShareAlike 4.0 International License.

## Structure of references:
   A reference is assembled consisting of
   - a pragmatic abbreviation of the title: Chāndogyopaniṣad+comm = ,
   - the number of the  in arabic numerals,
   - the number of the verse in arabic numerals.

## Notes:
   This file has been created by mass conversion of GRETIL's Sanskrit corpus from chupsb_u.htm. Due to the heterogeneity of the sources the header markup might be suboptimal. For the sake of transparency the header of the legacy file is documented in the note element below:

   
	 Chandogya-Upanisad (Chandogyopanisad)
with the commentary ascribed to Samkara
Input by members of the Sansknet project
(formerly: www.sansknet.org)
[GRETIL-Version vom 17.03.2017]
Revisions:
 2017-03-17: 7,16.1 disentangled from commentary by James Fitzgerald
This GRETIL version has been converted from a custom Devanagari encoding.
Therefore, word boundaries are usually not marked by blanks.
These and other irregularities cannot be standardized at present.
The mula text has been checked against the ed. by V.P. Limaye and R.D. Vadekar
(Eighteen Principal Upanisads, vol. 1, Poona 1958), and the electronic version
available on TITUS. In cases of divergence, preference has usually been given
to the printed edition.
The text of the commentary is not proofread!
REFERENCE SYSTEM:
ChUp_n,n.n = mula text
ChUpBh_n,n.n = Samkara's Bhasya
	


## Revisions:
   - 2020-07-31: TEI encoding by mass conversion of GRETIL's Sanskrit corpus


# Text

oṃ sāmavedīyā chāndogyopaniṣat

atha prathamo 'dhyāyaḥ āpyāyantu mamāṅgāni vākprāṇaścakṣuḥ śrotramatho balamindriyāṇi ca sarvāṇi, sarvaṃ brahmaupaniṣadaṃ māhaṃ brahma nirākuryāṃ mā mā brahma nirākarodanirākaraṇamastvanirākaraṇaṃ me 'stu, tadātmani nirate ya upaniṣatsu dharmāste mayi santu te mayi santu //

oṃ śāntiḥ śāntiḥ śāntiḥ śrīmacchaṅkarabhagavatpādācāryaviracitaṃ bhāṣyam upodghātaḥ- "omityetadakṣaram" ityādyaṣṭādhyāyī chāndogyopaniṣat / tasyāḥ saṃkṣepator'thajijñāsubhya ṛjuvivaraṇamalpagranthaśrīmannarendrapurīyatīndraviracitaṃ chāndogyopaniṣadbhāṣyaṭippaṇamidamārabhyate / tatra sambandhaḥ- samastaṃ karmādhigataṃ prāṇādidevatāvijñānasahitamarcirādimārgeṇa brahmalokapratipattikāraṇam / kevalaṃ ca dhūmādimārgeṇa candralokapratipattikāraṇam / svabhāvapravṛttānāṃ ca mārgadvayaparibhraṣṭānāṃ kaṣṭādhogatiruktā / na cobhayormārgayoranyatarasminnapi mārge ātyantikī puruṣārthasiddhirityataḥ karmanirapekṣamadvaitātmavijñānaṃ saṃsāragatitrayahetūpamardena vaktavyamityupaniṣadārabhyate / na cādvaitātmavijñānādanyatrā'tyantikī niḥśreyasaprāptiḥ / vakṣyati hi-"atha ye 'myathāto viduranyarājānaste kṣayyalokā bhavanti" / viparyaye ca"sa svarāḍbhavati"iti / tathā dvaitaviṣayānṛtābhisandhasya bandhanaṃ taskarasyeva taptaparaśugrahaṇe bandhadāhabhāvaḥ, saṃsāraduḥkhaprāptiścetyuktvādvaitātmasatyābhisandhasyātaskarasyeva taptaparaśugrahaṇe bandhadāhābhāvaḥ saṃsāraduḥkhanivṛttirmokṣaśceti / ata eva na karmasahabhāv.dvaitātmadarśanam / kriyākārakaphalabhedopamardena"sadekamevādvitīyam" "ātmaivedaṃ sarvam" ityevamādivākyajanitasya bādhakapratyayānupapatteḥ / karmavidhipratyaya iti cet / na / kartṛbhoktṛsvabhāvavijñānavatastajjanitakarmaphalarāgadveṣādidoṣavataśca karmavidhānāt / adhigatasakalavedārthasya karmavidhānādadvaitajñānavato 'pi karmeti cet / na / karmādhikṛtaviṣayasya kartṛbhoktrādijñānasya svābhāvikasya"sadekamevādvitīyam""ātmaivedaṃ sarvam" ityanenopamarditatvāt / tasmādavidyādidoṣavata eva karmāṇi vidhīyante / nādvaitajñānavataḥ / ata eva hi vakṣyati-"sarva ete puṇyalokā bhavanti / brahmasastho 'mṛtatvameti"iti / tatraitasminnadvaitavidyāprakaraṇe 'bhyudayasādhanānyupāsanānyucyante kaivalyasannikṛṣṭaphalāni / cādvaitādīṣadvīkṛtabrahmaviṣayāṇi ityādīni karmasamṛddhiphalāni ca karmāṅgasambandhīni / rahasyasāmānyānmanovṛttisāmānyācca yathādvaitajñānaṃ manovṛttimātraṃ tathānyānyapyupāsanāni manovṛttirūpāṇītyasti hi sāmānyam / kastarhyadvaitajñānasyopāsanānāṃ ca viśeṣaḥ / ucyate / svābhāvikasyā'tmanyakriye 'dhyāropitasya kartrādikārakakriyāphalabhedavijñānasya nivartakamadvaitavijñānam / rajjvādāviva sarpādyadhyāropalakṣaṇajñānasya rajjvādisvarūpaniścayaḥ prakāśanimittaḥ / upāsanaṃ tu yathāśāstrasamarpitaṃ kiñcidālambanamupādāya tasminsamānacittavṛttisantānakaraṇaṃ tadvilakṣaṇapratyayānantaritamiti viśeṣaḥ / tānyetānyupāsanāni sattvaśuddhikaratvena vastutattvāvabhāsakatvādadvaitajñānopakārakāṇyālambanaviṣayatvāt susādhyāni ceti pūrvamupanyasyante / tatra karmābhyāsasya dṛḍhīkṛtatvātkarmaparityāgenopāsana eva duḥkhaṃ cetaḥ samarpaṇaṃ kartṛmiti karmāṅgaviṣayameva tāvadādāvupāsanamupanyasyate /

start chup 1,1.1

om ity etad akṣaram udgītham upāsīta | om iti hy udgāyati | tasyopavyākhyānam || chup_1,1.1 ||

chupbh_1,1.1 ityupodghātabhāṣyam- omityetadakṣaramudgīthamupāsīta / omityetadakṣaraṃ paramātmano 'bhidhānaṃ nediṣṭham / tasminhi prayujyamāne sa prasīdati priyanāmagrahaṇa iva lokaḥ / tadihetiparaṃ prayuktamabhidhāyakatvādvyāvartitaṃ śabdasvarūpamātraṃ pratīyate / tathā cārcādivatparasyā'tmanaḥ pratīkaṃ sampadyate / evaṃ nāmatvena pratīkatvena ca paramātmopāsanasādhanaṃ śreṣṭhamiti sarvavedānteṣvagatam / japakarmasvādhyāyādyanteṣu ca bahuśaḥ prayogātprasiddhamasya śraiṣṭhyam / atastadetakṣaraṃ varṇātmakamudgīthabhaktyavayavatvādudgīthaśabdavācyamupāsīta / karmāṅgāvayavabhūta oṅkāre paramātmapratīke dṛḍhāmaikāgryalakṣaṇāṃ matiṃ santanuyāt / 
svayameva śrutiroṅkārasyodgīthaśabdavācyatve hetumāha-omiti hyudgāyati /
omityārabhya hi yasmādudgāyatyata udgītha oṅkāra ityarthaḥ /
tasyopavyākhyānaṃ tasyākṣarasyopavyākhyānamevamupāsanamevaṃvibhūtyevaṃphalamityādikathanamupavyākhyānam /
pravartata iti vākyaśeṣaḥ //1 //


start chup 1,1.2

eṣāṃ bhūtānāṃ pṛthivī rasaḥ | pṛthivyā āpo rasaḥ | apām oṣadhayo rasaḥ | oṣadhīnāṃ puruṣo rasaḥ | puruṣasya vāg rasaḥ | vāca ṛg rasaḥ | ṛcaḥ sāma rasaḥ | sāmna udgītho rasaḥ || chup_1,1.2 ||

chupbh_1,1.2 eṣāṃ carācarāṇāṃ bhūtānāṃ pṛthivī raso gatiḥ parāyaṇamavaṣṭambhaḥ / pṛthivyā āpo raso 'psu hyotā ca protā ca pṛthivyatastā rasaḥ pṛthivyāḥ / apāmoṣadhayo raso 'ppariṇāmatvādoṣadhīnām / tāsāṃ puruṣo raso 'nnapariṇāmatvāt puruṣasya / tasyāpi puruṣasya vāgrasaḥ / puruṣāvayavānāṃ hi vāksāriṣṭhā / 
ato vākpuruṣasya rasa ucyate /
tasyā api vāca ṛgrasaḥ sāratarā /
ṛcaḥ sāma rasaḥ sārataram /
tasyāpi sāmna udgīthaḥ prakṛtatvādoṅkāraḥ sārataraḥ //2 //


start chup 1,1.3
sa eṣa rasānāṃ rasatamaḥ paramaḥ parārdhyo 'ṣṭamo yadudgīthaḥ || chup_1,1.3 ||
chupbh_1,1.3 evaṃ sa eṣa udgīthākhya oṅkāro bhūtādīnāmuttarottararasānāmatiśayena raso rasatamaḥ /
paramaḥ paramātmapratīkatvāt /
parārdhyor'dhaṃ sthānaṃ, paraṃ ca tadardhaṃ ca parārdhaṃ tadarhatīti parārdhyaḥ paramātmasthānārhaḥ paramātmavadupāsyatvādityabhiprāyaḥ /
aṣṭamaḥ pṛthivyādirasasaṃkhyāyāṃ yadudgītho ya udgīthaḥ //3 //

start chup 1,1.4
katamā katama rk katamat katamat sāma katamaḥ katama udgītha iti vimṛṣṭaṃ bhavati || chup_1,1.4 ||
chupbh_1,1.4 vāca ṛgrasa ityuktam / katamā sarkkatamattatsāma katamo vā sa udgīthaḥ / katamā katameti vīpsā'darārthā / nanu"vā bahūnāṃ jātiparipraśne ḍatamac" / na hyatra ṛgjātibahutvaṃ kathaṃ ḍatamacprayogaḥ / naiṣa doṣaḥ / jātau paripraśno jātiparipraśna ityetasminvigrahe jātāvṛgvyaktīnāṃ bahutvopapatteḥ / 
na tu jāteḥ paripraśna iti vigṛhyate /
nanu jāteḥ paripraśna ityasminvigrahe katamaḥ kaṭha ityādyudāharaṇamupapannaṃ jātau paripraśna ityatra tu na yujyate /
tatrāpi kaṭhādijātāveva vyaktibahitvābhiprāyeṇa paripraśna ityadoṣaḥ /
yadi jāteḥ paripraśnaḥ syātkatamā katamargityādāvupasaṃkhyānaṃ kartavyaṃ syādvimṛṣṭaṃ bhavati vimarśaḥ kṛto bhavati //4 //


start chup 1,1.5

vāg evark | prāṇaḥ sāma | om ity etad akṣaram udgīthaḥ | tad vā etan mithunaṃ yad vāk ca prāṇaś cark ca sāma ca || chup_1,1.5 ||

chupbh_1,1.5 vimarśe hi kṛte sati prativacanoktirupapannā vāgevarkprāṇaḥ sāmeti / vāgṛcorekatve 'pi nāṣṭamatvavyāghātaḥ pūrvasmādvākyāntaratvādāptiguṇasiddhaya omityetadakṣaramudgītha iti / vākprāṇāvṛksāmayonī iti vāgevarkprāṇaḥ sāmetyucyate / yathākramamṛksāmayonyorvākprāṇayorgrahaṇe hi sarvāsāmṛcāṃ sarveṣāṃ ca sāmnāmavarodhaḥ kṛtaḥ syāt / sarvarksāmāvarodhe carksāmasādhyānāṃ ca sarvakarmaṇāmavarodhaḥ kṛtaḥ syāt / tadavarodhe ca sarve kāmā avaruddhāḥ syuḥ / omityetadakṣaramudgītha iti bhaktyāśaṅkā vinartyate / tadvā etaditi mithunaṃ nirdiśyate / kiṃ tanmithunamityāha yadvākca prāṇaśca sarvaṛksāmakāraṇabhūtau mithunam / ṛkva sāma ceti ṛksāmakāraṇāvṛksāmaśabdoktāvityarthaḥ / 
na tu svatantramṛkca sāma ca mithunam /
anyathā hi vākca prāṇaścetyekaṃ mithunamṛksāma cāparaṃ mithunamiti dve mithune syātām /
tathā ca tadetanmithunamityekavacananirdeṣo 'nupapannaḥ syāt /
tasmādṛksāmayonyorvākprāṇayoreva mithunatvam //5 //


start chup 1,1.6

tad etan mithunam om ity etasminn akṣare saṃsṛjyate | yadā vai mithunau samāgacchata āpayato vai tāv anyo 'nyasya kāmam || chup_1,1.6 ||

chupbh_1,1.6 tadetadevaṃlakṣaṇaṃ mithunamomityetasminnakṣare saṃsṛjyate / 
evaṃ sarvakāmāvāptiguṇaviśiṣṭaṃ mithunamoṅkāre saṃsṛṣṭaṃ vidyata ityoṅkārasya sarvakāmāvāptiguṇavattvaṃ prasiddham /
vāṅmayatvamoṅkārasya prāṇaniṣpādyatvaṃ ca mithunena saṃsṛṣṭatvaṃ mithunasya kāmāpayitṛtvaṃ prasiddhamiti dṛṣṭānta ucyate /
yathā loke mithunau mithunāvayavau strīpuṃsau yadā samāgacchato grāmyadharmatayā saṃyujyeyānāṃ tadā'payataḥ prāpayato 'nyonyasyetaretarasya tau kāmam /
tathā ca svātmānupraviṣṭena mithunena sarvakāmāptiguṇavattvamoṅkārasya siddhamityabhiprāyaḥ //6 //


start chup 1,1.7
āpayitā ha vai kāmānāṃ bhavati ya etad evaṃ vidvān akṣaram udgītham upāste || chup_1,1.7 ||
chupbh_1,1.7 tadupāsako 'pyudgātā taddharmā bhavatītyāha-āpayitā ha vai kāmānāṃ yajamānasya bhavati ya etadakṣaramevamāptiguṇavadudgīthamupāste tasyaitadyathoktaṃ phalamityarthaḥ /
"taṃ yathā yathopāsate tadeva bhavati"iti śruteḥ //7 //

start chup 1,1.8

tad vā etad anujñākṣaram | yad dhi kiṃcānujānāty om ity eva tad āha | eṣo eva samṛddhir yad anujñā | samardhayitā ha vai kāmānāṃ bhavati ya etad evaṃ vidvān akṣaram udgītham upāste || chup_1,1.8 ||

chupbh_1,1.8 samṛddhiguṇavāṃścoṅkāraḥ / katham-tadvā etatprakṛmanujñākṣaramanujñā ca sākṣaraṃ ca tat / anujñānumatiroṅkāra ityarthaḥ / kathamanujñetyāha śrutireva / yaddhi kiñca yatkiñca loke jñānaṃ dhanaṃ vānujānāti vidvāndhanī vā tatrānumatiṃ kurvannomityeva tadāha / tathā ca vede"trayastriṃśadityomiti hovāca"ityādinā / 
tathā ca loke 'pi tavedaṃ dhanaṃ gṛhṇāmītyukta omityāha /
ata eṣā u evaiṣaiva samṛddhiryadanujñā yānujñā sā samṛddhistanmūlatvādanujñāyāḥ /
samṛddho hyomityanujñāṃ dadāti tasmātsamṛddhiguṇavānoṅkāra ityarthaḥ /
samṛddhiguṇopāsakatvāttaddharmā sansamardhayitā ha vai kāmānāṃ yajamānasya bhavati ya etadevaṃ vidvānakṣaramudgīthamupāsta ityādi pūrvavat //8 //


start chup 1,1.9 teneyaṃ trayī vidyā vartate | om ity āśrāvayati | om iti śaṃsati | om ity udgāyati | etasyaiva akṣarasyāpacityai mahimnā rasena || chup_1,1.9 ||

chupbh_1,1.9 athedānīmakṣaraṃ stautyupāsyatvātprarocanārtham / kathaṃ, tenākṣareṇa prakṛteneyamṛgvedādilakṣaṇā trayī vidyā trayīvidyāvihitaṃ karmetyarthaḥ / na hi trayī vidyaivā'śrāvaṇādibhirvartate karma tu tathā pravartata iti prasiddham / kathamomityāśrāvatyomiti śaṃsatyomityudgāyatīti liṅgācca somayāga iti gamyate / tacca karmaitasyaivākṣarasyāpacityai pūjārtham / paramātmapratīkaṃ hi tat / tadapacitiḥ paramātmana eva sā / "svakarmaṇā tamabhyarcya siddhiṃ vindati mānavaḥ"iti smṛteḥ / mahimnā rasena / kiñcaitasyaivākṣarasya mahimnā mahattvena ṛtvigyajamānādiprāṇairityarthaḥ / tathaitasyaivākṣarasya rasena vrīhiyavādirasanirvṛttena haviṣetyarthaḥ / yāgahomādyakṣareṇa kriyate / 
taccā'dityamupatiṣṭhate /
tato vṛṣṭyādikrameṇa prāṇo 'nnaṃ ca jāyate /
prāṇairannena ca yajñastāyate /
ata ucyate 'kṣarasya mahimnā rasnti //9 //


start chup 1,1.10

tenobhau kurutaḥ | yaś caitad evaṃ veda yaś ca na veda | nānā tu vidyā cāvidyā ca | yad eva vidyayā karoti śraddhayopaniṣadā tad eva vīryavattaraṃ bhavatīti khalv etasyaivākṣarasyopavyākhyānaṃ bhavati || chup_1,1.10 ||

chupbh_1,1.10 tatrākṣaravijñānavataḥ karma kartavyamiti sthitamābhipati-tenābhareṇobhau yaścaitadakṣaramevaṃ vyākhyātaṃ veda yaśca karmamātravidakṣarayāthātmyaṃ na veda tāvubhau kurutaḥ karma / tayośca karmasāmarthyādeva phalaṃ syātkiṃ tatrākṣarayāthātmyavijñāneneti / dṛṣṭaṃ hi loke harītakīṃ bhakṣayatostadrasābhijñetarayorvirecanam / naivam / yasmānnānā tu vidyā cāvidyā ca bhinne hi vidyāvidye / tuśabdaḥ pakṣavyāvṛttyarthaḥ / noṅkārasya karmāṅgatvamātravijñānameva rasatamāptisamṛddhiguṇavadvijñānaṃ kiṃ tarhi tato 'bhyadhikam / tasmāttadaṅgādhikyātphalādhikyaṃ yuktamityabhiprāyaḥ / dṛṣṭaṃ hi loke vaṇikśabarayoḥ padmarāgādimaṇivikraye vaṇijo vijñānādhikyātphalādhikyam / tasmādyadeva vidyayā vijñānena yuktaḥ sankaroti karmaśraddhayā śraddadhānaśca sannupaniṣadā yogena yuktaścetyarthaḥ / tadeva karma vīryavattaramavidvatkarmaṇo 'dhikaphalaṃ bhavatīti / vidvatkarmaṇo vīryavattara[tvaṭavacanādaviduṣo 'pi karma vāryadeva bhavatītyabhiprāyaḥ / na cāviduṣaḥ karmaṇyanadhikāraḥ / 
auṣastye kāṇḍe 'viduṣāmapyārvijyadarśanāt /
rasatamāptisamṛddhiguṇavadakṣaramityekamupāsanam /
madhye prayatnāntarādarśanāt /
anekairhi viśeṣaṇairanekadhopāsyatvātkhalvetasyaiva prakṛtasyodgīthākhyasyākṣarasyopavyākhyānaṃ bhavati //10//


iti chāndogyopaniṣacchāṅkarabhāṣye prathamādhyāyasya prathama khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 1,2.1

devāsurā ha vai yatra saṃyetire | ubhaye prājāpatyās tad dha devā udgītham ājahrur anenainān abhibhaviṣyāma iti || chup_1,2.1 ||

chupbh_1,2.1 devāsurā devāścāsurāśca / devā dīvyaterdyetanārthasya śāstrodbhāsitā indriyavṛttayaḥ / aśirāstadvirītāḥ sveṣvevāsuṣu viṣvagviṣayāsu prāṇanakriyāsu ramaṇātsvābhāvikyastama ātmikā indriyavṛttaya eva / ha vā iti pūrvavṛttodbhāsakau nipātau / yatra yasminnimitta itaretaraviṣayāpahāralakṣaṇe saṃyetire / sampūrvasya yatateḥ saṃgrāmārthatvamiti saṃgrāmaṃ kṛtavanta utyarthaḥ / śāsrīyaprakāśavṛttayabhibhavanāya pravṛttāḥ svābhāvikyastamorūpā indriyavṛttayo 'surāḥ / tathā tadviparītāḥ śāsrārthaviṣayavivekajyotirātmāno devā svābhāvikatamorūpāsurābhibhavanāya pravṛttā ityanyonyābhibhavodbhavarūpaḥ saṃgrāma iva sarvaprāṇiṣu pratidehaṃ devāsurasaṅgrāmo 'nādikālapravṛtta ityabhiprāyaḥ / sa ihaśrutyā'khyāyikārūpeṇa dharmādharmotpattivivekavijñānāya kathyate prāṇaviśuddhivijñānavidhiparatayā / ata ubhaye 'pi devāsurāḥ prajāpaterapatyānīti prājāpatyāḥ / prajāpatiḥ karmajñānādhikṛtaḥ puruṣaḥ / "puruṣa evokthamayameva mahānprajāpatiḥ"iti śrutyantarāt / 
tasya hi śāsrīyāḥ svābhāvikyaśca karaṇavṛttayo viruddhā apatyānīva tadudbhavatvāt /
tattatrotkarṣāpakarṣalakṣaṇanimitte ha devā udgīthabhaktyupalakṣitamaudgātraṃ karmā'jahrurāhṛtavantaḥ /
tasyāpi kevalasyā'haraṇāsambhavājjotiṣṭomādyāhṛtavanta ityabhiprāyaḥ /
tatkimarthamājahrurityucyate anena karmaṇainānasurānabhibhaviṣyāma ityevamabhiprāyāḥ santaḥ //1 //


start chup 1,2.2

te ha nāsikyaṃ prāṇam udgītham upāsāṃ cakrire | taṃ ha asurāḥ pāpmanā vividhuḥ | tasmāt tenobhayaṃ jighrati surabhi ca durgandhi ca | pāpmanā hy eṣa viddhaḥ || chup_1,2.2 ||

chupbh_1,2.2 yadā ca tadudgīthaṃ karmā'jihīrṣavastadā-te ha devā nāsikyaṃ nāsikāyāṃ bhavaṃ cetanāvantaṃ ghrāṇaṃ prāṇamudgīthakartāramudgīthabhaktyopāsāṃcakrirejhrupāsanaṇṭakṛtavanta ityarthaḥ / nāsikyaprāṇamadṛṣṭyodgīthākhyamakṣaramoṅkāramupāsāṃcakrira ityarthaḥ / evaṃ hi prakṛtārthaparityāgo 'prakṛtārthopādānaṃ ca na kṛtaṃ syāt / khalvetasyaivākṣarasyetyoṅkāramupāsāṃcakrira ityarthaḥ / evaṃ hi prakṛtārthaparityāgo 'prakṛtārthopādānaṃ ca na kṛtaṃ syāt / khalvetasyaivākṣarasyetyoṅkāro hyāpāsyatayā prakṛtaḥ / nanūdgīthopalakṣitaṃ karmā'hṛtavanta ityavoca idānīmeva;kathaṃ nāsikyaprāṇadṛṣṭyoṅkāramupāsāṃcakrira ityāttha / naiṣa doṣaḥ / udgīthakarmaṇyeva hi tatkartṛprāṇadevatādṛṣṭyodgīthabhaktyavayavaścoṅkāra upāsyatvena vivakṣito na svatantro 'tastādarthyena karmā'hṛtavanta iti yuktamevoktam / tamevaṃ devairvṛtamudgātāraṃ hāsurāḥ svābhāvikatama ātmāno jyotīrūpaṃ nāsikyaṃ prāṇaṃ devaṃ svotthena pāpmanādharmāsaṅgarūpeṇa vividhurviddhavantaḥ saṃsarga kṛtavanta ityarthaḥ / sa hi nāsikyaḥ prāṇaḥ kalyāṇagandhagrahaṇābhimānāsaṅgābhibhūtavivekavijñāno babhūva / sa tena doṣeṇa pāpmasaṃsargī babhūva / tadidamuktamasurāḥ pāpmanā vividhuriti / yasmādāsureṇa pāpmanā viddhastasmāttena pāpmanā prerito ghrāṇaḥ prāṇo durgandhigrāhakaḥ prāṇinām / atastenobhayaṃ jighrati lokaḥ surabhi ca durgandhi ca / 
pāpmanā hyeṣa yasmādviddhaḥ /
ubhayagrahaṇamavivakṣitam /
yasyobhayaṃ havirārtimārchatīti yadvat /
yadevedamapratirūpaṃ jighratīti samānaprakaraṇaśruteḥ //2 //


start chup 1,2.3-6

atha ha vācam udgītham upāsāṃ cakrire | tāṃ hāsurāḥ pāpmanā vividhuḥ | tasmāt tayobhayaṃ vadati satyaṃ cānṛtaṃ ca | pāpmanā hy eṣā viddhā || chup_1,2.3 ||

atha ha cakṣur udgītham upāsāṃ cakrire | tad dhāsurāḥ pāpmanā vividhuḥ | tasmāt tenobhayaṃ paśyati darśanīyaṃ cādarśanīyaṃ ca | pāpmanā hy etad viddham || chup_1,2.4 ||

atha ha śrotram udgītham upāsāṃ cakrire | tad dhāsurāḥ pāpmanā vividhuḥ | tasmāt tenobhayaṃ śṛṇoti śravaṇīyaṃ cāśravaṇīyaṃ ca | pāpmanā hy etad viddham || chup_1,2.5 ||

atha ha mana udgītham upāsāṃ cakrire | tad dhāsurāḥ pāpmanā vividhuḥ | tasmāt tenobhayaṃ saṃkalpayate saṃkalpanīyaṃ ca | pāpmanā hy etad viddham || chup_1,2.6 ||

chupbh_1,2.3-6 mukhyaprāṇasyopāsyatvāya tadviśuddhatvānubhavārtho 'yaṃ vicāraḥ śrutyā pravartitaḥ / 
ataścakṣurādidevatāḥ krameṇa vicāryā'sureṇa pāpmanā viddhā ityapohyante /
samānamanyat, atha ha vācaṃ cakṣuḥ śrotraṃ mana ityādi /
anuktā apyanyāstvagrasamādidevatā draṣṭavyāḥ /
"evamu khalvetā devatāḥ pāpmabhiḥ" iti śrutyantarāt //3-6 //


start chup 1,2.7

atha ha ya evāyaṃ mukhyaḥ prāṇas tam udgītham upāsāṃ cakrire | taṃ hāsurā ṛtvā vidadhvaṃsur yathāśmānam ākhaṇam ṛtvā vidhvaṃsetaivam || chup_1,2.7 ||

chupbh_1,2.7 āsureṇa viddhatvādghrāṇādidevatā apohyāthānantaraṃ ya evāyaṃ prasiddho mukhe bhavo mukhyaḥ prāṇastamudgīthamupāsāñcakrire taṃ hāsurāḥ pūrvavadṛtvā prāpya vidadhvaṃsurvinaṣṭā abhiprāyamātreṇa /
akṛtvā kiñcidapi prāṇasya /
kathaṃ vinaṣṭā ityatra dṛṣṭāntamāha-yathā loke 'śmānamākhaṇaṃ na śakyate khanituṃ kuddālādibhirapi bhettuṃ na śakyo 'khaṇa evā'khaṇastamṛtvā sāmarthyālloṣṭaḥ pāṃsupiṇḍaḥ kṣutyantarāccāśmani kṣipto 'śmabhedanābhiprāyeṇa tasyāśmanaḥ kiñcidapyakṛtvā svayaṃ vidhvaṃseta vidīryetaivaṃ vidadhvaṃsurityarthaḥ //7 //

start chup 1,2.8

evaṃ yathāśmānam ākhaṇam ṛtvā vidhvaṃsata evaṃ haiva sa vidhvaṃsate ya evaṃvidi pāpaṃ kāmayate yaś cainam abhidāsati | sa eṣo 'śmākhaṇaḥ || chup_1,2.8 ||

chupbh_1,2.8 evaṃ viśuddho 'surairadharṣitatvātprāṇa iti evaṃvidaḥ prāṇātmabhūtasyedaṃ phalamāha-yathāśmānamiti / eṣa eva dṛṣṭāntaḥ / evaṃ haiva sa vidhvaṃsate vinaśyati / ko 'sāvityāha-ya evaṃvidi yathoktaprāṇavidi pāpaṃ tadanarhaṃ kartu kāmayata icchati yaścāpyenamabhidāsati hinasti prāṇavidaṃ pratyākrośatāḍanādi prayuṅkte so 'pyevameva vidhvaṃsata ityarthaḥ / yasmātsa eṣa prāṇavitprāṇabhūtatvādaśmākhaṇa ivāśmākhaṇo 'dharṣaṇīya ityarthaḥ / 
nanu nāsikyo 'pi prāṇo vāyvātmā yathā mukhyastatra nāsikyaḥ prāṇaḥ pāpmanā viddhaḥ prāṇa eva sanna mukhyaḥ katham /
naiṣa doṣaḥ /
nāsikyastu sthānakaraṇavaiguṇyādviddho vāyvātmāpi sanmukhyaḥ sthānadevatābalīyastvānna viddha iti yuktam /
yathā vāsyādayaḥ śikṣāvatpuruṣāśrayāḥ kāryaviśeṣaṃ kurvanti nānyahastagatāstadvaddoṣavadghrāṇasacivatvādviddhā ghrāṇadevatā na mukhyaḥ //8 //


start chup 1,2.9

naivaitena surabhi na durgandhi vijānāti | apahatapāpmā hy eṣaḥ | tena yad aśnāti yat pibati tenetarān prāṇān avati | etam u evāntato 'vittvotkrāmati | vyādadāty evāntata iti || chup_1,2.9 ||

chupbh_1,2.9 yasmānna viddho 'surairmukhyastasmānnaivaitena surabhi durgandhi vā vijānāti ghrāṇenaiva tadubhayaṃ vijānāti lokaḥ / ataśca pāpmakāryādarśanādapahatapāpmāpahato vināśito 'panītaḥ pāpmā yasmātso 'yamapahatapāpmā hyeṣa viśuddha ityarthaḥ / yasmāccā'tmambharayaḥ kalyāṇādyāsaṅgavattvādghrāṇādayo na tathā'tmambharirmukhyaḥ kiṃ tarhi sarvārthaḥ / kathamiti, ucyate-tena mukhyena yadaśnāti yatpibati lokastenāśitena pītena cotarānghrāṇādīnavati pālayati / tena hi teṣāṃ sthitirbhavatītyarthaḥ / ataḥ sarvambharaḥ prāṇo 'to viśuddhaḥ / kathaṃ punarmukhyāśitapītābhyāṃ sthitireṣāṃ gamyata iti, ucyate-etaṃ (tamu eva) mukhyaṃ prāṇaṃ mukhyaprāṇasya vṛttimannapāne ityarthaḥ / antato 'nte maraṇakāle 'vittvālabdhvot-krāmati / ghrāṇādiprāṇasamudāya ityarthaḥ / aprāṇo hi na śaknotyaśituṃ pātuṃ vā / 
tena tadotkrāntiḥ prasiddhā ghrāṇādikalāpasya /
dṛśyate hyutkrāntau prāṇasyāśiśiṣā /
ato vyādadātyevā'syavidāraṇaṃ karotītyarthaḥ /
taddhyannālābha utkrāntasya liṅgam //9 //


start chup 1,2.10

taṃ hāṅgirā udgītham upāsāṃ cakre | etam u evāṅgirasaṃ manyante 'ṅgānāṃ yad rasaḥ || chup_1,2.10 || 

chupbh_1,2.10 taṃ hāṅgirāstaṃ mukhyaṃ prāṇaṃ hāṅgirā ityevaṅguṇamudgīthamuyāsāñcakre baka ityeva sambandhaṃ kṛtavantaḥ kecit / etamu evā'ṅgirasaṃ bṛhaspatimayāsyaṃ prāṇaṃ manyanta iti canāt / bhavatyevaṃ yathāśrutāsambhave, sambhavati tu yathāśrutamṛṣicodanāyāmapi śrutyantaravat / tasmācchatarcina ityācakṣata etameva santamṛṣimapi / tathā mādhyamā gṛtsamado viśvāmitro vāmadevo 'trirityādi ṛṣīneva prāṇamāpādayati śrutiḥ / 
tathaitānapyṛṣīnprāṇopāsakānaṅgirobṛhaspatyayāsyānprāṇaṃ karotyabhedavijñānāya /
"prāṇo ha pitā prāṇo mātā"ityādivacca /
tasmādṛṣiraṅgirā nāma prāṇa eva sannātmānamaṅgirasaṃ prāṇamudgīthamupāsāñcakra ityetat /
yadyasmātso 'ṅgānāṃ prāṇaḥ sanrasastenāsāvāṅgirasaḥ //10 //


start chup 1,2.11-12

tena taṃ ha bṛhaspatir udgītham upāsāṃ cakre | etam u eva bṛhaspatiṃ manyante | vāg ghi bṛhatī tasyā eṣapatiḥ || chup_1,2.11 ||

tena taṃ hāyāsya udgītham upāsāṃ cakre | etam u evāyāsyaṃ manyante | āsyād yad ayate || chup_1,2.12 ||

chupbh_1,2.11,12 tathā vāco bṛhatyāḥ patistenāsau bṛhaspatiḥ /
yathā yadyasmādāsyādayate nirgacchati tenā'yāsya ṛṣiḥ prāṇa eva sannityarthaḥ tathānyo 'pyupāsaka ātmānamevā'ṅgirasādiguṇaṃ prāṇamudgīthamupāsītetyarthaḥ //11-12 //

start chup 1,2.13

tena taṃ ha bako dālbhyo vidāṃ cakāra | sa ha naimiśīyānām udgātā babhūva | sa ha smaibhyaḥ kāmān āgāyati || chup_1,2.13 ||

chupbh_1,2.13 na kevalamaṅgiraḥprabhṛtayaḥ upāsāñcakrire /
taṃ ha bako nāma dalbhyasyāpatyaṃ dālbhyo vidāñcakāra yathādarśitaṃ prāṇaṃ vijñātavān /
viditvā ca sa ha naimiśīyānāṃ sattriṇāmudgātā babhūva /
sa ca prāṇavijñānasāmarthyādebhyo naimiśīyebhyaḥ kāmānāgāyati sma hā'gītavānkiletyarthaḥ //13 //

start chup 1,2.14

āgātā ha vai kāmānāṃ bhavati ya etad evaṃ vidvān akṣaram udgītham upāste | ity adhyātmam || chup_1,2.14 ||

chupbh_1,2.14 tathānyo 'pyudgātā'gātā ha vai kāmānāṃ bhavati evaṃ vidvānyathoktaguṇaṃ prāṇamakṣaramudgīthamupāste tasyaitaddṛṣṭaṃ phalamuktam /
prāṇātmabhāvastvadṛṣṭam"devo bhūtvā devānapyeti"iti śrutyantarātsiddhamevetyabhiprāyaḥ /
ityadhyātmametadātmaviṣayamudgīthopāsanamityuktopasaṃhāro 'dhidaivatodgīthopāsane vakṣyamāṇe buddhisamādhānārthaḥ //14//

iti chāndogyopaniṣacchāṅkarabhāṣye prathamādhyāyasya dvitīyaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 1,3.1 athādhidaivatam | ya evāsau tapati tam udgītham upāsīta | udyan vā eṣa prajābhya udgāyati | udyaṃs tamo bhayam apahanti | apahantā ha vai bhayasya tamaso bhavati ya evaṃ veda || chup_1,3.1 ||

chupbh_1,3.1 athānantaramadhidaivataṃ devatāviṣayamudgīthopāsanaṃ prastutamutyartho 'nekadhopāsyatvādudgīthasya / ya evāsāvādityastapati samudgīthamupāsītā'dityadṛṣṭyodgīthamupāsītetyarthaḥ / 
tamudgīthamityudgīthaśabdo 'kṣaravācī sankathamāditye vartata iti?ucyate /
udyannudgacchanvā eṣa prajābhyaḥ prajārthamudgāyati prajānāmannotpattyartham /
na hyanudyati tasminvrīhyādeḥ paktiḥ syādata udgāyatīvodgāyati, yathaivodgātānnārthamata udgīthaḥ savitetyarthaḥ /
kiñcodyannaiśaṃ tamastajjaṃ ca bhayaṃ praṇināmapahanti tamevaṅguṇaṃ savitāraṃ yo veda so 'pahantā nāśayitā ha vai bhayasya janmamaraṇādilakṣaṇasyā'tmanastamasaśca tatkāraṇasyājñānalakṣaṇasya bhavati //1 //


start chup 1,3.2

samāna u evāyaṃ cāsau ca | uṣṇo 'yam uṣṇo 'sau | svara itīmam ācakṣate svara iti pratyāsvara ity amum | tasmād vā etam imam amuṃ ca udgītham upāsīta || chup_1,3.2 ||

chupbh_1,3.2 yadyapi sthānabhedātprāṇādityau bhinnāviva lakṣyete tathāpi na sa tattvabhedastayoḥ / katham-samāna u eva tulya eva prāṇaḥ savitrā guṇataḥ savitā ca prāṇena / yasmāduṣṇo 'yaṃ prāṇa uṣṇaścāsau savitā / kiñca svara itīmaṃ prāṇamācakṣate kathayanti tathā svara iti;pratyāsvara iti cāmuṃ savitāram / 
yasmātprāṇaḥ svaratyeva na punarmṛtaḥ pratyāgacchati /
savitā tvastamitvā punarapyahanyahani pratyāgacchati /
ataḥ pratyāsvaro 'smādguṇato nāmataśca samānāvitaretaraṃ prāṇādityau /
ataḥ satattvābhedādetaṃ prāṇamimamamuṃ cā'dityamudgīthamupāsīta //2 //


start chup 1,3.3

atha khalu vyānam evodgītham upāsīta | yad vai prāṇiti sa prāṇaḥ | yad apāniti so 'pānaḥ | atha yaḥ prāṇāpānayoḥ saṃdhiḥ sa vyānaḥ | yo vyānaḥ sā vāk | tasmād aprāṇann anapānan vācam abhivyāharati || chup_1,3.3 ||

chupbh_1,3.3 atha khalviti prakārāntareṇopāsanamudgīthasyocyate-vyānameva vakṣyamāṇalakṣaṇaṃ prāṇasyaiva vṛttiviśeṣamudgīthamupāsīta / adhunā tatsatattvaṃ nirūpyate-yadvai puruṣaḥ prāṇiti mukhanāsikābhyāṃ vāyuṃ bahirniḥsārayati sa prāṇākhyo vāyorvṛttiviśeṣo yadapānityapaśvasiti tābhyāmevāntarākarṣati vāyuṃ so 'pāno 'pānākhyā vṛttiḥ / tataḥ kimiti, ucyate-atha ya uktalakṣaṇayoḥ prāṇāpānayoḥ sandhistayorantarā vṛttiviśeṣaḥ sa vyānaḥ, yaḥ sāṅkhyādiśāsraprasiddhiḥ śrutyā viśeṣanirūpaṇānnāsau vyāna ityabhiprāyaḥ / 
kasmātpunaḥ prāṇāpānau hitvā mahatā'yāsena vyānasyaivopāsanamucyate /
vīryavatkarmahetutvamityāha-yo vyānaḥ sā vāk /
vyānakāryatvādvācaḥ /
yasmādvyānanirvartyā vāktasmādaprāṇannanapānanprāṇāpānavyāpārāvakurvanvācamabhivyāharatyuccārayati lokaḥ //3 //


start chup 1,3.4

yā vāk sark | tasmād aprāṇann anapānann ṛcam abhivyāharati | yark tat sāma | tasmād aprāṇann anapānan sāma gāyati | yat sāma sa udgīthaḥ | tasmād aprānann anapānann udgāyati || chup_1,3.4 ||

chupbh_1,3.4 tathā vāgviśeṣāmṛcamṛksaṃsthaṃ ca sāma sāmāvayavaṃ codgīthamaprāṇannanapānanvyānenaiva nirvartayatītyabhiprāyaḥ //4 //

start chup 1,3.5

ato yāny anyāni vīryavanti karmāṇi yathāgner manthanam ājeḥ saraṇaṃ dṛḍhasya dhanuṣa āyamanam aprāṇann anapānaṃs tāni karoti | etasya hetor vyānam evodgītham upāsīta || chup_1,3.5 ||

chupbh_1,3.5 na kevalaṃ vāgādyabhivyāharaṇamevāto 'smādanyānyapi yāni vīryavanti karmāṇi prayatnādhikyanirvartyāni yathāgnermanthanamājermaryādāyāḥ saraṇaṃ dhāvanaṃ dṛḍhasya dhanuṣa āyamanamākarṣaṇamaprāṇannanapānaṃstāni karoti / 
atoviśiṣṭo vyānaḥ prāṇādivṛttibhyaḥ /
viśiṣṭasyopāsanaṃ jyāyaḥ phalavattvādrājopāsanavat /
etasya hetoretasmātkāraṇādvyānamevodgīthamupāsīta nānyadvṛttyantaram /
karmavīryavattaratvaṃ phalam //5 //


start chup 1,3.6

atha khalūdgīthākṣarāṇy upāsīta ud-gī-tha iti | prāṇa evot | prāṇena hy uttiṣṭhati | vag gīḥ | vāco ha gira ity ācakṣate | annaṃ tham | anne hīdaṃ sarvaṃ sthitam || chup_1,3.6 ||

chupbh_1,3.6 athādhunā khalūdgīthākṣarāṇyupāsīta bhaktyakṣarāṇi mā bhūvannityato viśinaṣṭi-udgītha iti / udgīthanāmākṣarāṇītyartho nāmākṣaropāsane 'pi nāmavata evopāsanaṃ kṛtaṃ bhavedamukamiśrā iti yadvat / prāṇa evot, udityasminnakṣare prāṇadṛṣṭiḥ / 
kathaṃ prāṇasyottvamityāha-prāṇena hyuttiṣṭhati sarvo 'prāṇasyāvasādadarśanādato 'styudaḥ prāṇasya ca sāmānyam /
vāggīḥ /
vāco ha gira ityācakṣate śiṣṭāḥ /
tathānnaṃ thamanne hīdaṃ sarvaṃ sthitamato 'styannasya thākṣarasya ca sāmānyam //6 //


start chup 1,3.7

dyaur evot | antarikṣaṃ gīḥ | pṛthivī tham | āditya evot | vāyur gīḥ | agnis tham | sāmaveda evot | yajurvedo gīḥ | ṛgvedas tham | dugdhe 'smai vāg dohaṃ yo vāco dohaḥ | annavān annādo bhavati | ya etāny evaṃ vidvān udgīthākṣarāṇy upāsta ud-gī-tha iti || chup_1,3.7 ||

chupbh_1,3.7 trayāṇāṃ śrutyuktāni sāmānyāni tāni tenānurūpeṇa śeṣeṣvapi draṣṭavyāni / dyaurevoduccaiḥ sthānāt / antarikṣaṃ gārgiraṇāllokānām / pṛthivī thaṃ prāṇisthānāt / āditya evodūrdhvatvāt / vāyurgīragnyādīnāṃ giraṇāt / agnisthaṃ yajñīyakarmāvasthānāt / sāmaveda evotsvargasaṃstutatvāt / yajurvedo gīryajuṣā prattasya haviṣo devatānāṃ giraṇāt / ṛgvedasthamṛcyadhyūḍhatvātsāmnaḥ / udgīthākṣaropāsanaphalamadhunocyate-dugdhe dogdhyasmai sādhakāsya / kā sā vāk, kaṃ doham / 
ko 'sau doha ityāha-yo vāco dohaḥ /
ṛgvedādiśabdasādhyaṃ phalamityabhiprāyastadvāco dohastaṃ svayameva vāgdogdhyātmānameva dogdhi /
kiñcānnavānprabhūtānno 'nnādaśca dīptāgnirbhavati /
ya etāni yathoktānyevaṃ yathoktaguṇānyudgīthākṣarāṇi vidvānsannupāsta udgītha iti //7 //


start chup 1,3.8

atha khalv āśīḥ samṛddhiḥ | upasaraṇānīty upāsīta | yena sāmnā stoṣyan syāt tat sāmopadhāvet || chup_1,3.8 ||

chupbh_1,3.8 atha khalvidānīmāśīḥsamṛddhirāśiṣaḥ kāmasya samṛddhiryathā bhavettaducyata iti vākyaśeṣaḥ /
upasaraṇānyupasartavyānyupagantavyāni dhyeyānītyarthaḥ /
katham, ityupāsīta, evamupāsīta /
tadyathā-yena sāmnā yena sāmaviśeṣeṇa stoṣyanstutiṃ kariṣyansyādbhavedudgātā tatsāmopadhāvedupasareccintayedutpattyādibhiḥ //8 //

start chup 1,3.9
yasyām ṛci tām ṛcaṃ, yad ārṣeyaṃ tam ṛṣiṃ, yāṃ devatām abhiṣṭoṣyan syāt tāṃ devatām upadhāvet || chup_1,3.9 ||
chupbh_1,3.9 yasyāmṛci tatsāma tāṃ carcamupadhāveddevatādibhiḥ /
yadārṣeyaṃ sāma taṃ carṣim /
yāṃ devatāmabhiṣṭoṣyansyāttāṃ devatāmupadhāvet //9 //

start chup 1,3.10

yena cchandasā stoṣyan syāt tac chanda upadhāvet | yena stomena stoṣyamāṇaḥ syāt taṃ stomam upadhāvet || chup_1,3.10 ||

chupbh_1,3.10 yena cchandasā gāyatryādinā stoṣyansyāttacchanda upadhāvet /
yena stomena stoṣyamāṇaḥ syāt /
stomāṅgaphalasya kartṛgāmitvādātmanepadaṃ stoṣyamāṇa iti /
taṃ stomamupadhāvet //10 //

start chup 1,3.11
yāṃ diśam abhiṣṭoṣyan syāt tāṃ diśam upadhāvet || chup_1,3.11 ||
chupbh_1,3.11 yāṃ diśamabhiṣṭoṣyansyāttāṃ diśamupadhāvedadhiṣṭhātrādibhiḥ //11 //

start chup 1,3.12

ātmānam antata upasṛtya stuvīta kāmaṃ dhyāyann apramattaḥ | abhyāśo ha yad asmai sa kāmaḥ smṛdhyeta yatkāmaḥ stuvīteti yatkāmaḥ stuvīteti || chup_1,3.12 ||

chupbh_1,3.12 ātmānamudgātā svaṃ rūpaṃ gotranāmādibhiḥ sāmādīnkrameṇa svaṃ cā'tmānamantato 'nta upasṛtya stuvīta /
kāmaṃ dhyāyannapramattaḥ svaroṣmavyañjanādibhyaḥ pramādamakurvaṃstato 'bhyāśaḥ kṣiprameva ha yadyatrāsmā evaṃvide sa kāmaḥ samṛdhyeta samṛddhiṃ gacchet /
ko 'sau, yatkāmo yaḥ kāmo 'sya so 'yaṃ yatkāmaḥ sanstuvīteti /
dviruktikādarārthā //12//

iti chāndogyopaniṣacchāṅkarabhāṣye prathamādhyāyasya tṛtīyaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

======================================================================= start chup 1,4.1

om ity etad akṣaram udgītham upāsīta | om iti hy udgāyati | tasyopavyākhyānam || chup_1,4.1 ||

chupbh_1,4.1 omityetadityādiprakṛtasyākṣarasya punarupādānamudgīthākṣarādyupāsanāntaritatvādanyatra prasaṅgo mā bhūdityevamartham /
prakṛtasyaivākṣarasyāmṛtābhayaguṇaviśiṣṭasyopāsanaṃ vidhātavyamityārambhaḥ /
omityādi vyākhyātam //1 //

start chup 1,4.2

devā vai mṛtyor bibhyatas trayīṃ vidyāṃ prāviśan | te chandobhir acchādayan | yad ebhir acchādayaṃs tac chandasāṃ chandastvam || chup_1,4.2 || 

chupbh_1,4.2 devā vai mṛtyormārakādvibhyataḥ kiṃ kṛtavanta ityucyate / 
trayīṃ vidyāṃ trayīvihitaṃ karma prāviśanpraviṣṭavanto vaidikaṃ karma prārabdhavanta ityarthaḥ /
tanmṛtyosrāṇaṃ manyamānāḥ /
kiñca te karmaṇyaviniyuktaiśchandobhirmantrairjapahomādi kurvanta ātmānaṃ karmāntareṣvacchādayaṃśchāditavantaḥ /
yadyasmādebhirmantrairacchādayaṃstattasmācchandasāṃ mantrāṇāṃ chādanācchandastvaṃ prasiddhameva //2 //


start chup 1,4.3

tān u tatra mṛtyur yathā matsyam udake paripaśyed evaṃ paryapaśyad ṛci sāmni yajuṣi | te nu vittvordhvā ṛcaḥ sāmno yajuṣaḥ svaram eva prāviśan || chup_1,4.3 ||

chupbh_1,4.3 tāṃstatra devānkarmaparānmṛtyuryathā loke matsyaghātako matsyamudake nātigambhīre paripaśyedbaḍiśodakasrāvopāyasādhyaṃ manyamāna evaṃ paryapaśyaddṛṣṭavānmṛtyuḥ karmakṣayopāyena sādhyāndevānmena ityarthaḥ / kvāsau devāndadarśetyucyate-ṛci sāmni yajuṣi / ṛgyajuḥsāmasambandhikarmaṇītyarthaḥ / te nu devā vaidikena karmaṇā saṃskṛtāḥ śuddhātmānaḥ santo mṛtyościkīrṣitaṃ viditavantaḥ / viditvā ca ta ūrdhvā vyāvṛttāḥ karmabhya ṛcaḥ sāmno yajuṣa ṛgyajuḥsāmasambaddhātkarmaṇo 'bhyutthāyetyarthaḥ / 
tena karmaṇā mṛtyubhayāpagamaṃ prati nirāśāstadapāsyāmṛtābhayaguṇamakṣaraṃ svaraṃ svaraśabditaṃ prāviśanneva praviṣṭavantaḥ /
oṅkāropāsanaparāḥ saṃvṛttāḥ /
evaśabdo 'vadhāraṇārthaḥ sansamuccayapratiṣedhārthaḥ /
tadupāsanaparāḥ saṃvṛttā ityarthaḥ //3 //


start chup 1,4.4

yadā vā ṛcam āpnoty om ity evātisvarati evaṃ sāmaivaṃ yajuḥ | eṣa u svaro yad etad akṣaram etad amṛtam abhayam | tat praviśya devā amṛtā abhavan || chup_1,4.4 ||

chupbh_1,4.4 kathaṃ punaḥ svaraśabdavācyatvamakṣarasyetyucyate-yadā vā ṛcamāpnotyomityevātisvaratyevaṃ sāmaivaṃ yajuḥ /
eṣa u svaraḥ /
ko 'sau yadetadakṣarametadamṛtamabhayaṃ tatpraviśya yathāguṇamevāmṛtā abhayāścābhavandevāḥ //4 //

start chup 1,4.5

sa ya etad evaṃ vidvān akṣaraṃ praṇauty etad evākṣaraṃ svaram amṛtam abhayaṃ praviśati | tat praviśya yad amṛtā devās tad amṛto bhavati || chup_1,4.5 ||

chupbh_1,4.5 sa yo 'nyo 'pi devavadevaitadakṣaramevamamṛtamabhayaguṇaṃ vidvānpraṇauti stauti /
upāsanamevātra stutirabhipretā /
sa tathaivaitadevākṣaraṃ svaramamṛtamabhayaṃ praviśati /
tatpraviśya ca rājakulaṃ praviṣṭānāmiva rājño 'ntaraṅgabahiraṅgatāvanna viśiṣṭastadamṛto bhavati na nyūnatā nāpyadhikatāmṛtatva ityarthaḥ //5//

iti chāndogyopaniṣacchāṅkarabhāṣye prathamādhyāyasya caturthaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 1,5.1

atha khalu ya udgīthaḥ sa praṇavo yaḥ praṇavaḥ sa udgītha iti | asau vā āditya udgītha eṣa praṇavaḥ | om iti hy eṣa svarann eti || chup_1,5.1 ||

chupbh_1,5.1 prāṇādityadṛṣṭiviśiṣṭasyodgīthasyopāsanamuktamevānūdya praṇavodgīthayorekatvaṃ kṛtvā tasminprāṇaraśmibhedaguṇaviśiṣṭadṛṣṭyākṣarasyopāsanamanekaputraphalamidānīṃ vaktavyamityārabhyate-atha khalu ya udgīthaḥ sa praṇavo bahvṛcānāṃ yaśca praṇavasteṣāṃ sa eva cchāndogya udgīthaśabdavācyaḥ / asau vā āditya udgītha eṣa praṇavaśabdavācyo 'pi sa eva bahvṛcānāṃ nānyaḥ / 
udgītha ādityaḥ katham /
udgīthākhyamakṣaramomityetadeṣa hi yasmātsvarannuccārayannanekārthatvāddhātūnām /
athavā svarangacchannaiti /
ato 'sāvudgīthaḥ savitā //1 //


start chup 1,5.2

etam u evāham abhyagāsiṣaṃ tasmān mama tvam eko 'sīti ha kauṣītakiḥ putram uvāca | raśmīṃs tvaṃ paryāvartayāt | bahavo vai te bhaviṣyanti | ity adhidaivatam || chup_1,5.2 ||

chupbh_1,5.2 tametamu evāhamabhyagāsiṣamābhimukhyena gītavānasmyādityaraśmyabhedaṃ kṛtvā dhyānaṃ kṛtavānasmītyarthaḥ / 
tena tasmātkāraṇānmama tvameko 'si putra iti ha kauṣītakiḥ kuṣītakasyāpatyaṃ kauṣītakiḥ putramuvācoktavān /
ato raśmīnādityaṃ ca bhedena tvaṃ paryāvartayātparyāvartayetyarthaḥ /
tvaṃyogāt /
evaṃ bahavo vai te tava putrā bhaviṣyantītyadhi daivatam //2 //


start chup 1,5.3

athādhyātmam | ya evāyaṃ mukhyaḥ prāṇas tam udgītham upāsita | om iti hy eṣa svarann eti || chup_1,5.3 ||

chupbh_1,5.3 athānantaramadhyātmamucyate / 
ya evāyaṃ mukhyaḥ prāṇastamudgīthamupāsītetyādi pūrvavat /
tathomiti hyeṣa prāṇo 'pi svarannetyomiti hyanujñāṃ kurvanniva vāgādipravṛttyarthametotyarthaḥ /
na hi maraṇakāle mumūrṣoḥ samīpasthāḥ prāṇasyoṅkāraṇaṃ śṛṇvantīti /
etatsāmānyādāditye 'pyoṅkaraṇamanujñāmātraṃ draṣṭavyam //3 //


start chup 1,5.4

etam u evāham abhyagāsiṣaṃ tasmān mama tvam eko 'sīti ha kauṣītakiḥ putram uvāca | prāṇāṃs tvaṃ bhūmānam abhigāyatād bahavo vai me bhaviṣyantīti || chup_1,5.4 ||

chupbh_1,5.4 etamu evāhamabhyagāsiṣityādi pūrvavadeva / 
ato vāgādīnmukhyaṃ ca prāṇaṃ bhedaguṇaviśiṣṭagudgīthaṃ paśyanbhūmānaṃ manasābhigāyatāt /
pūrvavadāvartayetyarthaḥ /
bahavo vai me mama putrā bhaviṣyantītyevamabhiprāyaḥ sannityarthaḥ /
prāṇādityaikatvodgīthadṛṣṭerekaputratvaphaladoṣeṇāpoditatvādraśmiprāṇabhedadṛṣṭeḥ kartavyatā codyate 'sminkāṇḍe bahuputraphalatvārtham //4 //


start chup 1,5.5

atha khalu ya udgīthaḥ sa praṇavo yaḥ praṇavaḥ sa udgītha iti | hotṛṣadanād dha evāpi durudgītham anusamāharatīty anusamāharatīti || chup_1,5.5 ||

chupbh_1,5.5 atha khalu ya udgītha ityādipraṇavodgīthaikatvadarśanamapaktaṃ tasyaitatphalamāhartuṃ śakyam /
kiṃ taddhaivāpi durudgītaṃ duṣṭamudgītamudgānaṃ kṛtamudgātrā svakarmaṇi kṣataṃ kṛtamityarthaḥ /
tadanusamāharatyanusandhatta ityarthaḥ /
cikitsayeva dhātuvaiṣamyasamīkaraṇamiti //5//

iti chāndogyopaniṣacchāṅkarabhāṣye prathamādhyāyasya pañcamaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 1,6.1

iyam evark | agniḥ sāma | tad etad etasyām ṛcy adhyūḍhaṃ sāma | tasmād ṛcy adhyūḍhaṃ sāma gīyate | iyam eva sā | agnir amaḥ | tat sāma || chup_1,6.1 ||

chupbh_1,6.1 athedānīṃ sarvaphalasampattyarthamudgīthasyopāsanāntaraṃ vidhitsyate-iyameva pṛthivyṛk / ṛci pṛthivīdṛṣṭiḥ kāryā / tathāgniḥ sāma / sāmnyagnidṛṣṭiḥ / kathaṃ pṛthivyagnyor ṛksāmatvamiti / ucyate / tadetattadetadagnyākhyaṃ sāmaitasyāṃ pṛthivyāmṛcyadhyūḍhamadhigatamuparibhāvena sthitamityarthaḥ / ṛcīva sāma / tasmādata eva kāraṇādṛcyadhyūḍhameva sāma gīyata idānīmapi sāmagaiḥ / 
yathā ca ṛksāmanī nātyantaṃ bhinne anyonyaṃ tathaitau pṛthivyagnidvayaṃ sāmaikaśabdābhidheyatvamāpannaṃ sāma /
tasmānnānyonyaṃ bhinnaṃ pṛthivyagnidvayaṃ nityasaṃśliṣṭamṛksāmanī iva /
tasmācca pṛthivyagnyor ṛksāmatvamityarthaḥ /
sāmākṣarayoḥ pṛthivyagnidṛṣṭividhānārthamiyameva sāgnirama iti kecit //1 //


start chup 1,6.2-3

antarikṣam evark | vāyuḥ sāma | tad etad etasyām ṛcy adhyūḍhaṃ sāma | tasmād ṛcy adhyūḍhaṃ sāma gīyate | antarikṣam eva sā | vāyur amaḥ | tat sāma || chup_1,6.2 ||

dyaur evark | ādityaḥ sāma | tad etad etasyām ṛcy adhyūḍhaṃ sāma | tasmād ṛcy adhyūḍhaṃ sāma gīyate | dyaur eva sā | ādityo 'maḥ | tat sāma || chup_1,6.3 ||

chupbh_1,6.2,3 antarikṣamevargvāyuḥ sāmetyādi pūrvavat //2-3 //

start chup 1,6.4

nakṣatrāny evark | candramāḥ sāma | tad etad etasyām ṛcy adhyūḍhaṃ sāma | tasmād ṛcy adhyūḍhaṃ sāma gīyate | nakṣatrāṇy eva sā | candramā amaḥ | tat sāma || chup_1,6.4 ||

chupbh_1,6.4 nakṣatrāṇāmadhipatiścandramā ataḥ sa sāma //4 //

start chup 1,6.5

atha yad etad ādityasya śuklaṃ bhāḥ saivark | atha yan nīlaṃ paraḥkṛṣṇaṃ tat sāma | tad etad etasyām ṛcy adhyūḍhaṃ sāma | tasmad ṛcy adhyūḍhaṃ sāma gīyate || chup_1,6.5 ||

chupbh_1,6.5 atha yadetadādityasya śuklaṃ bhāḥ śuklā dīptiḥ saivarka /
atha yadāditye nīlaṃ paraḥ kṛṣṇaṃ paro 'tiśayena kārṣṇyaṃ tatsāma /
taddhyekāntasamāhitadṛṣṭerdṛśyate //5 //

start chup 1,6.6

atha yad evaitad ādityasya śuklaṃ bhāḥ saiva sā | atha yan nīlaṃ paraḥkṛṣṇaṃ tad amaḥ | tat sāma | atha ya eṣo 'ntarāditye hiraṇmayaḥ puruṣo dṛśyate hiraṇyaśmaśrur hiraṇyakeśa ā praṇakhāt sarva eva suvarnaḥ || chup_1,6.6 ||

chupbh_1,6.6 te evaite bhāḥ śuklakṛṣṇatve sā cāmaśca sāma / atha ya eṣo 'ntarāditye ādityasyāntarmadhye hiraṇmayo hiraṇmaya iva hiraṇmayaḥ / na hi suvarṇavikāratvaṃ devasya sambhavati / ṛksāmageṣṇatvāpahatapāpmatvāsambhavāt / na hi sauvarṇe 'cetane pāpmādiprāptirasti yena pratiṣidhyeta / cākṣuṣe cāgrahaṇāt / ato luptopama eva hiraṇmayaśabdo jyotirmaya ityarthaḥ / uttareṣavapi samānā yojanā / puruṣaḥ puri śayanātpūrayati vā svenā'tmanā jagaditi / 
dṛśyate nivṛttacakṣurbhiḥ samāhitacetobhirbrahmacaryādisādhanāpekṣam /
tejasvino 'pi śmaśrukeśādayaḥ kṛṣṇāḥ syurityato viśinaṣṭi-hiraṇyaśmaśrurhiraṇyakeśa iti /
jyotirmayānyevāsya śmaśrūṇi keśāścetyarthaḥ /
āpraṇakhātpraṇakho nakhāgraṃ nakhāgreṇa saha sarvaḥ suvarṇa iva bhārūpa ityarthaḥ //6 //


start chup 1,6.7

tasya yathā kapyāsaṃ puṇḍarīkam evam akṣiṇī | tasyod iti nāma | sa eṣa sarvebhyaḥ pāpmabhya uditaḥ | udeti ha vai sarvebhyaḥ pāpmabhyo ya evaṃ veda || chup_1,6.7 ||

chupbh_1,6.7 tasyaivaṃ sarvataḥ suvarṇavarṇasyāpyakṣṇorvaśeṣaḥ / kathaṃ?tasya yathā kapermarkaṭasyā'saḥ kapyāsaḥ / āserupaveśanārthasya karaṇe ghañ / kapipṛṣṭhānto yenopaviśati / kapyāsa iva puṇḍarīkamatyantatejasvyevamasya devasyākṣiṇī / upamitopamānatvānna hīnopamā / tasyaivaṅguṇaviśiṣṭasya gauṇamidaṃ nāmoditi / kathaṃ gauṇatvam / sa eṣa devaḥ sarvebhyaḥ pāpmabhyaḥ pāpmanā saha tatkāryebhya ityarthaḥ / ya ātmāpahatapāpmetyādi vakṣyati / udita ud ita udgata ityarthaḥ / 
ato 'sāvunnāmā /
tamevaṅguṇasampannamunnāmānaṃ yathoktena prakāreṇa yo veda so 'pyevamevodetyudgacchati sarvebhyaḥ pāpmabhyaḥ /
ha vā ityavadhāraṇārthau nipātau /
udetyevetyarthaḥ //7 //


start chup 1,6.8

tasyark ca sāma ca geṣṇau | tasmād udgīthaḥ | tasmāt tv eva udgātā | etasya hi gātā | sa eṣa ye cāmuṣmāt parāñco lokās teṣāṃ ceṣṭa devakāmānāṃ ca | ity adhidaivatam || chup_1,6.8 ||

chupbh_1,6.8 tasyodgīthatvaṃ devasyā'dityādīnāmiva vivakṣitatvādāha-tasyarkca sāma ca geṣṇau pṛthivyādyuktalakṣaṇe parvaṇī / sarvātmā hi devaḥ / parāparalokakāmeśitṛtvādupapadyate pṛthivyagnyṛksāmageṣṇatvam / sarvayonitvācca / yata evamunnāmācāsāvṛksāmageṣṇaśca tasmādṛksāmageṣṇatvaprāptamudgīthatvamucyate parokṣeṇa parokṣapriyatvāddevasya tasmādudgītha iti / tasmāttaveva hetorudaṃ gāyatītyudgātā / 
yasmāddhyetasya yathoktasyonnāmno gātāsāvato yuktodgāteti nāmaprasiddhirudgātuḥ /
sa eṣa deva unnāmā ye cāmuṣmādādityātparāñcaḥ parāgañcanādūrdhvā lokāsteṣāṃ lokānāṃ ceṣṭe na kevalamīśitṛtvameva caśabdāddhārayati ca /
"sa dādhāra pṛthivīṃ dyāmutemām"ityādimantravarṇāt /
kiñca devakāmānāmīṣṭa ityetadadhidaivataṃ devatāviṣayaṃ devasyodgīthasya svarūpamuktam //8//


iti chāndogyopaniṣacchāṅkarabhāṣye prathamodhyāyasya ṣaṣṭhaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 1,7.1

athādhyātmam | vāg evark | prāṇaḥ sāma | tad etad etasyām ṛcy adhyūḍhaṃ sāma | tasmād ṛcy adhyūḍhaṃ sāma gīyate | vāg eva sā | prāṇo 'maḥ | tat sāma || chup_1,7.1 ||

chupbh_1,7.1 athādhunādhyātmamucyate /
vāgevarkprāṇaḥ sāma /
adharoparisthānatvasāmānyāt /
prāṇo ghrāṇamucyate saha vāyunā, vāgeva sā prāṇo 'ma ityādi pūrvavat //1 //

start chup 1,7.2

cakṣur evark | ātmā sāma | tad etad etasyām ṛcy adhyūḍhaṃ sāma | tasmād ṛcy adhyūḍhaṃ sāma gīyate | cakṣur eva sā | ātmāmaḥ | tat sāma || chup_1,7.2 ||

chupbh_1,7.2 cakṣurevargātmā sāma /
ātmeti cchāyātmā tatsthatvātsāma //2 //

start chup 1,7.3

śrotram evark | manaḥ sāma | tad etad etasyām ṛcy adhyūḍhaṃ sāma | tasmād ṛcy adhyūḍhaṃ sāma gīyate | śrotram eva sā | mano 'maḥ | tat sāma || chup_1,7.3 ||

chupbh_1,7.3 śrotramevarṅmanaḥ sāma, śrotrasyādhiṣṭhātṛtvānmanasaḥ sāmatvam //3 //

start chup 1,7.4

atha yad etad akṣnaḥ śuklaṃ bhāḥ saivark | atha yan nīlaṃ paraḥkṛṣṇaṃ tat sāma | tad etad etasyām ṛcy adhyūḍhaṃ sāma | tasmād ṛcy adhyūḍhaṃ sāma gīyate | atha yad evaitad akṣṇaḥ śuklaṃ bhāḥ saiva sā | atha yan nīlaṃ paraḥkṛṣṇaṃ tad amaḥ | tat sāma || chup_1,7.4 ||

chupbh_1,7.4 atha yadetadakṣṇaḥ śuklaṃ bhāḥ saivarka /
atha yannīlaṃ paraḥ kṛṣṇamāditya iva dṛkśaktyadhiṣṭhānaṃ tatsāma //4 //

start chup 1,7.5

atha ya eṣo 'ntar akṣiṇi puruṣo dṛśyate saivark | tat sāma | tad uktham | tad yajuḥ | tad brahma | tasya etasya tad eva rūpaṃ yad amuṣya rūpam | yāv amuṣya geṣṇau tau tau goṣṇau | yan nāma tan nāma || chup_1,7.5 ||

chupbh_1,7.5 atha ya eṣo 'ntarakṣiṇi puruṣo dṛśyate / pūrvavat / saivargadhyātmaṃ vāgādyā pṛthivyādyā cādhidaivatam / prasiddhā ca ṛkpādabaddhākṣarātmikā / tathā sāma / ukthasāhacaryādvā stotraṃ sāmokthaṃ śastram / ukthādanyat tathā yajuḥ svāhāsvadhāvaṣaḍādi sarvameva vāgyajustatsa eva / sarvātmakatvātsarvayonitvācceti hyavocāma / ṛgādiprakaraṇāttadbrahmeti trayo vedāḥ / tasyaitasya cākṣuṣasya puruṣasya tadeva rūpamatidiśyate / kiṃ tadyadamuṣyā'dityapuruṣasya / hiraṇmaya ityādi yadadhidaivatamuktam / yāvamuṣya geṣṇau parvaṇī tāvevāsyāpi cākṣuṣasya geṣṇau / yaccāmuṣya nāmodityudgītha iti ca tadevāsya nāma / sthānabhedādrūpagiṇanāmātideśādīśitṛtvaviṣayabhedavyapadeśāccā'dityacākṣuṣayorbheda iti cet / na / amunānenaivetyekasyobhayātmaprāptyanupapatteḥ / dvidhābhāvenopapadyata iti cet / vakṣyati hi sa ekadhā bhavati tridhā bhavatītyādi / na / 
cetanasyaikasya niravayavatvāddvidhābhāvānupapatteḥ /
tasmādadhyātmādhidaivatayorekatvameva /
yattu rūpādyatideśo bhedakāraṇamavoco na tadbhedāvagamāya /
kiṃ tarhi sthānabhedādbhedāśaṅkā mā bhūdityevamartham //5 //


start chup 1,7.6

sa eṣa ye caitasmād arvāñco lokās teṣāṃ ceṣṭe manuṣyakāmānāṃ ceti | tad ya ime vīṇāyāṃ gāyanty etaṃ te gāyanti | tasmāt te dhanasanayaḥ || chup_1,7.6 ||

chupbh_1,7.6 sa eṣa cākṣuṣaḥ puruṣo ye caitasmādādhyātmikādātmanor'vāñcor'vāggatā lokāsteṣāṃ ceṣṭe manuṣyasambandhināṃ ca kāmānām /
tatsmādya ime vīṇāyāṃ gāyanti gāyakasta etameva gāyanti /
yasmādīśvaraṃ gāyanti tasmātte dhanasanayo dhanalābhayuktā dhanavanta utyarthaḥ //6 //

start chup 1,7.7

atha ya etad evaṃ vidvān sāma gāyaty ubhau sa gāyati | so 'munaiva sa eṣa ye cāmuṣmāt parāñco lokās tāṃś cāpnoti devakāmāṃś ca || chup_1,7.7 ||

chupbh_1,7.7 atha ya etadevaṃ vidvānyathoktaṃ devamudgīthaṃ vidvānsāma gāyatyubhau sa gāyati cākṣuṣamādityaṃ ca /
tasyaivaṃvidaḥ phalamucyateso 'munaivā'dityena sa eṣa ye cāmuṣmātparāñco lokāstāṃścā'pnoti ādityāntargatadevo bhūtvetyartho devakāmāṃśca //7 //

start chup 1,7.8-9

athānenaiva ye caitasmād arvāñco lokās tāṃś cāpnoti manuṣyakāmāṃś ca | tasmād u haivaṃvid udgātā brūyāt || chup_1,7.8 ||

kaṃ te kāmam āgāyānīti | eṣa hy eva kāmāgānasyeṣṭe ya evaṃ vidvān sāma gāyati sāma gāyati || chup_1,7.9 ||

chupbh_1,7.8 athānenaiva cākṣuṣeṇaiva ye caitasmādarvāñco lokāstāṃścā'pnoti manuṣyakāmāṃśca cākṣuṣo bhūtvetyarthaḥ / 
tasmādu haivaṃvidudgātā brūyādyajamānaṃ kamiṣṭaṃ te tava kāmamāgāyānīti /
eṣa hi yasmādudgātā kāmāgānasyodgānena kāmaṃ sampādayitumīṣṭe samartha ityarthaḥ /
ko 'sau?ya evaṃ vidvānsāma gāyati sāma gāyati /
dviruktirupāsanasamāptyarthā //8-9 //


iti chāndogyopaniṣacchāṅkarabhāṣye prathamodhyāyasya saptamaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 1,8.1

trayo hodgīthe kuśalā babhūvuḥ śilakaḥ śālāvatyaś caikitāyano dālbhyaḥ pravāhaṇo jaivalir iti | te hocur udgīthe vai kuśalāḥ smo hantodgīthe kathāṃ vadāma iti || chup_1,8.1 ||

chupbh_1,8.1 anekadhopāsyatvādakṣarasya prakārāntareṇa parovarīyastvaguṇaphalamupāsanāntaramānināya / itihāsastu sukhāvabodhanārthaḥ / trayastrisaṃkhyākāḥ / ha, ityaitihyārthaḥ / udgītha udgīthajñānaṃ prati kuśalā nipuṇā babhūvuḥ / kasmiṃściddeśe kāle ca nimitte vā sametānāmityabhiprāyaḥ / na hi sarvasmiñjagati trayāṇāmeva kauśalamudgīthādivijñāne / śrūyante hyuṣastijānaśrutikaikeyaprabhṛtayaḥ sarvajñakalpāḥ / ke te traya ityāha-śilako nāmataḥ śalāvato 'patyaṃ śālāvatyaḥ / cikitāyanasyāpatyaṃ caikitāyanaḥ / dalbhagotro dālbhyo dvyāmuṣyāyaṇo vā / pravāhaṇo nāmato jīvalasyāpatyaṃ jaivalirityete trayaste hocuranyonyamudgīthe vai kuśalā nipuṇā iti prasiddhāḥ smaḥ / 
ato hanta yadyanumatirbhavatāmudgītha udgīthajñānanimittāṃ kathāṃ vicāraṇāṃ pakṣapratipakṣopanyāsena vadāmo vādaṃ kurma ityarthaḥ /
tathā ca tadvidyasaṃvāde viparītagrahaṇanāśo 'pūrvavijñānopajanaḥ saṃśayanivṛttiśceti /
atastadvidyasaṃyogaḥ kartavya iti cetihāsaprayojanam /
dṛśyate hi śilakādīnām //1 //


start chup 1,8.2

tatheti ha samupaviviśuḥ | sa ha prāvahaṇo jaivalir uvāca | bhagavantāv agre vadatām | bhrāmaṇayor vadator vācaṃ śroṣyāmīti || chup_1,8.2 ||

chupbh_1,8.2 tathetyuktvā te samupaviviśurhepaviṣṭavantaḥ kila / 
tatra rājñaḥ prāgalbhyopapatteḥ sa ha pravāhaṇo jaivaliruvācetarau"bhagavantau pūjāvantāvagre pūrvaṃ vadatām" /
brāhmaṇayoriti liṅgādrājāsau /
yuvayorbrāhmaṇayorvadatorvācaṃ śroṣyāmi /
artharahitāmityapare vācamiti viśeṣaṇāt //2 //


start chup 1,8.3

sa ha śilakaḥ śālāvatyaś caikitāyanaṃ dālbhyam uvāca hanta tvā pṛcchānīti | pṛccheti hovāca || chup_1,8.3 ||

chupbh_1,8.3 uktayoḥ sa ha śilakaḥ śālāvatyaścaikitāyanaṃ dālbhyamuvāca-"hanta yadyanumaṃsyase tvā tvāṃ pṛcchānī"tyukta itaraḥ"pṛcche"ti hovāca //3 //

start chup 1,8.4

kā sāmno gatir iti | svara iti hovāca | svarasya kā gatir iti | prāṇa iti hovāca | annasya kā gatir iti | annam iti hovāca | annasya kā gatir iti | āpa iti hovāca || chup_1,8.4 ||

chupbh_1,8.4 labdhānumatirāha-kā sāmnaḥ, prakṛtatvādudgīthasya / udgītho hyatropāsyatvena prakṛtaḥ / "parovarīyāṃsamudgītham"iti ca vakṣyati / gatirāśrayaḥ parāyaṇamityetat / evaṃ pṛṣṭo dālbhya uvāca-svara iti / svarātmakatvātsāmnaḥ / yo yadātmakaḥ sa tadgatistadāśrayaśca bhavatīti yuktaṃ mṛdāśraya iva ghaṭādiḥ / svarasya kā gatiriti, prāṇa iti hovāca / prāṇaniṣpādyo hi svarastasmātsavarasya prāṇo gatiḥ / prāṇasya kā gatirityannamiti hovāca / annāvaṣṭambho hi prāṇaḥ / 
"śuṣyati vai prāṇa ṛte 'nnāt"iti hi śruteḥ /
"annaṃ dāma"iti ca /
annasya kā gatirityāpa iti hovāca /
apsambhavatvādannasya //4 //


start chup 1,8.5

apāṃ kā gatir iti | asau loka iti hovāca | amuṣya lokasya kā gatir iti | na svargaṃ lokam atinayed iti hovāca | svargaṃ vayaṃ lokaṃ sāmābhisaṃsthāpayāmaḥ | svargasaṃstāvaṃ hi sāmeti || chup_1,8.5 ||

chupbh_1,8.5 apāṃ kā gatirityasau loka iti / amuṣmāllokādvṛṣṭiḥ sambhavati / 
amuṣya lokasya kā gatiriti pṛṣṭo dālbhya uvāca-svargamamuṃ lokamatītyāśrayāntaraṃ sāma na nayetkaściditi hovācā'ha /
ato vayamapi svargaṃ lokaṃ sāmābhisaṃsthāpayāmaḥ /
svargalokapratiṣṭhaṃ sāma jānīma ityarthaḥ /
svargasaṃstāvaṃ svargatvena saṃstavanaṃ saṃstāvo yasya tatsāma svargasaṃstāvaṃ hi yasmāt"svargo vai lokaḥ sāmaveda"iti śrutiḥ //5 //


start chup 1,8.6

taṃ ha śilakaḥ śālāvatyaś caikitāyanaṃ dālbhyam uvācāpratiṣṭhitaṃ vai kila te dālbhya sāma | yas tv etarhi brūyān mūrdhā te vipatiṣyatīti mūrdhā te vipated iti || chup_1,8.6 ||

chupbh_1,8.6 tamitaraḥ śilakaḥ śālāvatyaścaikitāyanaṃ dālbhyamuvāca-apratiṣṭhitamasaṃsthitaṃ parovarīyastvenāsamāptagati sāmetyarthaḥ / vā ityāgamaṃ smārayati kileti ca, dālbhya te tava sāma / yastvasahiṣṇuḥ sāmavidetarhyetasminkāle brūyātkaścidviparītavijñānamapratiṣṭhitaṃ sāma pratiṣṭhitamityevaṃvādāparādhinaṃ mūrdhā śiraste vipatiṣyati vispaṣṭaṃ patiṣyatīti / evamuktasyāparādhinastathaiva tadvipatenna saṃśayo na tvāhaṃ bravīmītyabhiprāyaḥ / nanu mūrdhapātār'haṃ cedaparādhaṃ kṛtavānataḥ pareṇānuktasyāpi patenmūrdhā;na cedaparādhyuktasyāpi naiva patati / 
anyathākṛtābhyāgamaḥ kṛtanāśaśca syātām /
naiṣa doṣaḥ /
kṛtasya karmaṇaḥ śubhāśubhasya phalaprāpterdeśakālanimittāpekṣatvāt /
tatraivaṃ sati mūrdhapātanimittasyāpyajñānasya parābhivyāhāranimittāpekṣatvamiti //6 //


start chup 1,8.7

hantāham etad bhagavatto vedānīti | viddhīti hovāca | amuṣya lokasya kā gatir iti | ayaṃ loka iti hovāca | asya lokasya kā gatir iti | na pratiṣṭhāṃ lokam atinayed iti hovāca | pratiṣṭhāṃ vayaṃ lokaṃ sāmābhisaṃsthāpayāmaḥ | pratiṣṭhāsaṃstāvaṃ hi sāmeti || chup_1,8.7 ||

chupbh_1,8.7 evamukto dālbhya āha-hantāhametadbhagavatto vedāni yatpratiṣṭhaṃ sāmetyuktaḥ pratyuvāca śālāvatyo viddhīti hovāca / amuṣya lokasya kā gatiriti pṛṣṭo dālbhyena śālāvatyo 'yaṃ loka iti hovāca / ayaṃ hi loko yāgadānahomādibhiramuṃ lokaṃ puṣyatīti / "itaḥ pradānaṃ devā upajīvanti"iti hi śrutayaḥ / pratyakṣaṃ hi sarvabhūtānāṃ dharaṇī pratiṣṭheti / ataḥ sāmno 'pyayaṃ lokaḥ pratiṣṭhaiveti yuktam / asya lokasya kā gatirityukta āha śālāvatyaḥ / 
na pratiṣṭhāmimaṃ lokamatītya nayetsāma kaścit /
ato vayaṃ pratiṣṭhāṃ lokaṃ sāmābhisaṃsthāpayāmaḥ /
yasmātpratiṣṭhāsaṃstāvaṃ hi pratiṣṭhātvena saṃstutaṃ sāmetyarthaḥ /
"iyaṃ vai rathantaram"iti ca śrutiḥ //7 //


start chup 1,8.8

taṃ ha pravāhaṇo jaivalir uvāca | antavad vai kila te śālāvatya sāma | yas tv etarhi brūyān mūrdhā te vipatiṣyatīti mūrdhā te vipated iti | hantāham etad bhagavatto vedānīti | viddhīti hovāca || chup_1,8.8 ||

chupbh_1,8.8 tamevamuktavantaṃ ha pravāhaṇo jaivaliruvācāntavadvai kila te śālāvatya sāmetyādi pūrvavat /
tataḥ śālāvatya āha-hantāhametadbhagavatto vedānīti viddhīti hovācetaro 'nujñāta āha //8//

iti chāndogyopaniṣacchāṅkarabhāṣye prathamodhyāyasyāṣṭamaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 1,9.1

asya lokasya kā gatir iti | ākāśa iti hovāca | sarvāṇi ha vā imāni bhūtāny ākāśād eva samutpadyante | ākāśaṃ praty astaṃ yanti | ākāśo hy evaibhyo jyāyān | ākāśaḥ parāyaṇam || chup_1,9.1 ||

chupbh_1,9.1 asya lokasya kā gatiriti / ākāśa iti hovāca pravāhaṇaḥ / ākāśa iti ca para ātmā"ākāśo vai nāme"ti śruteḥ / tasya hi karma sarvabhūtotpādakatvam / tasminneva hi bhūtapralayaḥ / 
tattejo 'sṛjata /
tejaḥ parasyāṃ devatāyāmiti hi vakṣyati /
sarvāṇi ha vā imāni bhūtāni sthāvarajaṅgamānyākāśādeva samutpadyante tejobannādikrameṇa, sāmarthyāt /
ākāśaṃ pratyastaṃ yanti pralayakāle tenaiva viparītakrameṇa hi yasmādākāśa evaibhyaḥ sarvebhyo bhūtebhyo jyāyānmahattaro 'taḥ sa sarveṣāṃ bhṛtānāṃ paramayanaṃ parāyaṇaṃ pratiṣṭhā triṣvapi kāleṣvityarthaḥ //1//


start chup 1,9.2

sa eṣa parovarīyān udgīthaḥ | sa eṣo 'nantaḥ | parovarīyo hāsya bhavati parovarīyaso ha lokāñ jayati ya etad evaṃ vidvān parovarīyāṃsam udgītham upāste || chup_1,9.2 ||

chupbh_1,9.2 yasmātparaṃ paraṃ varīyo varīyaso 'pyeṣa varaḥ paraśca varīyāśca rapovarīyānudgīthaḥ paramātmā sampanna ityarthaḥ /
ata eva sa eṣo 'nanto 'vidyāmānāntastametaṃ parovarīyāṃsaṃ paramātmabhūtamanantamevaṃ vidvānparovarīyāṃsamudgīthamupāste /
tasyaitatphalamāha-parovarīyaḥ paraṃ paraṃ varīyo viśiṣṭataraṃ jīvanaṃ hāsya viduṣo bhavati dṛṣṭaṃ phalamadṛṣṭaṃ ca parovarīyasa uttarottaraviśiṣṭatarāneva brahmākāśāntāṃllokāñjayati ya etadevaṃ vidvānudgīthamupāste //2 //

start chup 1,9.3

taṃ haitam atidhanvā śaunaka udaraśāṇḍilyāyoktvovāca | yāvat ta enaṃ prajāyām udgīthaṃ vediṣyante parovarīyo haibhyas tāvad asmiṃl loke jīvanaṃ bhaviṣyati || chup_1,9.3 ||

chupbh_1,9.3 kiṃ ca tametamudgīthaṃ vidvānatidhanvā nāmataḥ śunakasyāpatyaṃ śaunaka udaraśāḍilyāya śiṣyāyaitamudgīthadarśanamuktvovāca /
yāvatte tava prajāyāṃ prajāsantatāvityarthaḥ /
enamudgīthaṃ tvatsantatijā vediṣyante jñāsyanti tāvantaṃ kālaṃ parovarīyo haibhyaḥ prasiddhebhyo laukikajīvanebhya uttarottaraviśiṣṭataraṃ jīvanaṃ tebhyo bhaviṣyati //3 //

start chup 1,9.4

tathāmuṣmiṃl loke loka iti | sa ya etam eva vidvān upāste parovarīya eva hāsyāmuṣmiṃl loke jīvanaṃ bhavati tathāmuṣmiṃl loke loka iti loke loka iti || chup_1,9.4 ||

chupbh_1,9.4 tathādṛṣṭe 'pi paraloke 'muṣminparovarīyāṃlloko bhaviṣyatītyuktavāñśāṇḍilyāyātidhanvā śaunakaḥ /
syādetatphalaṃ pūrveṣāṃ mahābhāgyānāṃ naidaṃyugīnānāmityāśaṅkānivṛttaya āha-sa yaḥ kaścidetadevaṃ vidvānudgīthametarhyupāste tasyāpyevameva parovarīya eva hāsyāsmiṃlloke jīvanaṃ bhavati tathāmuṣmiṃlloke loke loka iti //4//

iti chāndogyopaniṣacchāṅkarabhāṣye prathamodhyāyasya navamaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 1,10.1
maṭacīhateṣu kuruṣv āṭikyā saha jāyayoṣastir ha cākrāyaṇa ibhyagrāme pradrāṇaka uvāsa || chup_1,10.1 ||
chupbh_1,10.1 udgīyopāsanaprasaṅgena prastāvapratihāraviṣayamapyupāsanaṃ vaktavyamitīdamārabhyate / ākhyāyikā ta sukhāvabodhārthā / maṭacīhateṣu maṭacyo 'śanayastābhirhateṣu nāśiteṣu kuruṣu kurusasyeṣvityarthaḥ / tato durbhikṣe jāta āṭikyānupajātapayodharādistrīvyañjanayā saha jāyayoṣastirha nāmataścakrasyāpatyaṃ cākrāyaṇaḥ / 
ibho hastī tamarhatītībhya īśvaro hastyāroho vā tasya grāma ibhyagrāmastasminpradrāṇako 'nnālābhāt /
drā kutsāyāṃ gatau /
kṛtsitāṃ gatiṃ gato 'ntyāvasthāṃ prāpta ityarthaḥ /
uvāsoṣitavānkasyacidgṛhamāśritya //1 //


start chup 1,10.2

sa hebhyaṃ kulmāṣān khādantaṃ bibhikṣe | taṃ hovāca | neto 'nye vidyante yac ca ye ma ima upanihitā iti || chup_1,10.2 ||

chupbh_1,10.2 so 'nnārthamaṭannibhyaṃ kulmāṣānkutsitānmāṣānkhādantaṃ bhakṣayantaṃ yadṛcchayopalabhya bibhikṣe yācitavān /
tamuṣastiṃ hovācebhyaḥ /
neto 'smānmayā bhakṣyamāṇāducchiṣṭarāśeḥ kulmāṣā anye na vidyante /
yacca ye rāśau me mamopanihitāḥ prakṣiptā ime bhājate kiṃ karomītyuktaḥ pratyuvācoṣastiḥ //2 //

start chup 1,10.3

eteṣāṃ me dehīti hovāca | tān asmai pradadau | hantānupānam iti | ucchiṣṭaṃ vai me pītaṃ syād iti hovāca || chup_1,10.3 ||

chupbh_1,10.3 eteṣāmetānityarthaḥ / 
me mahyaṃ dehīti hovāca /
tānsa ibhyo 'smā uṣastaye pradadau pradattavān /
anupānīyaṃ samīpasthamudakaṃ hanta gṛhāṇānupānamityuktaḥ pratyuvāca /
ucchiṣṭaṃ vai me mamedamudakaṃ pītaṃ syādyadi pāsyāmītyuktavantaṃ pratyuvācetaraḥ //3 //


start chup 1,10.4

na svid ete 'py ucchiṣṭā iti | na vā ajīviṣyam imān akhādann iti hovāca | kāmo ma udapānam iti || chup_1,10.4 ||

chupbh_1,10.4 kiṃ na svidete kulmāṣā upyucchiṣṭā ityukta āhoṣastirna vā ajīviṣyaṃ na jīviṣyāmīmānkulmāṣānakhādannabhakṣayanniti hovāca / kāma icchāto me mamodakapānaṃ labhyata ityarthaḥ / 
ataścaitāmavasyāṃ prāptasya vidyādharmayaśovataḥ svātmaparopakārasamarthasyaitadapi karma kurvato nā'gaḥsparśa ityabhiprāyaḥ /
tasyāpi jāvitaṃ pratyupāyāntare 'jugupsite sati jugupsitametatkarma doṣāya /
jñānāvalepena kurvato narakapātaḥ syādevetyabhiprāyaḥ /
pradrāṇakaśabdaśravaṇāt //4 //


start chup 1,10.5

sa ha khāditvātiśeṣāñ jāyāyā ājahāra | sāgra eva subhikṣā babhūva | tān pratigṛhya nidadhau || chup_1,10.5 ||

chupbh_1,10.5 tāṃśca sa khāditvātiśeṣānatiśiṣṭāñjāyāyai kāruṇyādājahāra /
sā'ṭikyagra eva kulmāṣaprāpteḥ subhikṣā śobhanabhikṣā labdhānnetyetadbabhūva saṃvṛttā /
tathāpi strīsvābhāvyādanavajñāya tānkulmāṣānpatyurhastātpratigṛhya nidadhau nikṣiptavatī //5 //

start chup 1,10.6

sa ha prātaḥ saṃjihāna uvāca | yad batānnasya labhemahi labhemahi dhanamātrām | rājāsau yakṣyate | sa mā sarvair ārtvijyair vṛṇīteti || chup_1,10.6 ||

chupbh_1,10.6 sa tasyāḥ karma jānanprātaruṣaḥkāle sañjihānaḥ śayanaṃ nidrāṃ vā parityajannuvāca patnyāḥ śṛṇvatyā yadyadi vateti khidyamāno 'nnasya stokaṃ labhemahi tadbhuktvānnaṃ samartho gatvā labhemahi dhanamātrāṃ dhanasyālpam / 
tato 'smākaṃ jīvanaṃ bhaviṣyatīti /
dhanalābhe ca kāraṇamāha-rājāsau nātidūre sthāne yakṣyate /
yajamānatvāttasyā'tmanepadam /
sa ca rājā mā māṃ pātramupalabhya sarvairārtvijyairṝtvikkarmabhirṝtvikkarmaprayojanāyetyartho vṛṇīteti //6 //


start chup 1,10.7

taṃ jāyovāca | hanta pata ima eva kulmāṣā iti | tān khāditvāmuṃ yajñaṃ vitatam eyāya || chup_1,10.7 ||

chupbh_1,10.7 evamuktavantaṃ jāyovāca-hanta gṛhāṇa he pata ima eva ye maddhaste vinikṣiptāstvayā kulmāṣā iti /
tānkhāditvāmuṃ yajñaṃ rājño vitataṃ vistāritamṛtvigbhireyāya //7 //

start chup 1,10.8 tatrodgātḥn āstāve stoṣyamāṇān upopaviveśa | sa ha prastotaram uvāca || chup_1,10.8 ||

chupbh_1,10.8 tatra ca gatvodgātṝnudgātṛpuruṣānāgatya stuvantyasminnityāstāvastasminnāstāve stoṣyamāṇānupopaviveśa samīpa upaviṣṭasteṣāmityarthaḥ /
upaviśya sa ha prastotāramuvāca //8 //

start chup 1,10.9
prastotar yā devatā prastāvam anvāyattā tāṃ ced avidvān prastoṣyasi mūrdhā te vipatiṣyatīti || chup_1,10.9 ||
chupbh_1,10.9 he prastotarityāmantryābhimukhīkaraṇāya / yā devatā prastāvaṃ prastāvabhaktimanugatānvāyattā tāṃ ceddevatāṃ prastāvabhakteravidvānsanprastoṣyasi viduṣo mama samīpe / tatparokṣe 'pi cedvipatettasya mūrdhā karmamātravidāmanadhikāra eva karmaṇi syāt / taccāniṣṭamaviduṣāmapi karmadarśanāt / dakṣiṇamārgaśruteśca / anadhikāre cāviduṣāmuttara evaiko mārgaḥ śrūyeta / na ca smārtakarmanimitta eva dakṣiṇaḥ panthāḥ / 
yajñena dānenetyādiśrateḥ /
tathoktasya mayeti ca viśeṣaṇādvidvatsamakṣameva karmaṇyanadhikāro na sarvatrāgnihotrasmārtakarmādhyayanādiṣu ca /
anujñāyāstatra tatra darśanāt karmamātravidāmapyadhikāraḥ siddhaḥ karmaṇīti /
mūrdhā te vipatiṣyatīti //9 //


start chup 1,10.10-11

evam evodgātāram uvāca | udgātar yā devatodgītham anvāyattā tāṃ ced avidvān udgāsyasi mūrdhā te vipatiṣyatīti || chup_1,10.10 ||

evam eva pratihartāram uvāca | pratihartar yā devatā pratihāram anvāyattā tāṃ ced avidvān pratihariṣyasi mūrdhā te vipatiṣyatīti | te ha samāratās tūṣṇīm āsāṃ cakrire || chup_1,10.11 ||

chupbh_1,10.10-11 evamevodgātāraṃ pratihartāramuvācetyādi samānamanyat /
te prastotrādayaḥ karmabhyaḥ samāratā uparatāḥ santo mūrdhapātabhayāttūṣṇīmāsāṃcakrire 'nyaccākurvantaḥ arthitvāt //10-11 //

iti chāndogyopaniṣacchāṅkarabhāṣye prathamodhadhyāyasya daśamaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 1,11.1

atha hainaṃ yajamāna uvāca | bhagavantaṃ vā ahaṃ vividiṣāṇīti | uṣastir asmi cākrāyaṇa iti hovāca || chup_1,11.1 ||

chupbh_1,11.1 athānantaraṃ hainamuṣastiṃ yajamāno rājovāca /
bhagavantaṃ vai pūjāvarntamahaṃ vividiṣāmi veditumicchāmītyukta uṣastirasmi cākrāyaṇastavāpi śrotrapathamāgato yadīti hovācoktavān //1 //

start chup 1,11.2

sa hovāca | bhagavantaṃ vā aham ebhiḥ sarvair ārtvijyaiḥ paryaiṣiṣam | bhagavato vā aham avittyānyān avṛṣi || chup_1,11.2 || 

chupbh_1,11.2 sa ha yajamāna uvāca satyamevamahaṃ bhagavantaṃ bahuguṇamaśrauṣaṃ sarvaiśca ṛcvikkarmabhirārtvijyaiḥ paryaiṣiṣaṃ paryeṣaṇaṃ kṛtavānasmi /
anviṣya bhagavato vā ahamavittyālābhenānyānimānavṛṣi vṛtavānasmi //2 //

start chup 1,11.3

bhagavāṃs tv eva me sarvair ārtvijyair iti | tatheti | atha tarhy eta eva samatisṛṣṭāḥ stuvatām | yāvat tv ebhyo dhanaṃ dadyās tāvan mama dadyā iti | tatheti ha yajamāna uvāca || chup_1,11.3 ||

chupbh_1,11.3 adyāpi bhagavāṃstveva me mama sarvairārtvijyairṛtvikkarmārthamastvityuktastathetyāhoṣast iḥ /
kintvathaivaṃ tarhyeta eva tvayā pūrva vṛtā mayā samatisṛṣṭā mayā samyakprasannenānujñātāḥ santaḥ stuvatām /
tvayā tvetatkāryam /
yāvattvebhyaḥ prastotrādibhyaḥ sarvebhyo dhanaṃ dadyāḥ prayacchasi tāvanmama dadyā ityuktastatheti ha yajamāna uvāca //3 //

start chup 1,11.4

atha hainaṃ prastotopasasāda | prastotar yā devatā prastāvam anvāyattā tāṃ ced avidvān prastoṣyasi mūrdhā te vipatiṣyatīti mā bhagavān avocat | katamā sā devateti || chup_1,11.4 ||

chupbh_1,11.4 atha hainamauṣastyaṃ vacaḥ śrutvā prastotopasasādoṣastiṃ vinayenopajagāma /
prastotaryā devatetyādi mā māṃ magavānavocatpūrvam /
katamā sā devatā yā prastāvabhaktimanvāyatteti //4 //

start chup 1,11.5

prāṇa iti hovāca | sarvāṇi ha vā imāni bhūtāni prāṇam evābhisaṃviśanti | prāṇam abhyujjihate | saiṣā devatā prastāvam anvāyattā | tāṃ ced avidvān prāstoṣyo mūrdhā te vipatiṣyat tathoktasya mayeti || chup_1,11.5 ||

chupbh_1,11.5 pṛṣṭaḥ prāṇa iti hovāca / yuktaṃ prastāvasya prāṇo devateti / 
kathaṃ, sarvāṇi sthāvarajaṅgamāni bhūtāni prāṇamevābhisaṃviśanti pralayakāle prāṇamabhi lakṣayitvā prāṇātmanaivojjihate prāṇādevodgacchantītyarthaḥ utpattikāle /
ataḥ saiṣā devatā prastāvamanvāyattā tāṃ cedavidvāṃstvaṃ prāstoṣyaḥ prastavanaṃ prastāvabhaktiṃ kṛtavānasi yadi mūrdhā śiraste vyapatiṣyadvipatitamabhaviṣyattathoktasya mayā tatkāle mūrdhā te vipatiṣyatīti /
atastvayā sādhu kṛtam /
mayā niṣiddhaḥ karmaṇo yaduparamamakārṣīrityabhiprāyaḥ //5 //


start chup 1,11.6

atha hainam udgātopasasāda | udgātar yā devatodgītham anvāyattā tāṃ ced avidvān udgāsyasi mūrdhā te vipatiṣyatīti mā bhagavān avocat | katamā sā devatā iti || chup_1,11.6 ||

chupbh_1,11.6 tathodgātā papraccha katamā sodgīthabhaktimanugatānvāyattā devateti //6 //

start chup 1,11.7

āditya iti hovāca | sarvāṇi ha vā imāni bhūtāny ādityam uccaiḥ santaṃ gāyanti | saiṣā devatodgītham anvāyattā | tāṃ ced avidvān udagāsyo mūrdhā te vyapatiṣyat tathoktasya mayeti || chup_1,11.7 ||

chupbh_1,11.7 pṛṣṭa āditya iti hovāca /
sarvāṇi ha vā imāni bhūtānyādityamuccairūrdhvaṃ santaṃ gāyanti śabdayanti stuvantītyabhiprāyaḥ /
ucchabdasāmānyātpraśabdasāmānyādiva prāṇo 'taḥ saiṣā devatetyādi pūrvavat //7 //

start chup 1,11.8

atha hainaṃ pratihartopasasāda | pratihartar yā devatā pratihāram anvāyattā tāṃ ced avidvān pratihariṣyasi mūrdhā te vipatiṣyatīti mā bhagavān avocat | katamā sā devateti || chup_1,11.8 ||

chupbh_1,11.8 evamevātha hainaṃ pratihartopasāda katamā sā devatā pratihāramanvāyatteti //8 //

start chup 1,11.9

annam iti hovāca | sarvāṇi ha vā imāni bhūtany annam eva pratiharamāṇāni jīvanti | saiṣā devatā pratihāram anvāyattā | tāṃ ced avidvān pratyahariṣyo mūrdhā te vyapatiṣyat tathoktasya mayeti tathoktasya mayeti || chup_1,11.9 ||

chupbh_1,11.9 pṛṣṭo 'nnamiti hovāca / sarvāṇi ha vā imāni bhūtānyannamevā'tmānaṃ prati sarvataḥ pratiharamāṇāni jīvanti / 
saiṣā devatā pratiśabdasāmānyātpratihārabhaktimanugatā /
samānamanyattathoktasya mayeti /
prastāvodgīthapratihārabhaktīḥ prāṇādityānnadṛṣṭyopāsīteti samudāyārthaḥ /
prāṇādyāpattiḥ karmasamṛddhirvā phalamiti //9//


iti chāndogyopaniṣacchāṅkarabhāṣye prathamodhyāyasyaikādaśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 1,12.1

athātaḥ śauva udgīthaḥ | tad dha bako dālbhyo glāvo vā maitreyaḥ svādhyāyam udvavrāja || chup_1,12.1 ||

chupbh_1,12.1 atīte khaṇḍe 'nnāprāptinimittā kaṣṭāvasthoktocchiṣṭaparyuṣitabhakṣaṇalakṣaṇā / sā mā bhūdityannalābhāyāthānantaraṃ śauvaḥ śvabhirdṛṣṭa udgītha udgānaṃ sāmātaḥ prastūyate / tattatra ha kila bako nāmato dalbhasyāpatyaṃ dālbhyo glāvo vā nāmato mitrāyāścāpatyaṃ maitreyaḥ / vāśabdaścārthe / dvyāmuṣyāyaṇo hyasau / vastuviṣaye kriyāsviva vikalpānupapatteḥ / dvināmā dvigotra ityādi hi smṛtiḥ / dṛśyate cobhayataḥ piṇḍabhāktvam / udgīthe baddhacittatvādṛṣāvanādarādvā / 
vāśabdaḥ svādhyāyārthaḥ /
svādhyāyaṃ kartuṃ grāmādbahirudvavrājodgatavānviviktadeśasthodakābhyāśam /
udvavrāja pratipālayāñcakāreti caikavacanālliṅgādeko 'sāvṛṣiḥ /
śvodgīthakālapratipālanādṛṣeḥ svādhyāyakaraṇamannakāmanayeti lakṣyata ityabhiprāyaḥ //1 //


start chup 1,12.2

tasmai śvā śvetaḥ prādur babhūva | tam anye śvāna upasametyocuḥ | annaṃ no bhagavān āgāyatu | aśanāyāma vā iti || chup_1,12.2 ||

chupbh_1,12.2 svādhyāyena toṣitā devatarṣirvā śvarūpaṃ gṛhītvā śvā śvetaḥ saṃstasmā ṛṣaye tadanugrahārthaṃ prādurbabhūva prāduścakāra /
tamanye śuklaṃ śvānaṃ kṣullakāḥ śvāna upasametyocuruktavanto 'nnaṃ no 'smabhyaṃ bhagavānāgāyatvāgānena niṣpādayatvityarthaḥ /
mukyaprāṇaṃ vāgādayo vā prāṇamanvannabhujaḥ svādhyāyaparitoṣitāḥ santo 'nugṛhṇīyurenaṃ svarūpamādāyeti yuktamevaṃ pratipattum /
aśanāyāma vai bubhukṣitāḥ smo vā iti //2 //

start chup 1,12.3

tān hovācehaiva mā prātar upasamīyateti | tad dha bako dālbhyo glāvo vā maitreyaḥ pratipālayāṃ cakāra || chup_1,12.3 ||

chupbh_1,12.3 evamukte śvā śveta uvāca tānkṣullākāñśuna ihaivāsminneva deśe mā māṃ prātaḥ prātaḥkāla upasamīyāteti / 
dairdhyaṃ chandasaṃ samīyāteti, pramādapāṭho vā /
prātaḥ kālakaraṇaṃ tatkāla eva kartavyājhrvyatāṭartham /
annadasya vā savituraparāhne 'nābhimukhyāt /
tattatraiva ha bako dālbhyo glāvo vā maitreya ṛṣiḥ pratipālayāñcakāra pratīkṣaṇaṃ kṛtavānityarthaḥ //3 //


start chup 1,12.4

te ha yathaivedaṃ bahiṣpavamānena stoṣyamāṇāḥ saṃrabdhāḥ sarpantīty evam āsasṛpuḥ | te ha samupaviśya hiñ cakruḥ || chup_1,12.4 ||

chupbh_1,12.4 te śvānastatraivā'gamya ṛṣeḥ samakṣaṃ yathaiveha karmaṇi bahiṣpavamānena stotreṇa stoṣyamāṇā /
udgātṛpuruṣāḥ saṃrabdhāḥ saṃlagnā anyonyameva mukhenānyonyasya pucchaṃ gṛhītvā'sasṛpurāsṛptavantaḥ paribhramaṇaṃ kṛtavanta ityarthaḥ /
ta evaṃ saṃsṛpya samupaviśyopaviṣṭāḥ santo hiṃ cakrurhiṅkāraṃ kṛtavantaḥ //4 //

start chup 1,12.5

o3madā3ma | oṃ3 pibā3ma | oṃ3 devo varuṇaḥ prajāpatiḥ savitā2'nnam ihā2'harat | annapate3'nnamihā2''harā2''haro3miti || chup_1,12.5 ||

chupbh_1,12.5 omadāmoṃ pibāmoṃ devo dyotanāt / varuṇo varṣaṇājjagataḥ / prajāpatiḥ pālanātprajānām / savitā prasavitṛtvātsarvasyā'ditya ucyate / etaiḥ paryāyaiḥ sa evaṃbhūta ādityo 'nnamasmabhyamihā'baradābaratviti / ta evaṃ hiṃ kṛtvā punarapyūcuḥ-sa tvaṃ he 'nnapate / sa hi sarvasyānnasya prasavitṛtvātpatiḥ / na hi tatpākena vinā prabhūtamannamaṇumātramapi jāyate prāṇinām / 
ato 'nnapatiḥ /
he 'nnapate 'nnamasmabhyamihā'harā'hareti /
abhyāsa ādarārthaḥ /
omiti //5//


iti chāndogyopaniṣacchāṅkarabhāṣye prathamodhyāyasya dvādaśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 1,13.1

ayaṃ vāva loko hāukāraḥ | vāyur hāikāraḥ | candramā athakāraḥ | ātmehakāraḥ | agnir īkāraḥ || chup_1,13.1 ||

chupbh_1,13.1 bhaktiviṣayopāsanaṃ sāmāvayavasambaddhamityataḥ sāmāvayavāntarastobhākṣara viṣayāṇyupāsanāntarāṇi saṃhatānyupadiśyante 'nantaraṃ sāmāvayavasambaddhatvāviśeṣāt-ayaṃ vāvāyameva loko hāukāraḥ stobho rathantare sāmni prasiddhaḥ-"iyaṃ vai rathantaram" iti / asmātsambandhasāmānyāddhāukārastobho 'yaṃ loka ityevamupāsīta / vāyurhākāraḥ / vāmadevye sāmani hāikāraḥ prasiddhaḥ / vāyvapsambandhaśca vāmadevasya sāmno yonirityasmātsāmānyāddhāikāraṃ vāyudṛṣṭyopāsīta / candramā athakāraḥ / candradṛṣṭyāthakāramupāsīta / anne hīdaṃ sthitam / annātmā candraḥ / thakārākārasāmānyācca / ātmehakāraḥ / iheti stobhaḥ pratyakṣo hyātmeti vyapadiśyate / 
iheti ca stobhaḥ /
tatsāmānyāt /
agnirīkāraḥ /
īnidhanāni cā'gneyāni sarvāṇi sāmānītyatastatsāmānyāt //1 //


start chup 1,13.2

āditya ūkāraḥ | nihava ekāraḥ | viśve devā auhoyikāraḥ | prajapatir hiṅkāraḥ | prāṇaḥ svaraḥ | annaṃ yā | vāg virāṭ || chup_1,13.2 ||

chupbh_1,13.2 āditya ūkāraḥ / uccairūrdhvaṃ santamādityaṃ gāyantyūkāraścāyaṃ stobhaḥ / ādityadaivatye sāmni stobha ū ityāditya ūkāraḥ / nihava ityāhvānamekāraḥ stobhaḥ / ehīti cā'hvayantīti tatsāmānyāt / viśve devā auhoyikārovaiśvadevye sāmni darśanāt / prajāpatirhiṅkāraḥ / āniruktyāddhiṅkārasya cāvyaktatvāt / prāṇaḥ svaraḥ / svara iti stobhaḥ / prāṇasya ca svarahetutvasāmānyāt / 
annaṃ yā yā iti stobho 'nnam /
annena hīdaṃ yātītyatastatsāmānyāt /
vāgiti stobho virāḍannaṃ devatāviśeṣo vā /
vairāje sāmni stobhadarśanāt //2 //


start chup 1,13.3
aniruktas trayodaśaḥ stobhaḥ saṃcaro huṅkāraḥ || chup_1,13.3 ||
chupbh_1,13.3 anirukto 'vyaktatvādidaṃ vedaṃ veti nirvaktuṃ na śakyata ityataḥ sañcaro vikalpyamānasvarūpa ityarthaḥ /
ko 'sāvityāha-trayodaśaḥ stobho huṅkāraḥ /
avyakto hyayamato 'niruktaviśeṣa evopāsya ityabhiprāyaḥ //3 //

start chup 1,13.4

dugdhe 'smai vāg dohaṃ yo vāco dohaḥ | annavān annādo bhavati | ya etām evaṃ sāmnām upaniṣadaṃ vedopaniṣadaṃ veda || chup_1,13.4 ||

chupbh_1,13.4 dugdhe 'smai vāgdohamityādyuktārtham / ya etāmevaṃ yathoktalakṣaṇāṃ sāmnāṃ sāmāvayavastobhākṣaraviṣayāmupaniṣadaṃ darśanaṃ veda tasyaitadyathoktaṃ phalamityarthaḥ / dvirabhyāso 'dhyāyaparisamāptyarthaḥ / sāmāvayavaviṣayopāsanāviśeṣaparimāptyartho veti //4 // //

iti chāndogyopaniṣacchāṅkarabhāṣye prathamodhyāyasya trayodaśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ iti chāndogyopaniṣadbrāhmaṇe prathamodhyāyaḥ samāptaḥ

atha dvitīyo 'dhyāyaḥ oṃ

start chup 2,1.1

samastasya khalu sāmna upāsanaṃ sādhu | yat khalu sādhu tat sāmety ācakṣate | yad asādhu tad asāmeti || chup_2,1.1 ||

chupbh_2,1.1 "omityetadakṣaram" ityādinā sāmāvayavaviṣayamupāsanamanekaphalamupadiṣṭam / anantaraṃ ca stobhākṣaraviṣayamupāsanamuktam / sarvathāpi sāmaikadeśasambaddhameva tadityathedānīṃ samaste sāmni samastasāmaviṣayāṇyupāsanāni vakṣyāmītyārabhate śrutiḥ / yuktaṃ hyekadeśopāsanānantaramekadeśiviṣayamupāsanamucyata iti / samastasya sarvāvayavaviśiṣṭasya pāñcabhaktikasya sāptabhaktikasya cetyarthaḥ / khalviti vākyālaṅkārārthaḥ / 
sāmna upāsanaṃ sādhu /
samaste sāmni sādhudṛṣṭividhiparatvānna pūrvoktopāsananindārthatvaṃ sādhuśabdaḥ śobhanavācī /
kathamavagamyata ityāha-yatkhalu loke sādhu śobhanamanavadyaṃ prasiddhaṃ tatsāmetyācakṣate kuśalāḥ /
yadasādhu viparītaṃ tadasāmeti //1 //


start chup 2,1.2

tad utāpy āhuḥ | sāmnainam upāgād iti sādhunainam upāgād ity eva tad āhuḥ | asāmnainam upāgād ity eva tad āhuḥ || chup_2,1.2 ||

chupbh_2,1.2 tattatraiva sādhvasādhuvivekakaraṇa utāpyāhuḥ-sāmnainaṃ rājānaṃ sāmantaṃ copāgādupagatavān /
ko 'sau yato 'sādhutvaprāptyāśaṅkā?sa ityabhiprāyaḥ /
śobhanābhiprāyeṇa sādhunainamupāgādityeva tattatrā'hurlaukikā bandhanādyasādhukāryamapaśyantaḥ /
yatra punarviparyayo bandhanādyasādhukāryaṃ paśyanti tatrāsāmnainamupāgādityasādhunainamupāgādityeva tadāhuḥ //2 //

start chup 2,1.3

athotāpy āhuḥ | sāma no bateti yat sādhu bhavati sādhu batety eva tad āhuḥ | asāma no bateti yad asādhu bhavaty asādhu batety eva tad āhuḥ || chup_2,1.3 ||

chupbh_2,1.3 athotāpyāhuḥ svasaṃvedyaṃ sāma no 'smākaṃ batetyanukampayataḥ saṃvṛttamityāhuḥ /
etattairuktaṃ bhavati yatsādhu bhavati sādhu vatetyeva tadāhuḥ /
viparyaye jāte 'sāma no bateti /
yadasādhu bhavatyasādhu batetyeva tadāhuḥ tasmātsāmasādhuśabdayorekārthatvaṃ siddham //3 //

start chup 2,1.4
sa ya etad evaṃ vidvān sādhu sāmety upāste 'bhyāśo ha yad enaṃ sādhavo dharmā ā ca gaccheyur upa ca nameyuḥ || chup_2,1.4 ||
chupbh_2,1.4 ataḥ sa yaḥ kaścitsādhu sāmeti sādhuguṇavatsāmetyupāste samastaṃ sāma sādhuguṇavadvidvāṃstasyaitatphalamabhyāśo ha kṣipraṃ ha;yaditi kriyāviśeṣaṇārthamenamupāsakaṃ sādhavaḥ śobhanā dharmāḥ śrutismṛtyaviruddhā ā ca gaccheyurāgaccheyuśca na kevalamāgaccheyurupa ca nameyurupanameyuśca bhogyatvenopatiṣṭheyurityarthaḥ //4//

iti chāndogyopaniṣadi dvitīyādhyāyasya prathamaḥ khaṇḍaḥ =======================================================================

start chup 2,2.1

lokeṣu pañcavidhaṃ sāmopāsīta | pṛthivī hiṅkāraḥ | agniḥ prastāvaḥ | antarikṣam udgīthaḥ | ādityaḥ pratihāraḥ | dyaur nidhanam | ity ūrdhveṣu || chup_2,2.1 ||

chupbh_2,2.1 kāni punastāni sādhudṛṣṭiviśiṣṭāni samastāni sāmānyupāsyānīti / imāni tānyucyante lokeṣu pañcavidhamityādīni / nanu lokādidṛṣṭyā tānyupāsyāni sādhudṛṣṭyā ceti viruddham / na / sādhvarthasya lokādikāryeṣu kāraṇasyānugatatvāt mṛdādivadghaṭādivikāreṣu / sādhuśabdavācyor'tho dharmo brahma vā sarvathāpi lokādikāryeṣvanugatam / ato yathā yatra ghaṭādidṛṣṭirmṛdādidṛṣṭyanugataiva sā / tathā sādhudṛṣṭyanugataiva lokādidṛṣṭiḥ / dharmādikāryatvāllokādīnām / yadyapi kāraṇatvamaviśiṣṭaṃ brahmadharmayoḥ, tathāpi dharma eva sādhuśabdavācya iti yuktaṃ"sādhukārī sādhurbhavatī"ti dharmaviṣaye sādhuśabdaprayogāt / nanu lokādikāryeṣu kāraṇasyānugatatvādarthaprāptaiva taddṛṣṭiriti sādhu sāmetyupāsta iti na vaktavyam / na / śāsragamyatvāttaddṛṣṭeḥ / sarvatra hi śāsraprāpitā eva dharmā upāsyā na vidyamānā apyaśāsrīyāḥ / lokeṣu pṛthivyādiṣu pañcavidhaṃ pañcabhaktibhedena pañcaprakāraṃ sādhusamastaṃ sāmopāsīta / katham / pṛthivo hiṅkāraḥ / lokeṣviti yā saptamī tāṃ prathamātvena vi

start chup 2,2.2

athāvṛtteṣu | dyaur hiṅkāraḥ | ādityaḥ prastāvaḥ | antarikṣam udgīthaḥ | agniḥ pratihāraḥ | pṛthivī nidhanam || chup_2,2.2 ||

chupbh_2,2.2 athā'vṛtteṣvavāṅmukheṣu pañcavidhamucyate sāmopāsanam / gatyāgativiśiṣṭā hi lokāḥ / yathā te tathādṛṣṭyaiva sāmopāsanaṃ vidhīyate yato 'ta āvṛtteṣu lokeṣu / dyaurhiṅkāraḥ prāthamyāt / ādityaḥ prastāvaḥ / udite hyāditye prastūyante karmāṇi prāṇinām / antarikṣamudgīthaḥ pūrvavat / 
agniḥ pratihāraḥ /
prāṇibhiḥ pratiharaṇādagneḥ /
pṛthivī nidhanam /
tata āgatānāmiha nidhanāt //2 //


start chup 2,2.3
kalpante hāsmai lokā ūrdhvāś cāvṛttaś ca ya etad evaṃ vidvāṃl lokeṣu pañcavidhaṃ sāmopāste || chup_2,2.3 ||
chupbh_2,2.3 upāsanaphalaṃ-kalpante samarthā bhavanti hāsmai lokā ūrdhvāścā'vṛttāśca gatyāgativiśiṣṭā bhogyatvena vyavatiṣṭhanta ityarthaḥ /
ya etadevaṃ vidvāṃllokeṣu pañcavidhaṃ samastaṃ sādhu sāmetyupāsta iti sarvatra yojanā pañcavidhe saptavidhe ca //3//

iti chāndogyopaniṣadi dvitīyādhyāyasya dvitīyaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

======================================================================= start chup 2,3.1

vṛṣṭau pañcavidhaṃ sāmopāsīta | purovāto hiṅkāraḥ | megho jāyate sa prastāvaḥ | varṣati sa udgīthaḥ | vidyotate stanayati sa pratihāraḥ || chup_2,3.1 ||

chupbh_2,3.1 vṛṣṭau pañcavidhaṃ sāmopāsīta / lokasthitervṛṣṭinimittatvādānantaryam / purovāto hiṅkāraḥ / purovātādyudgrahaṇāntā hi vṛṣṭiḥ / yathā sāma hiṅkārādinidhanāntam / ataḥ purovāto hiṅkāraḥ / prāthamyāt / megho jāyate sa prastāvaḥ / 
prāvṛṣi meghajanane vṛṣṭeḥ prastāva iti hi prasiddhiḥ /
varṣati sa udgīthaḥ śraiṣṭhyāt /
vidyotate stanayati sa pratihāraḥ /
pratihṛtatvāt //1 //


start chup 2,3.2
udgṛhṇāti tan nidhanaṃ varṣayati ha ya etad evaṃ vidvān vṛṣṭau pañcavidhaṃ sāmopāste || chup_2,3.2 ||
chupbh_2,3.2 udgṛhṇāti tannidhanam / 
samāptisāmānyāt /
phalamupāsanasya-varśati hāsmā icchātaḥ /
tathā varṣayati hāsatyāmapi vṛṣṭau /
ya etadityādi pūrvavat //2//


iti chāndogyopaniṣadi dvitīyādhyāyasya tṛtīyaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 2,4.1

sarvāsv apsu pañcavidhaṃ sāmopāsīta | megho yat saṃplavate sa hiṅkāraḥ | yad varṣati sa prastāvaḥ | yāḥ prācyaḥ syandante sa udgīthaḥ | yāḥ pratīcyaḥ sa pratihāraḥ | samudro nidhanam || chup_2,4.1 ||

chupbh_2,4.1 sarvāsvapsu pañcavidhaṃ sāmopāsīta / vṛṣṭipūrvakatvātsarvāsāmapāmānantaryam / megho yatsaṃplavata ekībhāvenetaretaraṃ ghanībhavati megho yadonnatastadā saṃplavata ityucyate meghastadāpāmārambhaḥ sa hiṅkāraḥ / yadvarṣati sa prastāvaḥ / āpaḥ sarvato vyāptuṃ prastutāḥ / 
yāḥ prācyaḥ syandante sa udgīthaḥ śraiṣṭhyāt /
yāḥ pratīcyaḥ sa pratihāraḥ pratiśabdasāmānyāt /
samudro nidhanam /
tannidhanatvādapām //1 //


start chup 2,4.2
na hāpsu praity apsumān bhavati ya etad evaṃ vidvān sarvāsv apsu pañcavidhaṃ sāmopāste || chup_2,4.2 ||
chupbh_2,4.2 na hāpsu praiti /
necchati cet /
apsumānaṃmānbhavati phalam //2//

iti chāndogyopaniṣadi dvitīyādhyāyasya caturthaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 2,5.1

ṛtuṣu pañcavidhaṃ sāmopāsīta | vasanto hiṅkāraḥ | grīṣmaḥ prastāvaḥ | varṣā udgīthaḥ | śarat pratihāraḥ | hemanto nidhanam || chup_2,5.1 ||

chupbh_2,5.1 ṝtuṣu pañcavidhaṃ sāmopāsīta / ṝtuvyavasthāyā yathoktāmbunimittatvādānantaryam / vasanto hiṅkāraḥ / prāthamyāt / grīṣmaḥ prastāvaḥ / yavādisaṃgrahaḥ prastūyate hi prāvṛḍartham / varṣā udgīthaḥ prādhānyāt / 
śaratpratihāraḥ /
rogiṇāṃ mṛtānāṃ ca pratiharaṇāt /
hemanto nidhanam /
nivāte nidhanātprāṇinām //1 //


start chup 2,5.2
kalpante hāsmā ṛtava ṛtumān bhavati ya etad evaṃ vidvān ṛtuṣu pañcavidhaṃ sāmopāste || chup_2,5.2 ||
chupbh_2,5.2 phalaṃ-kalpante ha ṛtuvyavasthānurūpaṃ bhogyatvenāsmā upāsakāyartavaḥ /
ṛtumānārtavairbhogaiśca sampanno bhavatītyarthaḥ //2//

iti chāndogyopaniṣadi dvitīyādhyāyasya pañcamaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 2,6.1

paśuṣu pañcavidhaṃ sāmopāsīta | ajā hiṅkāraḥ | avayaḥ prastāvaḥ | gāva udgīthaḥ | aśvaḥ pratihāraḥ | puruṣo nidhanam || chup_2,6.1 ||

chupbh_2,6.1 paśuṣu pañcavidhaṃ sāmopāsīta / samyagvṛtteṣvṛtuṣu paśavyaḥ kāla ityānantaryam / ajā hiṅkāraḥ / prādhānyāt prāthamyādvā / "ajaḥ paśūnāṃ prathama"iti śruteḥ / avayaḥ prastāvaḥ / sāhacaryadarśanādajādīnām / gāvaḥ udgīthaḥ / śraiṣṭhyāt / 
aśvāḥ pratihāraḥ /
pratiharaṇātpuruśāṇām /
puruṣo nidhanam /
puruṣāśrayatvātpaśūnām //1 //


start chup 2,6.2
bhavanti hāsya paśavaḥ paśumān bhavati ya etad evaṃ vidvān paśuṣu pañcavidhaṃ sāmopāste || chup_2,6.2 ||
chupbh_2,6.2 phalaṃ-bhavanti hāsya paśavaḥ paśumānbhavati /
paśuphalaiśca bhogatyāgādibhiryujyata ityarthaḥ //2//

iti chāndogyopaniṣadi dvitīyādhyāyasya ṣaṣṭhaḥ khaṇḍaḥ =======================================================================

start chup 2,7.1

prāṇeṣu pañcavidhaṃ parovarīyaḥ sāmopāsīta | prāṇo hiṅkāraḥ | vāk prastāvaḥ | cakṣur udgīthaḥ | śrotraṃ pratihāraḥ | mano nidhanam | parovarīyāṃsi vā etāni || chup_2,7.1 ||

chupbh_2,7.1 prāṇeṣu pañcavidhaṃ parovarīyaḥ sāmopāsīta / paraṃparaṃ varīyastvaguṇavatprāṇadṛṣṭiviśiṣṭaṃ sāmopāsītetyarthaḥ / prāṇo ghrāṇaṃ hiṅkāraḥ / uttarottaravarīyasāṃ prāthamyāt / vākprastāvaḥ / vācā hi prastūyate sarvam / vāgvarīyasī prāṇāt / aprāptamapyucyate vācā, prāptasyaiva tu gandhasya grāhakaḥ prāṇaḥ / cakṣurudgīthaḥ / vāco bahutaraviṣayaṃ prakāśayati cakṣurato varīyo vācaḥ, udgīthaḥ / śraiṣṭhyāt / śrotraṃ pratihāraḥ / pratihṛtatvāt / 
varīyastvaṃ ca śrotrānmanasaḥ /
sarvendriyaviṣayavyāpakatvāt /
atīndriyaviṣayo 'pi manaso gocara eveti /
yathoktahetubhyaḥ parovarīyāṃsi prāṇādīni vā etāni //1 //


start chup 2,7.2

parovarīyo hāsya bhavati parovarīyaso ha lokāñ jayati ya etad evaṃ vidvān prāṇeṣu pañcavidhaṃ parovarīyaḥ sāmopāste | iti tu pañcavidhasya || chup_2,7.2 ||

chupbh_2,7.2 etaddṛṣṭyā viśiṣṭaṃ yaḥ parovarīyaḥ sāmopāste parovarīyo hāsya jīvanaṃ bhavatītyuktārtham /
iti tu pañcavidhasya sāmna upāsanamuktamiti saptavidhe vakṣyamāṇaviṣaye buddhisamādhānārtham /
nirapekṣo hi pañcavidhe, vakṣyamāṇe buddhiṃ samādhitsati //2//

iti chāndogyopaniṣadi dvitīyādhyāyasya saptamaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

======================================================================= start chup 2,8.1

atha saptavidhasya | vāci saptavidh.am sāmopāsīta | yat kiṃca vāco hum iti sa hiṅkāraḥ | yat preti sa prastāvaḥ | yad eti sa ādiḥ || chup_2,8.1 ||

chupbh_2,8.1 athānantaraṃ saptavidhasya samastasya sāmna upāsanaṃ sādhvidamārabhyate / vācīti saptamī pūrvavat / vāgdṛṣṭiviśiṣṭaṃ saptavidhaṃ sāmopāsītetyarthaḥ / yatkiñca vācaḥ śabdasya humiti yo viśeṣaḥ sa hiṅkāro hakārasāmānyāt / yatpreti śabdarūpaṃ sa prastāvaḥ prasāmānyāt / 
yat-ā, iti sa ādiḥ /
ākārasāmānyāt /
ādirityoṅkāraḥ /
sarvāditvāt //1 //


start chup 2,8.2

yad ud iti sa udgīthaḥ | yat pratīti sa pratihāraḥ | yad upeti sa upadravaḥ | yan nīti tan nidhanam || chup_2,8.2 ||

chupbh_2,8.2 yaduditi sa udgīthaḥ / phatpūrvatvādudgīthasya / yatpratīti sa pratihāraḥ / 
pratisāmānyāt /
yadupeti sa upadrava upopakramatvādupadravasya /
yannīti tannidhanam /
niśabdasāmānyāt //2 //


start chup 2,8.3

dugdhe 'smai vāg dohaṃ yo vāco dohaḥ | annavān annādo bhavati | ya etad evaṃ vidvān vāci saptavidhaṃ sāmopāste || chup_2,8.3 ||

chupbh_2,8.3 dugdhe 'smā ityādyuktārtham //3//

iti chāndogyopaniṣadi dvitīyādhyāyasyāṣṭamaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

======================================================================= start chup 2,9.1

atha khalv amum ādityaṃ saptavidhaṃ sāmopāsīta | sarvadā samas tena sāma | māṃ prati māṃ pratīti sarveṇa samas tena sāma || chup_2,9.1 ||

chupbh_2,9.1 avayavamātre sāmnyādityadṛṣṭiḥ pañcavidheṣūktā prathame cādhyāye / athedānīṃ khalvamumādityaṃ samaste sāmnyavayavavibhāgaśo 'dhyasya saptavidhaṃ sāmopāsīta / kathaṃ punaḥ sāmatvamādityasyeti / ucyate / udgīthatve hetuvadādityasya sāmatve hetuḥ / 
ko 'sau, sarvadā samo vṛddhikṣayābhāvāttena hetunā sāmā'dityo māṃ prati māṃ pratīti tulyāṃ buddhimutpādayati /
ataḥ sarveṇa samo 'taḥ sāma samatvādityarthaḥ /
udgīthabhaktisāmānyavacanādeva lokādiṣūktasāmānyāddhiṅkārāditvaṃ gamyata iti hiṅkārāditve kāraṇaṃ noktam /
sāmatve punaḥ savituranuktaṃ kāraṇaṃ na subodhamiti samatvamuktam //1 //


start chup 2,9.2

tasminn imāni sarvāṇi bhūtāny anvāyattānīti vidyāt | tasya yat purodayāt sa hiṅkāraḥ | tad asya paśavo 'nvāyattāḥ | tasmāt te hiṅkurvanti | hiṅkārabhājino hy etasya sāmnaḥ || chup_2,9.2 ||

chupbh_2,9.2 tasminnāditye 'vayavavibhāgaśa imāni vakṣyamāṇāni sarvāmi bhūtānyanvāyattānyanugatānyādityamupajīvyatveneti vidyāt /
kathaṃ, tasyā'dityasya yatpurodayāddharmarūpaṃ sa hiṅkāro bhaktistatredaṃ sāmānyaṃ yattasya hiṅkārabhaktirūpaṃ tadasyā'dityasya sāmnaḥ paśavo gavādayo 'nvāyattā anugatāstadbhaktirūpamupajīvantītyarthaḥ /
yasmādevaṃ tasmātte hiṅkurvanti paśavaḥ prāgudayāt /
tasmāddhiṅkārabhājino hyetasyā'dityākhyasya sāmnaḥ tadbhaktibhajanaśīlatvāddhi ta evaṃ vartante //2 //

start chup 2,9.3

atha yat prathamodite sa prastāvaḥ | tad asya manuṣyā anvāyattāḥ | tasmāt te prastutikāmāḥ praśaṃsākāmāḥ | prastāvabhājino hy etasya sāmnaḥ || chup_2,9.3 ||

chupbh_2,9.3 atha yatprathamodite savitṛrūpaṃ tadasyā'dityākhyāsya sāmnaḥ sa prastāvastadasya manuṣyā anvāyattāḥ pūrvavat /
tasmātte prastutiṃ praśaṃsāṃ kāmayante /
yasmātprastāvabhājino hyetasya sāmnaḥ //3 //

start chup 2,9.4

atha yat saṃgavavelāyāṃ sa ādiḥ | tad asya vayāṃsy anvāyattāni | tasmāt tāny antarikṣe 'nārambhaṇāny ādāyātmānaṃ paripatanti | ādibhājīni hy etasya sāmnaḥ || chup_2,9.4 ||

chupbh_2,9.4 atha yatsaṅgavavelāyāṃ gavāṃ raśmīnāṃ saṅgamanaṃ saṅgamo yasyāṃ velāyāṃ, gavāṃ vā vatsaiḥ sā saṅgavavelā tasminkāle yatsāvitraṃ rūpaṃ sa ādirbhaktiviśeṣa oṅkārastadasya vayāṃsi pakṣiṇo 'nvāyattāni /
yata evaṃ tasmāttāni vayāṃstantarikṣe 'nārambaṇānyanālambanānyātmānamādāyā'tmānamevā'lambanatvena gṛhītvā paripatanti gacchantyata ākārasāmānyādādibhaktibhājīni hyetasya sāmnaḥ //4 //

start chup 2,9.5

atha yat saṃprati madhyaṃdine sa udgīthaḥ | tad asya devā anvāyattāḥ | tasmāt te sattamāḥ prājāpatyānām | udgīthabhājino hy etasya sāmnaḥ || chup_2,9.5 ||

chupbh_2,9.5 atha yatsamprati madhyandina ṛjumadhyandina ityarthaḥ / 
sa udgīthabhaktistadasya devā anvāyattāḥ /
dyotanātiśayāttatkāle /
tasmātte sattamā viśiṣṭatamāḥ /
prājāpatyānāṃ prajāpatyapatyānāmudgīthabhājino hyetasya sāmnaḥ //5 //


start chup 2,9.6

atha yad ūrdhvaṃ madhyaṃdināt prāg aparāhṇāt sa pratihāraḥ | tad asya garbhā anvāyattāḥ | tasmāt te pratihṛtā nāvapadyante | pratihārabhājino hy etasya sāmnaḥ || chup_2,9.6 ||

chupbh_2,9.6 atha yadūrdhvaṃ madhyandinātprāgaparāhnādyadrūpaṃ savituḥ sa pratihārastadasya garbhā anvāyattāḥ /
ataste savituḥ pratihārabhaktirūpeṇordhvaṃ pratihṛtāḥ santo nāvapadyante nādhaḥ patanti taddvāre satyapītyarthaḥ /
yataḥ pratihārabhājino hyetasya sāmno garbhāḥ //6 //

start chup 2,9.7

atha yad ūrdhvam aparāhṇāt prāg astam ayāt sa upadravaḥ | tad asyāraṇyā anvāyattāḥ | tasmāt te puruṣaṃ dṛṣṭvā kakṣaṃ śvabhram ity upadravanti | upadravabhājino hy etasya sāmnaḥ || chup_2,9.7 ||

chupbh_2,9.7 atha yadūrdhvamaparāhnātprāgastamayātsa upadravastadasyā'raṇyāḥ paśvo 'nvāyattāḥ /
tasmātte puruṣaṃ dṛṣṭvā bhītāḥ kakṣamaraṇyaṃ śvabhraṃ bhayaśūnyamityupadravantyupagacchanti dṛṣṭvopadravaṇādupadravabhājino hyetasya sāmnaḥ //7 //

start chup 2,9.8

atha yat prathamāstamite tan nidhanam | tad asya pitaro 'nvāyattāḥ | tasmāt tān nidadhati | nidhanabhājino hy etasya sāmnaḥ | evaṃ khalv amum ādityaṃ saptavidhaṃ sāmopāste || chup_2,9.8 ||

chupbh_2,9.8 atha yatprathamāstamite 'darśanaṃ jigamiṣati savitari tannidhanaṃ tadasya pitaro 'nvāyattāstasmāttānnidadhati pitṛpitāmahaprapitāmaharūpeṇa darbheṣu nikṣipanti tāṃstadarthaṃ piṇḍānvā sthāpayanti /
nidhanasambandhānnidhanabhājino hyetasya sāmnaḥ pitaraḥ /
evamavayavaśaḥ saptadhā vibhaktaṃ khalvamumādityaṃ saptavidhaṃ sāmopāste yastasya tadāpattiḥ phalamiti vākyaśeṣaḥ //8//

iti chāndogyopaniṣadi dvitīyādhyāyasya navamaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 2,10.1

atha khalv ātmasaṃmitam atimṛtyu saptavidhaṃ sāmopāsīta | hiṅkāra iti tryakṣaram | prastāva iti tryakṣaram | tat samam || chup_2,10.1 ||

chupbh_2,10.1 mṛtyurādityaḥ ahorātrādikālena jagataḥ pramāpayitṛtvāt / tasyātitaraṇāyedaṃ sāmopāsanamupadiśyate-atha khalvanantaram / ādityamṛtyuviṣayasāmopāsanasya, ātmasaṃmitaṃ svāvayavatulyatayā mitaṃ paramātmatulyatayā vā saṃmitamatimṛtyu mṛtyujayahetutvāt / 
yathā prathame 'dhyāya udgīthabhaktināmākṣarāṇyudgītha ityupāsyatvenoktāni, tatheha sāmnaḥ saptavidhabhaktināmākṣarāṇi samāhṛtya tribhisribhiḥ samatayā sāmatvaṃ parikalpyopāsyatvenocyante /
tadupāsanena mṛtyugocarākṣarasamakhyāsāmānyena taṃ mṛtyuṃ prāpya tadatiriktākṣareṇa tasyā'dityasya mṛtyoratikramaṇāyaiva saṃkramamaṃ kalpayati /
atimṛtyu saptavidhaṃ sāmopāsīta mṛtyumatikrāntamatiriktākṣarasaṃkhyayetyamṛtyu sāma /
tasya prathamabhaktināmākṣarāṇi biṅkāra ityetattryakṣaraṃ bhaktimāna prastāva iti ca bhaktestryakṣarameva māna tatpūrveṇa samam //1 //


start chup 2,10.2

ādir iti dvyakṣaram | pratihāra iti caturakṣaram | tata ihaikam | tat samam || chup_2,10.2 ||

chupbh_2,10.2 ādiriti dvyakṣaraṃ, saptavidhasya sāmnaḥ saṃkhyāpūraṇa oṅkāra ādirityucyate /
pratihāra iti caturakṣaram /
tata ihaikamakṣaramavacchidyā'dyakṣarayoḥ prakṣipyate /
tena tatsamameva bhavati //2 //

start chup 2,10.3

udgītha iti tryakṣaram upadrava iti caturakṣaraṃ tribhis tribhiḥ samaṃ bhavati | akṣaram atiśiṣyate tryakṣaram | tat samam || chup_2,10.3 ||

chupbh_2,10.3 udgītha iti tryakṣaramupadrava iti caturakṣaraṃ tribhisribhiḥ samaṃ bhavatyakṣaramatiśiṣ.yate 'tiricyate /
tena vaiṣamye prāpte sāmnaḥ samatvakaraṇāyā'ha-tadekamapi sadakṣaramiti tryakṣarameva bhavati /
atastatsamam //3 //

start chup 2,10.4

nidhanam iti tryakṣaram | tat samam eva bhavati | tāni ha vā etāni dvāviṃśatir akṣarāṇi || chup_2,10.4 ||

chupbh_2,10.4 nidhanamiti tryakṣaraṃ tatsamameva bhavati /
evaṃ tryakṣarasamatayā sāmatvaṃ sampādya yathāprāptānyevākṣarāṇi saṃkhyāyante - tāni ha vā etāni saptabhaktināmākṣarāṇi dvāviṃśatiḥ //4 //

start chup 2,10.5

ekaviṃśatyādityam āpnoti | ekaviṃśo vā ito 'sāv ādityaḥ | dvāviṃśena param ādityāj jayati | tan nākam | tad viśokam || chup_2,10.5 ||

chupbh_2,10.5 tatraikaviṃśatyakṣarasaṃkhyayā'dityamāpnoti mṛtyum / yasmādekaviṃśa ito 'smāllokādasāvādityaḥ saṃkhyayā / 
"dvādaśa māsāḥ pañcartavasraya ime lokā asāvāditya ekaviṃśa"iti śruteratiśiṣṭena dvāviṃśenākṣareṇa paraṃ mṛtyorādityājjayatyāpnotītyarthaḥ /
yacca tadādityātparaṃ kiṃ tat?nākaṃ kamiti sukhaṃ tasya pratiṣedho 'kaṃ tanna bhavatīti nākaṃ kamevetyarthaḥ /
mṛtyuviṣayatvādduḥkhasya viśokaṃ ca tadvigataśokaṃ mānasaduḥkharahitamityarthaḥ /
tadāpnotīti //5 //


start chup 2,10.6

āpnotīhādityasya jayam | paro hāsyādityajayāj jayo bhavati ya etad evaṃ vidvān ātmasaṃmitam atimṛtyu saptavidhaṃ sāmopāste sāmopāste || chup_2,10.6 ||

chupbh_2,10.6 uktasyaiva piṇḍitārthamāha-ekaviṃśatisaṃkhyayā'dityasya jayamāpnoti paro hāsyaivaṃvida ādityajayānmṛtyugocarātparo jayo bhavati dvāviṃśatyakṣarasaṃkhyayetyarthaḥ /
ya etadevaṃ dvānitikyādyuktārtham /
tasyaitadyathoktaṃ phalamiti dvirabhyāsaḥ sāptavidhyasamāptyarthaḥ //6//

iti chāndogyopaniṣadi dvitīyādhyāyasya daśamaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 2,11.1

mano hiṅkāraḥ | vāk prastāvaḥ | cakṣur udgīthaḥ | śrotraṃ pratihāraḥ | prāṇo nidhanam | etad gāyatraṃ prāṇeṣu protam || chup_2,11.1 ||

chupbh_2,11.1 vinā nāmagrahaṇaṃ pañcavidhasya saptavidhasya ca sāmna upāsanamuktam / athedānīṃ gāyatrādināmagrahaṇapūrvakaṃ viśiṣṭaphalāni sāmopāsanāntarāṇyucyante yathākramaṃ gāyatrādīnāṃ karmaṇi prayogastathaiva / mano hiṅkāro manasaḥ sarvakaraṇapravṛttīnāṃ prāthamyāt / tadānantaryādvākprastāvaścakṣurudgīthaḥ śraiṣṭhyāt / 
śrotraṃ pratihāraḥ pratihṛtatvāt /
prāṇo nidhanaṃ yathoktānāṃ prāṇe nidhanātsvāpakāle /
etadgāyatraṃ sāma prāṇeṣu protam /
gāyatryāḥ prāṇasaṃstutatvāt //1 //


start chup 2,11.2

sa ya evam etad gāyatraṃ prāṇeṣu protaṃ veda | prāṇī bhavati | sarvam āyur eti | jyog jīvati | mahān prajayā paśubhir bhavati | mahān kīrtyā | mahāmanāḥ syāt | tad vratam || chup_2,11.2 ||

chupbh_2,11.2 sa ya evametadgāyatraṃ prāṇeṣu protaṃ veda prāṇī bhavati / avikalakaraṇo bhavatītyetat / sarvamāyureti / 
śataṃ varṣaṇi sarvamāyuḥ puruṣasyeti śruteḥ /
jyogujjvalaṃ jīvati /
mahānbhavati prajādibhirmahāṃśca kīrtyā /
gāyatropāsakasyaitadvrataṃ bhavati yanmahāmanāstvakṣudracittaḥ syādityarthaḥ //2//


iti chāndogyopaniṣadi dvitīyādhyāyasyaikādaśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 2,12.1

abhimanthati sa hiṅkāraḥ | dhūmo jāyate sa prastāvaḥ | jvalati sa udgīthaḥ | aṅgārā bhavanti sa pratihāraḥ | upaśāmyati tan nidhanam | saṃśāmyati tan nidhanam | etad rathaṃtaram agnau protam || chup_2,12.1 ||

chupbh_2,12.1 abhimanthati sa hiṅkāraḥ prāthamyāt / agnerdhūmo jāyate sa prastāva ānantaryāt / jvalati sa udgītho haviḥ sambandhācchraiṣṭhyaṃ jvalanasya / 
aṅgārā bhavanti sa pratihāro 'ṅgārāṇāṃ pratihṛtatvāt /
upaśamaḥ sāvaśeṣatvādagneḥ /
saṃśamo niḥśeṣopaśamaḥ samāptisāmānyānnidhanametadrathantara magnau protam /
manthane hyagnergīyate //1 //


start chup 2,12.2

sa ya evam etad rathaṃtaram agnau protaṃ veda | brahmavarcasy: annādo bhavati | sarvam āyur eti | jyog jīvati | mahān prajayā paśubhir bhavati | mahān kīrtyā | na pratyaṅṅ agnim ācāmen na niṣṭhīvet | tad vratam || chup_2,12.2 ||

chupbh_2,12.2 sa ya ityādi pūrvavat / 
brahmavarcasī vṛttasvādhyāyanimittaṃ tejo brahmavartasam /
tejastu kevalaṃ tviḍbhāvaḥ /
annādo dīptāgniḥ /
na pratyaṅṅagnerabhimukho nā'cāmenna bhakṣayetkiñcinna niṣṭhīvecchleṣmanirasanaṃ ca na kuryāttadvratam //2//


iti chāndogyopaniṣadi dvitīyādhyāyasya dvādaśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 2,13.1

upamantrayate sa hiṅkāraḥ | jñapayate sa prastāvaḥ | striyā saha śete sa udgīthaḥ | prati strīṃ saha śete sa pratihāraḥ | kālaṃ gacchati tan nidhanam | pāraṃ gacchati tan nidhanam | etad vāmadevyaṃ mithune protam || chup_2,13.1 ||

chupbh_2,13.1 upamantrayate saṅketaṃ karoti prāthamyātsa hiṅkāraḥ / jñapayate toṣayati sa prastāvaḥ / 
sahaśayanamekaparyaṅkagamanaṃ sa udgīthaḥ śraiṣṭhyāt /
prati srīṃ śayanaṃ sriyā abhimukhībhāvaḥ sa pratihāraḥ /
kālaṃ gacchati maithunena pāraṃ samāptiṃ gacchati tannidhanametadvāmadevyaṃ mithune protam /
vāyvambumithunasambandhāt //1 //


start chup 2,13.2

sa ya evam etad vāmadevyaṃ mithune protaṃ veda | mithunī bhavati | mithunān mithunāt prajāyate | sarvam āyur eti | jyog jīvati | mahān prajayā paśubhir bhavati | mahān kīrtyā | na kāṃcana pariharet | tad vratam || chup_2,13.2 ||

chupbh_2,13.2 sa ya ityādi pūrvavat / 
mithunī bhavatyavidhuro bhavatītyarthaḥ /
mithunānmithunātprajāyata ityamogharetastvamucyate /
na kāñcana kāñcidapi sriyaṃ svātmatalpaprāptāṃ na pariharetsamāgamārthinīm /
vāmadevyasāmopāsanāṅgatvena vidhānāt etasmādanyatra pratiṣedhasmṛtayaḥ vacanaprāmāṇyācca dharmāvagaterna pratiṣedhaśāsreṇāsya virodhaḥ //2//


iti chāndogyopaniṣadi dvitīyādhyāyasya tryodaśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

======================================================================= start chup 2,14.1

udyan hiṅkāraḥ | uditaḥ prastāvaḥ | madhyaṃdina udgīthaḥ | aparāhṇaḥ pratihāraḥ | astaṃ yan nidhanam | etad bṛhad āditye protam || chup_2,14.1 ||

chupbh_2,14.1 udyansavitā sa hiṅkāraḥ prāthamyāddarśanasya / uditaḥ prastāvaḥ prastavanahetutvātkarmaṇām / 
madhyandina udgīthaḥ śraiṣṭhyāt /
aparāhnaḥ pratihāraḥ paśvādīnāṃ gṛhānprati haraṇāt /
yadastaṃ yaṃstannidhanaṃ rātrau gṛhe nidhānātprāṇinām /
etadbṛhadāditye protaṃ bṛhata ādityadaivatyatvāt //1 //


start chup 2,14.2

sa ya evam etad bṛhad āditye protaṃ veda | tejasvy: annādo bhavati | sarvam āyur eti | jyog jīvati | mahān prajayā paśubhir bhavati | mahān kīrtyā | tapantaṃ na nindet | tad vratam || chup_2,14.2 ||

chupbh_2,14.2 sa ya ityādi pūrvavat /
tapantaṃ na nindettadvratam //2//

iti chāndogyopaniṣadi dvitīyādhyāyasya caturdaśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

======================================================================= start chup 2,15.1

abhrāṇi saṃplavante sa hiṅkāraḥ | megho jāyate sa prastāvaḥ | varṣati sa udgīthaḥ | vidyotate stanayati sa pratihāraḥ | udgṛhṇāti tan nidhanam | etad vairūpaṃ parjanye protam || chup_2,15.1 ||

chupbh_2,15.1 abhrāṇyabbharaṇāt, megha udakasektṛtvāt /
uktārthamanyat /
etadvairūpaṃ nāma sāma parjanye protam /
anetarūpatvāt abhrādibhiḥ parjanyasya vairūpyam //1 //

start chup 2,15.2

sa ya evam etad vairūpaṃ parjanye protaṃ veda | virūpāṃś ca surūpaṃś ca paśūn avarundhe | sarvam āyur eti | jyog jīvati | mahān prajayā paśubhir bhavati | mahān kīrtyā | varṣantaṃ na nindet | tad vratam || chup_2,15.2 ||

chupbh_2,15.2 virūpāṃśca surūpāṃścājāviprabhṛtīnpaśūnavarundhe prāpnotītyarthaḥ /
varṣantaṃ na nindettadvratam //2//

iti chāndogyopaniṣadi dvitīyādhyāyasya pañcadaśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

======================================================================= start chup 2,16.1

vasanto hiṅkāraḥ | grīṣmaḥ prastāvaḥ | varṣā udgīthaḥ | śarat pratihāraḥ | hemanto nidhanam | etad vairājam ṛtuṣu protam || chup_2,16.1 ||

chupbh_2,16.1 vasanto hiṃṅkāraḥ prāthamyāt /
grīṣmaḥ prastāva ityādi pūrvavat //1 //

start chup 2,16.2

sa ya evam etad vairājam ṛtuṣu protaṃ veda | virājati prajayā | paśubhir brahmavarcasena | sarvam āyur eti | jyog jīvati | mahān prajayā paśubhir bhavati | mahān kīrtyā | ṛtūn na nindet | tad vratam || chup_2,16.2 ||

chupbh_2,16.2 etadvairājamṛtuṣu protaṃ veda virājati ṛtuvadyathartava ārtavairdharmairvirājanta evaṃ prajādibhirvidvānityuktamanyat /
ṛtīnna nindettadvratam //2//

iti chāndogyopaniṣadi dvitīyādhyāyasya ṣoḍaśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 2,17.1

pṛthivī hiṅkāraḥ | antarikṣaṃ prastāvaḥ | dyaur udgīthaḥ | diśaḥ pratihāraḥ | samudro nidhanam | etāḥ śakvaryo lokeṣu protāḥ || chup_2,17.1 ||

chupbh_2,17.1 pṛthivī hiṅkāra ityādi pūrvavat /
śakvarya iti nityaṃ bahuvacanaṃ revatya iva /
lokeṣu protāḥ //1 //

start chup 2,17.2

sa ya evam etāḥ śakvaryo lokeṣu protā veda | lokī bhavati sarvam āyur eti | jyog jīvati | mahān prajayā paśubhir bhavati | mahān kīrtyā | lokān na nindet | tad vratam || chup_2,17.2 ||

chupbh_2,17.2 lokī bhavati lokaphalena yujyata ityartaḥ /
lokānna nindettadvratam //2//

iti chāndogyopaniṣadi dvitīyādhyāyasya saptadaśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 2,18.1

ajā hiṅkāraḥ | avayaḥ prastāvaḥ | gāva udgīthaḥ | aśvāḥ pratihāraḥ | puruṣo nidhanam | etā revatyaḥ paśuṣu protāḥ || chup_2,18.1 ||

chupbh_2,18.1 ajā hiṅkāra ityādi pūrvavat /
paśuṣu protāḥ //1 //

start chup 2,18.2

sa ya evam etā revatyaḥ paśuṣu protā veda | paśumān bhavati | sarvam āyur eti | jyog jīvati | mahān prajayā paśubhir bhavati | mahān kīrtyā | paśūn na nindet | tad vratam || chup_2,18.2 ||

chupbh_2,18.2 paśūnna nindettadvratam //2//

iti chāndogyopaniṣadi dvitīyādhyāyasyasyāṣṭādaśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

======================================================================= start chup 2,19.1

loma hiṅkāraḥ | tvak prastāvaḥ | māṃsam udgīthaḥ | asthi pratihāraḥ | majjā nidhanam | etad yajñāyajñīyam aṅgeṣu protam || chup_2,19.1 ||

chupbh_2,19.1 loma hiṅkāro dehāvayavānāṃ prāthamyāt / tvakprastāva ānantaryāt / 
māṃsamudgīthaḥ śraiṣṭhyāt /
asthi pratihāraḥ pratihṛtatvāt /
majjā nidhanamāntyāt /
etadyajñāyajñīyaṃ nāma sāma dehāvayavaveṣu protam //1 //


start chup 2,19.2

sa ya evam etad yajñāyajñīyam aṅgeṣu protaṃ veda | aṅgī bhavati | nāṅgena vihūrchati | sarvam āyur eti | jyog jīvati | mahān prajayā paśubhir bhavati | mahān kīrtyā | saṃvatsaraṃ majjño nāśnīyāt | tad vratam | majjño nāśnīyād iti vā || chup_2,19.2 ||

chupbh_2,19.2 aṅgī bhavati samagrāṅgo bhavatītyarthaḥ / 
nāṅgena hastapādādinā vihūrchati na kuṭilī bhavati paṅguḥ kuṇī vetyarthaḥ /
saṃvatsaraṃ saṃvatsaramātraṃ majjño māṃsāni nāśnīyānna bhakṣayet /
bahuvacanaṃ matsyopalakṣaṇārtham /
majjño nāśnīyātsarvadaiva nāśnīyāditi vā tadvratam //2//


iti chāndogyopaniṣadi dvitīyādhyāyasyaikonaviṃśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

======================================================================= start chup 2,20.1

agnir hiṅkāraḥ | vāyuḥ prastāvaḥ | āditya udgīthaḥ | nakṣatrāṇi pratihāraḥ | candramā nidhanam | etad rājanaṃ devatāsu protam || chup_2,20.1 ||

chupbh_2,20.1 agnirhiṅkāraḥ prathamasthānatvāt / vāyuḥ prastāva ānantaryasāmānyāt / 
āditya udgīthaḥ śraiṣṭhyāt /
nakṣatrāṇi pratihāraḥ pratihṛtatvāt /
candramā nidhanaṃ karmiṇāṃ tannidhanāt /
etadrājanaṃ devatāsu protaṃ devatānāṃ dīptimattvāt //1 //


start chup 2,20.2

sa ya evam etad rājanaṃ devatāsu protaṃ veda | etāsām eva devatānāṃ salokatāṃ sarṣṭitāṃ sāyujyaṃ gacchati | sarvam āyur eti | jyog jīvati | mahān prajayā paśubhir bhavati | mahān kīrtyā | brāhmaṇān na nindet | tad vratam || chup_2,20.2 ||

chupbh_2,20.2 vidvatphalam-etāsāmevāgnyādīnāṃ devatānāṃ salokatāṃ samānalokatāṃ sārṣṭitāṃ samānarddhitvaṃ sāyujyaṃ samugbhāvamekadehadehitvamityetat / vāśabdo 'tra lupto draṣṭavyaḥ salokatāṃ vetyādi / bhāvanāviśeṣataḥ phalaviśeṣopapatteḥ / 
gacchati prāpnoti /
samuccayānupapatteśca /
brāhmaṇānna nindettadvratam /
"ete vai devāḥ pratyakṣaṃ yadbrāhmaṇā"iti śruterbrāhmaṇanindā devatānindaiveti //2//


iti chāndogyopaniṣadi dvitīyādhyāyasya viṃśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

======================================================================= start chup 2,21.1 trayī vidyā hiṅkāraḥ | traya ime lokāḥ sa prastāvaḥ | agnir vāyur ādityaḥ sa udgīthaḥ | nakṣatrāṇi vayāṃsi marīcayaḥ sa pratihāraḥ | sarpā gandharvāḥ pitaras tan nidhanam | etat sāma sarvasmin protam || chup_2,21.1 ||

chupbh_2,21.1 trayī vidyā hiṅkāraḥ / agnyādisāmna ānantaryaṃ trayīvidyāyā agnyādikāryatvaśruteḥ / hiṅkāraḥ prāthamyātsarvakartavyānām / traya ime lokāstatkāryatvādanantarā iti prastāvaḥ / agnyādīnāmudgīthatvaṃ śraiṣṭhyāt / nakṣatrādīnāṃ pratihṛtatvātpratihāratvam / 
sarpādīnāṃ dhakārasāmānyānnidhanatvametatsāma nāmaviśṣābhāvātsāmasamudāyaḥ sāmaśabdaḥ sarvasminprotam /
trayīvidyādidṛṣṭyā hiṅkārādisāmabhaktaya upāsyāḥ /
atīteṣvapi sāmopāsaneṣu yeṣu yeṣu protaṃ yadyatsāma taddṛṣṭyā tadupāsyamiti /
karmāṅganāṃ dṛṣṭiviśeṣeṇājyasyeva saṃskāryatvāt //1 //


start chup 2,21.2
sa ya evam etat sāma sarvasmin protaṃ veda sarvaṃ ha bhavati || chup_2,21.2 ||
chupbh_2,21.2 sarvaviṣayasāmavidaḥ phalaṃ-sarvaṃ ha bhavati sarveśvaro bhavatītyarthaḥ /
nirupacaritasarvabhāve hi diksthebhyo baliprāptyanupapattiḥ //2 //

start chup 2,21.3

tad eṣa ślokaḥ | yāni pañcadhā trīṇi trīṇi | tebhyo na jyāyaḥ param anyad asti || chup_2,21.3 ||

chupbh_2,21.3 tadetasminnartha eṣa śloko mantro 'pyasti /
yāni pañcadhā pañcaprakāreṇa hiṅkārādivibhāgaiḥ proktāni trīṇi trīṇi trayīvidyādīni tebhyaḥ pañcatrikebhyo jyāyo mahattaraṃ paraṃ ca vyatiriktamanyadvastvantaraṃ nāsti na vidyata ityarthaḥ /
tatraiva hi sarvasyāntabhaviḥ //3 //

start chup 2,21.4

yas tad veda sa veda sarvam | sarvā diśo balim asmai haranti | sarvam asmīty upāsita | tad vrataṃ tad vratam || chup_2,21.4 ||

chupbh_2,21.4 yastadyathoktaṃ sarvātmakaṃ sāma veda sa veda sarvaṃ;sa sarvajño bhavatītyarthaḥ /
sarvā diśaḥ sarvadiksthā asmā evaṃvide baliṃ bhogaṃ haranti prāpayantītyarthaḥ /
sarvamasmi bhavāmītyevametatsāmopāsīta tasyaitadeva vratam /
dbiruktiḥ sāmopāsanasamāptyarpthā //4//

iti chāndogyopaniṣadi dvitīyādhyāyasyaikaviṃśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 2,22.1

vinardi sāmno vṛṇe paśavyam ity agner udgīthaḥ | aniruktaḥ prajāpateḥ | niruktaḥ somasya | mṛdu ślakṣṇaṃ vāyoḥ | ślakṣṇaṃ balavad indrasya | krauñcaṃ bṛhaspateḥ | apadhvāntaṃ varuṇasya | tān sarvān evopaseveta | vāruṇaṃ tv eva varjayet || chup_2,22.1 || 

chupbh_2,22.1 sāmopāsanaprasaṅgena gānaviśeṣādisampadudgāturupadiśyate / phalaviśeṣasambandhātṣa vinardi viśiṣṭo nardaḥ svaraviśeṣa ṛṣabhakūjitasamo 'syāstīti vinardi gānamiti vākyaśeṣaḥ / tacca sāmnaḥ sambandhi paśubhyo hitaṃ paśavyamagneragnidevatyaṃ codgītha udgānam / tadahamevaṃviśiṣṭaṃ vṛṇe prarthaya iti kaścidyajamāna udgātā vā manyate / anirukto 'mukasama ityaviśeṣitaḥ prajāpateḥ prajāpatidevatyaḥ sa na gānaviśeṣaḥ / āniruktyātprajāpaterniruktaḥ spaṣṭaḥ somasya, somadevatyaḥ sa udgītha ityarthaḥ / mṛdu ślakṣaṇaṃ ca gānaṃ vāyorvāyudevatyaṃ tat / 
ślakṣṇaṃ balavacca prayatnādhikyopetaṃ cendrasyaindraṃ tadgānam /
krauñcaṃ krauñcapakṣininādasamaṃ bṛhaspaterbārhaspatyaṃ tat /
apadhvāntaṃ bhinnakāṃsyasvarasamaṃ varuṇasyaitadgānam /
tānsarvānevopaseveta prayuñjīta vāruṇaṃ tvevaikaṃ varjayet //1 //


start chup 2,22.2

amṛtatvaṃ devebhya āgāyānīty āgāyet | svadhāṃ pitṛbhya āśāṃ manuṣyebhyas tṛṇodakaṃ paśubhyaḥ svargaṃ lokaṃ yajamānāyānnam ātmana āgāyānīty etāni manasā dhyāyann apramattaḥ stuvīta || chup_2,22.2 ||

chupbh_2,22.2 amṛtatvaṃ devebhya āgāyāni sādhayāni /
svadhāṃ pitṛbhya āgāyānyāśāṃ manuṣyebhya āśāṃ prārthanāṃ prārthitamityetat /
tṛṇodakaṃ paśubhyaḥ svargaṃ lokaṃ yajamānāyānnamātmane mahyamāgāyānītyetāni manasā cintayandhyāyannapramattaḥ svaroṣmavyañjanādibhyaḥ stuvīta //2 //

start chup 2,22.3

sarve svarā indrasyātmānaḥ | sarva ūṣmāṇaḥ prajāpater ātmānaḥ | sarve sparśā mṛtyor ātmānaḥ | taṃ yadi svareṣūpālabheta | indraṃ śaraṇaṃ prapanno 'bhūvaṃ sa tvā prati vakṣyatīty enaṃ brūyāt || chup_2,22.3 ||

chupbh_2,22.3 sarve svarā akārādaya indrasya balakarmaṇaḥ prāṇasyā'tmāno dehāvayavasthānīyāḥ sarva ūṣmāṇaḥ śaṣasahādayaḥ prajāpatervirājaḥ kaśyapasya vā'tmānaḥ /
sarve sparśāḥ kādayo vyañjanāni mṛtyorātmānastamevaṃvidamudgātāraṃ yadi kaścitsvareṣūpālabheta svarastvayā duṣṭaḥ prayukta ityevamupālabdha indraṃ prāṇamīśvaraṃ śaraṇamāśrayaṃ prapanno 'bhūvaṃ svarān prayuñjāno 'haṃ sa indro yattava vaktavyaṃ tvā tvāṃ prati vakṣyati sa eva deva uttaraṃ dāsyatītyenaṃ brūyāt //3 //

start chup 2,22.4

atha yady enam ūṣmāsūpālabheta | prajāpatiṃ śaraṇaṃ prapanno 'bhūvaṃ sa tvā prati pekṣyatīty enaṃ brūyāt | atha yady enaṃ sparśeṣūpālabheta | mṛtyuṃ śaraṇaṃ prapanno 'bhūvaṃ sa tvā prati dhakṣyatīty enaṃ brūyāt || chup_2,22.4 ||

chupbh_2,22.4 atha yadyenamūṣmasu tathaivopālabheta prajāpatiṃ śaraṇaṃ prapanno 'bhūvaṃ sa tvā pratipekṣyati sañcūrṇayiṣyatītyenaṃ brūyāt /
atha yadyenaṃ sparśeṣūpālabheta mṛtyuṃ śaraṇaṃ prapanno 'bhūvaṃ sa tvā prati dhakṣyati bhasmīkariṣyatītyenaṃ brūyāt //4 //

start chup 2,22.5

sarve svarā ghoṣavanto balavanto vaktavyā indre balaṃ dadānīti | sarva ūṣmāṇo 'grastā anirastā vivṛtā vaktavyāḥ prajāpater ātmānaṃ paridadānīti | sarve sparśā leśenānabhinihitā vaktavyā mṛtyor ātmānaṃ pariharāṇīti || chup_2,22.5 ||

chupbh_2,22.5 yata indrādyātmānaḥ svarādayo 'taḥ sarve svarā ghoṣavanto balavanto vaktavyāḥ /
tathāhamindre balaṃ dadāni balamādadhānīti /
tathā sarva ūṣmāṇo 'grastā antarapraveśitā anirastā bahiraprakṣiptā vivṛtā[vivṛttā] vivṛtaprayatnopetāḥ prajāpaterātmānaṃ paridadāni prayacchānīti /
sarve sparśā leśena śanakairanabhinihitā anabhinikṣiptā vaktavyā mṛtyorātmānaṃ bālāniva śanakaiḥ pariharan mṛtyorātmānaṃ pariharāṇīti //5//

iti chāndogyopaniṣadi dvitīyādhyāyasya dvāviṃśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

======================================================================= start chup 2,23.1

trayo dharmaskandhāḥ | yajño 'dhyayanaṃ dānam iti prathamaḥ | tapa eva dvitīyaḥ | brahmacāryācāryakulavāsī tṛtīyo 'tyantam ātmānam ācāryakule 'vasādayan | sarva ete puṇyalokā bhavanti | brahmasaṃstho 'mṛtatvam eti || chup_2,23.1 ||

chupbh_2,23.1 oṅkārasyopāsanavidhyarthaṃ trayo dharmaskandhā ityādyārabhyate / naivaṃ manatavyaṃ sāmāvayavabhūtasyaivodgīthādilakṣaṇasyoṅkārasyopāsanātphalaṃ prāpyata iti / kiṃ tarhi?yatsarvairapi sāmopāsanaiḥ karmabhiścāprāpyaṃ tatphalamamṛtatvaṃ kevalādoṅkāropāsanātprāpyata iti / tatstutyarthaṃ sāmaprakaraṇe tadupanyāsaḥ / trayasrisaṃkhyākā dharmasya skandhā dharmaskandhāḥ dharmavibāgā ityarthaḥ / ke ta ityāha -yajño 'gnihotrādiḥ / adhyayanaṃ saniyamasya ṛgāderabhyāsaḥ / dānaṃ bahirvedi yathāśaktidravyasaṃvibhāgo bhikṣamāṇebhyaḥ / ityeṣa prathamo dharmaskandhaḥ / gṛhasthasamavetatvāttannirvartakena gṛhasthena nirdiśyate prathama eka ityartho dvitīyatṛtīyaśravaṇānnā'dyārthaḥ / tapa eva dvitīyastapa iti kṛcchracāndrāyaṇādi tadvāṃstāpasaḥ parivrāḍvā na brahmasaṃstha āśramadharmamātrasaṃstho;brahmasaṃsthasya tvamṛtatvaśravaṇāt / dvitīyo dharmaskandhaḥ / brahmacāryācāryakule vastuṃ śīlamasyetyācāryakulavāsī / atyantaṃ yāvajjīvamātmānaṃ niyamairācāryakule 'vasādayankṣapayandehaṃ tṛtīyo dharmaskandhaḥ / atyantamityādiviśeṣaṇānnaiṣṭhika iti gamyate / upakurvāṇasya svādhyāyagrahaṇārthatvānna puṇyalokatvaṃ brahmacaryeṇa / sarva ete trayo 'pyāśramiṇo yathoktairdharmaiḥ puṇyalokā bhavanti / puṇyo loko yeṣāṃ ta ime puṇyalokā āśramiṇo bhavanti / avaśiṣṭastvanuktaḥ parivrāḍbrahmasaṃstho brahmaṇi samyaksthitaḥ so 'mṛtatvaṃ puṇyalokavilakṣaṇamamaraṇabhāvamātyantikameti nā'pekṣikaṃ devādyamṛtatvavat / puṇyalokātpṛyagamṛtatvasya vibhāgakaraṇāt / yadi ca pumyalokātiśayamātramamṛtatvamabhaviṣyattataḥ puṇyalokatvādvibhaktaṃ nāvakṣyat / vibhaktepadeśāccā'tyantikamamṛtatvamiti gamyate / atra cā'śramadharmaphalopanyāsaḥ praṇavasevāstutyarthaṃ na tatphalavidhyartham / stutaye ca pravamasevāyā āśramadharmaphalavidhaye ceti hi bhidyeta vākyam / tasmātsmṛtisiddhāśramaphalānuvādena praṇavasevāphalamamṛtatvaṃ bruvanpraṇavasevāṃ stauti / yathā pūrṇavarmaṇaḥ sevā bhaktaparidhānamātraphalā rājavarmaṇastu sevā rājyatulyaphaleti tadvat / praṇavaśca tatsatyaṃ paraṃ brahma tatpratīkatvāt / "etaddhyevākṣaraṃ brahma etaddhyevākṣaraṃ param" ityādyāmnāyātkāṭhake yuktaṃ tatsevāto 'mṛtatvam / caturṇāmadhikṛtatvāviśeṣāt / brahmasaṃsthatve 'pratiṣedhācca / svakarmacchidre ca brahmasaṃsthatāyāṃ sāmardhyopapatteḥ / na ca yavavarāhādiśabdavadbrahmasaṃsthaśabdaḥ parivrājake rūḍhaḥ / brahmaṇi saṃsthitinimittamupādāya pravṛttatvāt / na hi rūḍhiśabdā nimittamupādadate / sarveṣāṃ ca brahmaṇi sthitirupapadyate / yatra yatra nimittamasti brahmaṇi saṃsthitistasya tasya nimittavato vācakaṃ santaṃ brahmasaṃsthaśabdaṃ parivrāḍekaviṣaye saṃkoca kāraṇābhāvānniroddhuma yuktam / na ca pārivrājyāśramadharmamātreṇāmṛtatvam / jñānānarthakyaprasaṅgāt / pārivrājyadharmayuktameva jñānamamṛtatvasādhanamiti cenna / āśramadharmatvāviśeṣāt / dharmo vā jñānaviśiṣṭo 'mṛtatvasādhanamityedapi sarvāśramadharmāṇāmaviśiṣṭam / na ca vacanamasti parivrājakasyaiva brahmasaṃsthasya mokṣo nānyeṣāmiti / jñānānmokṣa iti ca sarvopaniṣadāṃ siddhāntaḥ tasmādya eva brahmasaṃsthaḥ svāśramavihitakarmavatāṃ so 'mṛtatvametīti / kurvidaṃ mā kārṣīriti karmavidhayaḥ pravṛttāḥ / tacca nimittaṃ na śāsrakṛtam / sarvaprāṇiṣu darśanāt / "sadekamevādvitīyaṃ" "ātmaivedaṃ sarvaṃ" "brahmaivedaṃ sarvam" itiśāsrajanyaḥ pratyayo vidyārūpaḥ svābhāvikaṃ kriyākārakaphalabhedapratyayaṃ karmavidhinimittamanupamṛdya na jāyate / bhedābhedapratyayayorvirodhāt / na hi taimirikadvicandrādibhedapratyayamanupamṛdya timirāpagame candrādyekatvapratyaya upajāyate / vidyāvidyāpratyayayorvirodhāt / tatraivaṃ sati yaṃ bhedapratyayamupādāya karmavidhayaḥ pravṛtāḥ sa yasyopamarditaḥ sadekamevādvitīyaṃ tatsatyaṃ vikārabhedo 'nṛtamityetadvākyapramāṇajanitenaikatvapratyayena sa sarvakarmabhyo nivṛtto nimittanivṛtte:,sa ca nivṛttakarmā brahmasaṃstha ucyate, sa ca parivrāḍevānyasyāsambhavāt / anyo hyanivṛttabhedapratyayaḥ so 'nyatpaśyañśṛṇvanmanvāno vijānannidaṃ kṛtvedaṃ prāpnuyāmiti hi manyate / tasyaivaṃ kurvato na brahmasaṃsthatā / vācārambhaṇamātravikārānṛtābhisandhipratyayatvāt / na cāsatyamityupardite bhedapratyaye satyamidamanena kartavyaṃ mayeti pramāṇaprameyabuddhirupapadyate / ākāśa iva talamalabuddhirvivekinaḥ / upamardite 'pi bhedapratyaye karmabhyo na nivartate cetprāgiva bhedapratyayopamardanādekatvapratyayavidhāyakaṃ vākyamapramāṇīkṛtaṃ syāt / abhakṣyabhakṣaṇādipratiṣedhavākyānāṃ prāmāṇyavadyuktamekatvavākyasyāpi prāmāṇyam / sarvopaniṣadāṃ tatparatvāt / karmavidhīnāmaprāmāṇa ayaprasaṅga iti cet / na / anupamarditabhedapratyayavatpuruṣaviṣaye prāmāṇyopapatteḥ svapnādipratyaya iva prākprabodhāt / vivekināmakaraṇātkarmavidhiprāmāṇyoccheda iti cet / na / kāmyavidhyanucchedadarśanāt / na hi kāmātmatā na praśastetyevaṃvijñānavadbhiḥ kāmyāni karmāṇi nānuṣṭhīyanta iti kāmyakarmavidhaya ucchidyante 'nuṣṭhīyanta eva kāmibhiriti / tathā brahmasaṃsthairbrahmavidbhirnānuṣṭhīyante karmāṇīti na tadvidhaya ucchidyante 'brahmavidbhiranuṣṭhīyanta eveti / parivrādakānāṃ bhikṣācaraṇādivadutpannaikatvapratyayānāmapi gṛhasthādīnāmagnihotrādikarmānivṛttiriti cenna / prāmāṇyacintāyāṃ puruṣapravṛtteradṛṣṭāntatvāt / na hi nābhicarediti pratiṣiddhamapyabhicaramaṃ kaścitkurvandṛṣṭa iti śatrau dveṣarahitenāpi vivekinābhicaraṇaṃ kriyate / na ca karmavidhipravṛttinimitte bhedapratyaye bādhite 'gnihotrādau pravartakaṃ nimittamasti, parivrājakasyeva bhikṣācaraṇādau bubhukṣādi pravartakam / ihāpyakaraṇe pratyavāyabhayaṃ pravartakamiti cet / na / bhedapratyayavato 'dhikṛtatvāt / bhedapratyayavānanupamarditabhedabuddhirvidyayā yaḥ sa karmaṇyadhikṛta ityavocāma / yo hyadhikṛtaḥ karmaṇi tasya tadakarame pratyavāyo na nivṛttādhikārasya gṛhasthasyeva brahmacāriṇo viśeṣadharmānanuṣṭhāne / evaṃ tarhi sarvaḥ svāśramastha utpannekatvapratyayaḥ parivrāḍiti cet / na / svasvāmitvabhedabuddhyanivṛtteḥ / karmārthatvāccetarāśramāṇām / "atha karma kurvīya"iti śruteḥ / tasmātsvasvāmitvābhāvādbhikṣureka eva parivrāṭ / na gṛhasthādiḥ / ekatvapratyayavidhijanitena pratyayena vidhinimittabhedapratyayasyopamarditatvādyamaniyamādyanupapattiḥ parivrājakasyeti cet / na / bubhukṣādinaikatvapratyayātprācyāvitasyopapatternivṛttyarthatvāt / na ca pratiṣiddhasevāprāptiḥ / ekatvapratyayotpatteḥ prāgeva pratiṣiddhatvāt / na hi rātrau kūpe kaṇṭake vā patita udite 'pi savitari patati tasminneva / tasmātsiddhaṃ nivṛttakarmā bhikṣuka eva brahmasaṃstha iti / yatpunaruktaṃ sarveṣāṃ jñānavarjitānāṃ puṇyalokateti / satyametat / yaccoktaṃ tapaḥśabdena parivrāḍapyukta iti / etadasat / kasmāt / parivrājakasyaiva brahmasaṃsthatāsambhavāt / sa eva hyavaśeṣita ityavocāma / ekatvavijñānavato 'gnihotrādivattaponivṛtteśca / bhedabuddhimata eva hi tapaḥkartavyatā syāt / etena karmacchidre brahmasaṃsthatāsāmarthyaṃ apratiṣedhaśca pratyuktaḥ / tathā jñānavāneva nivṛttakarmā parivrāḍiti jñānavaiyarthyaṃ pratyuktam / yatpunaruktaṃ yavavarāhādiśabdavatparivrājake na rūḍho brahmasaṃsthaśabda iti tatparihṛtam / tasyaiva brahmasaṃsthatāsambhavānnānyasyeti / yatpunaruktaṃ rūḍhaśabdā nimittaṃ nopādadata iti / tanna / gṛhasthatakṣaparivrājakādiśabdadarśanāt / gṛhasthitipārivrājyatakṣaṇādinimittopādānā api gṛhasthaparivrājakāśramiviśeṣe viśiṣṭajātimati ca takṣeti rūḍhā dṛśyante śabdāḥ / na yatra yatra tāni nimittāni tatra tatra vartante / prasiddhyabhāvāt / tathehāpi brahmasaṃsthaśabdo nivṛttasarvakarmatatsādhanaparivrāḍekaviṣaye 'tyāśramiṇi paramahaṃsākhye vṛtta iha bhavitumarhati / mukhyāmṛtatvaphalaśravaṇāt / ataścedamevaikaṃ vedoktaṃ pārivrājyam / na yajñopavītatridaṇḍakamaṇḍalvādiparigraha iti / "muṇḍo 'parigraho 'saṅga"iti śrutiḥ"atyākṣamibyaḥ paramaṃ pavitram" ityādi ca śvetāśvatarīye / "niḥstutirnirnamaskāra"ityādismṛtibhyaśca / "tasmātkarma na kurvanti yatayaḥ pāradarśinaḥ" / "tasmādaliṅgo dharmajño 'vyaktaliṅga"ityādismṛtibhyaśca / yattu sāṃkhyaiḥ karmatyāgo 'bhyupagamyate / kriyākārakaphalabhedabuddheḥ satyatvābhyupagamāt tanmṛṣā / yacca bauddhaiḥ śūnyatābhyupagamādakartṛtvamabhyupagamyate / tadapyasat / tadabhyupagantuḥ sattvābhyupagamāt / yaccājñairalasatayākartṛtvābhyupagamaḥ so 'pyasan, kārakabuddheranivartatatvātpramāṇena / tasmādvedāntapramāṇajanitaikatvapratyayavata eva karmanivṛttilakṣaṇaṃ pārivrājyaṃ brahmasaṃsthatvaṃ ceti siddham / etena gṛhasthasyaikatvavijñāne sati pārivrājyamarthasiddham / nanvagnyutsādanadoṣabhāksyātparivrajan / "vīrahā vā eṣa devānāṃ yo 'gnimudvāsayate"iti śruteḥ / 
na /
vedenaivotsāditatvāt utsanna eva hi sa ekatvadarśane jāte /
apāgādagneragnitvamiti śruteḥ /
ato na doṣabhāggṛhasthaḥ parivrajanniti //1 //


start chup 2,23.2

prajāpatir lokān abhyatapat | tebhyo 'bhitaptebhyas trayī vidyā saṃprāsravat | tām abhyatapat | tasyā abhitaptāyā etāny akṣarāṇi saṃprasrvanta bhūr bhuvaḥ svar iti || chup_2,23.2 ||

chupbh_2,23.2 yatsaṃstho 'mṛtatvameti tannirūpaṇārthamāha -prajāpatirvirāṭ kaśyapo vā lokānuddiśya teṣu sārajighṛkṣayābhyata padabhitāpaṃ kṛtavāndhyānaṃ tapaḥ kṛtavānityarthaḥ / 
tebhyo 'bhitaptebhyaḥ sārabhūtā trayī vidyā samprāsravatprajāpatermanasi pratyabhādityarthaḥ /
tāmabhyatapat /
pūrvavat /
tasyā abhitaptāyā etānyakṣarāṇi samprāsravanta bhūrbhuvaḥ svaritivyāhṛtayaḥ //2 //


start chup 2,23.3

tāny abhyatapat | tebhyo 'bhitaptebhya oṃkāraḥ saṃprāsravat | tad yathā śaṅkunā sarvāṇi parṇāni saṃtṛṇṇāny evam oṃkāreṇa sarvā vāk saṃtṛṇṇā | oṃkāra evedaṃ sarvam oṃkāra eva idaṃ sarvam || chup_2,23.3 ||

chupbh_2,23.3 tānyakṣarāṇyabhyatapattebhyo 'bhitaptebhya oṅkāraḥ samprāsravattadbrahma, kīdṛśamityāha-tadyathā śaṅkunā parṇanālena sarvāṇi parṇāni patrāvayavajātāni santṛṇṇāni nividdhāni vyāptānītyarthaḥ / evamoṅkāreṇa brahmaṇā paramātmanaḥ pratīkabhūtena sarvā vākyaśabdajātaṃ santṛṇṇā / 
"akāro vai sarvā vāk"ityādiśruteḥ /
paramātmavikāraśca nāmadheyamātramityata oṅkāra evedaṃ sarvamiti /
dvirabhyāsa ādarārthaḥ /
lokādiniṣpādanakathanamoṅkārastutyarthamiti //3//


iti chāndogyopaniṣadi dvitīyādhyāyasya trayoviṃśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 2,24.1

brahmavādino vadanti | yad vasūnāṃ prātaḥsavanam | rudrāṇāṃ mādhyaṃdinaṃ savanam | ādityānāṃ ca viśveṣāṃ ca devānāṃ tṛtīyasavanam || chup_2,24.1 ||

chupbh_2,24.1 sāmopāsanaprasaṅgena karmaguṇabhūtatvānnivartyoṅkāraṃ paramātmapratīkatvādamṛtatvahetutvena mahīkṛtya prakṛtasyaiva yajñasyāṅgabhūtāni sāmahomamantrotthānānyupadidikṣannāha-brahmavādino vadanti yatprātaḥsavanaṃ tadvasūnām / 
taiśca prātaḥ savanasambaddho 'yaṃ loko vaśīkṛtaḥ savaneśānaiḥ /
tathā rudrairmādhyandinasavaneśānairantarikṣalokaḥ /
ādityaiśca viśvairdevaiśca tṛtīyasavaneśānaistṛtīyo loko vaśīkṛtaḥ /
iti yajamānasya loko 'nyaḥ pariśiṣṭo na vidyate //1 //


start chup 2,24.2

kva tarhi yajamānasya loka iti | sa yas taṃ na vidyāt kathaṃ kuryāt | atha vidvān kuryāt || chup_2,24.2 ||

chupbh_2,24.2 ataḥ kva tarhi yajamānasya loko yadarthaṃ yajate / na kvacilloko 'stītyabhiprāyaḥ / "lokāya vai yajate yo yajate"iti śruteḥ / lokābhāve ca sa yo yajamānastaṃ lokasvīkaraṇopāyaṃ sāmahomamantrotthānalakṣaṇaṃ na vidyānna vijānīyātso 'jñaḥ kathaṃ kuryādyajñaṃ na kathañcana tasya kartṛtvamupapadyata ityarthaḥ / 
sāmādivijñānastutiparatvānnāviduṣaḥ kartṛtvaṃ karmamātravidaḥ pratiṣidhyate /
stutaye ca sāmādivijñānasyāvidvatkartṛtvapratiṣedhāya ceti hi bhidyate vākyam /
ādye cauṣastye kāṇḍe 'viduṣo 'pi karmāstīti hetumavocāma /
athaitadvakṣyamāṇaṃ sāmādyupāyaṃ vidvānkuryāt //2//


start chup 2,24.3
purā prātaranuvākasyopākaraṇāj jaghanena gārhapatyasyodāṅmukha upaviśya sa vāsavaṃ sāmābhigāyati || chup_2,24.3 ||
chupbh_2,24.3 kiṃ tadvedyamityāha-purā pūrvaṃ prātaranuvākasya śasrasya prārambhājjaghanena gārhapatyasya paścādudaṅmukhaḥ sannupaviśya sa vāsavaṃ vasudaivatyaṃ sāmābhigāyati //3 //

start chup 2,24.4

lo 3 kadvāram apāvā 3 rṇū 33 | paśyema tvā vayaṃ rā 33333 hu 3 m ā 33 jyā 3 yo 3 ā 32111 iti || chup_2,24.4 ||

chupbh_2,24.4 lokadvāramasya pṛthivīlokasya prāptaye dvāramapāvṛṇu he 'gne tena dvāreṇa paśyema tvā tvāṃ rājyāyeti //4 //

start chup 2,24.5

atha juhoti | namo 'gnaye pṛthivīkṣite lokakṣite | lokaṃ me yajamānāya vinda | eṣa vai yajamānasya lokaḥ | etā asmi || chup_2,24.5 ||

chupbh_2,24.5 athānantaraṃ juhotyanena mantreṇa namo 'gnaye prahvībhūtāstubhyaṃ vayaṃ pṛthivīkṣite pṛthivīnivāsāya lokakṣite pṛthivīlokanivāsāyetyarthaḥ /
lokaṃ me mahyaṃ yajamānāya vinda labhasva /
eṣa vai mama yajamānasya loka etā gantāsmi //5 //

start chup 2,24.6

atra yajamānaḥ parastād āyuṣaḥ svāhā | apajahi parigham ity uktvottiṣṭhati | tasmai vasavaḥ prātaḥsavanaṃ saṃprayacchanti || chup_2,24.6 ||

chupbh_2,24.6 atrāsmiṃlloke yajamāno 'hamāyuṣaḥ parastādūrdhvaṃ mṛtaḥ sannityarthaḥ /
svāhoti juhoti /
apajahyapanaya parighaṃ lokadvārārgalamityevaṃ mantramuktvottiṣṭhati evametairvasubhyaḥ prātaḥ savanasambaddho loko niṣkrītaḥ syāttataste prātaḥsavanaṃ dhasavo yajamānāya samprayacchanti //6 //

start chup 2,24.7-8
purā mādhyandinasya savanasyopākaraṇāj jaghanenāgnīdhrīyasyodaṅmukha upaviśya sa raudraṃ sāmābhigāyati || chup_2,24.7 ||
lo 3 kadvāramapāvār 3 ṇū 33 | paśyema tvā vayaṃ vairā 33333 hu 3 m ā 33 jyā 3 yo 3 ā 32111 iti || chup_2,24.8 ||

chupbh_2,24.7,8 tathā'gnīdhrīyasya dakṣiṇāgnerjaghanenodaṅmukha upaviśya sa raudraṃ sāmābhigāyati yajamāno rudradaivatyaṃvairājyāya //7-8 //

start chup 2,24.9-10

atha juhoti | nāmo vāyave 'ntarikṣakṣite lokakṣite | lokaṃ me yajamānāya vinda | eṣa vai yajamānasya lokaḥ | etāsmi || chup_2,24.9 ||

atra yajamānaḥ parastād āyuṣaḥ svāhā | apajahi parigham ity uktvottiṣṭhati | tasmai rudrā mādhyandinaṃ savanaṃ saṃprayacchanti || chup_2,24.10 ||

chupbh_2,24.9.10 antarikṣakṣita ityādi samānam //9//

start chup 2,24.11-13
purā tṛtīyasavanasyopākaraṇāj jaghanenāhavanīyasyodaṅmukha upaviśya sa ādityaṃ sa vaiśvadevaṃ sāmābhigāyati || chup_2,24.11 ||
lo 3 kadvāramapāvā 3 rṇū33 | paśyema tvā vayaṃ svārā 33333 hu3m, ā 33 jyā 3 yo 3 ā 32111 ity ādityam || chup_2,24.12 ||

atha vaiśvadevam | lo3kadvāramapāvā3rṇū33 | paśyema tvā vayaṃ sāmrā 33333 hu3m ā 33 jyā 3 yo 3 ā 32111 iti || chup_2,24.13 ||

chupbh_2,24.11-13 tathā'havanīyasyodaṅmukha upaviśya sa ādityadaivatyamādityaṃ vaiśvadevaṃ ca sāmābhigāyati krameṇa svārājyāya sāmrājyāya //11-13 //

start chup 2,24.14-15

atha juhoti | nama ādityebhyaś ca viśvebhyaś ca devebhyo divikṣidbhyo lokakṣidbhyaḥ | lokaṃ me yajamānāya vindata || chup_2,24.14 ||

eṣa vai yajamānasya lokaḥ | etāsmy atra yajamānaḥ parastād āyuṣaḥ svāhā | apahata parigham ity uktvottiṣṭhati || chup_2,24.15 ||

chupbh_2,24.14-15 divikṣidbhya ityevamādi samānamanyat /
vindatāpahateti bahivacanamātraṃ viśeṣaḥ /
yājamānaṃ tvetat /
etāsmyatra yajamāna ityādiliṅgāt //14-15 //

start chup 2,24.16

tasmā ādityāś ca viśve ca devās tṛtīyasavanaṃ saṃprayacchanti | eṣa ha vai yajñasya mātrāṃ veda ya evaṃ veda ya evaṃ veda || chup_2,24.16 ||

chupbh_2,24.16 eṣa ha vai yajamāna evaṃvit yathoktasya sāmādervidvānyajñasya mātrāṃ yajñayāthātmyaṃ veda yathoktam /
ya evaṃ veda ya evaṃ vedeti dviruktiradhyāyaparisamāptyarthā //16 //

iti chāndogyopaniṣadi dvitīyādhyāyasya caturviṃśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ iti chāndogyopaniṣadbrāhmaṇe dvitīyo 'dhyāyaḥ samāptaḥ

oṃ

atha tṛtīyo 'dhyāyaḥ

start chup 3,1.1

asau vā ādityo devamadhu | tasya dyaur eva tiraścīnavaṃśaḥ | antarikṣam apūpaḥ | marīcayaḥ putrāḥ || chup_3,1.1 ||

chupbh_3,1.1 asau vā āditya utyādyadhyāyārambhe sambandhaḥ / atītānantarādhyāyānta uktaṃ yajñasya mātrāṃ vedeti yajñaviṣayāṇi ca sāmahomamantrotthānāni viśiṣṭaphalaprāptaye yajñāṅgabhūtānyupadiṣṭāni / sarvayajñānāṃ ca kāryanirvṛttirūpaḥ savitā mahatyā śriyā dīpyate / sa eṣa sarvaprāṇikarmaphalabhūtaḥ pratyakṣaṃ sarvairupajīvyate / ato yajñavyapadeśānantaraṃ tatkāryabhūtasavitṛviṣayamupāsanaṃ sarvapuruṣārthebhyaḥ śreṣṭhatamaphalaṃ vidhāsyāmītyevamārabhate śrutiḥ-asau vā ādityo devamadhvityādi / devanāṃ modanānmadhviva madhvasāvādityaḥ / vasvādīnāṃ ca modanahetutvaṃ vakṣyati sarvayajñaphalarūpatvādādityasya / kathaṃ madhutvamityāha-tasya madhuno dyaureva bhrāmarasyeva madhunastiraścīnaścāsau vaṃśaśceti tiraścīnavaṃśaḥ / 
tiryaggateva hi dyaurlakṣyate /
antarikṣaṃ ca madhvapūpo dyuvaṃśe lagnaḥ sallaṃmbata ivāto madhvapūpasāmānyādantarikṣaṃ madhvapūpo madhunaḥ saviturāśrayatvācca /
marīcayo raśmayo raśmisthā āpo bhaumāḥ savitrākṛṣṭāḥ"etā vā āpaḥ svarājo yanmarīcaya"iti iti hi vijñāyate /
tā antarikṣamadhvapūpastharaśmyantargatatvādbhramarabījabhūtāḥ putrā iva hitā lakṣyanta iti putrā iva putrā madhvapūpanāḍyantargatā hi bhramaraputrāḥ //1 //


start chup 3,1.2

tasya ye prāñco raśmayas tā evāsya prācyo madhunāḍyaḥ | ṛca eva madhukṛtaḥ | ṛgveda eva puṣpam | tā amṛtā āpaḥ | tā vā etā ṛcaḥ || chup_3,1.2 ||

chupbh_3,1.2 tasya saviturmadhvāśrayasya madhuno ye prāñcaḥ prācyāṃ diśi gatā raśmayastā evāsya prācyaḥ prāgañcanānmadhuno nāḍyo madhunāḍya iva madhvādhāracchidrāṇītyarthaḥ / tatra ṛca eva madhukṛto lohitarūpaṃ savitrāśrayaṃ madhu kurvantīti madhukṛto bhramarā iva yato rasānādāya madhu kurvanti / tatpuṣpamiva puṣpamṛgveda eva / tatra ṛgbrāhmaṇasamudāyasya ṛgvedākhyatvācchabdamātrācca bhogyarūparasanisrāvāsambhavādṛgvedaśabdenātra ṛgvedavihitaṃ karma / 
tato hi karmaphalabhūtamadhurasanisrāvasambhavāt /
madhukarairiva puṣpasthānīyādṛgvedavihitātkarmaṇo 'pa ādāya ṛgbhirmadhu nirvartyate /
kāstā āpa ityāha-tāḥ karmaṇi prayuktāḥ somājyapayorūpā agnau prakṣiptāstatpākābhinirvṛttā amṛtā amṛtārthatvādatyanta rasavatya āpo bhavanti /
tadrasānādāya tā vā etā ṝcaḥ puṣpebhyo rasamādadānā eva bhramarāḥ ṛcaḥ //2 //


start chup 3,1.3

etam ṛgvedam abhyatapan | tasyābhitaptasya yaśas teja indriyaṃ vīryam annādyaṃ raso 'jāyata || chup_3,1.3 ||

chupbh_3,1.3 etamṛgvedamṛgvedavihitaṃ karma puṣpasthānīyamabhyatapannabhitāpaṃ kṛtavatya ivaitā ṛcaḥ karmaṇi prayuktāḥ / ṝgbhirhi mantraiḥ śasrādyaṅgabhāvamupagataiḥ kriyamāṇaṃ karma madhunirvartakaṃ rasaṃ muñcatītyupapadyate puṣpāṇīva bhramarairācūṣyamāṇāni / 
tadetadāha-tasyargvedasyābhitaptasya /
ko 'sau raso ya ṛṅmadhukarābhitāpaniḥsṛta ityucyate /
yaśo viśrutatvaṃ tejo dehagatā dīptirindriyaṃ sāmarthyopetairindriyairavaikalyaṃ vīryaṃ sāmarthyaṃ balamityarthaḥ /
annādyamannaṃ ca tadādyaṃ ca yenopayujyamānenāhanyahani devānāṃ sthitiḥ syāttadannādyameṣa raso 'jāyata yāgādilakṣaṇātkarmaṇaḥ //3 //


start chup 3,1.4

tad vyakṣarat | tad ādityam abhito 'śrayat | tad vā etad yad etad ādityasya rohitaṃ rūpam || chup_3,1.4 ||

chupbh_3,1.4 yaśa ādyannādyaparyantaṃ tadvyakṣaradviśeṣeṇākṣaradagamat / 
gatvā ca tadādityamabhitaḥ pārśvataḥ pūrvabhāgaṃ savituraśrayadāśritavadityarthaḥ /
amuṣminnāditye sañcitaṃ karmaphalākhyaṃ madhu bhokṣyāmaha ityevaṃ hi yaśa-ādilakṣaṇaphalaprāptaye karmāṇi kriyante manuṣyaiḥ kedāraniṣpādanamiva karṣakaiḥ /
tatpratyakṣaṃ pradarśyate śraddhāhetostadvā etat /
kiṃ tadyadetadādityasyodyato dṛśyate rohitaṃ rūpam //4//


iti chāndogyopaniṣadi tṛtīyādhyāyasya prathamaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 3,2.1

atha ye 'sya dakṣiṇā raśmayas tā evāsya dakṣiṇā madhunāḍyaḥ | yajūṃṣy eva madhukṛtaḥ | yajurveda eva puṣpam | tā amṛtā āpaḥ || chup_3,2.1 ||

chupbh_3,2.1 atha ye 'sya dakṣiṇā raśmaya ityādi samānam / 
yajūṃ#yeva madhukṛto yajurvedavihite karmaṇi prayuktāni /
pūrvavanmadhukṛta iva /
yajurvedavihitaṃ karma puṣpasthānīyaṃ puṣpamityucyate /
tā eva somādyā amṛtā āpaḥ //1 //


start chup 3,2.2-3

tāni vā etāni yajūṃṣy etaṃ yajurvedam abhyatapan | tasya abhitaptasya yaśas teja indriyaṃ vīryam annādyaṃ raso 'jāyata || chup_3,2.2 ||

tad vyakṣarat | tad ādityam abhito 'śrayat | tad vā etad yad etad ādityasya śuklaṃ rūpam || chup_3,2.3 || 

chupbh_3,2.2,3 tāni vā etāni yajūṃṣyetaṃ yajurvedamabhyatapannityevamādi sarvaṃ samānam /
madhvetadādityasya dṛśyate śuklaṃ rūpam //2--3 //

iti chāndogyopaniṣadi tṛtīyādhyāyasya dvitīyaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 3,3.1-3

atha ye 'sya pratyañco raśmāyas tā evāsya pratīcyo madhunāḍyaḥ | sāmāny eva madhukṛtaḥ | sāmaveda eva puṣpam | tā amṛtā āpaḥ || chup_3,3.1 ||

tāni vā etāni sāmāny etaṃ sāmavedam abhyatapan | tasyābhitaptasya yaśas teja indriyaṃ vīryam annādyaṃ raso 'jāyata || chup_3,3.2 ||

tad vyakṣarat | tad ādityam abhito 'śrayat | tad vā etad yad etad ādityasya kṛṣṇaṃ rūpam || chup_3,3.3 ||

chupbh_3.3.1-3 atha ye 'sya pratyaśco raśmaya ityādi samānam /
tathā sāmnāṃ madhu /
etadādityasya kṛṣṇaṃ rūpam //1-3 //

iti chāndogyopaniṣadi tṛtīyādhyāyasya tṛtīyaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

======================================================================= start chup 3,4.1-3

atha ye 'syodañco raśmayas tā evāsyodīcyo madhunāḍyaḥ | atharvāṅgirasa eva madhukṛtaḥ | itihāsapurāṇaṃ puṣpam | tā amṛtā āpaḥ || chup_3,4.1 ||

te vā ete 'tharvāṅgirasa etad itihāsapūrāṇam abhyatapan | tasyābhitaptasya yaśas teja indriyāṃ vīryam annādyaṃ raso 'jāyata || chup_3,4.2 ||

tad vyakṣarat | tad ādityam abhito 'śrayat | tad vā etad yad etad ādityasya paraḥkṛṣṇaṃ rūpam || chup_3,4.3 ||

chupbh_3,4.1-3 atha ye 'syodañco raśmaya ityādi samānam / 
atharvāṅgiraso 'tharvaṇāṅgirasā ca dṛṣṭā mantrā atharvāṅgirasaḥ karmaṇi prayuktā madhukṛtaḥ /
itihāsapurāṇaṃ puṣpam /
tayoścetihāsapurāṇayoraśvamedhe pāriplavāsu rātriṣu karmāṅgatvena viniyogaḥ siddhaḥ /
madhvetadādityasya paraḥ kṛṣṇaṃ rūpamatiśayena kṛṣṇamityarthaḥ //1-3 //


iti chāndogyopaniṣadi tṛtīyādhyāyasya caturthaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 3,5.1-3

atha ye 'syordhvā raśmayas tā evāsyordhvā madhunāḍyaḥ | guhyā evādeśā madhukṛtaḥ | brahmaiva puṣpaṃ | tā amṛtā āpaḥ || chup_3,5.1 ||

te vā ete guhyā ādeśā etad brahmābhyatapan | tasyābhitaptasya yaśas teja indriyaṃ vīryam annādyaṃ raso 'jāyata || chup_3,5.2 ||

tad vyakṣarat | tad ādityam abhito 'śrayat | tad vā etad yad etad ādityasya madhye kṣobhata iva || chup_3,5.3 ||

chupbh_3,5.1,2,3 atha ye 'syordhvā raśmaya ityādi pūrvavat /
guhyā gopyā rahasyā evā'deśā lokadvārīyādividhaya upāsanāni ca karmāṅgaviṣayāṇi madhukṛto brahmaiva śabdādhikārātprāṇavākhyaṃ puṣpam /
samānamanyat /
madhvetadādityasya madhye kṣobhata iva samāhitadṛṣṭerdṛśyate sañcalatīva //1-3 //

start chup 3,5.4

te vā ete rasānāṃ rasāḥ | vedā hi rasāḥ | teṣām ete rasāḥ | tāni vā etāny amṛtānām amṛtāni | vedā hy amṛtāḥ | teṣām etāny amṛtāni || chup_3,5.4 ||

chupbh_3,5.4 te vā ete yathoktā rohitādirūpaviśeṣā rasānāṃ rasāḥ / 
keṣāṃ rasānāmityāha-vedā hi yasmāllokaniṣyandatvātsārā iti rasāsteṣāṃ rasānāṃ karmabhāvamāpannānāmapyete rohitādiviśeṣā rasā ityantasārabhūtā ityarthaḥ /
tathāmṛtānāmamṛtāni vedā hyamṛtā nityatvāteṣāmetāni rohitādīni rūpāṇyamṛtāni /
rasānāṃ rasā ityādi karmastutireṣā /
yasyaivaṃviśiṣṭānyamṛtāni phalamiti //4//


iti chāndogyopaniṣadi tṛtīyādhyāyasya pañcamaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 3,6.1

tad yat prathamam amṛtaṃ tad vasava upajīvanty agninā mukhena | na vai devā aśnanti na pibanti | etad evāmṛtaṃ dṛṣṭvā tṛpyanti || chup_3,6.1 ||

chupbh_3,6.1 rūpasyeti / na / yaśa ādīnāṃ śrotrādigamyatvāt / śrotragrāhyaṃ yaśaḥ / tejorūpaṃ cākṣuṣam / indriyaṃ viṣayagrahaṇakāryānumeyaṃ karaṇasāmarthyam / vīryaṃ balaṃ dehagata utsāhaḥ prāṇavattā / 
annādyaṃ pratyahamupajīvyamānaṃ śarīrasthitikaraṃ yadbhavati raso hyevamātmakaḥ sarvaḥ /
yaṃ dṛṣṭvā tṛpyanti sarve devāḥ /
dṛṣṭvā tṛpyantītyetatsarvaṃ svakaraṇairanubhūya tṛpyantītyarthaḥ /
ādityasaṃśrayāḥ santo vaigandhyādidehakaraṇadoṣarahitāśca //1 //


start chup 3,6.2

ta etad eva rūpam abhisaṃviśanti | etasmād rūpād udyanti || chup_3,6.2 ||

chupbh_3,6.2 kiṃ te nirudyamā amṛtamupajīvanti / na / 
kathaṃ tarhi, etadeva rūpamabhilakṣyādhunā bhogāvasaro nāsmākamiti buddhvābhisaṃviśantyudāsate /
yadā vai tasyāmṛtasya bhogāvasaro bhavettadaitasmādamṛtādamṛtabhoganimittamityarthaḥ /
etasmādrūpādudyantyutsāhavanto bhavantītyarthaḥ /
na hyanutsāhavatāmananapatiṣṭhatāmalasānāṃ bhogaprāptirloke dṛṣṭā //2 //


start chup 3,6.3

sa ya etad evam amṛtaṃ veda vasūnām evaiko bhūtvāgninaiva mukhenaitad evāmṛtaṃ dṛṣṭvā tṛpyati | sa etad eva rūpam abhisaṃviśati | etasmād rūpād udeti || chup_3,6.3 ||

chupbh_3,6.3 sa yaḥ kaścidetadevaṃ yathoditamṛṅmadhukaratāparasasaṃrakṣaṇamṛgvedavihitakarmapuṣpāttasya cā'dityasaṃśrayaṇaṃ rohita rūpatvaṃ cāmṛtasya prācīdiggataraśmināḍīsaṃsthatāṃ vasudevabhogyatāṃ tadvidaśca vasubhiḥ sahaikatāṃ gatvāgninā mukenopajīvanaṃ darśanamātreṇa tṛptiṃ svabhogāvasara udyamanaṃ tatkālāpāye ca saṃveśanaṃ veda so 'pi vasuvatsarvaṃ tathaivānubhavati //3 //

start chup 3,6.4
sa yāvad ādityaḥ purastād udetā paścād astam etā vasūnām eva tāvad ādhipatyaṃ svārājyaṃ paryetā || chup_3,6.4 ||
chupbh_3,6.4 kiyantaṃ kālaṃ vidvāṃstadamṛtamupajīvatītyucyate - sa vidvānyāvadādityaḥ purastātprācyāṃ diśyudetā paścātpratīcyāmastametā tāvadvasūnāṃ bhogakālastāvantameva kālaṃ vasūnāmādhipatyaṃ svārājyaṃ paryatā parito gantā bhavatītyarthaḥ /
na yathā candramaṇḍalasthaḥ kevalakarmī paratantro devānāmannabhūtaḥ /
kiṃ tarhyayamādhipatyaṃ svarāḍbhāvaṃ cādhigacchati //4//

iti chāndogyopaniṣadi tṛtīyādhyāyasya ṣaṣṭhaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 3,7.1-3

atha yad dvitīyam amṛtaṃ tad rudrā upajīvantīndreṇa mukhena | na vai devā aśnanti na pibanti | etad evāmṛtaṃ dṛṣṭvā tṛpyanti || chup_3,7.1 ||

ta etad eva rūpam abhisaṃviśanti | etasmād rūpād udyanti || chup_3,7.2 || sa ya etad evam amṛtaṃ veda rudrāṇām evaiko bhūtvendreṇaiva mukhenaitad evāmṛtaṃ dṛṣṭvā tṛpyati | sa etad eva rūpam abhisaṃviśati | etasmād rūpād udeti || chup_3,7.3 ||

chupbh_3,7.1-3 athā yaddvitīyamamṛtaṃ tadrudrā upajīvantītyādi samānam //1-2-3 //

start chup 3,7.4
sa yāvad ādityaḥ purastād udetā paścād astam etā dvis tāvad dakṣiṇata udetottarato 'stam etā rudrāṇām eva tāvad ādhipatyaṃ svārājyaṃ paryetā || chup_3,7.4 ||
chupbh_3,7.4 sa yāvadādityaḥ purastādudetā paścādastametā dvistāvattato dviguṇaṃ kālaṃ dakṣiṇata udetottarato 'stametā rudrāṇāṃ tāvadbhogakālaḥ //4//

iti chāndogyopaniṣadi tṛtīyādhyāyasya saptamaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 3,8.1-4

atha yat tṛtīyam amṛtaṃ tad ādityā upajīvanti varuṇena mukhena | na vai devā aśnanti na pibanti | etad evāmṛtaṃ dṛṣṭvā tṛpyanti || chup_3,8.1 ||

ta etad eva rūpam abhisaṃviśanti | etasmād rūpād udyanti || chup_3,8.2 ||

sa ya etad evam amṛtaṃ vedādityānām evaiko bhūtvā varuṇenaiva mukhenaitad evāmṛtaṃ dṛṣṭvā tṛpyati | sa etad eva rūpam abhisaṃviśati | etasmād rūpād udeti || chup_3,8.3 ||
sa yāvad ādityo dakṣiṇata udetottarato 'stam etā dvis tāvat paścād udetā purastād astam etādityānām eva tāvad ādhipatyaṃ svārājyaṃ paryetā || chup_3,8.4 ||
iti chāndogyopaniṣadi tṛtīyādhyāyasyāṣṭamaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 3,9.1-4

atha yac caturtham amṛtaṃ tan maruta upajīvanti somena mukhena | na vai devā aśnanti na pibanti | etad evāmṛtaṃ dṛṣṭvā tṛpyanti || chup_3,9.1 ||

ta etad eva rūpam abhisaṃviśanti | etasmād rūpād udyanti || chup_3,9.2 ||

sa ya etad evam amṛtaṃ veda marutām evaiko bhūtvā somenaiva mukhenaitad evāmṛtaṃ dṛṣṭvā tṛpyati | sa etad eva rūpam abhisaṃviśati | etasmād rūpād udeti || chup_3,9.3 ||
sa yāvad ādityaḥ paścād udetā purastād astam etā dvis tāvad uttarata udetā dakṣiṇato 'stam etā marutām eva tāvad ādhipatyaṃ svārājyaṃ paryetā || chup_3,9.4 ||
iti chāndogyopaniṣadi tṛtīyādhyāyasya navamaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 3,10.1

atha yat pañcamam amṛtaṃ tat sādhyā upajīvanti brahmaṇā mukhena | na vai devā aśnanti na pibanti | etad evāmṛtaṃ dṛṣṭvā tṛpyanti || chup_3,10.1 ||

ta etad eva rūpam abhisaṃviśanti | etasmād rūpād udyanti || chup_3,10.2 ||

sa ya etad evam amṛtaṃ veda sādhyānām evaiko bhūtvā brahmaṇaiva mukhenaitad evāmṛtaṃ dṛṣṭvā tṛpyati | sa etad eva rūpam abhisaṃviśati | etasmād rūpād udeti || chup_3,10.3 ||
sa yāvad āditya uttarata udetā dakṣiṇato 'stam etā dvis tāvad ūrdhvam udetārvāg astam etā sādhyānām eva tāvad ādhipatyaṃ svārājyaṃ paryetā || chup_3,10.4 ||
iti chāndogyopaniṣadi tṛtīyādhyāyasya daśamaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

chupbh_3.8.1-4, 9.1-4, 10.1-4 tathā paścāduttarata ūrdhvamudetā viparyayeṇāstametā / pūrvasmātpūrvasmāddviguṇottarottareṇa kālenetyapaurāṇaṃ darśanam / savituścaturdiśamindrayamavaruṇasomapurīṣūdayāstamayakālasya tulyatvaṃ hi paurāṇikairuktam / mānasottarasya mūrdhani meroḥ pradakṣiṇāvṛttestulyatvāditi / atroktaḥ parihāra ācāryaiḥ / amarāvatyādīnāṃ purīṇāṃ dviguṇottarottareṇa kālenodvāsaḥ syāt / udayaśca nāma savitustannivāsināṃ prāṇināṃ cakṣugocarāpattistadatyayaṣcastamanaṃ na paramārthata udayāstamane staḥ / tannivāsināṃ ca prāṇināmabhāve tānprati tenaiva mārgeṇa gacchannapi naivodetā nāstameteti cakṣurgocarāpattestadatyayasya cābhāvāt / tathāmarāvatyāḥ sakāśāddviguṇaṃ kālaṃ saṃyamanī purī vasatyatastannivāsinaḥ prāṇinaḥ prati dakṣiṇata ivodetyuttarato 'stametītyucyate 'smadbuddhiṃ cāpekṣya / tathottarāsvapi purīṣu yojanā / sarveṣāṃ ca meruruttarato bhavati / yadāmarāvatyāṃ madhyāhnagataḥ savitā tadā saṃyamanyāmudyandṛśyate tatra madhyāhnagato vāruṇyāmudyandṛśyate, tathottarasyāṃ, pradakṣiṇāvṛttestulyatvāt / 
ilāvṛtavāsināṃ sarvataḥ parvataprākāranivāritādityaraśmīnāṃ savitordhva ivodetāvagistametā dṛśyate /
parvatordhvacchidrapraveśātsavitṛprakāśasya /
tathargādyamṛtopajīvināmamṛtānāṃ ca dviguṇottarottaravīryavattvamanumīyate bhogakāladvaiguṇyaliṅgena /
udyamanasaṃveśanādi devānāṃ rudrādīnāṃ viduṣaśca samānam //1-4 //


iti chāndogyopaniṣadi tṛtīyādhyāyasyāṣṭamanavamadaśamakhaṇḍāḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 3,11.1

atha tata ūrdhva udetya naivodetā nāstam etaikala eva madhye sthātā | tad eṣa ślokaḥ || chup_3,11.1 ||

chupbh_3,11.1 kṛtvaivamudayāstamanena prāṇināṃ svakarmaphalabhoganimittamanugrahaṃ tatkarmaphalopabhogakṣaye tāni prāṇijātānyātmani saṃhṛtyātha tatastasmādanantaraṃ prāṇyanugrahakālādūrdhvaḥ sannātmanyudetyodgamya yānpratyudeti teṣāṃ prāṇināmabhāvātsvātmastho naivodetā nāstametaikalo 'dvitīyo 'navayavo madhye svātmanyeva sthātā /
tatra kaścidvidvānvasvādisamānacaraṇo rohitādyamṛtabhogabhāgī yathoktakrameṇa svātmānaṃ savitāramātmatvenopetya samāhitaḥ sannetaṃ mantraṃ dṛṣṭvotthito 'nyasmai pṛṣṭavate jagāda /
yatastvamāgato brahmalokātkiṃ tatrāpyahorātrābhyāṃ parivartamānaḥ savitā prāṇināmāyuḥ kṣapayati yathehāsmākamityevaṃ pṛṣṭaḥ pratyāha /
tattatra yathā pṛṣṭe yathokte cārtha eṣa śloko bhavati tanokto yogineti śrutervacanamidam //1 //

start chup 3,11.2

na vai tatra na nimloca | nodiyāya kadācana | devās tenāhaṃ satyena | mā virādhiṣi brahmaṇeti || chup_3,11.2 ||

chupbh_3,11.2 na vai tatra yato 'haṃ brahmalokādāgatastasminna vai tatraitadasti yatpṛcchasi /
na hi tatra nimloco 'stamagamatsavitā na codiyāyodgataḥ kutaścitkadācana kasmiṃścidapi kāla iti /
udayāstamayavarjito brahmaloka ityanupapannamityuktaḥ śuthamiva pratipede /
he devāḥ sākṣiṇo yūyaṃ śṛṇuta yathā mayoktaṃ satyaṃ vacastena steyanāhaṃ brahmaṇā brahmasvarūpeṇa mā virādhiṣi mā virudhyeyamaprāptirbrahmaṇā mama mā bhūdityarthaḥ //2 //

start chup 3,11.3

na ha vā asmā udeti na nimlocati | sakṛd divā haivāsmai bhavati | ya etām evaṃ brahmopaniṣadaṃ veda || chup_3,11.3 ||

chupbh_3,11.3 satyaṃ tenoktamityāha śrutiḥ-na ha vā asmai yathoktabrahmavide nodeti na nimlocati nāstameti kiṃ tu brahmavide 'smai sakṛddivā haiva sadaivāharbhavati svayañjyotiṣṭvādya etāṃ yathoktāṃ brahmopaniṣadaṃ vedaguhyaṃ veda /
evaṃ tantreṇa vaṃśāditrayaṃ pratyamṛtasambandhaṃ ca yaccānyadavocāmaivaṃ jānātītyarthaḥ /
vidvānudayāstamayakālāparicchedyaṃ nityamajaṃ brahma bhavatītyarthaḥ //3 //

start chup 3,11.4

tad dhaitad brahmā prajāpataya uvāca | prajāpatir manave | manuḥ prajābhyaḥ | tad dhaitad uddālakāyāruṇaye jyeṣṭhāya putrāya pitā brahma provāca || chup_3,11.4 ||

chupbh_3,11.4 taddhaitanmadhujñānaṃ brahmā hiraṇyagarbho virāje prajāpataya uvāca / so 'pi manave / manurikṣvākvādyābhyaḥ prajābhyaḥ provāceti vidyāṃ stauti brahmādiviśiṣṭakramāgateti / kiṃ ca taddhaitanmadhujñānamuddālakāyā'ruṇaye pitā

start chup 3,11.5
idaṃ vāva taj jyeṣṭhāya putrāya pitā brahma prabrūyāt praṇāyyāya vāntevāsine || chup_3,11.5 ||
chupbh_3,11.5 idaṃ vāva tadyathoktamanyo 'pi jyeṣṭhāya putrāya sarvapriyārhāya brahma prabrūyāt /
praṇāyyāya vā yogyāyāyantevāsine śiṣyāya //5 //

start chup 3,11.6

nānyasmai kasmaicana | yady apy asmā imām adbhiḥ parigṛhītāṃ dhanasya pūrṇāṃ dadyād etad eva tato bhūya iti || chup_3,11.6 ||

chupbh_3,11.6 nānyasmai kasmaicana prabrūyāttīrthadvayamanujñātamanekeṣāṃ prāptānāṃ tīrthānāmācāryādīnām /
kasmātpunastīrthasaṅkocanaṃ vidyāyā niṣkrayārthamācāryāya dhanasya pūrṇāṃ sampannāṃ bhogopararaṇairnāsāvasya niṣkrayo yasmāttato 'pi dānādetadeva yanmadhuvidyādānaṃ bhūyo bahutaraphalamityarthaḥ /
dvirabhyāsa ādarārthaḥ //6//

iti chāndogyopaniṣadi tṛtīyādhyāyasyaikādaśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 3,12.1

gāyatrī vā idaṃ sarvaṃ bhūtaṃ yad idam kiñca | vāg vai gāyatrī | vāg vā idaṃ sarvaṃ bhūtaṃ gāyati ca trāyate ca || chup_3,12.1 ||

chupbh_3,12.1 yata evamatiśayaphalaiṣā brahmavidyātaḥ sā prakārāntareṇāpi vaktavyeti gāyatrī vā ityādyārabhyate / gāyatrīdvāreṇa cocyate / brahmaṇaḥ sarvaviśeṣarahitasya neti netītyādiśiṣapratiṣedhagamyasya durbodhatvāt / satsvanekeṣu cchandaḥsu gāyatryā eva brahmajñānadvāratayopādānaṃ prādhānyāt / somāharaṇāt itaracchandokṣarāharaṇenetaracchandovyāptyā ca sarvasavanavyāpakatvācca yajñe prādhānyaṃ gāyatryāḥ / gāyatrīsāratvācca brāhmaṇasya mātaramiva hitvā gurutarāṃ gāyatrīṃ tato 'nyadgurutaraṃ na pratipadyate yathoktaṃ brahmāpīti / tasyāmatyantagauravasya prasiddhatvāt / ato gāyatrīmukhenaiva brahmocyate / gāyatrī vā ityavadhāraṇārtho vaiśabdaḥ / 
idaṃ sarvaṃ bhūtaṃ prāmijātaṃ yatkiñca sthāvaraṃ jaṅgamaṃ vā tatsarvaṃ gāyatryeva /
tasyāśchandomātrāyāḥ sarvabhūtatvamanupapannamiti gāyatrīkāraṇaṃ vācaṃ śabdayatyasau gaurasāvaśva iti ca trāyate ca rakṣatyamuṣmānmā bhaiṣīḥ kiṃ te bhayamutthitamityādinā sarvato bhayānnivartyamāno vācā trātaḥ syāt /
yadvāgbhūtaṃ gāyati ca trāyate ca gāyatryeva tadgāyati ca trāyate ca vāco 'nanyatvādgāyatryāḥ /
gānāttrāṇācca gāyatryā gāyatrītvam //1 //


start chup 3,12.2

yā vai sā gāyatrīyaṃ vāva sā yeyaṃ pṛthivī | asyāṃ hīdaṃ sarvaṃ bhūtaṃ pratiṣṭhitam | etām eva nātiśīyate || chup_3,12.2 ||

chupbh_3,12.2 yā vai saivaṃlakṣaṇā sarvabhūtarūpā gāyatrī, iyaṃ vāva sā yeyaṃ pṛthivī /
kathaṃ punariyaṃ pṛthivī gāyatrīti, ucyatesarvabhūtasambandhāt /
kathaṃ sarvabhūtasambandhaḥ, asyāṃ pṛthivyāṃ hi yasmātsarvaṃ sthāvaraṃ jaṅgamaṃ ca bhūtaṃ pratiṣṭhitametāmeva pṛthivīṃ nātiśīyate nātivartata ityetat /
yathā gānatrāṇābhyāṃ bhūtasambandho gāyatryā evaṃ bhūtapratiṣṭhānādubhūtasambaddhā pṛthivyato gāyatrī pṛthivī //2 //

start chup 3,12.3

yā vai sā pṛthivīyaṃ vāva sā yad idam asmin puruṣe śarīram | asmin hīme prāṇāḥ pratiṣṭhitāḥ | etad eva nātiśīyante || chup_3,12.3 ||

chupbh_3,12.3 yā vai sā pṛthivī gāyatrīyaṃ vāva sedameva / tatkiṃ, yadidamasminpuruṣe kāryakāraṇasaṅghāte jīvati śarīraṃ pārthivatvāccharīrasya / 
kathaṃ śarīrasya gāyatrītvamiti /
ucyate-asminhīme prāṇā bhūtaśabdavācyāḥ pratiṣṭhitāḥ /
ataḥ pṛthivīvadbhūtaśabdavācyaprāṇapratiṣṭhānāccharīraṃ gāyatrī /
etadeva yasmāccharīraṃ nātiśīyante prāṇāḥ //3 //


start chup 3,12.4

yad vai tat puruṣe śarīram idaṃ vāva tad yad idam asminn antaḥ puruṣe hṛdayam | asmin hīme prāṇāḥ pratiṣṭhitāḥ | etad eva nātiśīyante || chup_3,12.4 ||

chupbh_3,12.4 yadva tatpuruṣe śarīraṃ gāyatrīdaṃ vāva tat / yadidamasminnantarmadhye puruṣe hṛdayaṃ puṇḍarīkākhyametadgāyatrī / kathamityāha-asminhīme prāṇāḥ pratiṣṭhitā ataḥ śarīravadgāyatrī hṛdayam / 
etadeva ca nātiśīyante prāṇāḥ /
"prāṇo ha pitā /
prāṇo mātā /
"iti,"ahiṃsansarvabhūtāni"iti ca śruterbhūtaśabdavācyāḥ prāṇāḥ //4 //


start chup 3,12.5

saiṣā catuṣpadā ṣaḍvidhā gāyatrī | tad etad ṛcābhyanūktam || chup_3,12.5 ||

chupbh_3,12.5 saiṣā catuṣpadā ṣaḍakṣarapadā chandorūpā satī bhavati gāyatrī ṣaḍvidhā vāgbhūtapṛthivīśarīrahṛdayaprāṇarūpā satī ṣaḍvidhā bhavati /
vākprāṇayoranyārthanirdiṣṭayorapi gāyatrīprakāratvam /
anyathā ṣaḍvidhasaṃkhyāpūraṇānupapatteḥ /
tadetasminnartha etadgīyatryākhyaṃ brahma gāyatryanugataṃ gāyatrīmukhenoktamṛcāpi mantreṇābhyanūktaṃ prakāśitam //5 //

start chup 3,12.6

tāvān asya mahimā tato jyāyāṃś ca puruṣaḥ | pādo 'sya sarvā bhūtāni tripād asyāmṛtaṃ divīti || chup_3,12.6 ||

chupbh_3,12.6 tāvānasya gāyatryākhyasya brahmaṇaḥ samastasya mahimā vibhūtivistāraḥ / yāvāṃścatuṣpātṣaḍvidhaśca brahmaṇo vikāraḥ pādo gāyatrīti vyākhyātaḥ / 
atastasmādvikāralakṣaṇādgāyatryākhyādvācārambhaṇamātrāttato jyāyānmahattaraśca paramārthasatyarūpo 'vikāraḥ pūruṣaḥ puruṣaḥ sarvapūraṇātpuri śayanācca /
tasyāsya pādaḥ sarvā sarvāṇi bhūtāni tejobannādīni sasthāvarajaṅgamāni /
tripāttrayaḥ pādā asya so 'yaṃ tripāt /
tripādamṛtaṃ puruṣākhyaṃ samastasya gāyatryātmano divi dyotanavati svātmanyavasthitamityartha iti //6 //


start chup 3,12.7

yad vai tad brahmetīdaṃ vāva tad yo 'yaṃ bahirdhā puruṣād ākāśaḥ | yo vai sa bahirdhā puruṣād ākāśaḥ || chup_3,12.7 ||

chupbh_3,12.7 yadvai tat tripādamṛtaṃ gāyatrīmukhenoktaṃ brahmetīdaṃ vāva tadidameva /
tadyo 'yaṃ prasiddho bahirdhā bahiḥ puruṣādākāśo bhautiko yo vai sa bahirdhā puruṣādākāśa uktaḥ //7 //

start chup 3,12.8 ayaṃ vāva sa yo 'yam antaḥ puruṣa ākāśaḥ | yo vai so 'ntaḥ puruṣa ākāśaḥ || chup_3,12.8 ||

chupbh_3,12.8 ayaṃ vāva sa yo 'yamantaḥ puruṣe śarīra ākāśo yo vai so 'ntaḥ puruṣa ākāśaḥ //8 //

start chup 3,12.9

ayaṃ vāva sa yo 'yam antarhṛdaya ākāśaḥ | tad etat pūrṇam apravarti | pūrṇam apravartinīṃ śriyaṃ labhate ya evaṃ veda || chup_3,12.9 ||

chupbh_3,12.9 ayaṃ vāva sa yo 'yamantarhṛdaye hṛdayapuṇḍarīka ākāśaḥ / kathamekasya sata ākāśasya tridhā bheda iti / ucyate-bāhyendriyaviṣaye jāgaritasthāne nabhasi duḥkhabāhulyaṃ dṛśyate / tato 'ntaḥśarīre svapnasthānabhūte mandataraṃ duḥkhaṃ bhavati svapnānpaśyataḥ / hṛdayasthe punarnabhasi na kañcana kāmaṃ kāmayate na kañcana svapnaṃ paśyati / ataḥ sarvaduḥkhanivṛttirūpamākāśaṃ suṣuptasthānam / ato yuktamekasyāpi tridhā bhedānvākhyānam / bahirdhā puruṣādārabhyā'kāśasya hṛdaye saṅkocakaraṇaṃ cetaḥsamādhānasthānastutaye / yathā"trayāṇāmapi lokānāṃ kurukṣetraṃ viśiṣyate / ardhatastu kurukṣetramardhatastu pṛthūdakam"iti tadvat / 
tadetaddhārdākāśākhyaṃ brahma pūrṇaṃ sarvagataṃ na hṛdayamātraparicchinnamiti mantavyam /
yadyapi hṛdayākāśe cetaḥ samādhīyate 'pravarti na kutaścitkvacitpravartituṃ śīlamasyetyapravarti tadanucchittidharmakam /
yathānyāni bhūtāni paricchinnānyucchittidharmakāṇi na tathā hārdaṃ nabhaḥ /
pūrṇāmapravartinīmanucchedātmikāṃ śriyaṃ vibhūtiṃ guṇaphalaṃ labhate dṛṣṭaṃ ya evaṃ yathoktaṃ pūrṇāpravartiguṇaṃ brahma veda jānātīhaiva jīvaṃstadbhāvaṃ pratipadyata ityarthaḥ //9//


iti chāndogyopaniṣadi tṛtīyādhyāyasya dvādaśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 3,13.1

tasya ha vā etasya hṛdayasya pañca devasuṣayaḥ | sa yo 'sya prāṅ suṣiḥ sa prāṇaḥ | tac cakṣuḥ | sa ādityaḥ | tad etat tejo 'nnādyam ity upāsīta | tejasvy annādo bhavati ya evaṃ veda || chup_3,13.1 ||

chupbh_3,13.1 tasya ha vā ityādinā gāyatryākhyasya brahmaṇa upāsanāṅgatvena dvārapālādiguṇavidhānārthamārabhyate / yathā loke dvārapālā rājña upāsanena vaśīkṛtā rājaprāptyarthā bhavanti tathehāpīti / tasyeti prakṛtasya hṛdayasyetyarthaḥ / etasyānantaranirdiṣṭasya pañca pañcasaṃkhyākā devānāṃ suṣayo devasuṣayaḥ svargalokaprāptidvāracchidrāṇi deveḥ prāṇādityādibhī rakṣyamāṇānītyato devasuṣayastasya svargalokabhavanasya hṛdayasyāsya yaḥ prāṅsuṣiḥ pūrvābhimukhasya prāggataṃ yacchidraṃ dvāraṃ sa prāṇastatsthastena dvāreṇa yaḥ sañcarati vāyuviśeṣaḥ sa prāganitīti prāṇaḥ / tenaiva sambaddhamavyatiriktaṃ taccakṣustathaiva sa ādityaḥ"ādityo ha vai bāhyaḥ prāṇaḥ"iti śruteścakṣūrūpapratiṣṭhākrameṇa hṛdi sthitaḥ / "sa ādityaḥ kasminpratiṣṭhita iti cakṣuṣi"ityādi hi vājasaneyake / prāṇavāyudevataiva hyekā cakṣurādityaśca sahā'śrayeṇa / vakṣyati ca-prāṇāya svāheti hatuṃ haviḥ sarvametattarpayatīti / 
tadetprāṇākhyaṃ svargalokadvārapālatvādbrahma /
svargalokaṃ pratipitsustejaścaitaccakṣurādityasvarūpeṇa, annādyatvācca savitustejo 'nnādyamityābhyāṃ guṇābhyāmupāsīta /
tatastejasvyannādaścā'mayāvitvarahito bhavati ya evaṃ veda tasyaitadguṇaphalam /
upāsanena vaśīkṛto dvārapaḥ svargalokaprāpti heturbhavatīti mukhyaṃ ca phalam //1 //


start chup 3,13.2

atha yo 'sya dakṣiṇaḥ suṣiḥ sa vyānaḥ | tac chrotram | sa candramāḥ | tad etac chrīś ca yaśaś cety upāsīta | śrīmān yaśasvī bhavati ya evaṃ veda || chup_3,13.2 || 

chupbh_3,13.2 atha yo 'sya dakṣiṇaḥ suṣistatstho vāyuviśeṣaḥ sa vīryavatkarma kurvanvigṛhya vā prāṇāpānau, nānā vānitīti vyānastatsambaddhameva ca tacchrotramindriyaṃ tathā sa candramāḥ /
"śrotreṇa sṛṣṭā diśaśca candramāśce"ti śruteḥ /
sahāśrayau pūrvavattadetacchrīśca vibhūtiḥ śrotracandramasorjñānānnahetutvamatastābhyāṃ śrītvam /
jñānānnavataśca yaśaḥ khyātirbhavatīti yaśohetutvādyaśastvamatastābhyāṃ guṇābhyāmupāsītetyādi samānam //2 //

start chup 3,13.3

atha yo 'sya pratyaṅ suṣiḥ so 'pānaḥ | sā vāk | so 'gniḥ | tad etad brahmavarcasam annādyam ity upāsīta | brahmavarcasy annādo bhavati ya evaṃ veda || chup_3,13.3 ||

chupbh_3,13.3 atha yo 'sya pratyaṅsuṣiḥ paścimastatstho vāyuviśeṣaḥ sa mūtrapurīṣādyapanayannadho 'nitītyapānaḥ sā tathā vāk / 
tatsambandhāttathāgnistadetadbrahmavarcasaṃ, vṛttasvādhyāyanimittaṃ tejo brahmavarcasam /
agnisambandhādvṛttasvādhyāyasya /
annaghrasanahetutvādapānasyānnādyatvam /
samānamanyat //3 //


start chup 3,13.4

atha yo 'syodaṅ suṣiḥ sa samānaḥ | tan manaḥ | sa parjanyaḥ | tad etat kīrtiś ca vyuṣṭiś cetyupāsīta | kīrtimān vyuṣṭimān bhavati ya evaṃ veda || chup_3,13.4 ||

chupbh_3,13.4 atha yo 'syodaṅsuṣirudaggataḥ suṣistatsyo vāyuviśeṣaḥ so 'śitapīte samaṃ nayatīti samānaḥ / tatsambaddhaṃ mano 'ntaḥkaraṇaṃ sa parjanyo vṛṣṭyātmako devaḥ parjanyanimittāścā'pa iti / "manasā sṛṣṭā āpaśca varuṇaśca"iti śruteḥ / tadetkīrtiśca / manaso jñānasya kīrtihetutvāt / ātmaparokṣaṃ vuśrutatvaṃ kīrtiḥ / 
yaśaḥ svakaraṇasaṃvedyaṃ viśrutatvam /
vyuṣṭiḥ kāntirdehagataṃ lāvaṇyam /
tataśca kīrtisambhavātkīrtiśceti /
samānamanyat //4 //


start chup 3,13.5

atha yo 'syordhvaḥ suṣiḥ sa udānaḥ | sa vāyuḥ | sa ākāśaḥ | tad etad ojaś ca mahaś cety upāsīta | ojasvī mahasvān bhavati ya evaṃ veda || chup_3,13.5 ||

chupbh_3,13.5 atha yo 'syordhvaḥ suṣiḥ sa udāna ā pādalādārabhyordhvamutkramaṇādutkarṣārthaṃ ca karma kurvannanitītyudānaḥ sa vāyustadādhāraścā'kāśastadetadvāyvākāśayorojohetutvādojo balaṃ mahatvācca maha iti /
samānamanyat //5 //

start chup 3,13.6

te vā ete pañca brahmapuruṣāḥ svargasya lokasya dvārapāḥ | sa ya etān evaṃ pañca brahmapuruṣān svargasya lokasya dvārapān vedāsya kule vīro jāyate | pratipadyate svargaṃ lokaṃ ya etān evaṃ pañca brahmapuruṣān svargasya lokasya dvārapān veda || chup_3,13.6 ||

chupbh_3,13.6 te vā ete yathoktāḥ pañcasuṣisambandhātpañca brahmaṇo hārdasya puraṣā rājapuruṣā iva dvārasthāḥ svargasya hārdasya lokasya dvārapā dvārapālāḥ / etairhi cakṣuḥśrotravāṅmanaḥprāṇairbahirmukhapravṛttairbrahmaṇo hārdasya prāptidvārāṇi niruddhani / pratyakṣaṃ hyetadajitakaraṇatayā bāhyaviṣayāsaṅgānṛtaprarūḍhatvānna hārde brahmaṇi manastiṣṭhati / tasmātsatyamuktamete pañca brahmapuruṣāḥ svargasya dvārapā iti / 
ataḥ sa ya etānevaṃ yathoktaguṇaviśiṣṭānsvargasya lokasya dvārapānvedopāsta upāsanayā vaśīkaroti sa rājadvārapālānivopāsanena vaśīkṛtya tairanivāritaḥ pratipadyate svargaṃ lorka rājānamiva hārdaṃ brahma /
kiñcāsya viduṣaḥ kule vīraḥ putro jāyate vīrapuruṣasevanāt /
tasya carṇāpākaraṇena brahmopāsanapravṛttihetutvam /
tataśca svargalokapratipattaye pāramparyeṇa bhavatīti svargalokapratipattirevaikaṃ phalama //6 //


start chup 3,13.7

atha yad ataḥ paro divo jyotir dīpyate viśvataḥpṛṣṭheṣu sarvataḥpṛṣṭheṣv anuttameṣūttameṣu lokeṣv idaṃ vāva tad yad idam asminn antaḥ puruṣe jyotiḥ | tasyaiṣā dṛṣṭir yatraitad asmiñ charīre saṃsparśenoṣṇimānaṃ vijānāti | tasyaiṣā śrutir yatraitat karṇāv apigṛhya ninadam iva nadathur ivāgner iva jvalata upaśṛnoti | tad etad dṛṣṭaṃ ca śrutaṃ cety upāsīta | cakṣuṣyaḥ śruto bhavati ya evaṃ veda ya evaṃ veda || chup_3,13.7 ||

chupbh_3,13.7 atha yadasau vidvānsvargaṃ lokaṃ vīrapuruṣasevanātpratipadyate / yaccoktaṃ"tripādasyāmṛtaṃ divī"ti tadidaṃ liṅgena cakṣuḥśrotrendriyagocaramāpādayitavyam, yathāgnyādi dhūmādiliṅgena / tathā hyevamevedamiti yathokte 'tha dṛḍha pratītiḥ syāt / ananyatvena ca niścaya iti / ata āha-yadato 'muṣmāddivo dyulokātparaḥ paramiti liṅgavyatyayena / jyotirdīpyate / svayaṃprabhaṃ sadāprakāśatvāddīpyate iva dīpyata ityucyate / agnyādivājjvalanalakṣaṇāyā dīpterasambhavāt / viśvataḥ pṛṣṭheṣvityetasya vyākhyāna sarvataḥ pṛṣṭheṣviti / saṃsārāduparītyarthaḥ / saṃsāra eva hi sarvaḥ / asaṃsāriṇa ekatvānnirbhedatvācca / anuttameṣu tatpuruṣasamāsāśaṅkānivṛttaya āhottameṣu lokeṣviti satyalokādiṣu hiraṇyagarbhādikāryasthaparasyeśvarasyā'sannatvāducyata uttameṣu lokeṣviti / idaṃ vāvedameva tadyadidamasminpuruṣe 'ntarmadhye jyotiścakṣuḥ - śrotragrāhyeṇa liṅgenoṣṇimnā śabdena cāvagamyate / yattvacā sparśarūpeṇa gṛhyate taccakṣuṣaiva / dṛḍhapratītikaratvāttvacaḥ / avinābhūtatvācca rūpasparśayoḥ / kathaṃ punastasya jyotiṣo liṅgaṃ tvagdṛṣṭigocaratvamāpadyata iti, āha-yatra yasminkāle / etaditi kriyāviśeṣaṇam / asmiñśarīre hastenā'labhya saṃsparśenoṣṇimānaṃ rūpasahabhāvinamuṣṇasparśabhāvaṃ vijānāti / sa hyūṣṇimā nāmarūpavyākaraṇāya dehamanupraviṣṭasya caitanyātmajyotiṣo liṅgamavyabhicārāt / na hi jīvantamātmānamūṣṇimā vyabhicarati"uṣṇa eva jīviṣyañśīto mariṣyann" iti hi vijñāyate / maraṇakāle ca tejaḥ parasyāṃ devatāyāmiti pareṇāvibhāgatvopagamāt / ato 'sādhāramaṃ liṅgamauṣṇyamagneriva dhūmaḥ / atastasya parasyaiṣā dṛṣṭiḥ sākṣādiva darśanaṃ darśanopāya ityarthaḥ / tathā tasya jyotiṣa eṣā śrutiḥ śravaṇaṃśravaṇopāyo 'pyucyamānaḥ / yatra yadā puruṣo jyotiṣo liṅgaṃ śuśrūṣati śrotamicchati tadaitatkarṇāvapigṛhyaitacchabdaḥ kriyāviśeṣaṇam / apigṛhyāpidhāyetyartho 'ṅgulibhyāṃ prorṇutya ninadamiva rathasyeva ghoṣo ninadastamiva śṛṇoti nadathuriva ṛṣabhakūjitamiva śabdo yathā cāgnerbahirjvalata evaṃ śabdamantaḥ śarīra upaśṛṇoti tadetajjyotirdṛṣṭaśrutaliṅgatvāddṛṣṭaṃ ca śrutaṃ cetyupāsīta / tathopāsanāccakṣuṣyo darśanīyaḥ śruto viśrutaśca / yatsparśaguṇopāsananimittaṃ phalaṃ tadrūpe sampādayati cakṣuṣya iti / rūpasparśayoḥ sahabhāvitvāt / iṣṭatvācca darśanīyatāyāḥ / 
evaṃ ca vidyāyāḥ phalamupapannaṃ syānna tu mṛdutvādisparśavattve /
ya evaṃ yathoktau guṇau veda /
svargalokapratipattistūktamadṛṣṭaṃ phalam /
dvirabhyāsa ādarārthaḥ //7//


iti chāndogyopaniṣadi tṛtīyādhyāyasya trayodaśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 3,14.1

sarvaṃ khalv idaṃ brahma tajjalān iti śānta upāsīta | atha khalu kratumayaḥ puruṣo yathākratur asmiṃl loke puruṣo bhavati tathetaḥ pretya bhavati | sa kratuṃ kurvīta || chup_3,14.1 ||

chupbh_3,14.1 punastasyaiva tripādamṛtasya brahmaṇo 'nantaguṇavato 'nantaśakteranekabhedopāsyasya viśiṣṭaguṇaśaktimatvenopāsanaṃ vidhitsannāha-sarvaṃ samastaṃ;khalviti vākyālaṅkārārtho nipātaḥ / idaṃ jagannāmarūpavikṛtaṃ pratyakṣādiviṣayaṃ brahmakāraṇaṃ vṛddhatamatvādbrahma / kathaṃ sarvasya brahmatvamityata āha-tajjalāniti / tasmādbrahmaṇo jātaṃ tejobannādikrameṇa sarvam / atastajjam / tathā tenaiva jananakrameṇa pratilomatayā tasminneva brahmaṇi līyate tadātmatayā śliṣyata iti tallam / tathā tasminneva sthitikāle 'niti prāṇiti ceṣṭata iti / evaṃ brahmātmatayā triṣu kāleṣvaviśiṣṭaṃ tadvyatirekeṇāgrahaṇāt / atastadevedaṃ jagat / yathā cedaṃ tadevaikamadvitīyaṃ tathā ṣaṣṭhe vistareṇa vakṣyāmaḥ / yasmācca sarvamidaṃ brahma, ataḥ śānto rāgadveṣādidoṣarahitaḥ saṃyataḥ sanyattatsarvaṃ brahma tadvakṣyamāṇairguṇairupāsīta / kathamupāsīta / kratuṃ kurvīta kraturniścayo 'dhyavasāya evameva nānyathetyavicalaḥ pratyayastaṃ kratuṃ kurvītopāsītetyanena vyavahitena sambandhaḥ / kiṃ punaḥ kratukaraṇena kartavyaṃ prayojanam / kathaṃ vā kratuḥ kartavyaḥ kratukaraṇaṃ cābhipretārthasiddhisādhanaṃ kathamityasyārthasya pratipādanārthamathetyādigranthaḥ / atha khalviti hetvarthaḥ / yasmātkratumayaḥ kratuprāyo 'dhyavasāyātmakaḥ puruṣo jīvaḥ / yathākraturyādṛśaḥ kraturasya so 'yaṃ yathākraturyathādhyavasāyo yādṛṅniścayo 'smiṃlloke jīvanniha puruṣo bhavati tatheto 'smāddehātpretya mṛtvā bhavati / kratvanurūpaphalātmako bhavatītyarthaḥ / 
evaṃ hyetacchāsrato dṛṣṭam /
"yaṃ yaṃ vāpi smaranbhāvaṃ tyajatyante kalevaram"ityādi /
yata evaṃ vyavasthā śāsradṛṣṭātaḥ sa evaṃ jānankatuṃ kurvīta yādṛśaṃ kratuṃ vakṣyāmastam /
yata evaṃ śāsraprāmāṇyādupapadyate kratvanurūpaṃ phalamataḥ sa kartavyaḥ kratuḥ //1 //


start chup 3,14.2
manomayaḥ prāṇaśarīro bhārūpaḥ satyasaṃkalpa ākāśātmā sarvakarmā sarvakāmaḥ sarvagandhaḥ sarvarasaḥ sarvam idam abhyatto 'vāky anādaraḥ || chup_3,14.2 ||
chupbh_3,14.2 katham / manomayo manaḥprāyaḥ / manute 'neneti manastatsvavṛttyā viṣayeṣu pravṛttaṃ bhavati tena manasā tanmayaḥ, tathā pravṛtta iva tatprāyo nivṛtta iva ca / ata eva prāṇaśarīraḥ prāṇo liṅgātmā vijñānakriyāśaktidvayasaṃmīrchitaḥ / "yo vai prāṇaḥ sā prajñā yā vā prajñā sa prāṇaḥ"iti śruteḥ / sa śarīraṃ yasya sa prāṇaśarīraḥ / "manomayaḥ úāṇaśarīranetā"iti ca śrutyantarāt / bhārūpaḥ / bhā dīptiścaitanyalakṣaṇaṃ rūpaṃ yasya sa bhārūpaḥ / satyasaṅkalpaḥ / satyā avitathāḥ saṅkalpā yasya so 'yaṃ satyasaṅkalpaḥ / na yathā saṃsāriṇa ivānaikāntikaphalaḥ saṅkalpa īśvarasyetyarthaḥ / anṛtena mithyāphalatvahetunā pratyūḍhatvātsaṅkalpasya mithyāphalatvam / vakṣyatyanṛtena hi pratyūḍhā iti / ākāśātmā / ākāśa ivā'tmā svarūpaṃ yasya sa ākāśātmā / sarvagatatvaṃ sūkṣmatvaṃ rūpadihīnatvaṃ cā'kāśatulyateśvarasya / sarvakarmā / sarvaṃ viśvaṃ teneśvareṇa kriyata iti jagatsarvaṃ karmāsya sa sarvakarmā / "sa hi sarvasya kartā"iti śruteḥ / sarvakāmaḥ / sarve kāmā doṣarahitā asyeti sarvakāmaḥ / "dharmaviruddho bhūteṣu kāmo 'smi"iti smṛteḥ / nanu kāmo 'smīti vacanādiha bahuvrīhistathā kāmo 'smītismṛtyartho vācyaḥ / sarvagandhaḥ / sarve gandhāḥ sukhakarā asya so 'yaṃ sarvagandhaḥ / "puṇyo gandhaḥ pṛthivyām"iti smṛteḥ / tathā rasā api vijñeyāḥ. apuṇyagandharasagrahaṇasya pāpmasambandhanimittatvaśravaṇāt / "tasmāttenobhayaṃ jighrati surabhi ca durgandhi ca / pāpmanā hyeṣu viddhaḥ"iti śruteḥ / na ca pāpmasaṃsarga īśvarasya, avidyādidoṣasyānupapatteḥ / sarvamidaṃ jagadabhyātto 'bhivyāptaḥ / atatervyāptyarthasya kartari niṣṭhā / tathāvākyucyate 'nayeti vāgvāgeva vākaḥ / dvā vacerghañantasya karaṇe vāk / sa yasya vidyate sa vākī na vākyavākī / vākpratiṣedhaścātropalakṣaṇārthaḥ / gandharasādiśravaṇādīśvarasya prāptānighrāṇādīni karaṇāni gandhādigrahaṇāya / ato vākpratiṣedhena pratiṣidhyante tāni / 
"apāṇipādo javano grahītā paśyatyacakṣuḥ sa śṛṇotyakarṇaḥ"ityādimantravarṇāt /
anādaro 'saṃbhramaḥ /
aprāptaprāptau hi saṃbhramaḥ syādanāptakāmasya /
na tvāptakāmatvānnityatṛptasyeśvarasya saṃbhramo 'sti kvacit //2 //


start chup 3,14.3

eṣa ma ātmā antarhṛdaye 'ṇīyān vrīher vā yavād vā sarṣapād vā śyāmākād vā śyāmākataṇḍulād vā | eṣa ma ātmā antarhṛdaye jyāyān pṛthivyā jyāyān antarikṣāj jyāyān divo jyāyān ebhyo lokebhyaḥ || chup_3,14.3 ||

chupbh_3,14.3 eṣa yathoktaguṇo me mamā'tmāntarhṛdaye hṛdayapuṇḍarīkasyāntarmadhye 'ṇīyānaṇutaro vrīhervā yavādvetyādyatyantasūkṣmatvapradarśanārtham /
śyāmākādvā śyāmākataṇḍulādveti paricchinnaparimāṇādaṇīyānityukte 'ṇuparimāṇatvaṃ prāptamāśaṅkyātastatpratiṣedhāyā'rabhate - eṣa ma ātmāntarhṛdaye jyāyānpṛthivyā ityādinā /
jyāyaḥparimāṇācca jyāyastvaṃ darśayannanantaparimāṇatvaṃ darśayati //3 //

start chup 3,14.4

sarvakarmā sarvakāmaḥ sarvagandhaḥ sarvarasaḥ sarvam idam abhyatto 'vākyanādaraḥ | eṣa ma ātmā antarhṛdaye | etad brahma | etam itaḥ pretyābhisaṃbhavitā asmīti yasya syād addhā na vicikitsā asti | iti ha smāha śāṇḍilyaḥ śāṇḍilyaḥ || chup_3,14.4 ||

chupbh_3,14.4 manomaya ityādinā jyāyānebhyo lokebhya ityantena yathoktaguṇalakṣaṇa īśvaro dhyeyo na tu tadguṇaviśiṣṭa eva yathā rājapuruṣamānaya citraguṃ vetyukte na viśeṣaṇaśyāpyānayane vyāpriyate tadvadihāpīti prāptamatastannivṛttyartha sarvakarmetyādi punarvacanam / tasmānmanomayatvādiguṇaviśiṣṭa eveśvaro dhyeyaḥ / ata eva ṣaṣṭhasaptamayoriva tattvamasyātmaivedaṃ sarvamiti neha svārājye 'bhiṣiñcati / eṣa ma ātmaitadbrahmaitamitaḥ pratyābhisambhavitāsmīti liṅgānna tvātmaśabdena pratyagātmaivocyate / mameti ṣaṣṭhyāḥ sambandhārthapratyāyakatvādetamabhisambhavitāsmīti ca karmakartṛtvanirdeśāt / nanu ṣaṣṭhe 'pyatha sampatsya iti satsampatteḥ kālāntaritatvaṃ darśayati / na, ārabdhasaṃskāraśeṣasthityarthaparatvāt na kālāntaritārthatā / 
anyathā tattvamasītyetasyārthasya bādhaprasaṅgāt /
yadyapyātmaśabdasya pratyagarthatvaṃ sarvaṃ khalvidaṃ brahmeti ca prakṛtameṣa ma ātmāntarhṛdaya etadbrahmetyucyate tathāpyantardhānamīṣadaparityajyaivaitamātmānamito 'smāccharīrātpretyābhisambhavitāsmītyuktam /
yathākraturūpasyā'tmanaḥ pratipattāsmīti yasyaivaṃvidaḥ syādbhavedaddhā satyamevaṃ syāmahaṃ pretya evaṃ na syāmiti na ca vicikitsāstītyetasminnarthe kratuphalasambandhe sa tathaiveśvarabhāvaṃ pratipadyate vidvānityetadāha smoktavānkila śāṇḍalyo nāmarṣiḥ /
dvirabhyāsa ādarārthaḥ //4//


iti chāndogyopaniṣadi tṛtīyādhyāyasya caturdaśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 3,15.1

antarikṣodaraḥ kośo bhūmibudhno na jīryati | diśo hy asya sraktayo dyaur asyottaraṃ bilam | sa eṣa kośo vasudhānas tasmin viśvam idaṃ śritam || chup_3,15.1 ||

chupbh_3,15.1 asya kule vīro jāyata ityuktam / na vīrajanmamātraṃ pitustrāṇāya / "tasmātputramanuśṣṭaṃ lokyamāhuḥ"iti śrutyantarāt / atastaddīrghāyuṣṭvaṃ kathaṃ syādityevamarthaṃ kośavijñānārambhaḥ / abhyarhitavijñānavyāsaṅgādanantarameva noktaṃ tadidānīmevā'rabhyate-antarikṣamudaramantaḥsuṣiraṃ yasya so 'yamantarikṣodaraḥ kośaḥ kośa ivānekadharmasādṛśyātkośaḥ / sa ca bhūmibudhno bhūmirbudhno mūlaṃ yasya sa bhūmibudhno na jīryati na vinaśyati trailokyātmakatvāt / 
sahasrayugakālāvasthāyī hi saḥ /
diśo hyasya sarvāḥ sraktayaḥ koṇāḥ /
dyaurasya kośasyottaramūrdhvaṃ bilaṃ sa eṣa yathoktaguṇaḥ kośo vasudhāno vasu dhīyate 'sminprāṇināṃ karmaphalākhyamato vasudhānaḥ /
yasminnantarviśvaṃ samastaṃ prāṇikarmaphalaṃ saha tatsādhanairidaṃ yadgṛhyate pratyakṣādipramāṇaiḥ śritamāśritaṃ sthitamityarthaḥ //1 //


start chup 3,15.2

tasya prācī dig juhūr nāma | sahamānā nāma dakṣiṇā | rājñī nāma pratīcī | subhūtā nāmodīcī | tāsāṃ vāyur vatsaḥ | sa ya etam evaṃ vāyuṃ diśāṃ vatsaṃ veda na putrarodaṃ roditi | so 'ham etam evaṃ vāyuṃ diśāṃ vatsaṃ veda | mā putrarodaṃ rudam || chup_3,15.2 ||

chupbh_3,15.2 tasyāsya prācī digprāggato bhāgo juhūrnāma juhvatyasyāṃ diśi karmiṇaḥ prāṅmukhāḥ santa iti juhūnami / sahamānā māna sahante 'syāṃ pāpakarmaphalāni yamapuryāṃ prāṇina iti sahamānā nāma dakṣiṇādik / tathā rājñī nāma pratīcī paścimā digrājñī rājñā varuṇenādhiṣṭhitā sandhyārāgayogādvā / subhūtā nāma bhūtimadbhirīśvarakuberādibhiradhiṣṭhitatvātsubhūtā nāmodīcī / tāsāṃ diśāṃ vāyurvatso digjatvādvāyoḥ / "purovāta"ityādidarśanāt / 
sa yaḥ kaścitputradīrghajīvitarthyevaṃ yathoktaguṇaṃ vāyuṃ diśāṃ vatsamamṛtaṃ veda sa na putrarodaṃ putranimittaṃ rodanaṃ na roditi putro na mriyata ityarthaḥ /
yata evaṃ viśiṣṭaṃ kośadigvatsaviṣayaṃ vijñānamataḥ so 'haṃ putrajīvitārthyevametaṃ vāyuṃ diśāṃ vatsaṃ veda jāne /
ato mā putrarodaṃ rudaṃ mā rudaṃ putramaraṇanimittam /
putrorodo mama mā bhūdityarthaḥ //2 //


start chup 3,15.3

ariṣṭaṃ kośaṃ prapadye 'munāmunāmunā | prāṇaṃ prapadye 'munāmunāmunā | bhūḥ prapadye 'munāmunāmunā | bhuvaḥ prapadye 'munāmunāmunā | svaḥ prapadye 'munāmunāmunā || chup_3,15.3 ||

chupbh_3,15.3 ariṣṭamavināśinaṃ kośaṃ yathoktaṃ prapadye prapanno 'smi putrāyuṣe /
amunāmunāmuneti trirnāma gṛhṇāti putrasya /
tathā prāṇaṃ prapadye 'munāmunāmunā, bhūḥ prapadye 'munāmunāmunā bhuvaḥ prapadye 'munāmunāmunā svaḥ prapadye 'munāmunāmunā, sarvatra prapadya iti trinami gṛhṇāti punaḥ punaḥ //3 //

start chup 3,15.4

sa yad avocaṃ prāṇaṃ prapadya iti | prāno vā idaṃ sarvaṃ bhūtaṃ yad idaṃ kiṃca | tam eva tat prāpatsi || chup_3,15.4 ||

chupbh_3,15.4 sa yadavocaṃ prāṇaṃ prapadya iti vyākhyānārthamupanyāsaḥ /
prāṇo vā idaṃsarvaṃ bhūtaṃ yadidaṃ jagat /
"yathā vārānābhāv" iti vakṣyati /
atastameva sarvaṃ tattena prāṇaprapadanena prāpatsi prapanno 'bhavam //4//

3.15.5 atha yadavīcaṃ bhūḥ prapadya iti pṛthivīṃ prapadye 'ntarikṣaṃ prapadye divaṃ prapadya ityeva tadavocam //5//

chupbh_3,15.5 tathā bhūḥ prapadya iti trīṃllokānbhūrādīnprapadya iti tadavocam //5 //

start chup 3,15.6
atha yad avocaṃ bhuvaḥ prapadya ity agniṃ prapadye vāyuṃ prapadya ādityaṃ prapadya ity eva tad avocam || chup_3,15.6 ||
chupbh_3,15.6 atha yadavocaṃ bhuvaḥ prapadya ityagnyādīnprapadya iti tadavocam //6 //

start chup 3,15.7
atha yad avocaṃ svaḥ prapadya ity ṛgvedaṃ prapadye yajurvedaṃ prapadye sāmavedaṃ prapadya ity eva tad avocam || chup_3,15.7 ||
chupbh_3,15.7 atha yadavocaṃ svaḥ prapadya ityṛgvedādīnprapadya ityeva tadavocamiti /
upariṣṭānmantrāñjapettataḥ pūrvoktamajaraṃ kośaṃ sadigvatsaṃ yathāvaddhyātvā dvirvacanamādarārtham //7//

iti chāndogyopaniṣadi tṛtīyādhyāyasya pañcadaśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 3,16.1

puruṣo vāva yajñaḥ | tasya yāni caturviṃśativarṣāṇi tat prātaḥsavanam | caturviṃśatyakṣarā gāyatrī | gāyatraṃ prātaḥsavanam | tad asya vasavo 'nvāyattāḥ | prāṇā vāva vasavaḥ | ete hīdaṃ sarvaṃ vāsayanti || chup_3,16.1 ||

chupbh_3,16.1 putrāyuṣa upāsanamuktaṃ japaśca / athedānīmātmano dīrghajīvanāyedamupāsanaṃ japaṃ ca vidadhadāha / jīvanhi svayaṃ putrādiphalena yujyate nānyathā ityata ātmānaṃ yajñaṃ sampādayati-puraṣaḥ puruṣo jīvanaviśiṣṭaḥ kāryakaraṇasaṅghāto yathāprasiddha eva / vāvaśabdo 'vadhāraṇārthaḥ / puraṣa eva yajña ityarthaḥ / tathā hi sāmānyaiḥ sampādayati yajñatvam / katham / tasya puruṣasya yāni caturviṃśativarṣāṇyāyuṣastatprātaḥsavanaṃ yajñasya / kena sāmānyenetyāha-caturviṃśatyakṣarā gāyatro chando gāyatraṃ gāyatrīchandaskaṃ hi vidhiyajñasya prātaḥsavanam / ataḥ prātaḥsavanasampannena caturviṃśativarṣāyuṣā yuktaḥ puruṣaḥ / ato vidhiyajñasādṛśyādyajñaḥ / tathottarayorapyāyuṣoḥ savanadvayasampattisriṣṭubjagatyakṣarasaṃkhyāsāmānyato vācyā / kiñca tadasya puruṣayajñasya prātaḥsavanaṃ vidhiyajñasyeva vasavo devā anvāyattā anugatāḥ / savanadevatātvena svāmina ityarthaḥ / 
puruṣayajñe 'pi vidhiyajña ivāgnyādayo vasavo devāḥ prāptā ityato viśinaṣṭi-prāṇā vāva vasavo vāgādayo vāyavaśca /
tehi yasmādidaṃ puruṣādiprāṇijātamete vāsayanti /
prāṇeṣu hi dehe vatsatu sarvamida vasati nānyathā /
ityato vasanādvāsanācca vasavaḥ //1 //


start chup 3,16.2

taṃ ced etasmin vayasi kiṃcid upatapet sa brūyāt | prāṇā vasava idaṃ me prātaḥsavanaṃ mādhyaṃdinaṃ savanam anusaṃtanuteti māhaṃ prāṇānāṃ vasūnāṃ madhye yajño vilopsīyeti | ud dhaiva tata ety agado ha bhavati || chup_3,16.2 ||

chupbh_3,16.2 taṃ cedyajñasampāditametasminprātaḥ savanasampanne vayasi kiñcidvyādhyādi maraṇaśaṅkāraṇamupatapedduḥkhamutpādayetsa tadā yajñasampādī puruṣa ātmānaṃ yajñaṃ manyamāno brūyājjapedityarthaḥ imaṃ mantraṃ he prāṇā vasava adaṃ me prātaḥ savanaṃ mama yajñasya vartate tanmādhyandinaṃ savanamanusantanuteti mādhyandinena savanenā'yuṣā sahitamekībhūtaṃ santataṃ kurutetyarthaḥ / 
māhaṃ yajño yuṣmākaṃ prāṇānāṃ vasūnāṃ prātaḥsavaneśānāṃ madhye vilopsīya vilupyeya vicchidyeyetyarthaḥ /
itiśabdo mantraparisamāptyarthaḥ /
sa tena japena dhyānena ca tatastasmādupatāpādudetyudgacchati /
udgamya vimuktaḥ sannagado hānupatāpo bhavatyeva //2 //


start chup 3,16.3

atha yāni catuścatvāriṃśad varṣāṇi tan mādhyaṃdinaṃ savanam | catuścatvāriṃśadakṣarā triṣṭup | traiṣṭubhaṃ mādhyaṃdinaṃ savanam | tad asya rudrā anvāyattāḥ | prāṇā vāva rudrāḥ | ete hīdaṃ sarvaṃ rodayanti || chup_3,16.3 ||

chupbh_3,16.3 atha yāni catuścatvāriṃśadvarṣāṇītyādi samānam /
rudanti rodayantīti prāṇā rudrāḥ /
krūrā hi te madhyamevayasyato rudrāḥ //3 //

start chup 3,16.4-6

taṃ ced etasmin vayasi kiṃcid upatapet sa brūyāt | prāṇā rudrā idaṃ me mādhyaṃdinaṃ savanaṃ tṛtīyasavanam anusaṃtanuteti māhaṃ prāṇānāṃ rudrāṇāṃ madhye yajño vilopsīyeti | ud dhaiva tata ety agado ha bhavati || chup_3,16.4 ||

atha yāny aṣṭācatvāriṃśad varṣāṇi tat tṛtīyasavanam | aṣṭācatvāriṃśadakṣarā jagatī | jāgataṃ tṛtīyasavanam | tad asyādityā anvāyattāḥ | prāṇā vāvādityāḥ | ete hīdaṃ sarvam ādadate || chup_3,16.5 ||

taṃ ced etasmin vayasi kiṃcid upatapet sa brūyāt | prāṇā ādityā idaṃ me tṛtīyasavanam āyur anusaṃtanuteti māhaṃ prāṇānām ādityānāṃ madhye yajño vilopsīyeti | ud dhaiva tata ety agado haiva bhavati || chup_3,16.6 ||

chupbh_3,16.4-6 tathā'dityāḥ prāṇāḥ /
te hīdaṃ śabdādijātamādadate 'ta ādityāstṛtīyasavanamāyuḥ ṣoḍaśottaravarṣaśataṃ samāpayatānusantanuta yajñaṃ samāpayatetyarthaḥ /
samānamanyat //4-6 //

start chup 3,16.7

etad dha sma vai tad vidvān āha mahidāsa aitareyaḥ | sa kiṃ ma etad upatapasi yo 'ham anena na preṣyām iti | sa ha ṣoḍaśaṃ varṣaśatam ajīvat | pra ha ṣoḍaśaṃ varṣaśataṃ jīvati ya evaṃ veda || chup_3,16.7 ||

chupbh_3,16.7 niścitā hi vidyā phalāyetyetaddarśayannudāharati-etadyajñadarśanaṃ ha sma vai kila tadvidvānāha mahidāso nāmataḥ / itarāyā apatyamaitareyaḥ / 
kiṃ kasmānme mamaitadupatapanamupatapasi sa tvaṃ he roga yo 'haṃ yajño 'nena tvatkṛtenopatāpena na preṣyāmi na mariṣyāmyato vṛthā tava śrama ityarthaḥ /
ityevamāha smeti pūrveṇa sambandhaḥ /
sa evaṃniścayaḥ sanṣoḍaśaṃ varṣaśatamajīvat /
anyo 'pyevaṃniścaḥ ṣoḍaśaṃ varṣaśataṃ prajīvati ya evaṃ yathoktaṃ yajñasampādanaṃ veda jānāti sa ityarthaḥ //7//


iti chāndogyopaniṣadi tṛtīyādhyāyasya ṣoḍaśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

======================================================================= start chup 3,17.1
sa yad aśiśiṣati yat pipāsati yan na ramate tā asya dīkṣāḥ || chup_3,17.1 ||
chupbh_3,17.1 sa yadaśiśiṣatotyādiyajñasāmānyanirdeśaḥ puruṣasya pūrveṇaiva sambadhyate / 
yadaśiśiṣatyaśitumicchati /
tathā pipāsati pātumicchati /
yanna ramata iṣṭādyaprāptinimittaṃ yadaivañjātīyakaṃ duḥkhamanubhavati tā asya dīkṣāḥ /
duḥkhasāmānyādvidhiyajñasyeva //1 //


start chup 3,17.2
atha yad aśnāti yat pibati yad ramate tad upasadair eti || chup_3,17.2 ||
chupbh_3,17.2 atha yadaśnāti yatpibati yadramate ratiṃ cānubhavatīṣṭādisaṃyogāttadupasadaiḥ samānatāmeti /
upasadāṃ ca payovratatvanimittaṃ sukhamasti /
alpabhojanīyāni cāhānyāśvāsannānīti praśvāso 'to 'śanādīnāmupasadāṃ ca sāmānyam //2 //

start chup 3,17.3
atha yad dhasati yaj jakṣati yan maithunaṃ carati stutaśastrair eva tad eti || chup_3,17.3 ||
chupbh_3,17.3 atha yaddhasati yajjakṣati bhakṣayati yanmaithunaṃ carati stutaśasraireva tatsamānatāmeti /
śabdavattvasāmānyāt //3 //

start chup 3,17.4
atha yat tapo dānam ārjavam ahiṃsā satyavacanam iti tā asya dakṣiṇāḥ || chup_3,17.4 ||
chupbh_3,17.4 atha yattapo dānamārjavamahiṃsā satyavacanamiti tā asya dakṣiṇāḥ /
dharmapuṣṭikaratvasāmānyāt //4 //

start chup 3,17.5

tasmād āhuḥ soṣyaty asoṣṭeti | punar utpādanam evāsya tat | maraṇam evāvabhṛthaḥ || chup_3,17.5 ||

chupbh_3,17.5 yasmācca yajñaḥ puraṣastasmāttaṃ janayiṣyati mātā yadā tadā'huranye soṣyatīti tasya mātaraṃ yadā ca prasūtā bhavati tadāsoṣṭa pūrṇiketi vidhiyajña iva soṣyati somaṃ devadatto 'soṣṭa somaṃ yajñadatta iti, ataḥ śabdasāmānyādvā puruṣo yajñaḥ /
punarutpādanamevāsya tatpuruṣākhyasya yajñasya yatsoṣyatyasoṣṭeti śabdasambandhitvaṃ vidhiyajñasyeva /
kiñca tanmaraṇamevāsya puruṣayajñasyāvabhṛthaḥ samāptisāmānyāt //5 //

start chup 3,17.6

tad dhaitad ghora āṅgirasaḥ kṛṣṇāya devakīputrāyoktvovāca | apipāsa eva sa babhūva | so 'ntavelāyām etat trayaṃ pratipadyetākṣitam asy acyutam asi prāṇasaṃśitam asīti | tatraite dve ṛcau bhavataḥ || chup_3,17.6 ||

chupbh_3,17.6 taddhaitadyajñadarśanaṃ ghoro nāmata āṅgiraso gotrataḥ kṛṣṇāya devakīputrāya śiṣyāyokatvovāca tadetattrayamityādivyavahitena sambandhaḥ / sa caitaddarśanaṃ śrutvāpipāsa evāmyābhyo vidyābhyo babhūva / itthaṃ ca viśiṣṭeyaṃ vidyā yatkṛṣṇasya devakīputrasyānyāṃ vidyāṃ prati tṛḍvicchedakarīti puruṣayajñavidyāṃ stauti / ghora āṅgirasaḥ kṛṣṇāyoktvemāṃ vidyāṃ kimuvāceti tadāha-sa evaṃ yathoktayajñavidantavelāyāṃ maraṇakāla etanmantratrayaṃ pratipadyeta japedityarthaḥ / kiṃ tadakṣitamakṣīṇamakṣataṃ vāsītyekaṃ yajuḥ sāmarthyādādityasthaṃ prāṇaṃ caikīkṛtyā'ha / tathā tamevā'hācyutaṃ svarūpādapracyutamasīti dvitīyaṃ yajuḥ / 
prāṇasaṃśitaṃ prāṇaśca sa saṃśitaṃ samyaktanūkṛtaṃ ca sūkṣmaṃ tattvamasīti tṛtīyaṃ yajuḥ /
tatraitasminnarthe vidyāstutipare dve ṛcau mantrau bhavato na japārthe /
trayaṃ pratipadyeteti tritvasaṃkhyābādhanāt /
pañcasaṃkhyā hi tadā syāt //6 //


start chup 3,17.7

ādit pratnasya retasaḥ | ud vayaṃ tamasaspari | jyotiḥ paśyanta uttaram | svaḥ paśyanta uttaram | devaṃ devatrā sūryam aganma jyotir uttamam iti jyotir uttamam iti || chup_3,17.7 ||

chupbh_3,17.7 ādidityatrā'kārasyānubandhastakāro 'narthaka icchabdaśca / pratnasya cirantanasya purāṇasyetyarthaḥ / retasaḥ kāraṇasya bījabhūtasya jagataḥ sadākhyasya jyotiḥ prakāśaṃ paśyanti / āśabda utsṛṣṭānubandhaḥ paśyantītyanena sambadhyate / kiṃ tajjayotiḥ paśyanti / vāsaramaharahariva tatsarvato vyāptaṃ brahmaṇo jyotiḥ / nivṛttacakṣuṣo brahmavido brahmacaryādinivṛttisādhanaiḥ śuddhāntaḥkaraṇā ā samantato jyotiḥ paśyantītyarthaḥ / paraḥ paramiti liṅgavyatyayena, jyotiṣparatvāt / yadidhyate dīpyate divi dyotanavati pasminbrahmaṇi vartamānam / yena jyotiṣeddhaḥ savitā tapati candramā bhāti vidyudvidyotate grahatārāgaṇā vibhāsante / kiñcānyo mantradṛgāha yathoktaṃ jyotiḥ paśyan / udvayaṃ tamaso 'jñānalakṣaṇātpari parastāditi śeṣaḥ / tamaso vāpanetṛ yajjayotiruttaramādityasthaṃ paripaśyanto vayamudaganmeti vyavahitena sambandhaḥ / tajjyotiḥ svaḥ svamātmīyamasmaddhṛdi sthitam / ādityasthaṃ ca tadekaṃ jyotiḥ / yaduttaramutkṛṣṭataramūrdhvataraṃ vāparaṃ jyotirapekṣya paśyanta udaganma vayam / 
kamudaganmetyāha /
devaṃ dyotanavantaṃ devatrā deveṣu sarveṣu sūryaṃ rasānāṃ raśmīnāṃ prāṇānāṃ ca jagata īraṇātsūryastamudaganma gatavanto jyotiruttamaṃ sarvajyotirbhya utkṛṣṭatamamaho prāptā vayamityarthaḥ /
idaṃ tajjyotiryadṛgbhyāṃ stutaṃ yadyajustrayeṇa prakāśitam /
dvirabhyāso yajñakalpanāparisamāptyarthaḥ //7//


iti chāndogyopaniṣadi tṛtīyādhyāyasya saptadaśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 3,18.1

mano brahmety upāsīta | ity adhyātmam | athādhidaivatam | ākāśo brahma | ity ubhayam ādiṣṭaṃ bhavaty adhyātmaṃ cādhidaivataṃ ca || chup_3,18.1 ||

chupbh_3,18.1 manomaya īśvara ukta ākāśātmeti ca brahmaṇo guṇaikadeśatvena / athedānīṃ mana ākāśayoḥ samastabrahmadṛṣṭividhānārtha ārambho mano brahmetyādi / mano manute 'nenetyantaḥkaraṇaṃ tadbrahma paramityupāsīteti etadātmaviṣayaṃ darśanamadhyātmam / athādhidaivataṃ devatāviṣayamidaṃ vakṣyāmaḥ / ākāśo brahmetyupāsīta / 
evamabhuyamadhyātmamadhidaivataṃ cobhayaṃ brahmadṛṣṭiviṣayamādiṣṭamupadiṣṭaṃ bhavati /
ākāśamanasoḥ sūkṣmatvāt /
manasopalabhyatvācca brahmaṇo yogyaṃ mano brahmadṛṣṭeḥ /
ākāśaśca sarvagatatvātsūkṣmatvādupādhihīnatvācca //1 //


start chup 3,18.2

tad etac catuṣpād brahma | vāk pādaḥ prāṇaḥ pādaś cakṣuḥ pādaḥ śrotraṃ pādaḥ | ity adhyātmam | athādhidaivatam | agniḥ pādo vāyuḥ pāda ādityaḥ pādo diśaḥ pādaḥ | ity ubhayam evādiṣṭaṃ bhavaty adhyātmaṃ cādhidaivataṃ ca || chup_3,18.2 ||

chupbh_3,18.2 tadetanmana ākhyaṃ catuṣpādbrahma, catvāraḥ pādā asyeti /
kathaṃ catuṣpāttvaṃ manaso brahmaṇa ityāha-vākprāṇaścakṣuḥ śrotramityete pādā ityadhyātmam /
athādhidaivatamākāśasya brahmaṇo 'gnirvāyurādityo diśa ityete /
evamubhayameva catuṣpādbrahmā'diṣṭaṃ bhavatyadhyātmaṃ caivādhidaivataṃ ca //2 //

start chup 3,18.3

vāg eva brahmaṇaś caturthaḥ pādaḥ | so 'gninā jyotiṣā bhāti ca tapati ca | bhāti ca tapati ca kīrtyā yaśasā brahmavarcasena ya evaṃ veda || chup_3,18.3 ||

chupbh_3,18.3 tatra vāgeva manaso brahmaṇaścaturthaḥ pāda itarapādatrayāpekṣayā / vācā hi pādeneva gavādi vaktavyaviṣayaṃ prati pratiṣṭhati / ato manasaḥ pāda iva vāk / tathā prāṇo ghrāṇaḥ pādaḥ / tenāpi gandhaviṣayaṃ prati caṅkramati / tathā cakṣuḥ pādaḥ śrotraṃ pāda ityevamadhyātmaṃ catuṣpāttavaṃ manaso brahmaṇaḥ / athādhidaivatamagnivāyvādityadiśa ākāśasya brahmaṇa udāra iva goḥ pādā vilagnā upalabhyante / tena tasyā'kāśasyāgnyādayaḥ pādā ucyante / evamubhayamadhyātmaṃ caivādhidaivataṃ catuṣpādādiṣṭaṃ bhavati / 
tatra vāgeva manaso brahmaṇaścaturthaḥ pādaḥ /
so 'gninādhidaivatena jyotiṣā bhāti ca dīpyate tapati ca santāpaṃ cauṣṇyaṃ karoti /
athavā tailaghṛtādyāgneyāśaneneddhā vāgbhāti ca tapati ca vadanāyotsāhavatī syādityarthaḥ /
vidvatphalaṃ bhāti ca tapati ca kīrtyā yaśasā brahmavarcasena ya evaṃ yathoktaṃ vedaḥ //3 //


start chup 3,18.4-6

prāṇa eva brahmaṇaś caturthaḥ pādaḥ | sa vāyunā jyotiṣā bhāti ca tapati ca | bhāti ca tapati ca kīrtyā yaśasā brahmavarcasena ya evaṃ veda || chup_3,18.4 ||

cakṣur eva brahmaṇaś caturthaḥ pādaḥ | sa ādityena jyotiṣā bhāti ca tapati ca | bhāti ca tapati ca kīrtyā yaśasā brahmavarcasena ya evaṃ veda || chup_3,18.5 ||

śrotram eva brahmaṇaś caturthaḥ pādaḥ | sa digbhir jyotiṣā bhāti ca tapati ca | bhāti ca tapati ca kīrtyā yaśasā brahmavarcasena ya evaṃ veda ya evaṃ veda || chup_3,18.6 ||

chupbh_3,18.4,5,6 tathā prāṇa eva brahmaṇaścaturthaḥ pādaḥ / 
sa vāyunā gandhāya bhāti ca tapati ca /
tatā cakṣurādityena rūpagrahaṇāya śrotraṃ digbhiḥ śabdagrahaṇāya /
vidyāphalaṃ samānaṃ sarvatra brahmasampattiradṛṣṭaṃ phalaṃ ya evaṃ veda /
dviruktirdarśanasamāptyarthā //4-6 //


iti chāndogyopaniṣadi tṛtīyādhyāyasyāṣṭādaśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 3,19.1

ādityo brahmety ādeśaḥ | tasyopavyākhyānam | asad evedam agra āsīt | tat sad āsīt | tat samabhavat | tad āṇḍaṃ niravartata | tat saṃvatsarasya mātrām aśayata | tan nirabhidyata | te āṇḍakapāle rajataṃ ca suvarṇaṃ cābhavatām || chup_3,19.1 ||

chupbh_3,19.1 ādityo brahmaṇaḥ pāda ukta iti tasminsakalabrahmadṛṣṭyarthamidamārabhyate-ādityo brahmetyādeśa upadeśastasyopavyākhyānaṃ kriyate stutyartham / asadavyakṛtanāmarūpamidaṃ jagadaśeṣamagre prāgavasthāyāmutpatterāsīnna tvasadeva / kathamasataḥ sajjāyetetyasatkāryatvasya pratiṣedhāt / nanvihāsadeveti vidhānādvikalpaḥ syāt / na, kriyāsviva vastuni vikalpānupapatteḥ / kathaṃ tarhīdamasadeveti / nanvavocāmāvyākṛtanāmarūpatvādasadivāsaditi / nanvevaśabdo 'vadhāraṇārthaḥ / satyamevaṃ, na tu sattvābhāvamavadhārayati / kiṃ tarhi?vyākṛtanāmarūpābhāvamavadhārayati nāmarūpavyākṛtaviṣaye sacchabdaprayogo dṛṣṭaḥ / tacca nāmarūpavyākaraṇamādityāyattaṃ prāyaśo jagataḥ tadabhāve hyandhaṃ tama idaṃ na prajñāyeta kiñcanetyatastatstutipare vākye sadapīdaṃ rājñaḥ kulaṃ sarvaguṇasampanne pūrṇavarmaṇi rājanyasatīti tadvat / na ca sattvamasattvaṃ veha jagataḥ pratipipādayiṣitamādityo brahmetyādeśaparatvāt / upasaṃhariṣyatyanta ādityaṃ brahmetyupāsta iti / tatsadāsīttadasacchabdavācyaṃ prāgutpatteḥ stimitamanispandamasadiva satkāryābhimukhamīṣadupajātapravṛtti sadāsīttato labdhaparispandaṃ tatsamabhavadalpataranāmarūpavyākaraṇenāṅkurībhūtami va bījam / tato 'pi krameṇa sthūlībhavattadadbhya āṇḍaṃ samavartata saṃvṛttam / 
āṇḍamiti dairdhyaṃ chāndasam /
tadaṇḍaṃ saṃvatsarasya kālasya prasiddhasya mātrāṃ parimāṇamabhinnasvarūpamevāśayata sthitaṃ babhūva /
tattataḥ saṃvatsaraparimāṇātkālādūrdhvaṃ nirabhidyata nirbhinnaṃ vayasāmivāṇḍam /
tasya nirbhinnasyāṇḍasya kapāle dve rajataṃ ca suvarṇaṃ cābhavatāṃ saṃvṛtte //1 //


start chup 3,19.2

tad yad rajataṃ seyaṃ pṛthivī | yat suvarṇaṃ sā dyauḥ | yaj jarāyu te parvatāḥ | yad ulbaṃ (sa) samegho nīhāraḥ | yā dhamanayas tā nadyaḥ | yad vāsteyam udakaṃ sa samudraḥ || chup_3,19.2 ||

chupbh_3,19.2 tattayoḥ kapālayoryadrajataṃ kapālamāsītseyaṃ pṛthivī pṛthivyupalakṣitamadho 'ṇḍakapālamityarthaḥ / yatsuvarṇaṃ kapālaṃ sā dyaurdyulokopalakṣitamūrdhvaṃ kapālamityarthaḥ / 
yajjarāyu garbhapariveṣṭanaṃ sthūlamaṇḍasya dviśakalībhāvakāla āsītte parvatā babhūvuḥ /
yadulvaṃ sūkṣmaṃ garbhapariveṣṭanaṃ tatsaha medyaiḥ samegho nīhāro 'vaśyāyo babhūvetyarthaḥ /
yā garbhasya jātasya dehe dhamanayaḥ śirāstā nadyo babhūvuḥ /
yattasya bastau bhavaṃ vāsteyamudakaṃ sa samudraḥ //2 //


start chup 3,19.3

atha yat tad ajāyata so 'sāv ādityaḥ | taṃ jāyamānaṃ ghoṣā ulūlavo 'nūdatiṣṭhant sarvāṇi ca bhūtāni sarve ca kāmāḥ | tasmāt tasyodayaṃ prati pratyāyanaṃ prati ghoṣā ulūlavo 'nūttiṣṭhanti sarvāṇi ca bhūtāni sarve ca kāmāḥ || chup_3,19.3 || 

chupbh_3,19.3 atha yattadajāyata garbharūpaṃ tasminnaṇḍe so 'sāvādityastamādityaṃ jāyamānaṃ ghoṣāḥ śabdā ulūlava urūravo vistīrṇaravā udatiṣṭhannutthitavanta īśvarasyeveha prathamaputrajanmani sarvāṇi ca sthāvarajaṅgamāni bhūtāni sarve ca teṣāṃ bhūtānāṃ kāmāḥ kāmyanta iti viṣayāḥ strīvasrānnādayaḥ /
yasmādādityajanmanimittā bhūtakāmotpattistasmādadyatve 'pi tasyā'dityasyodayaṃ prati pratyāyanaṃ pratyastagamanaṃ ca pratyathavā punaḥ punaḥ pratyāgamanaṃ pratyāyanaṃ tatprati tannimittīkṛtyetyarthaḥ /
sarvāṇi ca bhūtāni sarve ca kāmā ghoṣā ulūlavaścānūttiṣṭhanti /
prasiddhaṃ hyetadudayādau savituḥ //3 //

start chup 3,19.4

sa ya etam evaṃ vidvān ādityaṃ brahmety upāste | abhyāśo ha yad enaṃ sādhavo ghoṣā ā ca gaccheyur upa ca nimreḍeran nimreḍeran || chup_3,19.4 ||

chupbh_3,19.4 sa yaḥ kaścidetamevaṃ yathoktamahimānaṃ vidvānsannādityaṃ brahmetyupāste sa tadbhāvaṃ pratipadyata ityarthaḥ / kiñca dṛṣṭaṃ phalamabhyāśaḥ kṣipraṃ tadvido yaditi kriyāviśeṣaṇamenamevaṃvidaṃ sādhavaḥ / 
śobhanā ghoṣāḥ /
sādhutvaṃ ghoṣādīnāṃ yadupabhoge pāpānubandhābhāvaḥ /
ā ca gaccheyurāgaccheyuścopa ca nimreḍerannupanimreḍeraṃśca na kevalamāgamanamātraṃ ghoṣāṇāmupasukhayeyuścopasukhaṃ ca kuryarityarthaḥ /
dvirabhyāso 'dhyāyaparisamāptyarthaḥ ādarārthaśca //4 //


iti chāndogyopaniṣadi tṛtīyādhyāyasyaikonaviṃśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ iti cchāndogyopaniṣadbrāhmaṇe tṛtīyo 'dhyāyaḥ samāptaḥ

in ree nicht zulässige zeichen:

atha caturtho 'dhyāyaḥ

start chup 4,1.1

jānaśrutir ha pautrāyaṇaḥ śraddhādeyo bahudāyī bahupākya āsa | sa ha sarvata āvasathān māpayāṃ cakre sarvata eva me 'nnam atsyantīti || chup_4,1.1 ||

chupbh_4,1.1 vāyuprāṇayorbrahmaṇaḥ pādadṛṣṭyadhyāsaḥ purastādvarṇitaḥ / athedānīṃ tayoḥ sākṣādbrahmatvenopāsyatvāyottaramārabhyate / sukhāvabodhārthā'khyāyikā, vidyādānagrahaṇavidhipradarśanārthā ca śraddhānnadānānuddhatatvādīnāṃ ca vidyāprāpti sādhanatvaṃ pradarśyata ākhyāyikayā / jānaśrutirjanaśrutasyāpatyam / haḥ aitihyārthaḥ / putrasya pautraḥ pautrāyaṇaḥ sa eva śraddhādeyaḥ śraddhāpuraḥsarameva brāhmaṇādibhyo deyamasyeti śraddhādeyaḥ / bahudāyī prabhūtaṃ dātuṃ śīlamasyeti bahudāyī / bahupākyo bahu paktavyamahanyahani gṛhe yasyāsaubahupākyaḥ / 
bhojanārthibhyo bahvasya gṛhe 'nnaṃ pacyata ityarthaḥ /
evaṅguṇasampanno 'sau jānaśrutiḥ pautrāyaṇo viśiṣṭe deśe kāle ca kasmiṃścidāsa babhūva /
sa ha sarvataḥ sarvāsu dikṣu grāmeṣu nagareṣu cā'vasathānetya vasanti yeṣvityāvasathāstānmāpayāñcakre kāritavānityarthaḥ /
sarvata eva me mamānnaṃ teṣvāvasatheṣu vasanto 'tsyanti bhokṣyanta ityevamabhiprāyaḥ //1 //


start chup 4,1.2

atha ha haṃsā niśāyām atipetuḥ | tad dhaivaṃ haṃso haṃsam abhyuvāda | ho ho 'yi bhallākṣa bhallākṣa jānaśruteḥ pautrāyaṇasya samaṃ divā jyotir ātataṃ tan mā prasāṅkṣīs tat tvāṃ mā pradhākṣīr iti || chup_4,1.2 ||

chupbh_4,1.2 tatraivaṃ sati rājani tasmindharmakāle harmyatalasthe 'tha ha haṃsā niśāyāṃ rātrāvatipetuḥ / ṛṣayo devatā vā rājño 'nnadānaguṇaistoṣitāḥ santo haṃsārūpā bhūtvā rājño darśanagocare 'tipetuḥ / tattasminkāle teṣāṃ patatāṃ haṃsānāmekaḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ patannagrataḥ patantaṃ haṃsamabhyuvādābhyuktavānho ho 'yīti bho bho iti sambodhya bhallākṣa bhallākṣetyādaraṃ darśayan yathā paśya paśyā'ścaryamiti tadvat / bhallākṣeti mandadṛṣṭitvaṃ sūcayannāha / athavā samyagbrahmadarśanābhimānavattvāttasyāsakṛdupālabdhastena pīḍyamāno 'marṣitayā tatsūcayati bhallākṣeti / 
jānaśruteḥ pautrāyaṇasya samaṃ tulyaṃ divā dyulokena jyotiḥ prabhāsvaramannadānādijanitaprabhāvajamātataṃ vyāptaṃ dyulokaspṛgityarthaḥ /
divāhnā vā samaṃ jyotirityetat /
tanmā prasāṅkṣīḥ sañjanaṃ saktiṃ tena jyotiṣā sambandhaṃ mā kārṣīrityarthaḥ /
tatprasañjanena tajjyotistvā tvāṃ mā pradhākṣīrmā dahatvityarthaḥ puruṣavyatyanena mā pradhākṣīditi //2 //


start chup 4,1.3

tam u ha paraḥ pratyuvāca kam v ara enam etat santaṃ sayugvānam iva raikvam āttha iti | yo nu kathaṃ sayugvā raikva iti || chup_4,1.3 ||

chupbh_4,1.3 tamevamuktavantaṃ para itaro 'gragāmī pratyuvācāre nikṛṣṭo 'yaṃ rājā varākastaṃ kamu enaṃ santaṃ kena māhātmyena yuktaṃ santamiti kutsayatyenamevaṃ sabahumānametadvacanamāttha raikvamiva, sayugvānaṃ saha yugvanā gantryā vartata iti sayugvā raikvaḥ /
tamivā'tthainam /
ananurūpamasminnayuktamīdṛśaṃ vaktuṃ raikva ivetyabhiprāyaḥ /
itaraścā'ha-yo nu kathaṃ tvayocyate sayugvā raikva ityuktavantaṃ bhallākṣa āha śṛṇu yathā sa raikvaḥ //3 //

start chup 4,1.4

yathā kṛtāya vijitāyādhareyāḥ saṃyanty evam enaṃ sarvaṃ tad abhisameti yat kiṃca prajāḥ sādhu kurvanti | yas tad veda yat sa veda sa mayaitad ukta iti || chup_4,1.4 ||

chupbh_4,1.4 yathā loke kṛtāyaḥ kṛto nāmāyo dyūtasamaye prasiddhaścaturaṅkaḥ sa yadā jayati dyūte pravṛttānāṃ tasmai vijitāya tadarthamitare tridvyekāṅkā adhare 'yāstretādvāparakalināmānaḥ saṃyanti saṃgacchante 'ntarbhavanti / caturaṅke kṛtāye tridvyekāṅkānāṃ vidyamānatvāttadantarbhavantītyarthaḥ / yathāyaṃ dṛṣṭānta evamenaṃ raikvaṃ kṛtāyasthānīyaṃ tretādyāyasthānīyaṃ sarvaṃ tadabhisametyantarbhavati raikve / kiṃ tadyatkiñca loke sarvāḥ prajāḥ sādhu śobhanaṃ dharmajātaṃ kurvanti tatsarvaṃ raikvasya dharme 'ntarbhavati / tasya ca phale sarvaprāṇidharmaphalamantarbhavatītyarthaḥ / 
tathānyo 'pi kaścidyastadvedyaṃ veda /
kiṃ tadyadvedyaṃ sa raikvo veda /
tadvedyamanyo 'pi yo veda tamapi sarvaprāṇidharmajātaṃ tatphalaṃ ca raikvamivābhisametītyanuvartate /
sa evaṃbhūto mayā vidvānetadikta evamukto raikvavatsa eva kṛtāyasthānīyo bhavatītyabhiprāyaḥ //4 //


start chup 4,1.5-6

tad u ha jānaśrutiḥ pautrāyaṇa upaśuśrāva | sa ha saṃjihāna eva kṣattāram uvācāṅgāre ha sayugvānam iva raikvam āttheti | yo nu kathaṃ sayugvā raikva iti || chup_4,1.5 ||

yathā kṛtāya vijitāyādhareyāḥ saṃyanty evam enaṃ sarvaṃ tad abhisameti yat kiṃca prajāḥ sādhu kurvanti | yas tad veda yat sa veda sa mayaitad ukta iti || chup_4,1.6 ||

chupbh_4,1.5,6 tadu ha tadetadīdṛśaṃ haṃsavākyamātmanaḥ kutsārūpamanyasya viduṣo raikvādeḥ praśaṃsārūpamupaśuśrāva śrutavānharmyatalastho rājā jānaśrutiḥ pautrāyaṇaḥ / tacca haṃsavākyaṃ smaranneva paunaḥ punyena rātriśeṣamativāhayāmāsa / tataḥ sa bandibhī rājā stutiyuktābhirvāgbhiḥ pratibodhyamāna uvāca kṣattāraṃ saṃjihāna eva śayanaṃ nidrāṃ vā parityajanneva he 'ṅga vatsāre sa sayugvānamiva raikvamāttha kiṃ mām / 
sa eva stutyarhe nāhamityabhiprāyaḥ /
athavā sayugvānaṃ raikvamāttha gatvā mama taddidṛkṣā;tadevaśabdo 'vadhāraṇārtho 'narthako vā vācyaḥ /
sa ca kṣattā pratyuvāca raikvānayanakāmo rājño 'bhiprāyajño yo nu kathaṃ sayugvā raikva iti, rājñaivaṃ cokta ānetuṃ taccihnaṃ jñatumicchanyo nu kathaṃ sayugvā raikva ityavocat /
sa ca bhallākṣavacanamevāvocat //5-6 //


start chup 4,1.7

sa ha kṣattānviṣya nāvidam iti pratyeyāya | taṃ hovāca yatrāre brāhmaṇasyānveṣaṇā tad enam arccheti || chup_4,1.7 ||

chupbh_4,1.7 tasya smaransa ha kṣattā nagaraṃ grāmaṃ vā gatvānviṣya raikvaṃ nāvidaṃ na vyajñāsiṣamiti pratyeyāya pratyāgatavān /
taṃ hovāca kṣattaramare yatra brāhmaṇasya brahmavida ekānte 'raṇye nadīpulinādau vivikte deśe 'nveṣaṇānumārgaṇaṃ bhavati tattatrainaṃ raikvamarcha ṛccha gaccha tatra mārgaṇaṃ kurvityarthaḥ //7 //

start chup 4,1.8

so 'dhastāc chakaṭasya pāmānaṃ kaṣamāṇam upopaviveśa | taṃ hābhyuvāda tvaṃ nu bhagavaḥ sayugvā raikva iti | ahaṃ hy arā 3 iti ha pratijajñe | sa ha kṣattāvidam iti pratyeyāya || chup_4,1.8 ||

chupbh_4,1.8 ityuktaḥ kṣattānviṣya taṃ vijane deśe 'dhastācchakaṭasya gantryāḥ pāmānaṃ kharjūṃ kaṣamāṇaṃ kaṇḍūyamānaṃ dṛṣṭvāyaṃ nūnaṃ sayugvā raikva ityupa samīpa upaviveśa vinayenopaviṣṭavān / 
taṃ ca raikvaṃ hābhyuvādoktavān /
tvamasi he bhagavo bhagavansayugvā raikva iti /
evaṃ pṛṣṭo 'hamasmi hyarā 3 ara iti hānādara eva pratijajñe 'bhyupagatavān /
sa taṃ vijñāyāvidaṃ vijñātavānasmīti pratyeyāya pratyāgata ityarthaḥ //8//


iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi caturthādhyāyasya prathamaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 4,2.1

tad u ha jānaśrutiḥ pautrāyaṇaḥ ṣaṭ śatāni gavāṃ niṣkam aśvatarīrathaṃ tad ādāya praticakrame | taṃ hābhyuvāda || chup_4,2.1 ||

chupbh_4,2.1 tattatra ṛṣergārhasthyaṃ pratyabhiprayaṃ buddhvā dhanārthitāṃ co ha, eva jānaśrutiḥ pautrāyaṇaḥ ṣaṭśatāni gavāṃ niṣkaṃ kaṇṭhahāramaśvatarīrathamaśvatarībhyāṃ yuktaṃ rathaṃ tadādāya dhanaṃ gṛhītvā praticakrame raikvaṃ prati gatavān /
taṃ ca gatvābhyuvāda hābhyuktavān //1 //

start chup 4,2.2

raikvemāni ṣaṭ śatāni gavām ayaṃ niṣko 'yam aśvatarīrathaḥ | anu ma etāṃ bhagavo devatāṃ śādhi yāṃ devatām upāssa iti || chup_4,2.2 ||

chupbh_4,2.2 he raikva gavāṃ ṣaṭśatānīmāni tubhyaṃ mayā'nītānyayaṃ niṣko 'śvatarīrathaścāyametaddhanamādatsva bhagavo 'nuśādhi ca me māmetāṃ yāṃ ca devatāṃ tvamupāḥse taddevatopadeśena māmanuśādhītyarthaḥ //2 //

start chup 4,2.3

tam u ha paraḥ pratyuvācāha hāretvā śūdra tavaiva saha gobhir astv iti | tad u ha punar eva jānaśrutiḥ pautrāyaṇaḥ sahasraṃ gavāṃ niṣkam aśvatarīrathaṃ duhitaraṃ tad ādāya praticakrame || chup_4,2.3 ||

chupbh_4,2.3 tamevamuktavantaṃ rājānaṃ pratyuvāca paro raikvaḥ / ahetyayaṃ nipāto vinigrahārthīyo 'nyatreha tvanarthakaḥ / evaśabdasya pṛthakprayogāt / hāretvā hāreṇa yuktetvā gantrī seyaṃ hāretvā gobhiḥ saha tavaivāstu tiṣṭhatu na mamāparyāptena karmārthamanena prayojanamityabhiprāyo he śūdreti / nanu rājāsau kṣattṛsambandhātsa ha kṣattāramuvācetyuktam / vidyāgrahaṇāya ca brāhmaṇasamīpopagamācchūdrasya cānadhikārātkathamidamananurūpaṃ raikveṇocyate he śūdreti / tatrā'hurācāryāḥ-haṃsavacanaśravaṇācchugenamāviveśa / tenāsau śucā śrutvā raikvasya mahimānaṃ vā ādravatīti ṛṣirātmanaḥ parokṣajñatāṃ darśayañśūdretyāheti / śūdravadvā dhanenaivainaṃ vidyāgrahaṇāyopajagāma na ca śuśrūṣayā / 
na tu jātyaiva śūdra iti /
apare punarāhuralpaṃ dhanamāhṛtamiti ruṣaivainamuktavāñchūdreti /
liṅgaṃ ca bahvāharaṇa upādānaṃ dhanasyeti /
taduharṣermataṃ jñātvā punareva jānaśrutiḥ pautrāyaṇo gavāṃ sahasramadhikaṃ jāyāṃ carṣerabhimatāṃ duhitaramātmanastadādāya praticakrame krāntavān //3 //


start chup 4,2.4-5

taṃ hābhyuvāda | raikvedaṃ sahasraṃ gavām ayaṃ niṣko 'yam aśvatarīratha iyaṃ jāyāyaṃ grāmo yasminn āsse 'nv eva mā bhagavaḥ śādhīti || chup_4,2.4 ||

tasyā ha mukham upodgṛhṇann uvācājahāremāḥ śūdrānenaiva mukhenālāpayiṣyathā iti | te haite raikvaparṇā nāma mahāvṛṣeṣu yatrāsmā uvāsa | tasmai hovāca || chup_4,2.5 ||

chupbh_4,2.4,5 raikvedaṃ gavāṃ sahasramayaṃ niṣko 'yamaśvatarīratha iyaṃ jāyārthaṃ mama duhitā'nītāyaṃ ca grāmo yasminnāḥse tiṣṭhasi sa ca tvadarthe mayā kalpitaḥ tadetatsarvamādāyānuśādhyeva mā māṃ he bhagava ityuktastasyā jāyārthamānītāyā rājño duhiturhaiva mukhaṃ dvāraṃ vidyāyā dāne tīrthamupodgṛhṇañjānannityarthaḥ /
brahmacārī dhanadāyī medhāvī śrotriyaḥ priyaḥ /
vidyayā vā vidyā prāha tāni tīrthāni ṣaṇmama //

iti vidyāyā vacanaṃ vijñāyate hi / evaṃ jānannupodgṛhṇannuvācoktavān / ājahārā'hṛtavānbhavānyadimā gā yaccānyaddhanaṃ tatsādhviti vākyaśeṣaḥ / 
śūdreti pūrvoktānukṛtimātraṃ na tu kāraṇāntarāpekṣayā pūrvavat /
anenaiva mukhena vidyāgrahaṇatīrthenā'lāpayiṣyathā ālāpayasīti māṃ bhāṣayasītyarthaḥ /
te haite grāmā raikvaparṇā nāma vikhyātā mahāvṛṣeṣu deśeṣu yatra yeṣu grāmeṣūvāsoṣitavān raikvastānasau grāmānadādasmai raikvāya rājā /
tasmai rājñe dhanaṃ dattavate ha kilovāca vidyāṃ sa raikvaḥ //4-5 //


iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi caturthādhyāyasya dvitīyaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 4,3.1

vāyur vāva saṃvargaḥ | yadā vā agnir udvāyati vāyum evāpyeti | yadā sūryo 'stam eti vāyum evāpyeti | yadā candro 'stam eti vāyum evāpyeti || chup_4,3.1 ||

chupbh_4,3.1 vāyurvāva saṃvargo vāyurbāhyo vāvetyavadhāraṇārthaḥ / saṃvargaḥ saṃvarjanātsaṃgrahaṇātsaṃgrasanādvā saṃvargaḥ / vakṣyamāṇā agnyādyā devatā ātmabhāvamāpādayatītyataḥ saṃvargaḥ / savarjavākhyo guṇo dhyeyo vāyuvat / kṛtāyāntabharvadṛṣṭāntāt / kathaṃ saṃvargattvaṃ vāyorityāha / yadā yasminkāle vā agnirudvāyatyudvāsanaṃ prāpnotyupaśāmyati tadāsāvagnirvāyumevāpyeti vāyusvābhāvyamapigacchati / tathā yadā sūryo 'stameti vāyumevāpyeti / yadā candro 'stameti vāyumevāpyeti / nanu kathaṃ sūryācandramasoḥ svarūpāvasthitayorvāyāvapigamanam / 
naiṣa doṣaḥ /
astamane 'darśanaprāptervāyunimittatvāt /
vāyunā hyastaṃ nīyate sūryaḥ calanasya vāyukāryatvāt /
athavā pralaye sūryācandramasoḥ svarūpabhraṃśe tejorūpayorvāyāvevāpigamanaṃ syāt //1 //


start chup 4,3.2

yadāpa ucchuṣyanti vāyum evāpiyanti | vāyur hy evaitān sarvān saṃvṛṅkte | ity adhidaivatam || chup_4,3.2 || 

chupbh_4,3.2 tathā yadā'pa ucchuṣyantyucchoṣamāpnuvanti tadā vāyumevāpiyanti /
vāyurhi yasmādevaitānagnyādyānmahābalānsaṃvṛṅkte /
ato vāyuḥ saṃvargaguṇa upāsya ityarthaḥ /
ityadhidaivataṃ devatāsu saṃvargadarśanamuktam //2 //

start chup 4,3.3

athādhyātmam | prāṇo vāva samvargaḥ | sa yadā svapiti prāṇam eva vāg apy eti | prāṇaṃ cakṣuḥ | prāṇaṃ śrotram | prāṇaṃ manaḥ | prāṇo hy evaitān sarvān saṃvṛṅkta iti || chup_4,3.3 ||

chupbh_4,3.3 athānantaramadhyātmamātmani saṃvargadarśanamidamucyate /
prāṇo mukhyovāva saṃvargaḥ /
sa puruṣo yadā yasminkāle svapiti prāṇameva vāgapyeti vāyumivāgniḥ prāṇaṃ cakṣuḥ prāṇaṃ śrotraṃ prāṇaṃ manaḥ prāṇo hi yasmādevaitānvāgādīnsarvānsaṃvṛṅkta iti //3 //

start chup 4,3.4

tau vā etau dvau samvargau | vāyur eva deveṣu prāṇaḥ prāṇeṣu || chup_4,3.4 ||

chupbh_4,3.4 tau vā etau dvau saṃvargau saṃvarjanaguṇo vāyureva deveṣu saṃvargaḥ prāṇaḥ prāṇeṣu vāgādiṣu mukhyaḥ //4 //

start chup 4,3.5

atha ha śaunakaṃ ca kāpeyam abhipratāriṇaṃ ca kākṣaseniṃ pariviṣyamāṇau brahmacārī bibhikṣe | tasmā u ha na dadatuḥ || chup_4,3.5 ||

chupbh_4,3.5 athaitayoḥ stutyarthamiyamākhyāyikā'rabhyate /
hetyaitihyārthaḥ /
śaunakaṃ ca śunakasyāpatyaṃ śonakaṃ kāpeyaṃ kapigotramabhipratāriṇaṃ ca nāmataḥ kakṣasenasyāpatyaṃ kākṣaseniṃ bhojanāyopaviṣṭau pariviṣyamāṇau sūpakārairbrahmacārī brahmavicchaṇḍo bibhikṣe bhikṣitavān /
brahmacāriṇo brahmavinmānitāṃ buddhvā taṃ jijñāsamānau tasmā u bhikṣāṃ na jajaturna dattavantau ha kimayaṃ bakṣyatīti //5 //

start chup 4,3.6

sa hovāca | mahātmanaś caturo deva ekaḥ kaḥ sa jagāra bhuvanasya gopāḥ | taṃ kāpeya nābhipaśyanti martyā abhipratārin bahudhā vasantam | yasmai vā etad annaṃ tasmā etan na dattam iti || chup_4,3.6 ||

chupbh_4,3.6 sa hovāca brahmacārī mahātmanaścatura iti dvitīyābahuvacanam / deva eko 'gnyādīnvāyurvāgādīnprāṇaḥ / kaḥ sa prajāpatirjagāra grasitavān / 
kaḥ sa jagāreti praśnameke /
bhuvanasya bhavantyasminbhūtānīti bhuvanaṃ bhūrādiḥ sarvo lokastasya gopā gopāyitā rakṣitā goptetyarthaḥ /
taṃ kaṃ prajāpatiṃ he kāpeya nābhipaśyanti na jānanti martyā maraṇadharmāṇo 'vivekino vā he 'bhipratārinbahudhādhyātmādhidaivatādhibhūtaprakārairvasantam /
yasmai vā etadahanyahanyannamadanāyā'hriyate saṃskriyate ca tasmai prajāpataya etadannaṃ na dattamiti //6 //


start chup 4,3.7

tad u ha śaunakaḥ kāpeyaḥ pratimanvānaḥ pratyeyāya | ātmā devānāṃ janitā prajānāṃ hiraṅyadaṃṣṭro babhaso 'nasūriḥ | mahāntam asya mahimānam āhur anadyamāno yad anannam atti | iti vai vayam brahmacārin nedam upāsmahe dattāsmai bhikṣām iti || chup_4,3.7 ||

chupbh_4,3.7 tadu ha brahmacāriṇo vacanaṃ śaunakaḥ kāpeyaḥ pratimanvāno manasā'locayanbrahmacāriṇaṃ pratyeyāyā'jagāma / gatvā cā'ha-yaṃ tvamavoco na paśyanti martyā iti taṃ vayaṃ paśyāmaḥ / katham?ātmā sarvasya sthāvarajaṅgamasya / kiñca devānāmagnyādīnāmātmani saṃhṛtya grasitvā punarjanitotpādayitā vāyurūpeṇādhidaivatamagnyādīnām / adhyātmaṃ ca prāṇarūpeṇa vāgādīnāṃ prajānāṃ ca danitā / atha vā'tmā devānāmagnivāgādīnāṃ janitā prajānāṃ sthāvarajaṅgamānām / hiraṇyadaṃṣṭro 'bhagnadaṃṣṭra iti yāvat / babhaso bhakṣaṇaśīlaḥ / anasūriḥ sūrirmedhāvī na sūrirasūristatpratiṣedho 'nasūriḥ sūrirevetyarthaḥ / mahāntamatipramāṇamaprameyamasya prajāpatermahimānaṃ vibhūtimāhurbrahmavidaḥ / yasmātsvayamanyairanadyamāno 'bhakṣyamāṇo yadanannamagnivāgādidevatārūpamatti bhakṣayatīti / vā iti nirarthakaḥ / vayaṃ he brahmacārin, ā, idamevaṃ yathoktalakṣaṇaṃ brahma vayamā upāsmahe / 
vayamiti vyavahitena sambandhaḥ /
anye na vayamidamupāsmahe /
kiṃ tarhi parameva brahmopāsmaha iti varṇayanti /
dattāsmai bhikṣāmityavocadbhṛtyān //7 //


start chup 4,3.8

tasmai u ha daduḥ | te vā ete pañcānye pañcānye daśa santas tat kṛtam | tasmāt sarvāsu dikṣv annam eva daśa kṛtam | saiṣā virāḍ annādī | tayedaṃ sarvaṃ dṛṣṭam | sarvam asya idaṃ dṛṣṭaṃ bhavaty annādo bhavati ya evaṃ veda ya evaṃ veda || chup_4,3.8 ||

tasmā u ha daduste hi bhikṣām / te vai ye grasyante 'gnyādayo yaśca teṣāṃ grasitā vāyuḥ pañcānye vāgādibhyaḥ, tathānye tebhyaḥ pañcādhyātmaṃ vāgādayaḥ prāṇaśca, te sarve daśa santastatkṛtaṃ bhavati, te caturaṅka ekāya evaṃ catvāraḥ tryaṅkāyaḥ evaṃ trayo 'pare dvyaṅkāyaḥ evaṃ dvāvanyāvekāṅkāya evameko 'nya, ityevaṃ deśa santastatkṛtaṃ bhavati / yata evaṃ tasmātsarvāsu dikṣu daśasvapyagnyādyā vāgādyāśca daśasaṃkhyāsāmānyādannameva"daśākṣarā virāḍ virāḍannam" iti hi śrutiḥ /

ato 'nnameva daśasaṃkhyatvāt / tata eva daśa kṛtaṃ kṛte 'ntarbhāvāccaturāyatvenetyavocāma / 
saiṣā virāḍdaśasaṃkhyā satyannaṃ cānnādyannādinī ca kṛtatvena daśasaṃkhyayānnaṃ kṛtasaṃkhyayānnādī tayā annānnādinyā idaṃ sarvaṃ jagaddaśadiksaṃsthaṃ dṛṣṭaṃ kṛtasaṃkhyābhūtayopalabdham /
evaṃvido 'sya sarvaṃ kṛtasaṃkhyābhūtasya daśadiksaṃbaddhaṃ dṛṣṭamupalabdhaṃ bhavati /
kiñcānnādaśca bhavati ya evaṃ veda yathoktadarśī /
dvirabhyāsa upāsanamāptyarthaḥ //8//


iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi caturthādhyāyasya tṛtīyaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 4,4.1

satyakāmo ha jābālo jabālāṃ mātaram āmantrayāṃ cakre | brahmacaryaṃ bhavati vivatsyāmi kiṃgotro nv aham asmīti || chup_4,4.1 ||

chupbh_4,4.1 sarvaṃ vāgādyagnyādi cānnānnādatvasaṃstutaṃ jagadekīkṛtya ṣoḍaśadhā pravibhajya tasminbrahmadṛṣṭirvidhātavyetyārabhyate /
śraddhātapasorbrahmopāsanāṅgatvapradarśanāyā'khyāyikā /
satyakāmo ha nāmato haśabda aitihyārtho jabālāyā apatyaṃ jābālo jabalāṃ svāṃ mātaramāmantrayāñcakra āmantritavān /
brahmacaryaṃ svādhyāyagrahaṇāya he bhavati vivatsyāmyācāryakule, kiṅgotro 'haṃ kimasya mama gotraṃ so 'haṃ nvahamasmīti //1 //

start chup 4,4.2

sā hainam uvāca | nāham etad veda tāta yadgotras tvam asi | bahv aham carantī paricāriṇī yauvane tvām alabhe | sāham etan na veda yadgotras tvam asi | jabālā tu nāmāham asmi | satyakāmo nāma tvam asi | sa satyakāma eva jābālo bruvīthā iti || chup_4,4.2 ||

chupbh_4,4.2 evaṃ pṛṣṭā jabālā sā hainaṃ putramuvāca-nāhametattava gotraṃ veda he tāta yadgotrastvamasi / kasmānna vetsītyuktā'ha-bahu bhartṛgṛhe paricaryājātamatithyabhyāgatādi carantyahaṃ paricāriṇī paricarantīti paricaraṇaśīlaivāhaṃ paricaraṇacittatayā gotrādismaraṇe mama mano nābhūt / 
yauvane ca tatkāle tvāmalabhe labdhavatyasmi /
tadaiva te pitoparataḥ /
ato 'nāthāhaṃ sāhametanna veda yadgotrastvamasi /
jabālā tu nāmāhamasmi satyakāmo nāma tvamasi sa tvaṃ satyakāma evāhaṃ jābālo 'smītyācāryāya bruvīthāḥ yadyācāryeṇa pṛṣṭa ityabhiprāyaḥ //2 //


start chup 4,4.3-4

sa ha hāridrumataṃ gautamam etyovāca | brahmacaryaṃ bhagavati vatsyāmi | upeyāṃ bhagavantam iti || chup_4,4.3 ||

taṃ hovāca kiṃgotro nu somyāsīti | sa hovāca | nāham etad veda bho yadgotro 'ham asmi | apṛcchaṃ mātaram | sā mā pratyabravīd bahv aham carantī paricariṇī yauvane tvām alabhe | sāham etan na veda yadgotras tvam asi | jabālā tu nāmāham asmi | satyakāmo nāma tvam asīti | so 'haṃ satyakāmo jābālo 'smi bho iti || chup_4,4.4 ||

chupbh_4,4.4 sa ha satyakāmo hāridrumataṃ haridrumato 'patyaṃ hāridrumataṃ gautamaṃ gotrata etya gatvovāca brahmacaryaṃ bhagavati pūjāvati tvayi vatsyāmyata upeyāmupagaccheyaṃ śiṣyatayā bhagavantamityuktavantaṃ taṃ hovāca gautamaḥ / kiṅgotro nu somyāsīti vijñātakulagotraḥ śiṣya upanetavya iti pṛṣṭaḥ pratyāha satyakāmaḥ / sa hovāca nāhametadveda bho yadgotro 'hamasmi / 
kiṃ tvapṛcchaṃ pṛṣṭavānasmi mātaram /
sā mayā pṛṣṭā māṃ pratyabravīnmātā /
bahvahaṃ carantītyādi pūrvavat /
tasyā ahaṃ vacaḥ smarāmi so 'haṃ satyakāmo jābālo 'smi bho iti //3-4 //


start chup 4,4.5

taṃ hovāca | naitad abrahmaṇo vivaktum arhati | samidhaṃ somyāhara | upa tvā neṣye na satyād agā iti | tam upanīya kṛśānām abalānāṃ catuḥśatā gā nirākṛtya uvācemāḥ somyānusaṃvrajeti | tā abhiprasthāpayann uvāca | nāsahasreṇāvarteyeti | sa ha varṣagaṇaṃ provāsa | tā yadā sahasraṃ sampeduḥ || chup_4,4.5 ||

chupbh_4,4.5 taṃ hovāca gautamo naitadvaco 'brāhmaṇo viśeṣeṇa vaktumarhatyārjavārthasaṃyuktam / ṛjavo hi brahmaṇā netare svabhāvataḥ / yasmānna satyādbrāhmaṇajātidharmādagā nāpetavānasi / 
ato brāhmaṇaṃ tvāmupaneṣye 'taḥ saṃskārārthaṃ homāya samidhaṃ somyā'haretyuktvā tamupanīya kṛśānāmabalānāṃ goyūthānnirākṛtyāpakṛṣya catuḥśatā catvāri śatāni gavāmuvācemā gāḥ somyānusaṃvrajānugaccha /
ityuktastā araṇyaṃ pratyabhiprasthāpayannuvāca-nāsahasreṇāpūrṇena sahasreṇa nā'varteya na pratyāgaccheyam /
sa evamuktvā gā araṇyaṃ tṛṇodakabahulaṃ dvandvaṃrahitaṃ praveśya sa ha varṣagaṇaṃ dīrghaṃ provāsa proṣitavān /
tāḥ samyaggāvo rakṣitā yadā yasminkāle sahasraṃ saṃpeduḥ saṃpannā babhūvuḥ //5//


iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi caturthādhyāyasya caturthaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 4,5.1

atha hainam ṛṣabho 'bhyuvāda satyakāma 3 iti | bhagava iti ha pratiśuśrāva | prāptāḥ somya sahasraṃ smaḥ | prāpaya na ācāryakulam || chup_4,5.1 ||

chupbh_4,5.1 tametaṃ śraddhātapobhyāṃ siddhaṃ vāyudevatā diksaṃbandhinī tuṣṭā satyṛṣabhamanupraviśyarṣabhāpannānugrahāyātha hainamṛṣabho 'bhyuvādābhyuktavānsatyakāma 3 iti saṃbodhya, tamasau satyakāmo bhagava iti ha pratiśuśrāva prativacanaṃ dadau /
praptāḥ somya sahasraṃ smaḥ pūrṇā tava pratijñātaḥ prāpaya no 'smānācāryakulam //1 //

start chup 4,5.2

brahmaṇaś ca te pādaṃ bravāṇi iti | bravītu me bhagavān iti | tasmai hovāca | prācī dik kalā | praticī dik kalā | dakṣiṇā dik kalā | udīcī dik kalā | eṣa vai somya catuṣkalaḥ pādo brahmaṇaḥ prakāśavān nāma || chup_4,5.2 ||

chupbh_4,5.2 kiñcāhaṃ braṅmaṇaḥ parasya te tubhyaṃ pādaṃ bravāṇi kathayāni / ityuktaḥ pratyuvāca-bravītu kathayatu me mahyaṃ bhagavān / 
ityukta ṛṣabhastasmai satyakāmāya hovāca /
prācī dikkalā brahmaṇaḥ pādasya caturtho bhāgaḥ /
tathā pratīcī dikkalā dakṣiṇā dikkalodīcī dikkalaiṣa vai saimya brahmaṇaḥ pādaścatuśaṣkalaścatasraḥ kalā avayavā yasya so 'yaṃ catuṣkalaḥ pādo brahmaṇaḥ prakāśavānnāma prakāśavānityavaṃ nāmābhidhānaṃ yasya /
tathottare 'pi pādāstrayaścatuṣkalā brahmaṇaḥ //2 //


start chup 4,5.3

sa ya etam evaṃ vidvāṃś catuṣkalaṃ pādaṃ brahmaṇaḥ prakāśavān ity upāste prakāśavān asmiṃl loke bhavati | prakāśavato ha lokāñ jayati ya etam evaṃ vidvāṃś catuṣkalaṃ pādaṃ brahmaṇaḥ prakāśavān ity upāste || chup_4,5.3 ||

chupbh_4,5.3 sa yaḥ kaścidevaṃ yathoktametaṃ brahmaṇaścatuṣkalaṃ pādaṃ vidvānprakāśavānityanena guṇena viśiṣṭamupāste tasyedaṃ phalaṃ prakāśavānasmin loke bhavati prakhyāto bhavatītyarthaḥ /
tathādṛṣṭaṃ phalaṃ prakāśavato ha lokāndevādisaṃbandhino mṛtaḥ sañjayati prāpnoti /
ya etameva vidvāṃścatuṣkalaṃ pādaṃ brahmaṇaḥ prakāśavānityupāste //3//

iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi caturthādhyāyasya pañcamaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

start chup 4,6.1

agniṣṭe pādaṃ vakteti | sa ha śvo bhūte gā abhiprasthāpayāṃ cakāra | tā yatrābhisāyaṃ babhūvus tatrāgnim upasamādhāya gā uparudhya samidham ādhāya paścād agneḥ prāṅ upopaviveśa || chup_4,6.1 ||

chupbh_4,6.1 so 'gniste pādaṃ vaktetyupararāmarṣabhaḥ /
sa satyākāmo ha śvobhūte paredyurnaityakaṃ nityaṃ karma kṛtvā gā abhiprasthāpayāñcakārā'cāryakulaṃ prati /
tāḥ śanaiścarantya ācāryakulābhimukhyaḥ prasthitā yatra yasminkāle deśe 'bhi sāyaṃ niśāyāmabhisaṃbabhūvurekatrābhimukhyaḥ saṃbhūtāḥ, tatrāgnimupasamādhāya gā uparudhya samidhamādhāya paścādagneḥ praṅupopaviveśa ṛṣabhavaco dhyāyan //1 //

start chup 4,6.2

tam agnir abhyuvāda satyakāma 3 iti | bhagava iti ha pratiśuśrāva || chup_4,6.2 ||

chupbh_4,6.2 tamagnirabhyuvāda satyakāma 3 iti saṃbodhya, tamasau satyakāmo bhagava iti ha pratiśuśrāva prativacanaṃ dadau //2 //

start chup 4,6.3

brahmaṇaḥ somya te pādaṃ bravāṇīti | bravītu me bhagavān iti | tasmai ha uvāca | pṛthivī kalā | antarikṣaṃ kalā | dyauḥ kalā | samudraḥ kalā | eṣa vai somya catuṣkalaḥ pādo brahmaṇo 'nantavān nāma || chup_4,6.3 ||

chupbh_4,6.3 brahmaṇaḥ somya te pādaṃ bravāṇīti bravītu me bhagavānīti tasmai hovāca pṛthivī kalāntarikṣaṃ kalā dyauḥ kalā samudraḥ kaletyātmagocarameva darśanamagnirabravīt /
eṣa vai somya catuṣkalaḥ pādo brahmaṇo 'nantavānnāma //3 //

start chup 4,6.4

sa ya etam evaṃ vidvāṃś catuṣkalaṃ pādaṃ brahmaṇo 'nantavān ity upāste 'nantavān asmiṃl loke bhavati | anantavato ha lokāñ jayati ya etam evaṃ vidvāṃś catuṣkalaṃ pādaṃ brahmaṇo 'nantavān ity upāste || chup_4,6.4 ||

chupbh_4,6.4 sa yaḥ kaścidyathoktaṃ pādamanantavattvena guṇenopāste sa tathaiva tadguṇo bhavatyasmiṃlloke /
mṛtaścānantavato ha lokānsa jayati ya etamevamityādi pūrvavat //4//

iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi caturthādhyāyasya ṣaṣṭha khaṇḍaḥ

4.7.1-2
haṃsaste pādaṃ vakteti sa ha śvobhūte gā abhiprasthāpayāñcakāra tā yatrābhisāyaṃ babhūvustatrāgnimupasamādhāyā gā uparudhya samidhamādhāya paścādagneḥ prāṅupopaviveśa //1 //taṃ haṃsa upanipatyābhyuvāda satyakāma 3 iti bhagava iti ha pratiśuśrāva //2//
chupbh_4,7.1,2 so 'gnirhaṃsaste pādaṃ vaktetyuktavopararāma /
haṃsa ādityaḥ /
śauklyātpatanasāmānyācca /
sa ha śvobhūta ityādi samānam //1-2 //

start chup 4,7.3-4

brahmaṇaḥ somya te pādaṃ bravāṇīti | bravītu me bhagavān iti | tasmai hovāca | agniḥ kalā | sūryaḥ kalā | candraḥ kalā | vidyut kalā | eṣa vai somya catuṣkalaḥ pādo brahmaṇo jyotiṣmān nāma || chup_4,7.3 ||

sa ya etam evaṃ vidvāṃś catuṣkalaṃ pādaṃ brahmaṇo jyotiṣmān ity upāste jyotiṣmān asmiṃl loke bhavati | jyotiṣmato ha lokāñ jayati ya etam evaṃ vidvāṃś catuṣkalaṃ pādaṃ brahmaṇo jyotiṣmān ity upāste || chup_4,7.4 ||

chupbh_4,7.3,4 agniḥkalā sūryaḥ kalā candraḥ kalā vidyutkalaiṣa vai somyeti jyotirviṣayameva ca darśanaṃ provācāto haṃsasyā'dityatvaṃ pratīyate /
vidvatphalaṃ-jyotiṣmāndīptiyukto 'smiṃlloke bhavati /
candrādityādīnāṃ jyotiṣmata eva ca mṛtvā lokāñjayati /
samānamuttaram //3-4 //

iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi caturthādhyāyasya saptamaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 4,8.1

madguṣṭe pādaṃ vakteti | sa ha śvo bhūte gā abhiprasthāpayāṃ cakāra | tā yatrābhisāyaṃ babhūvus tatrāgnim upasamādhāya gā uparudhya samidham ādhāya paścād agneḥ prāṅ upopaviveśa || chup_4,8.1 ||

chupbh_4,8.1 haṃso 'pi madguṣṭe pādaṃ vaktetyupararāma /
madgurudakacaraḥ pakṣī sa cāpsambandhātprāṇaḥ sa ha śvobhūta ityādi pūrvavat //1 //

start chup 4,8.2-3

taṃ madgur upanipatyābhyuvāda satyakāma 3 iti | bhagava iti ha pratiśuśrāva || chup_4,8.2 ||

brahmaṇaḥ somya te pādaṃ bravāṇīti | bravītu me bhagavān iti | tasmai hovāca | prāṇaḥ kalā | cakṣuḥ kalā | śrotraṃ kalā | manaḥ kalā | eṣa vai somya catuṣkalaḥ pādo brahmaṇa āyatanavān nāma || chup_4,8.3 ||

chupbh_4,8.2,3 sa ca madguḥ prāṇaḥ svaviṣayameva ca darśanamuvāca prāṇaḥ kaletyādi, āyatanavānityevaṃ nāma /
āyatanaṃ nāma manaḥ sarvakaraṇopahṛtānāṃ bhogānāṃ tadyasminpāde vidyata ityāyatanavānnāma pādaḥ //2-3 //

start chup 4,8.4

sa ya etam evaṃ vidvāṃś catuṣkalaṃ pādaṃ brahmaṇa āyatanavān ity upāsta āyatanavān asmiṃl loke bhavati | āyatanavato ha lokāñ jayati ya etam evaṃ vidvāṃś catuṣkalaṃ pādaṃ brahmaṇa āyatanavān ity upāste || chup_4,8.4 ||

chupbh_4,8.4 taṃ pādaṃ tathaivopāste yaḥ sa āyatanavānāśrayavānasmiṃlloke bhavati /
tathā'yatanavata eva sāvakāśāṃllokānmṛto jayati /
ya etamevamityādi pūrvavat //4//

iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi caturthādhyāyasyāṣṭamaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

start chup 4,9.1

prāpa hācaryakulam | tam ācaryo 'bhyuvāda satyakāma 3 iti | bhagava iti ha pratiśuśrāva || chup_4,9.1 ||

chupbh_4,9.1 sa evaṃ brahmavitsanprāpa ha prāptavānācāryakulam /
tamācāryo 'bhyuvāda satyakāma 3 iti /
bhagava iti ha pratiśuśrāva //1 //

start chup 4,9.2

brahmavid iva vai somya bhāsi | ko nu tvānuśaśāseti | anye manuṣyebhya iti ha pratijajñe | bhagavāṃs tv eva me kāme brūyāt || chup_4,9.2 ||

chupbh_4,9.2 brahmavidiva vai somya bhāsi / prasannendriyaḥ prahasitavadanaśca niścintaḥ kṛtārtho brahmavidbhavati / ata ācāryo brahmavidiva bhāsoti / ko nviti vitarkayannuvāca kastvāmanuśaśāseti / sa cā'ha satyakāmo 'nye manuṣyebhyaḥ / 
devatā māmanuśiṣṭavatyaḥ /
ko 'nyo bhagavacchiṣyaṃ māṃ manuṣyaḥ sannanuśāsitumutsahetetyabhiprāyaḥ /
ato 'nye manuṣyebhya iti ha pratijajñe pratijñātavān /
bhagavāṃstveva me kāme mamecchāyāṃ brūyātkimanyairuktena nāhaṃ tadgaṇayāmītyabhiprāyaḥ //2 //


start chup 4,9.3

śrutaṃ hy eva me bhagavaddṛśebhya ācāryād dhaiva vidyā viditā sādhiṣṭhaṃ prāpatīti | tasmai ha etad eva uvāca | atra ha na kiṃcana vīyāyeti vīyāyeti || chup_4,9.3 ||

chupbh_4,9.3 kiñca śrutaṃ hi yasmānmama vidyata evāsminnarthe bhagavatsamebhya ṝṣibhyaḥ /
ācāryāddhaiva vidyā viditā sādhiṣṭhaṃ sādhutamatvaṃ prāpaditi prāpnotītyato bhagavāneba brūyādityukta ācāryo 'bravīttasmai tāmeva daivatairuktāṃ vidyām /
atra ha na kiñcana ṣoḍaśakalavidyāyāḥ kiñcidekadeśamātramapi na vīyāya na vigatamityarthaḥ /
dvirabhyāso vidyāparisamāptyarthaḥ //3//

iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi caturthādhyāyasya navamaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 4,10.1

upakosalo ha vai kāmalāyanaḥ satyakāme jābāle brahmacāryam uvāsa | tasya ha dvādaśa vārṣāny agnīn paricacāra | sa ha smānyān antevāsinaḥ samāvartayaṃs taṃ ha smaiva na samāvartayati || chup_4,10.1 ||

chupbh_4,10.1 punarbrahmavidyāṃ prakārāntareṇa vakṣyāmītyārabheta gatiṃ ca tadvido 'gnividyāṃ ca /
ākhyāyikā pūrvavacchraddhātapasorbrahmavidyāsādhanatvapradaśranārthā-upakosalo ha vai nāmataḥ kamalasyāpatyaṃ kāmalāyanaḥ satyakāme jābāle brahmacaryamuvāsa tasya, haḥ etihyārthaḥ /
tasyā'cāryasya dvādaśa varṣāṇyagnīnparicacārāgnīnāṃ paricaraṇaṃ kṛtavān /
sa ha smā'cāryo 'nyānbrahmacāriṇaḥ svādhyāyaṃ grāhayitvā samāvartayaṃstamevopakosalamekaṃ na samāvartayati sma ha //1 //

start chup 4,10.2

taṃ jāyovāca tapto brahmacārī kuśalam agnīn paricacārīt | mā tvā agnayaḥ paripravocan | prabrūhy asmā iti | tasmai hāprocyaiva pravāsāṃ cakre || chup_4,10.2 ||

chupbh_4,10.2 tamācāryajāyovāca taptobrahmacārī kuśalaṃ samyagagnīnparicacārītparicaritavān / 
bhagavāṃścāgniṣu bhaktaṃ na samāvartayati /
ato 'smadbhaktaṃ na samāvartayatīti jñātvā tvāmagnayo mā paripravocangarhāṃ tava mā kuryuḥ /
ataḥ prabrūhyasmai vidyāmiṣṭāmupakosalāyeti /
tasmā evaṃ jāyayokto 'pi hāprocyaivānuktvaiva kiñcitpravāsāṃcakre pravasitavān //2 //


start chup 4,10.3

sa ha vyādhinā anaśituṃ dadhre | tam ācāryajāyā uvāca brahmacārinn aśāna | kiṃ nu na aśnāsi iti | sa ha uvāca bahava ime 'smin puruṣe kāmā nānātyāyāḥ | vyādhībhīḥ pratipūrṇo 'smi | na as/iṣyāmi iti || chup_4,10.3 || 

chupbh_4,10.3 sa hopakosalo vyādhinā mānasena duḥkhenānaśitumanaśanaṃ kartuṃ dadhre dhṛtavānmanaḥ / 
taṃ tūṣṇīmagnyagāre 'vasthitamācāryajāyovāca he brahmacārinnaśāna bhuṅkṣva kiṃ nu kasmānnu kāraṇānnāśnāsīti /
sa hovāca bahavo 'neke 'sminpuruṣe 'kṛtārthe prākṛte kāmā icchāḥ kartavyaṃ prati nānātyayo 'tigamanaṃ yeṣāṃ vyādhīnāṃ kartavyacintānāṃ te nānātyayā vyādhayaḥ kartavyatāprāptinimittāni cittaduḥkhānītyarthaḥ /
taiḥ pratipūrṇo 'smi /
ato nāśiṣyāmīti //3 //


start chup 4,10.4

atha hāgnayaḥ samūdire | tapto brahmacārī kuśalaṃ naḥ paryacārīt | hantāsmai prabravāmeti tasmai hocuḥ | prāṇo brahma kaṃ brahma khaṃ brahmeti || chup_4,10.4 ||

chupbh_4,10.4 uktvā tūṣṇīṃbhūte brahmacāriṇyatha hāgnayaḥ śuśrūṣayā'varjitāḥ kāruṇyāviṣṭāḥ santasrayo 'pi samūdire saṃbhūyoktavantaḥ /
hantedānīmasmai brahmacāriṇe 'smadbhaktāya duḥkhitāya tapasvine śraddadhānāya sarve 'nuśāsmo 'nuprabravāma brahmavidyāmiti /
evaṃ saṃpradhārya tasmai hocuruktavantaḥ prāṇo brahma kaṃ brahma khaṃ brahmeti //4 //

start chup 4,10.5

sa hovāca | vijānāmy ahaṃ yat prāṇo brahma | kaṃ ca tu khaṃ ca na vijānāmīti | te hocuḥ | yad vāva kaṃ tad eva kham | yad eva khaṃ tad eva kam iti | prāṇaṃ ca hāsmai tad ākāśaṃ cocuḥ || chup_4,10.5 ||

chupbh_4,10.5 sa hovāca brahmacārī vijānāmyahaṃ yadbhavadbhiruktaṃ prasiddhapadārthakatvātprāṇo brahmeti / yasminsati jīvanaṃ yadapagame ca na bhavatīti tasminvāyuviśeṣe loke rūḍho 'to yuktaṃ brahmatvaṃ tasya / tena prasiddhapadārthakatvādvijānāmyahaṃ yatprāṇo brahmeti / kaṃ ca tu khaṃ na vijānāmīti / nanu kaṅkhaṃśabdayorapi sukhākāśaviṣayatvena prasiddhapadārthakatvameva, kasmādbrahmacāriṇo 'jñānam?nṛnaṃ sukhasya kaṃśabdavācyasya kṣaṇapradhvaṃsitvātkhaṃśabdavācyasya cā'kāśasyācetanasya kathaṃ brahmatvamiti manyate / kathaṃ ca bhavatāṃ vākyamapramāṇaṃ syāditi / ato na vijānāmītyāha / tamevamuktantaṃ brahmacāriṇaṃ te hāgnayaḥ ūcuḥ yadvāva yadeva vayaṃ kamavocāma tadeva khamākāśamityevaṃ khena viśeṣyamāṇaṃ kaṃ viṣayendrisaṃyogajātsukhānnivartitaṃ syānnīleneva viśeṣyamāṇamutpalaṃ raktādibhyaḥ / yadeva khamityākāśamavocāma tadeva ca kaṃ sukhamiti jānīhi / evaṃ ca sukhena viśeṣyamāṇaṃ khaṃ bhautikādacetanātkhānnivartitaṃ syānnīlotpalavadeva / sukhamākāśasthaṃ netarallaukikam / ākāśaṃ ca sukhāśrayaṃ netaradbhautikamityarthaḥ / nanvākāśaṃ cetsukhena viśeṣayitumiṣṭamastvanyataradeva viśeṣaṇaṃ yadvāva kaṃ tadeva khamityatiriktamitarat / yadeva khaṃ tadeva kamiti pūrvaviśeṣeṇaṃ vā / nanu sukhākāśayorubhayorapi laukikasukhākāśābhyāṃ vyāvṛttiriṣṭetyavocāma / sukhenā'kāśe viśeṣite vyāvṛttirubhayorarthaprāptaiveti cetsatyamevaṃ kintu sukhena viśeṣitasyaivā'kāśasya dhyeyatvaṃ vihitaṃ na tvākāśaguṇasya viśeṣaṇasya sukhasya dhyeyatvaṃ vihitaṃ syāt / viśeṣaṇopādānasya viśeṣyaniyantṛtvenaivopakṣayāt / ataḥ khena sukhamapi viśeṣyate dhyeyatvāya / kutaścaitanniścīyate / kaṃśabdasyāpi brahmaśabdasambandhātkaṃ brahmeti / yadi hi sukhaguṇaviśiṣṭasya khasya dhyeyatvaṃ vivakṣitaṃ syātkaṃ khaṃ brahmeti brūyuragnayaḥ prathamam / na caivamuktavantaḥ / kiṃ tarhi kaṃ brahma khaṃ brahmeti / ato brahmacāriṇo mohāpanayanāya kaṅkhaṃśabdayoritaretaraviśeṣaṇaviśeṣyatva nirdeśo yukta eva yadvāva kamityādiḥ / 
tadetadagnibhiruktaṃ vākyārthamasmadbodhāya śrutirāha-prāṇaṃ ca hāsmai brahmacāriṇe /
tasyā'kāśastadākāśaḥ /
prāṇasya sambandhyāśrayatvena hārda ākāśa ityarthaḥ /
sukhaguṇavattvanirdeśāttaṃ cā'kāśaṃ sukhaguṇaviśiṣṭaṃ brahma tatsthaṃ ca prāṇaṃ brahmasamparkādeva brahmetyubhayaṃ prāṇaṃ cā'kāśaṃ ca samuccitya brahmaṇī ūcuragnaya iti //5//


iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi caturthādhyāyasya daśamaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

======================================================================= start chup 4,11.1

atha hainaṃ gārhapatyo 'nuśaśāsa pṛthivy agnir annam āditya iti | ya eṣa āditye puruṣo dṛśyate so 'ham asmi sa eva aham asmi iti || chup_4,11.1 ||

chupbh_4,11.1 sambhūyāgnayo brahmacāriṇe brahmoktavantaḥ / athānantaraṃ pratyekaṃ svasvaviṣayāṃ vidyāṃ vaktumārebhire / tatrā'dāvenaṃ brahmacāriṇaṃ gārhapatyo 'gniranuśaśāsa / pṛthivyagnirannamāditya iti mamaitāścasrastanavaḥ / tatra ya āditya eṣa puruṣo dṛśyate so 'hamasmi gārhapatyo 'gniryaśca gārhapatyo 'gniḥ sa evāhamādityo puruṣo 'smīti / 
punaḥ parāvṛttyā sa evāhamasmīti vacanam /
pṛthivyannayoriva bhojyatvalakṣaṇayoḥ sambandho na gārhapatyādityayoḥ /
attṛtvapaktṛtvaprakāśanadharmā aviśiṣṭā ityata ekatvamevānayoratyantam /
pṛthivyannayostu bhojyatvenā'bhyāṃ sambandhaḥ //1 //


start chup 4,11.2

sa ya etam evaṃ vidvān upāste | apahate pāpakṛtyām | lokī bhavati | sarvam āyur eti | jyog jīvati | na asya avarapuruṣāḥ kṣīyante | upa vayaṃ taṃ bhuñjāmo 'smiṃś ca loke 'muṣmiṃś ca | ya etam evaṃ vidvān upāste || chup_4,11.2 ||

chupbh_4,11.2 sa yaḥ kaścidevaṃ yathoktaṃ gārhapatyamagnimannānnādatvena caturdhā pravibhaktamupāste so 'pahate vināśayati pāpakṛtyāṃ pāpaṃ karma / lokī lokavāṃścāsmadāyena lokenā'gneyena tadvānbhavati yathā vayamiha ca loke / sarvaṃ varṣaśatamāyureti prāpnoti jyogujjavalaṃ jīvati nāprakhyāta ityetat / 
na cāsyāvarāśca te puruṣāścāsya viduṣaḥ santatijā ityarthaḥ /
na kṣīyante santatyucchedo na bhavatītyarthaḥ /
kiṃ ca taṃ vayamupabhuñjāmaḥ pālayāmo 'smiṃśca loke jīvantamamuṣmiṃśca paraloke /
ya etamevaṃ vidvānupāste yathektaṃ tasyaitatphalamityarthaḥ //2//


iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi caturthādhyāyasyaikādaśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 4,12.1

atha ha enam anvāhāryapacano 'nuśaśāsa āpo diśo nakṣatrāṇi candramā iti | ya eṣa candramasi puruṣo dṛṣyate so 'ham asmi sa eva aham asmi iti || chup_4,12.1 ||

sa ya etam evaṃ vidvān upāste | apahate pāpakṛtyām | lokī bhavati | sarvam āyur eti | jyog jīvati | na asya avarapuruṣāḥ kṣīyante | upa vayaṃ taṃ bhuñjāmo 'smiṃś ca loke 'muṣmiṃś ca | ya etam evaṃ vidvān upāste || chup_4,12.2 ||

chupbh_4,12.1,2 atha hainamanvāhāryapacano 'nuśaśāsa dakṣiṇāgnirāpo diśo nakṣatrāṇi candramā ityetā mama catasrastanavaścaturdhāhamanvāhāryapacana ātmānaṃ pravibhajyāvasthitaḥ tatra ya eṣa candramasi puruṣo dṛśyate so 'hamasmi sa evāhamasmīti pūrvavat / annasambandhājjyotiṣṭvasāmānyāccānvāhāryapacanacandramasorekatvandakṣiṇā(ṇa) diksambandhācca / 
apāṃ nakṣatrāṇāṃ ca pūrvavadannatvenaiva sambandhaḥ /
nakṣatrāṇāṃ candramaso bhogyatvaprasiddheḥ /
apānnotpādakatvādannatvaṃ dakṣiṇāgneḥ pṛthivīvadgārhapatyasya /
samānamanyat //1-2 //


iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi caturthādhyāyasya dvādaśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 4,13.1 atha hainam āhavanīyo 'nuśaśāsa prāṇa ākāśo dyaur vidyud iti | ya eṣa vidyuti puruṣo dṛśyate so 'ham asmi sa evāham asmīti || chup_4,13.1 ||

sa ya etam evaṃ vidvān upāste | apahate pāpakṛtyām | lokī bhavati | sarvam ayur eti | jyog jīvati | nāsyāvarapuruṣāḥ kṣīyante | upa vayaṃ taṃ bhuñjāmo 'smiṃś ca loke 'muṣmiṃś ca | ya etam evaṃ vidvān upāste || chup_4,13.2 ||

chupbh_4,13.1,2 atha hainamāhavanīyo 'nuśaśāsa prāṇa ākāśo dyaurvidyuditi mamāpyetāścatasrastanavaḥ /
ya eva vidyuti puruṣo dṛśyate so 'hamasmītyādi pūrvavatsāmānyāt /
divā(dyvā) kāśayostvāśrayatvādvidyudāhavanīyayorbhogyatvenaiva sambandhaḥ /
samānamanyat //1-2 //

iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi caturthādhyāyasya trayodaśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 4,14.1

te hocuḥ | upakosalaiṣā somya te 'smadvidyātmavidyā ca | ācāryas tu te gatiṃ vakteti | ājagāma hāsyācāryaḥ | tam ācāryo 'bhyuvādopakosala 3 iti || chup_4,14.1 ||

chupbh_4,14.1 te punaḥ sambhūyocurhepakosalaiṣā somya te tavāsmadvidyāgnividyetyarthaḥ / 
ātmavidyā pūrvoktā prāṇo brahma kaṃ brahma khaṃ brahmeti ca /
ācāryastu te gatiṃ vaktā vidyāphalaprāptaya ityuktvoparemuragnayaḥ /
ājagāma hāsyā'cāryaḥ kālena /
taṃ ca śiṣyamācāryo 'bhyuvādopakosala3 iti //1 //


start chup 4,14.2-3

bhagava iti ha pratiśuśrāva | brahmavida iva somya mukhaṃ bhāti | ko nu tvānuśaśāseti | ko nu mānuśiśyād bho itīhāpeva nihnute | ime nūnam īdṛśā anyādṛśā itīhāgnīn abhyūde | kiṃ nu somya kila te 'vocann iti || chup_4,14.2 ||

idam iti ha pratijajñe | lokān vāva kila somya te 'vocan | ahaṃ tu te tad vakṣyāmi yathā puṣkarapalāśa āpo na śliṣyanta evam evaṃvidi pāpaṃ karma na śliṣyata iti | bravītu me bhagavān iti | tasmai hovāca || chup_4,14.3 ||

chupbh_4,14.2,3 bhagava iti ha pratiśuśrāva / brahmavida iva somya te mukhaṃ prasannaṃ bhāti ko nu tvānuśaśāsetyuktaḥ pratyāha / ko nu mānuśiṣyādanuśāsanaṃ kuryādbho bhagavaṃstvayi proṣita itīhāpeva nihnute 'panihnuta iveti vyavahitena sambandho na cāpanihnute na ca yatāvadagnibhiruktaṃ bravītītyabhiprāyaḥ / 
kathamime 'gnayo mayā paricaritā uktavanto nūnaṃ yatastvāṃ dṛṣṭvā vepamānā ivedṛśā dṛśyante pūrvamanyādṛśāḥ santa itīhāgnīnabhyūde 'bhyuktavānkākvāgnīndarśayan /
kiṃ nu somya kila te tubhyamavocannagnaya iti pṛṣṭa ityevamidamuktavanta ityevaṃ ha pratijajñe pratijñātavānpratīkamātraṃ kiñcinna sarvaṃ yathoktamagnibhiruktamavocat /
yata āhā'cāryo lokānvāva pṛthivyādīnhe somya kila te 'vocanna brahma sākalyena /
ahaṃ tu te tubhyaṃ tadbrahma yadicchasi tvaṃ śrotuṃ vakṣyāmi, śṛṇu tasya mayocyamānasya brahmaṇo jñānamāhātmyaṃ yathā puṣkarapalāśe padmapatra āpo na śilaṣyanta evaṃ yatā vakṣyāmi brahmaivaṃvidi pāpaṃ karma na śilaṣyate na sambadhyata ityevamuktavatyācārya āhopakosalo bravītu me bhagavāniti tasmai hovācā'cāryaḥ //2-3 //


iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi caturthādhyāyasya caturdaśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 4,15.1

ya eṣo 'kṣiṇi puruṣo dṛśyata eṣa ātmeti hovāca | etad amṛtam abhayam etad brahmeti | tad yady apy asmin sarpir vodakaṃ vā siñcati vartmanī eva gacchati || chup_4,15.1 ||

chupbh_4,15.1 ya eṣo 'kṣiṇi puruṣo dṛśyate nivṛttacakṣurbhirbrahmacaryādisādhanasampannaiḥ śāntairvivekibhirdṛṣṭerdraṣṭā"cakṣuṣaścakṣuḥ"ityādiśrutyantarāt / nanvagnibhiruktaṃ vitathaṃ yata ācāryastu te gatiṃ vakteti gatimātrasya vaktetyavocanbhaviṣyadviṣayāparijñānaṃ cāgnīnam / naiṣa doṣaḥ / sukhākāśasyaivākṣiṇi dṛśyata iti draṣṭuranuvādāt / 
eṣa ātmā prāṇināmiti hovācaivamuktavānetadyadevā'tmatattvamavocāma /
etadamṛtamamaraṇadharmyavināśyata evābhayaṃ yasya hi vināśāśaṅkā tasya bhayopapattistadabhāvādabhayamata evaitadbrahma bṛhadanantamiti /
kiñcāsya brahmaṇo 'kṣipuruṣasya māhātmyaṃ tattatra puruṣasya sthāne 'kṣiṇi yadyapyasminyarpirvodakaṃ vā siñcati vartmanī eva gacchati pakṣmāveva gacchati na cakṣuṣā sambandhyate padmapatreṇevodakam /
sthānasyāpyetanmāhātmyaṃ kiṃ punaḥ sthānino 'kṣipuruṣasya nirañjanatvaṃ vaktavyamityabhiprāyaḥ //1 //


start chup 4,15.2

etaṃ saṃyadvāma ity ācakṣate | etaṃ hi sarvāṇi vāmāny abhisaṃyanti | sarvāṇy enaṃ vāmāny abhisaṃyanti ya evaṃ veda || chup_4,15.2 ||

chupbh_4,15.2 etaṃ yathoktaṃ puruṣaṃ saṃyadvāma ityācakṣate /
kasmāt /
yasmādetaṃ sarvāṇi vāmāni vananīyāni saṃbhajanīyāni śobhanānyabhisaṃyantyabhisaṅgacchantītyataḥ saṃyadvāmaḥ /
tathaivaṃvidamenaṃ sarvāṇi vāmānyabhisaṃyanti ya evaṃ veda //2 //

start chup 4,15.3

eṣa u eva vāmanīḥ | eṣa hi sarvāṇi vāmāni nayati | sarvāṇi vāmāni nayati ya evaṃ veda || chup_4,15.3 ||

chupbh_4,15.3 eṣa u eva vāmanīryasmādeṣa hi sarvāṇi vāmāni puṇyakarmaphalāni puṇyānurūpaṃ prāṇibhyo nayati prāpayati vahati cā'tmadharmatvena /
viduṣaḥ phalaṃ-sarvāṇi vāmāni nayati ya evaṃ veda //3 //

start chup 4,15.4

eṣa u eva bhāmanīḥ | eṣa hi sarveṣu lokeṣu bhāti | sarveṣu lokeṣu bhāti ya evaṃ veda || chup_4,15.4 ||

chupbh_4,15.4 eṣa u eva bhāmanīreṣa hi yasmātsarveṣu lokeṣvādityacandrāgnyādirūpairbhāti dīpyate /
"tasya bhāsā sarvamidaṃ vibhāti"iti śruterato bhāmāni nayatīti bhāmanīḥ /
ya evaṃ vedāsāvapi sarveṣu lokeṣu bhāti //4 //

start chup 4,15.5

atha yad u caivāsmiñ chavyaṃ kurvanti yadi ca nārciṣam evābhisaṃbhavanti | arciṣo 'haḥ | ahna āpūryamāṇapakṣam | āpūryamāṇapakṣād yān ṣaḍ udaṅṅ eti māsāṃs tān | māsebhyaḥ saṃvatsaram | saṃvatsarād ādityam | ādityāc candramasam | candramaso vidyutam | tat puruṣo 'mānavaḥ | sa enān brahma gamayati | eṣa devapatho brahmapathaḥ | etena pratipadyamānā imaṃ mānavam āvartaṃ nāvartante nāvartante || chup_4,15.5 ||

chupbh_4,15.5 athedānīṃ yathoktabrahmavido gatirucyate / yadyadi u caivāsminnevaṃvidi śavyaṃ śavakarma mṛte kurvanti yadi ca na kurvanti ṛtvijaḥ sarvathāpyevaṃvittena śavakarmaṇākṛtenāpi pratibaddho na brahma[dmaṭaprāpnoti / na ca kṛtena śavakarmaṇāsya kaścanābhyadhiko lokaḥ / "na karmaṇā vardhate no kanīyān"iti śrutyantarāt / śavakarmaṇyanādaraṃ darśayanvidyāṃ stauti na punaḥ śavakarmaivaṃvido na kartavyamiti / akriyamāṇe hi śavakarmaṇi karmaṇā phalārambhe pratibandhaḥ kaścidanumīyate 'nyatra / yata iha vidyāphalārambhakāle śavakarma syādvā na veti vidyāvato 'pratibandhena phalārambhaṃ darśayati / ye sukhākāśamakṣisthaṃ saṃyadvāmo vāmanīrbhāmanīrityevaṅguṇamupāsate prāṇasahitāmagnividyāṃ ca teṣāmanyatkarma bhavatu mā vā bhūtsarvathāpi te 'rciṣamevābhisambhavantyarcirabhimāninīṃ devatāmabhisambhavanti pratipadyanta ityarthaḥ / arciṣo 'rcirdevatāyā aharaharabhimāninīṃ devatāmahna āpūryamāṇapakṣaṃ śuklapakṣadevatāmāpūryamāṇapakṣādyānṣaṇmāsānudaṅṅuttarāṃ diśameti savitā tānmāsānuttarāyaṇadevatāṃ tebhyo māsebhyaḥ saṃvatsaraṃ saṃvatsaradevatāṃ tataḥ saṃvatsarādādidityamādityāccandramasaṃ candramaso vidyutaṃ tattatrasthāṃstānpuruṣaḥ kaścidbrahmalokādetyāmānavo mānavyāṃ sṛṣṭau bhavo mānavo na mānavo 'mānavaḥ sa puruṣa enānbrahma satyalokasthaṃ gamayati gantṛgantavyagamayitṛtvavyapadeśebhyaḥ / sanmātrabrahmaprāptau tadanupapatteḥ / brahmaiva sanbrahmāpyetīti hi tatra vaktuṃ nyāyyam / sarvabhedanirāsena sanmātrapratipattiṃ vakṣyati / na cādṛṣṭo mārgo 'gamanāyopatiṣṭhate / "sa enamavidito na bhunakti"iti śrutyantarāt / 
eṣa devapathaḥ devairarcirādibhiḥ gamayitṛtvenādhikṛtaiḥ upalakṣitaḥ panthā devapatha ucyate /
brahma gantavyaṃ tena copalakṣita iti brahmapathaḥ /
etena pratipadyamānā gacchanto brahmemaṃ mānavaṃ manusambandhinaṃ manoḥ sṛṣṭilakṣaṇamāvata nā'vartanta āvartante 'smiñjananamaraṇaprabandhacakrārūḍhā ghaṭīyantravatpunaḥ punarityārvatastaṃ na pratipadyante /
nāvartante nā'vartante iti dviruktiḥ saphalāyā vidyāyāḥ parisamāptipradarśanārthā //5//


iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi caturthādhyāyasya pañcadaśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

======================================================================= start chup 4,16.1

eṣa ha vai yajño yo 'yaṃ pavate | eṣa ha yann idaṃ sarvaṃ punāti | yad eṣa yann idaṃ sarvaṃ punāti | tasmād eṣa eva yajñaḥ | tasya manaś ca vāk ca vartanī || chup_4,16.1 ||

chupbh_4,16.1 rahasyaprakaraṇe prasaṅgādāraṇyakatvasāmānyācca yajñe kṣata utpanne vyāhṛtayaḥ prāyaścittārthā vidhātavyāstadabhijñasya cartvijo brahmaṇo maunamityata idamārabhyate-eṣa ha vā eṣa vāyuryo 'yaṃ pavate 'yaṃ yajñaḥ / ha vā iti prasiddhārthāvadyotakau nipātau / vāyupratiṣṭho hi yajñaḥ prasiddhaḥ śrutiṣu / "svāhā vātedhāḥ / " "ayaṃ vai yajño yo 'yaṃ pavate"ityādiśrutibhyaḥ / vāta eva hi calanātmavatvātkriyāsamavāyī / "vāta eva yajñasyā'rambhako vātaḥ pratiṣṭhā"iti ca śravaṇāt / eṣa ha yangacchaṃścalannidaṃ sarvaṃ jagatpunāti pāvayati śodhayati / na hyacalataḥ śuddhirasti / doṣanirasanaṃ calato hi dṛṣṭaṃ na sthirasya / yadyasmācca yannaṣa idaṃ sarvaṃ punāti tasmādeṣa eva yajño yatpunātīti / tasyāsyaivaṃ viśiṣṭasya yajñasya vākca mantroccāraṇe vyāpṛtā / 
manaśca yathābhūtārthajñāne vyāpṛtam /
te ete vāṅmanase vartanī mārgau yābhyāṃ yajñastāyamānaḥ pravartate te vartanī /
prāṇāpānaparicalanavatyā hi"vācaścittasya cottarottarakramo yadyajñaḥ"iti hi śrutyantaram /
ato vāṅmanasābhyāṃ yajño vartata iti vāṅmanase vartanī ucyete yajñasya //1//


start chup 4,16.2-3

tayor anyatarāṃ manasā saṃskaroti brahmā | vācā hotādhvaryur udgātānyatarām | sa yatropākṛte prātaranuvāke purā paridhānīyāyā brahmā vyavavadati || chup_4,16.2 ||

anyatarām eva vartanīṃ saṃskaroti | hīyate 'nyatarā | sa yathaikapād vrajan ratho vaikena cakreṇa vartamāno riṣyaty evam asya yajño riṣyati | yajñaṃ riṣyantaṃ yajamāno 'nu riṣyati | sa iṣṭvā pāpīyān bhavati || chup_4,16.3 ||

chupbh_4,16.3 tayorvartanyoranyatarāṃ vartanīṃ manasā vivekajñānavatā saṃskaroti brahmartvigvācā vartanyā hotādhvaryurudgātetyete trayo 'pyṛtvijo 'nyatarāṃ vāglakṣaṇāṃ vartanīṃ vācaiva saṃskurvanti / tatraivaṃ sati vāṅmanase vartanī saṃskārye yajñe / atha sa brahmā yatra yasminkāla upākṛte prārabdhe prātaranuvāke śasre purā pūrvaṃ paridhānīyāyā ṛco brahmaitasminnantare kāle vyavavadati maunaṃ parityajati yadi tadānyatarāmeva vā#agvartanīṃ saṃskaroti brahmaṇāsaṃskriyamāṇā manovartanī hīyate vinaśyati cchidrībhavatyanyatarā / sa yajño vāgvartanyaivānyatarayā vartitumaśaknuvanriṣyati / kathamivetyāha / sa yathaikapātpuruṣo brajangacchannadhvānaṃ riṣyati, ratho vaikena cakreṇa vartamāno gacchanriṣyatyevamasya yajamānasya kubrahmaṇā yajño riṣyati vinaśyati / 
yajñaṃ riṣyantaṃ yajamāno 'riṣyati /
yajñaprāṇo hi yajamānaḥ /
ato yukto yajñareṣe reṣastasya /
sa taṃ yajñamiṣṭvā tādṛśaṃ pāpīyānpāpataro bhavati //2-3 //


start chup 4,16.4-5

atha yatra upākṛte prātaranuvāke na purā paridhānīyāyā brahmā vyavavadaty ubhe eva vartanī saṃskurvanti | na hīyate 'nyatarā || chup_4,16.4 ||

sa yathobhayapād vrajan ratho vobhābhyāṃ cakrābhyāṃ vartamānaḥ pratitiṣṭhaty evam asya yajñaḥ pratitiṣṭhati yajñaṃ pratitiṣṭhantaṃ yajamāno 'nu pratitiṣṭhati | sa iṣṭvā śreyān bhavati || chup_4,16.5 ||

chupbh_4,16.4,5 atha punaryatra brahmā vidvānmaunaṃ parigṛhya vāgvisargamakurvanvartate yāvatparidhānīyāyā na vyavavadati tathaiva sarvartvija ubhe eva vartanī saṃskurvanti na hīyate 'nyatarāpi / 
kimivetyāha /
pūrvoktaviparītau dṛṣṭāntau /
evamasya yajamānasya yajñaḥ svavartanībhyāṃ vartamānaḥ pratitiṣṭhati svenā'tmanāvinaśyanvartata ityarthaḥ /
yajñaṃ pratitiṣṭhantaṃ yajamāno 'nupratitiṣṭhati sa yajamāna evaṃ maunavijñānavadbrahmopetaṃ yajñamiṣṭvā śreyānbhavati śreṣṭho bhavatītyarthaḥ //4-5 //


iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi caturthādhyāyasya ṣoḍaśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 4,17.1

prajāpatir lokān abhyatapat | teṣāṃ tapyamānānāṃ rasān prāvṛhat | agniṃ pṛthivyāḥ | vāyum antarikṣāt | ādityaṃ divaḥ || chup_4,17.1 ||

chupbh_4,17.1 atra brahmaṇo maunaṃ vihitaṃ tadreṣe brahmatvakarmaṇi cānyasmiṃśca hotrādikarmareṣe vyāhṛtihomaḥ prāyaścittamiti tadarthaṃ vyāhṛtayo vidhātavyā ityāha-prajāpatirlokānabhyatapallokānuddiśya tatra sārajighṛkṣayā dhyānalakṣaṇaṃ tapaścacāra / teṣāṃ tapyamānānāṃ lokānāṃ rasānsārarūpānprāvṛhaduddhṛtavāñjagrāhetyarthaḥ / 
kān /
agniṃ rasaṃ pṛthivyāḥ /
vāyumantarikṣāt /
ādityaṃ divaḥ //1 //


start chup 4,17.2

sa etās tisro devatā abhyatapat | tāsāṃ tapyamānānāṃ rasān prāvṛhat | agner ṛcaḥ | vāyor yajūṃṣi | sāmāny ādityāt || chup_4,17.2 || 

chupbh_4,17.2 punarapyevamevamagnyādyāḥ sa etāstisro devatā uddiśyābhyatapat /
tato 'pi sāraṃ rasaṃ trayīvidyāṃ jagrāha //2 //

start chup 4,17.3-4

sa etāṃ trayīṃ vidyām abhyatapat | tasyās tapyamānāyā rasān prāvṛhat | bhūr ity ṛgbhyaḥ | bhuvar iti yajurbhyaḥ | svar iti sāmabhyaḥ || chup_4,17.3 ||

tad yady ṛkto riṣyed bhūḥ svāheti gārhapatye juhuyāt | ṛcām eva tadrasenarcāṃ vīryeṇarcāṃ yajñasya viriṣṭaṃ saṃdadhāti || chup_4,17.4 ||

chupbh_4,17.3,4 sa etāṃ punarabhyatapattrayīṃ vidyām / tasyāstapyamānāyā rasaṃ bhūriti vyāhṛtimṛgbhyo jagrāha / bhuvariti vyāhṛtiṃ yajurbhyaḥ / svariti vyāhṛtiṃ sāmabhyaḥ / 
ata eva lokadevavedarasā mahāvyāhṛtayāḥ /
atastattatra yajñe yadyṛkta ṛksambandhādṛṅnimittaṃ riṣyedyajñaḥ kṣataṃ prāpnuyādbhūḥ svāheti gārhapatye juhuyāt /
sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ /
katham, ṝcāmeva taditi kriyāviśeṣaṇaṃ, rasenarcāṃ vīryeṇaujasarcāṃ yajñasya ṛksambandhino yajñasya viriṣṭaṃ vicchinnaṃ kṣatarūpamutpannaṃ sandadhāti pratisandhatte //3-4 //


start chup 4,17.5-6

atha yadi yajuṣṭo riṣyed bhuvaḥ svāheti dakṣiṇāgnau juhuyāt | yajuṣām eva tadrasena yajuṣāṃ vīryeṇa yajuṣāṃ yajñasya viriṣṭaṃ saṃdadhāti || chup_4,17.5 ||

atha yadi sāmato riṣyet svaḥ svāhety āhavanīye juhuyāt | sāmnām eva tadrasena sāmnāṃ vīryeṇa sāmnāṃ yajñasya viriṣṭaṃ saṃdadhāti || chup_4,17.6 ||

chupbh_4,17.5,6 atha yadi yajuṣṭo yajurnimittaṃ riṣyedbhuvaḥ svāheti dakṣiṇāgnau juhuyāt / tathā sāmanimitte reṣe svaḥ svāhetyāhavanīye juhuyāt / tathā pūrvavadyajñaṃ sandadhāti / brahmanimitte tu reṣe triṣvagniṣu / 
tisṛbhirvyāhṛtibhirjuhuyāt /
trayyā hi vidyāyāḥ sa reṣaḥ /
"atha kena brahmatvamityanayaiva trayyā vidyayā"iti śruteḥ /
nyāyāntaraṃ vā mṛgyaṃ brahmatvanimitte reṣe //5-6 //


start chup 4,17.7-8

tad yathā lavaṇena suvarṇaṃ saṃdadhyāt | suvarṇena rajataṃ rajatena trapu trapuṇā sīsaṃ sīsena lohaṃ lohena dāru dāru carmaṇā || chup_4,17.7 ||

evam eṣāṃ lokānām āsāṃ devatānām asyās trayyā vidyāyā vīryeṇa yajñasya viriṣṭaṃ saṃdadhāti | bheṣajakṛto ha vā eṣa yajño yatraivaṃvid brahmā bhavati || chup_4,17.8 ||

chupbh_4,17.7,8 tadyathā lavaṇena suvarṇaṃ sandadhyāt / kṣāreṇa ṭaṅkaṇādinā khare;mṛdutvakaraṃ hi tat / suvarṇena rajatamaśakyasandhānaṃ sandadhyāt / rajatena tathā trapu trapuṇā sīsaṃ sīsena loha lohena dāru dāru carmaṇā carmabandhanena / evameṣāṃ lokānāmāsāṃ devatānāmasyāsrayyā vidyāyā vīryeṇa rasākhyenaujasā yajñasya viriṣṭaṃ sandadhāti / 
bheṣajakṛto ha vā eṣa yajñaḥ /
rogārta iva pumāṃścikitsakena suśikṣitenaiṣa yajño bhavati /
ko 'sau /
yatra yasminyajña evaṃvidyathoktavyāhṛtihomaprāyaścittavidbrahmartvigbhavati sa yajña ityarthaḥ //7-8 //


start chup 4,17.9

eṣa ha vā udakpravaṇo yajño yatraivaṃvid brahmā bhavati | evaṃvidaṃ ha vā eṣā brahmāṇam anu gāthā | yato yata āvartate tat tad gacchati || chup_4,17.9 ||

chupbh_4,17.9 kiñcaiṣa ha vā udakpravaṇa udaṅnimno dakṣiṇocchrāyo yajño bhavati /
uttaramārgapratipattiheturityarthaḥ /
yatraivaṃvidbrahmā bhavatyevaṃvidaṃ ha vai brahmāṇamṛtvijaṃ pratyeṣānugāthā brahmaṇaḥ stutiparā /
yato yata āvartate karma pradeśādṛtvijāṃ yajñaḥ kṣatībhavaṃstattadyajñasya kṣatarūpaṃ pratisandadhatprāyaścittena gacchati paripālayatītyetat //9 //

start chup 4,17.10
mānavo brahmaivaika ṛtvikkurūnaśvābhirakṣatyevaṃviddha vai brahmā yajñaṃ yajamānaṃ sarvāṃś cartvijo 'bhirakṣati tasmādevaṃvidameva brahmāṇaṃ kurvīta nānevaṃvidaṃ nānevaṃvidam //10//
mānavaḥ | brahmaivaika ṛtvik kurūn aśvābhirakṣati | evaṃvid dha vai brahmā yajñaṃ yajamānaṃ sarvāṃś cartvijo 'bhirakṣati | tasmād evaṃvidam eva brahmāṇaṃ kurvīta nānevaṃvidaṃ nānevaṃvidam || chup_4,17.10 || 

chupbh_4,17.10 mānavo bhrahmā maunācaraṇānmananādvā jñāvanattvāttato brahmaivaikartvikkurūnkartṝn /
yoddhṝnārūḍhānaśvā vaḍavā yathābhirakṣatyevaṃviddha vai brahmā yajñaṃ yajamānaṃ sarvāṃścartvijo 'bhirakṣati tatkṛtadoṣāpanayanāt /
yata evaṃviśiṣṭo brahmā vidvāṃstasmādevaṃvidameva yathoktavyāhṛtyādividaṃ brahmāṇaṃ kurvīta nānevaṃvidaṃ kadācaneti /
dvirabhyāso 'dhyāyaparisamāptyarthaḥ //10 //

iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi caturthādhyāyasya saptadaśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ iti śrīmadgovindabhagavatpūjyapādaśiṣyaparamahaṃsapar ivrājakācāryaśrīmacchaṅkarabhagavatpādakṛtau cchāndogyopaniṣadvivaraṇe caturtho 'dhyāyaḥ

atha pañcamo 'dhyāyaḥ

start chup 5,1.1

yo ha vai jyeṣṭhaṃ ca śreṣṭhaṃ ca veda jyeṣṭhaś ca ha vai śreṣṭhaś ca bhavati | prāṇo vāva jyeṣṭhaś ca śreṣṭhaś ca || chup_5,1.1 ||

chupbh_5,1.1 saguṇa brahmavidyāyā uttarā gatiruktā / athedānīṃ pañcame 'dhyāye pañcāgnivido gṛhasthasyordhvaretasāṃ ca śraddhālūnāṃ vidyāntaraśīlināṃ tāmeva gatimanūdyānyā dakṣiṇadiksambandhinī kevalakarmiṇāṃ dhūmādilakṣaṇā punarāvṛttirūpā tṛtīyā ca tataḥ kaṣṭatarā saṃsāragatirvairāgyahetorvaktavyetyārabhyate / prāṇaḥ śreṣṭho vāgādibhyaḥ prāṇo vāva saṃvarga ityādi ca bahuśo 'tīte granthe prāṇagrahaṇaṃ kṛtam / 
sa kathaṃ śreṣṭho vāgādiṣu sarvaiḥ saṃhatyakāritvāviśeṣe?kathaṃ ca tasyopāsanamiti tasya śreṣṭhatvādiguṇavidhitsayedamanantaramārabhyate-yo ha vai kaścijjyeṣṭhaṃ ca prathamaṃ vayasā vāva jyeṣṭhaśca vayasā vāgādibhyaḥ /
garbhasthe hi puruṣe prāṇasya vṛttirvāgādibhyaḥ pūrvaṃ labdhātmikā bhavati yayā garbho vivardhate cakṣurādisthānāvayavaniṣpattau satyāṃ paścādvāgādīnāṃ vṛttilābha iti prāṇo jyeṣṭho vayasā bhavati /
śreṣṭhatvaṃ tu pratipādayiṣyati suhaya ityādinidarśanena /
ataḥ prāṇa eva jyeṣṭhaśca śreṣṭhaścāsminkāryakaraṇasaṅghāte //1 //


start chup 5,1.2

yo ha vai vasiṣṭhaṃ veda vasiṣṭho ha svānāṃ bhavati | vāg vāva vasiṣṭhaḥ || chup_5,1.2 ||

chupbh_5,1.2 yo ha vai vasiṣṭhaṃ vasitṛtamamācchādayitṛtamaṃ vasumattamaṃ vā yo veda sa tathaiva vasiṣṭho ha bhavati svānāṃ jñātīnām /
kastarhi vasiṣṭha ityāha /
vāgvāva vasiṣṭho vāgmino hi puruṣā vasantyabhibhavantyanyānvasumattamāścāto vāgvasiṣṭhaḥ //2 //

start chup 5,1.3

yo ha vai pratiṣṭhāṃ veda prati ha tiṣṭhaty asmiṃś ca loke 'muṣmiṃś ca | cakṣur vāva pratiṣṭhā || chup_5,1.3 ||

chupbh_5,1.3 yo ha vai pratiṣṭhāṃ veda sa cāsmiṃlloke 'muṣmiṃśca pare pratitiṣṭhati ha /
kā tarhi pratiṣṭhetyāha-cakṣurvāva pratiṣṭhā /
cakṣuṣā hi paśyansame ca durge ca pratitiṣṭhati yasmādataḥ pratiṣṭhā cakṣuḥ //3 //

start chup 5,1.4

yo ha vai saṃpadaṃ veda saṃ hāsmai kāmāḥ padyante daivāś ca mānuṣāś ca | śrotraṃ vāva saṃpat || chup_5,1.4 ||

chupbh_5,1.4 yo ha vai sampadaṃ veda tasmā asmai daivāśca mānuṣāśca kāmāḥ sampadyante ha /
kā tarhi sampadityāha-śrotraṃ vāva sampat /
yasmācchrotreṇa vedā gṛhyante tadarthavijñānaṃ ca tataḥ karmāṇi kriyante tataḥ kāmasampadityevaṃ kāmasampaddhetutvācchrotraṃ vāva saṃpat //4 //

start chup 5,1.5

yo ha vā āyatanaṃ vedāyatanaṃ ha svānāṃ bhavati | mano ha vā āyatanam || chup_5,1.5 ||

chupbh_5,1.5 yo ha vā āyatanaṃ vedā'yatanaṃ ha svānāṃ bhavatyāśrayo bhavatītyarthaḥ /
kiṃ tadāyatanamityāha-mano ha vā āyatanam /
indriyopahṛtānāṃ viṣayāṇāṃ bhoktrarthānāṃ pratyayarūpāmāṃ mana āyatanamāśrayaḥ /
ato mano ha vā āyatanamityuktam //5 //

start chup 5,1.6

atha ha prāṇā ahaṃśreyasi vyūdire | ahaṃ śreyān asmy ahaṃ śreyān asmīti || chup_5,1.6 ||

chupbh_5,1.6 atha ha prāṇā evaṃ yathoktaguṇāḥ santo 'haṃśreyasyahaṃ śreyānasmyahaṃ śreyānasmītyetasminprayojane vyūdire nānā viruddhaṃ codira uktavantaḥ //6 //

start chup 5,1.7

te ha prāṇāḥ prajāpatiṃ pitaram etyocuḥ bhagavan ko naḥ śreṣṭha iti | tān hovāca | yasmin va utkrānte śarīraṃ pāpiṣṭhataram iva dṛśyeta sa vaḥ śreṣṭha iti || chup_5,1.7 ||

chupbh_5,1.7 te ha - tai haivaṃ vivadamānā ātmanaḥ śreṣṭhatvavijñānāya prajāpatiṃ pitaraṃ janayitāraṃ kañcidetyocuruktavanto he bhagavanko no 'smākaṃ madhye śreṣṭho 'bhyadhiko guṇairityevaṃ pṛṣṭavantaḥ /
tānpitovāca ha yasminvo yuṣmākaṃ madhye utkrānte śarīramidaṃ pāpiṣṭhamivātiśayena jīvato 'pi, samutkrāntaprāṇaṃ tato 'pi pāpiṣṭhataramivātiśayena dṛṣyate kuṇapamaspṛśyamaśuci dṛśyeta sa vo yuṣmākaṃ śreṣṭha ityavocatkākvā tadduḥkhaṃ parijihīrṣuḥ //7 //

start chup 5,1.8-11

sā ha vāg uccakrāma | sā saṃvatsaraṃ proṣya paryetyovāca | katham aśakatarte maj jīvitum iti | yathā kalā avadantaḥ prāṇantaḥ prāṇena paśyantaś cakṣuṣā śṛṇvantaḥ śrotreṇa dhyāyanto manasaivam iti | praviveśa ha vāk || chup_5,1.8 ||

cakṣur hoccakrāma | tat saṃvatsaraṃ proṣya paryetyovāca | katham aśakatarte maj jīvitum iti | yathāndhā apaśyantaḥ prāṇantaḥ prāṇena vadanto vācā śṛṇvantaḥ śrotreṇa dhyāyanto manasaivam iti | praviveśa ha cakṣuḥ || chup_5,1.9 || śrotraṃ hoccakrāma | tat saṃvatsaraṃ proṣya paryetyovāca katham aśakatarte maj jīvitum iti | yathā badhirā aśṛṇvantaḥ prāṇantaḥ prāṇena vadanto vācā paśyantaś cakṣuṣā dhyāyanto manasaivam iti | praviveśa ha śrotram || chup_5,1.10 ||

mano hoccakrāma | tat saṃvatsaraṃ proṣya paryetyovāca | katham aśakatarte maj jīvitum iti | yathā bālā amanasaḥ prāṇantaḥ prāṇena vadanto vācā paśyantaś cakṣuṣā śṛṇvantaḥ śrotreṇaivam iti | praviveśa ha manaḥ || chup_5,1.11 ||

chupbh_5,1.8,9,10,11 tathokteṣu pitrā prāṇeṣu sā ha vāguccakrāmotkrāntavatī / sā cotkramya saṃvatsaramātraṃ proṣya svavyāpārānnivṛttā satī punaḥ paryetyetarānprāṇānuvāca kathaṃ kena prakāreṇāśakata śaktavanto yūyaṃ madṛte māṃ vinā jīvituṃ dhārayitumātmānamiti te hocuryathākalā ityādi / akalā mūkā yathā loke 'vadanto vācā jīvanti / katham?prāṇantaḥ prāṇena paśyantaścakṣuṣā śṛṇvantaḥ śrotreṇa dhyāyanto manasaivaṃ sarvakaraṇaceṣṭāṃ kurvanta ityarthaḥ / 
evaṃ vayamajīviṣmetyarthaḥ /
ātmano 'śreṣṭhatāṃ prāṇeṣu buddhvā praviveśa ha vākpunaḥ svavyāpāre pravṛttā babhūvetyarthaḥ /
samānamanyaccakṣurheccakrāma śrotraṃ hoccakrāma mano hoccakrāmetyādi /
yathā bālā amanaso 'prarūḍhamanasa ityarthaḥ // 8-11 //


start chup 5,1.12

atha ha prāṇa uccikramiṣan sa yathā suhayaḥ paḍvīśaśaṅkūn saṃkhided evam itarān prāṇān samakhidat | taṃ hābhisametyocuḥ | bhagavann edhi | tvaṃ naḥ śreṣṭho 'si | motkramīr iti || chup_5,1.12 ||

chupbh_5,1.12 evaṃ parīkṣiteṣu vāgādiṣvathānantaraṃ ha sa mukhyaḥ prāṇa uccikramiṣannutkramitumicchankimakarodityucyate /
yathā loke suhayaḥ śobhano 'śvaḥ paḍvīśaśaṅkūnpādabandhanakīlānparīkṣaṇāyā'rūḍhena kaśyāhataḥ sansaṅkhidetsamutkhanet samutpāṭayet, evamitarānvāgādīnprāṇānsamakhidatsamuddhṛtavān /
te prāṇāḥ sañcālitāḥ santaḥ svasthāne sthātumanutsahamānā abhisametya mukhyaṃ prāṇaṃ tamūcurheṃ bhagavannedhi bhava naḥ svāmī yasmāttvaṃ no 'smākaṃ śreṣṭho 'si mā cāsmāddehādutkramīriti //12 //

start chup 5,1.13-14

atha hainaṃ vāg uvāca | yad ahaṃ vasiṣṭho 'smi tvaṃ tadvasiṣṭho 'sīti | atha hainaṃ cakṣur uvāca | yad ahaṃ pratiṣṭhāsmi tvaṃ tatpratiṣṭhāsīti || chup_5,1.13 ||

atha hainaṃ śrotram uvāca | yad ahaṃ saṃpad asmi tvaṃ tatsaṃpad asīti | atha hainaṃ mana uvāca | yad aham āyatanam asmi tvaṃ tadāyatanam asīti || chup_5,1.14 ||

chupbh_5,1.13,14 atha hainaṃ vāgādayaḥ prāṇasya śreṣṭhatvaṃ kāryeṇā'pādayanta āhurbalimiva haranto rājñe viśaḥ / 
kathaṃ, vāk tāvaduvāca yadahaṃ vasiṣṭho 'smi /
yaditi kriyāviśeṣaṇaṃ yadvasiṣṭhatvaguṇāsmītyarthaḥ /
tvaṃ tadvasiṣṭhastena vasiṣṭhatvaguṇo 'jñānānmameti mayābhimata ityetat /
tathottareṣu yojyaṃ cakṣuḥśrotramanaḥsu // 13-14 //


start chup 5,1.15

na vai vāco na cakṣūṃṣi na śrotrāṇi na manāṃsīty ācakṣate | prāṇā ity evācakṣate | prāṇo hy evaitāni sarvāṇi bhavati || chup_5,1.15 ||

chupbh_5,1.15 śruteridaṃ vaco yuktamidaṃ vāgādibhirmukhyaṃ prāṇaṃ pratyabhihitaṃ yasmānna vai loke vāco na cakṣūṃṣi na śrotrāṇi na manāṃsīti vāgādīni karaṇānyācakṣate laukikā āgamajñā vā / kiṃ tarhi?prāṇā ityevā'cakṣate kathayanti yasmātprāṇo hyevaitāni sarvāṇi vāgādīni karaṇajātāni bhavatyato mukhyaṃ prāmaṃ pratyanurūpameva vāgādibhiruktamiti prakaraṇārthamupasañjihīrṣati / nanu kathamidaṃ yuktaṃ cetanāvanta iva puruṣā ahaṃśreṣṭhatāyai vivadanto 'nyonyaṃ spardheranniti / na hi cakṣurādīnāṃ vācaṃ pratyākhyāya pratyekaṃ vadanaṃ sambhavati / tathāpagamo dehātpunaḥ praveśo brahmagamanaṃ prāṇastutirvopapadyate / tatrāgnyādicetanāvaddevatādhiṣṭhitatvādvāgādīnāṃ cetanāvattvaṃ tāvatsiddhamāgamataḥ. tārkikasamayavirodha iti ceddeha ekasminnanekacetanāvattve / na / īśvarasya nimittakāramatvābhyupagamāt / ye tāvadīśvaramabhyupagacchanti tārkikāste mana ādikāryakaramānāmādhyātmikānāṃ bāhyānāṃ ca pṛthivyādīnāmīśvarādhiṣṭhitānāmeva niyamena pravṛttimicchanti rathādivat / na cāsmābhiragnyādyāścetanāvatyo 'pi devatā adhyātmaṃ bhoktryo 'bhyupagamyante, kiṃ tarhi,kāryakaraṇavatīnāṃ hi tāsāṃ prāṇaikadevatābhedānāmadhyātmādhibhūtādhidaivabhedakoṭivikalpānāmadhyakṣatāmātreṇa niyanteśvaro 'bhyupagamyate / sa hyakaraṇaḥ / "hiraṇyagarbhaṃ janayāmāna pūrvam"ityādi ca śvetāśvatarīyāḥ paṭhanti / bhoktā karmaphalasambandhī dehe tadvilakṣaṇo jīva iti vakṣyāmaḥ / vāgādīnāṃ ceha saṃvādaḥ kalpito viduṣo 'nvayavyatirekābhyāṃ prāṇaśreṣṭhatānirdhāraṇārtham / yathā loke puruṣā anyonyamātmanaḥ śreṣṭhatāyai vivadamānāḥ kañcidguṇaviśeṣābhijñaṃ pṛcchanti ko naḥ śreṣṭho guṇairiti / 
tenoktā ekaikaśyenādaḥ kāryaṃ sādhayitumudyacchata yenādaḥ kāryaṃ sādhyate sa vaḥ śreṣṭha ityuktāstathaivodyacchanta ātmano 'nyasya vā śreṣṭhavāṃ nirdhārayanti /
tatemaṃ saṃvyavahāraṃ vāgādiṣu kalpitavatī śrutiḥ /
kathaṃ nāma vidvānvāgādīnāmekaikasyābhāve 'pi jīvanaṃ dṛṣṭaṃ na tu prāṇasyeti prāṇaśreṣṭhatāṃ pratipadyateti /
tathāca śrutiḥ kauṣītakinām -"jīvati vāgapeto mūkānhi pasyāmo jīvati cakṣurapeto 'ndhānhi paśyāmo jīvati śrotrāpeto badhirānhi paśyāmo jīvati manopeto bālānhi paśyāmo jīvati bāhucchinno jīvatyūrucchinnaḥ"ityādyā //15//


iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi pañcamādhyāyasya prathamaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 5,2.1

sa hovāca kiṃ me 'nnaṃ bhaviṣyatīti | yat kiṃcid idam ā śvabhya ā śakunibhya iti hocuḥ | tad vā etad anasyānnam | ano ha vai nāma pratyakṣam | na ha vā evaṃvidi kiṃcanānannaṃ bhavatīti || chup_5,2.1 ||

chupbh_5,2.1 sa hovāca mukhyaḥ prāṇaḥ kiṃ me 'nnaṃ bhaviṣyatīti / mukhyaṃ prāṇaṃ praṣṭāramiva kalpayitvā vāgādīnprativaktṝniva kalpayantī śrutirāha-yadidaṃ loke 'nnajātaṃ prasiddhamā śvabhiḥ sahā'śakunibhyaḥ saha śakunibhiḥ sarvaprāṇināṃ yadannaṃ tattavānnamiti hocurvāgādaya iti / prāṇasya sarvamannaṃ prāṇo 'ttā sarvasyānnasyetyevaṃ pratipattaye kalpitākhyāyikārūpādvyāvṛtya svena śrutirūpeṇā'ha-tadvā etadyatkiñcilloke prāṇibhirannamadyate 'nasya prāṇasya tadannaṃ prāṇenaiva tadadyata ityarthaḥ / sarvaprakāraceṣṭāvyāptiguṇapradarśanārthamana iti prāṇasya pratyakṣaṃ nāma / prādyupasargapūrvatve hi viśeṣagatireva syāt / tathāca sarvānnānāmatturnāmagrahaṇamitīdaṃ pratyakṣaṃ nāmāna iti sarvānnānāmattuḥ sākṣādabhidhānam / na ha vā evaṃvidi yathoktaprāṇavidi prāṇo 'hamasmi sarvabhūtasthaḥ sarvānnānāmatteti tasminnevaṃvidi ha vai kiñcana kiñcidapi prāṇibhirādyaṃ sarvairanannamannādyaṃ na bhavati sarvamevaṃvidyannaṃ bhavatītyarthaḥ /

prāṇabhūtatvādviduṣaḥ /
"prāṇādvā eṣa udeti prāṇe 'stameti"ityupakramya-"evaṃvido ha vā udeti sūrya evaṃvidyastameti"iti śrutyantarāt //1 //

start chup 5,2.2

sa hovāca kiṃ me vāso bhaviṣyatīti | āpa iti hocuḥ | tasmād vā etad aśiṣyantaḥ purastāc copariṣṭāc cādbhiḥ paridadhati | lambhuko ha vāso bhavati | anagno ha bhavati || chup_5,2.2 ||

chupbh_5,2.2 sa hovāca punaḥ prāṇaḥ / pūrvavadeva kalpanā / kiṃ me vāso bhaviṣyatītyāpa iti hocurvāgādayaḥ / yasmātprāṇasya vāsa āpastasmādvā etadaśiṣyanto bhoktavantaśca brāhmaṇā vidvāṃsa etatkurvanti / kim / adbhirvāsasthānīyābhiḥ purastādbhojanātpūrvamupariṣṭācca bhojanādūrdhvaṃ ca paridadhati paridhānaṃ kurvanti mukhyasya prāṇasya lambhuko sambhanaśīlo vāso ha bhavati / vāsaso labdhaiva bhavatītyarthaḥ / anagno ha bhavati / vāsaso lambhukatvenārthasiddhaivānagnatetyanagno ha bhavatītyuttarīyavānbhavatītyetat / bhokṣyamāṇasya bhuktavataśca yadācamanaṃ śuddhyarthaṃ vijñātaṃ tasminprāṇasya vāsa iti darśanamātramiha vidhīyate / adbhiḥ paridadhatīti nā'camanāntaram / yathā laukikaiḥ prāmibhiradyamānamannaṃ prāṇasyeti darśanamātraṃ tadvatkiṃ me 'nnaṃ kiṃ me vāsa ityādipraśnaprativacanayostulyatvāt / yadyācamanamapūrvaṃ tādarthyena kriyate tadā kṛmyādyannamapi prāṇasya bhakṣyatvena vihitaṃ syāt / tulyayorvijñānārthayoḥ prasnaprativacanayoḥ prakaraṇasya vijñānārthatvādardhajaratīyo nyāyo na yuktaḥ kalpayitum / yattu prasiddhamācamanaṃ prāyatyārthaṃ prāṇasyānagnatārthaṃ ca na bhavatītyucyate na tathā vayamācamanamubhayārthaṃ brūmaḥ / kiṃ tarhi prāyatyārthācamanasādhanabhūtā āpaḥ prāṇasya vāsa iti darśanaṃ codyata iti brūmaḥ / tatrā'camanasyobhayārthatvaprasaṅgadoṣacodanānupapannā / 
vāsortha evā'camane taddarśanaṃ syāditi cet /
na /
vāsojñānārthavākye vāsorthāpūrvācamanavidhāne tatrānagnatārthatvadṛṣṭividhāne ca vākyabhedaḥ ācamanasya tadarthatvamanyārthatvaṃ ceti /
pramāṇābhāvāt //2 //


start chup 5,2.3

tad dhaitat satyakāmo jābālo gośrutaye vaiyāghrapadyāyoktvovāca | yady apy enac chuṣkāya sthāṇave brūyāj jāyerann evāsmiñ chākhāḥ praroheyuḥ palāśānīti || chup_5,2.3 ||

chupbh_5,2.3 tadetatprāṇadarśanaṃ stūyate /
katham /
taddhaitatprāṇadarśanaṃ satyakāmo jābālo gośrutaye nāmnā vaiyāghrapadyāya vyāghrapado 'patyaṃ vaiyāghrapadyastasmai gośrutyākhyāyoktvovācānyadapi vakṣyamāṇaṃ vacaḥ /
kiṃ taduvācetyāha-yadyapi śuṣkāya sthāṇava etaddarśanaṃ brūyātprāṇavijjāyerannutpadyerannevāsminsthāṇau śākhāḥ praroheyuśca palāśāni patrāmi, kimu jīvate puruṣāya brūyāditi //3 //

start chup 5,2.4
atha yadi mahaj jigamiṣet, amāvāsyāyām dīkṣitvā paurṇamāsyāṃ rātrau sarvauṣadhasya mantham dadhimadhunor upamathya jyeṣṭhāya śreṣṭhāya svāhety agnāv ājyasya hutvā manthe saṃpātam avanayet || chup_5,2.4 ||
chupbh_5,2.4 athānantaraṃ yadi mahanmahattvaṃ jigamiṣedgantumicchenmahattvaṃ prāptuṃ yadikāmayetetyarthaḥ / tasyedaṃ karma vidhīyate / mahattve hi sati śrīrupanamate / śrīmato hyarthaprāptaṃ dhanaṃ tataḥ karmānuṣṭhānaṃ tataśca devayānaṃ pitṛyāṇaṃ vā panthānaṃ pratipatsyata ityetatprayojanamurarīkṛtya mahattvaprepsoridaṃ karma na viṣayopabhogakāmasya / tasyāyaṃ kālādividhirucyate-amāvāsyāyāṃ dīkṣitvā dīkṣita iva bhūmiśayanādiniyamaṃ kṛtvā taporūpaṃ satyavacanaṃ brahmacaryamityādidharmavānbhūtvetyarthaḥ / 
na punardaikṣameva karmajātaṃ sarvamupādatte /
atadvikāratvānmanthākhyasya karmaṇaḥ /
"upasadvratī"iti śrutyantarātpayomātrabhakṣamaṃ ca śuddhikāramaṃ tapa upādatte /
paurṇamāsyāṃ rātrau karmā'rabhate sarvauṣadhasya grāmyāraṇyānāmoṣadhīnāṃ yāvacchaktyalpamalpamupādāya tadvituṣīkṛtyā'mameva piṣṭaṃ dadhimadhunoraudumbare kaṃsākāre camasākāre vā pātre śrutyantarātprakṣipyopamathyāgrataḥ sthāpayitvā jyeṣṭhāya śreṣṭhāya svāhetyagnāvāvasathya ājyasyā'vāpasthāne hutvā sruvasaṃlagnaṃ manthe saṃpātamavanayetsaṃsravamadhaḥ pātayet //4 //


start chup 5,2.5

vasiṣṭhāya svāhety agnāv ājyasya hutvā manthe saṃpātam avanayet | pratiṣṭhāyai svāhety agnāv ājyasya hutvā manthe saṃpātam avanayet | saṃpade svāhety agnāv ājyasya hutvā manthe saṃpātam avanayet | āyatanāya svāhety agnāv ājyasya hutvā manthe saṃpātam avanayet || chup_5,2.5 ||

chupbh_5,2.5 samānamanyat /
vasiṣṭhāya pratiṣṭhāyai saṃpada āyatanāya svāheti pratyekaṃ tathaiva saṃpātamavanayeddhutvā //5 //

start chup 5,2.6

atha pratisṛpyāñjalau mantham ādhāya japati | amo nāmāsi | amā hi te sarvam idam | sa hi jyeṣṭhaḥ śreṣṭho rājādhipatiḥ | sa mā jyaiṣṭhyaṃ śraiṣṭhyaṃ rājyam ādhipatyaṃ gamayatu | aham evedaṃ sarvam asānīti || chup_5,2.6 ||

chupbh_5,2.6 atha pratisṛpyāgnerīṣadapasṛpyāñjalau manthamādhāya japatīmaṃ mantram / amo nāmāsyamā hi te / ama iti prāṇasya nāma / annena hi prāṇaḥ prāṇiti deha ityato manthadravyaṃ prāṇasyānnatvātprāṇatvena stūyate 'mo nāmāsīti / kutaḥ / yato 'mā saha hi yasmātte tava prāṇabhūtasya sarvaṃ samastaṃ jagadidamataḥ / 
sa hi prāṇabhūto mantho jyeṣṭhaḥ śreṣṭhaśca /
ata eva ca rājā dīptimānadhipatiścādhiṣṭhāya pālayitā sarvasya /
samā māmapi manthaḥ prāṇo jyaiṣṭhyādiguṇapūgamātmano gamayatvahamevedaṃ sarvaṃ jagadasāni bhavani prāṇavat /
itiśabdo mantraparisamāptyarthaḥ //6 //


start chup 5,2.7

atha khalv etayarcā paccha ācāmati | tat savitur vṛṇīmaha ity ācāmati | vayaṃ devasya bhojanam ity ācāmati | śreṣṭhaṃ sarvadhātamam ity ācāmati | turaṃ bhagasya dhīmahīti sarvaṃ pibati | nirṇijya kaṃsaṃ camasaṃ vā paścād agneḥ saṃviśati | carmaṇi vā sthaṇḍile vā vācaṃyamo 'prasāhaḥ | sa yadi striyaṃ paśyet samṛddhaṃ karmeti vidyāt || chup_5,2.7 ||

chupbh_5,2.7 athānantaraṃ khalvetayā vakṣyamāṇayarcā pacchaḥ pādaśa ācāmati bhakṣayati, mantrasyaikaikena pādenaikaikaṃ grāsaṃ bhakṣayati / tadbhojanaṃ savituḥ sarvasya prasavituḥ / prāṇamādityaṃ caikīkṛtyocyate / ādityasya vṛṇīmahe prārthayemahi mantharūpam / yenānnena sāvitreṇa bhojanenopabhuktena vayaṃ savitṛsvarūpāpannā bhavemetyabhiprāyaḥ / devasya savituriti pūrveṇa sambandhaḥ / śreṣṭhaṃ praśasyatamaṃ sarvānnebhyaḥ sarvadhātamaṃ sarvasya jagato dhārayitṛtamamatiśayena vidhātṛtamamiti vā / sarvathā bhojanaviśeṣaṇam / turaṃ tvaraṃ tūrṇaṃ śīghramityatat / bhagasya devasya savituḥ svarūpamiti śeṣaḥ / dhīmahi cintayemahi viśiṣṭabhojanena saṃskṛtāḥ śuddhātmānaḥ santa ityabhiprāyaḥ / athavā bhagasya śriyaḥ kāraṇaṃ mahattvaṃ prāptuṃ karma kṛtavanto vayaṃ taddhomahi cintayemahīti sarvaṃ ca manthalepaṃ pibati nirṇijya prakṣālya kaṃsaṃ kaṃsākāraṃ camasaṃ camasākāraṃ vaudumbaraṃ pātram / 
pītvā'camya paścādagneḥ prākśirāḥ saṃviśati carmaṇi vājine sthaṇḍile kevalāyāṃ vā bhūmau /
vācaṃyamo vāgyataḥ sannityarthaḥ /
aprasāho na prasahyate nābhibhūyate stryādyaniṣṭasvapnadarśanena yathā tathā saṃyatacittaḥ sannityarthaḥ /
sa evaṃbhūto yadi sriyaṃ paśyetsvapneṣu tadā vidyātsamṛddhaṃ mamedaṃ karmeti //7 //


start chup 5,2.8

tad eṣa ślokaḥ | yadā karmasu kāmyeṣu striyaṃ svapneṣu paśyati | samṛddhiṃ tatra jānīyāt tasmin svapnanidarśane tasmin svapnanidarśane || chup_5,2.8 ||

chupbh_5,2.8 tadetasminnartha eṣa śloko mantro 'pi bhavati / 
yadā karmasu kāmyeṣu kāmārtheṣu sriyaṃ svapneṣu svapnadarśaneṣu svapnakāleṣu vā paśyati samṛddhiṃ tatra jānīyīt /
karmaṇāṃ phalaniṣpattirbhaviṣyatīti jānīyādityarthaḥ /
tasminstryādipraśastasvapnadarśane satītyabhiprāyaḥ /
dviruktiḥ karmasamāptyarthā //8//


iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi pañcamādhyāyasya dvitīyaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 5,3.1

śvetaketur hāruṇeyaḥ pañcālānāṃ samitim eyāya | taṃ ha pravāhaṇo jaivalir uvāca | kumārānu tvā aśiṣat piteti | anu hi bhagava iti || chup_5,3.1 ||

chupbh_5,3.1 brahmādistambaparyantāḥ saṃsāragatayo vaktavyā vairāgyahetormumukṣūṇāmityata ākhyāyikā'rabhyate-śvetaketunamito ha, ityaitihyārthaḥ / aruṇasyāpatyāruṇistasyāpatyamāruṇeyaḥ pañcālānāṃ samitiṃ sabhāmeyāyā'jagāma / 
tamāgatavantaṃ ha pravāhaṇo nāmato jīvalasyāpatyaṃ jaivaliruvācoktavān /
he kumārānu tvā tvāmaśiṣadanvasiṣatpitā /
kimanuśiṣṭastvaṃ pitretyarthaḥ /
ityuktaḥ sa āhānu hyanuśiṣṭo 'smi bhagava iti sūcayannāha //1 //


start chup 5,3.2

vettha yad ito 'dhi prajāḥ prayantīti | na bhagava iti | vettha yathā punar āvartanta 3 iti | na bhagava iti | vettha pathor devayānasya pitṛyāṇasya ca vyāvartanā 3 iti | na bhagava iti || chup_5,3.2 ||

chupbh_5,3.2 taṃ hovāca yadyanuśiṣṭo 'si vettha yadito 'smāllokādadhyūrdhvaṃ yatprajāḥ prayanti yadgacchanti tatkiṃ jānīṣa ityarthaḥ / na bhagava ityāhetaro na jāne 'haṃ tadyatpṛcchasi / 
evaṃ tarhi vettha jānīṣe yathā yena prakāreṇa punarāvartanta iti /
na bhagava iti pratyāha /
vettha pathormārgayoḥ sahaprayāṇayordevayānasya pitṛyāṇasya ca vyāvartanamitaretaraviyogasthānaṃ saha gacchatāmityarthaḥ /
na bhagava iti //2 //


start chup 5,3.3

vettha yathāsau loko na saṃpūryata 3 iti | na bhagava iti | vettha yathā pañcamyām āhutāv āpaḥ puruṣavacaso bhavantīti | naiva bhagava iti || chup_5,3.3 ||

chupbh_5,3.3 vetthā yathāsau lokaḥ pitṛsambandhī yaṃ prāpya punarāvartante bahubhiḥ prayadbhirapi yena kāramena na sampūryata iti / 
na bhagava iti pratyāha /
vettha yathā yena krameṇa pañcamyāṃ pañcasaṃkhyākāyāmāhutau hutāyāmāhutinirvṛttā āhutisādhanāścā'paḥ puruṣavacasaḥ puruṣa ityevaṃ vaco 'bhidhānaṃ yāsāṃ hūyamānānāṃ krameṇa ṣaṣṭhāhutibhūtānāṃ tāḥ puruṣavacasaḥ puruṣaśabdavācyā bhavanti puruṣākhyāṃ labhanta ityarthaḥ /
ityukto naiva bhagava ityāha /
naivāhamatra kiñcana jānāmītyarthaḥ //3 //


start chup 5,3.4

athānu kim anu śiṣṭho 'vocathā yo hīmāni na vidyāt | kathaṃ so 'nuśiṣṭo bruvīteti | sa hāyastaḥ pitur ardham eyāya | taṃ hovācānanuśiṣya vāva kila mā bhagavān abravīd anu tvāśiṣam iti || chup_5,3.4 ||

chupbh_5,3.4 athaivamajñaḥ sankimanu kasmāttvamanuśiṣṭo 'smītyavocathā uktavānasi /
yo hīmāni mayā pṛṣṭānyarthajātāni na vidyānna vijānītyātkathaṃ sa vidvatsvanuśiṣṭo 'smīti bruvīta /
ityevaṃ sa śvetaketuḥ rājñā'yasta āyāsitaḥ sanpiturardhaṃ sthānameyāyā'gatavāṃstaṃ ca pituramuvācānanuśiṣyānuśāsanamakṛtvaiva mā māṃ kila bhagavānsamāvartanakāle 'bravīduktavānanu tvāśiṣamanvaśiṣaṃ tvāmiti //4 //

start chup 5,3.5-6

pañca mā rājanyabandhuḥ praśnān aprākṣīt | teṣāṃ naikaṃcanāśakaṃ vivaktum iti | sa hovāca yathā mā tvaṃ tadaitān avado yathāham eṣāṃ naikaṃcana veda | yady aham imān avediṣyaṃ kathaṃ te nāvakṣyam iti || chup_5,3.5 ||

sa ha gautamo rājño 'rdham eyāya | tasmai ha prāptāyārhāṃ cakāra | sa ha prātaḥ sabhāga udeyāya | taṃ hovāca | mānuṣasya bhagavan gautama vittasya varaṃ vṛṇīthā iti | sa hovāca | tavaiva rājan mānuṣaṃ vittam | yām eva kumārasyānte vācam abhāṣathās tām eva me brūhīti | sa ha kṛcchrī babhūva || chup_5,3.6 ||

chupbh_5,3.5,6 yataḥ pañca pañcasaṃkhyākānpraśnānrājanyabandhū rājānyā bandhavo 'syeti rājanyabandhuḥ svayaṃ durvṛtta ityarthaḥ / aprākṣītpṛṣṭavāṃsteṣāṃ praśnānāṃ naikañcanaikamapi nāśakaṃ na śaktavānahaṃ vivaktuṃ viśeṣeṇārthato nirṇetumityarthaḥ / sa hovāca pitā yathā mā māṃ vatsa tvaṃ tadā'gatamātra evaitānpraśnānavada uktavānasi teṣāṃ naikañcanāśakaṃ vivaktumiti tathā māṃ jānīhi, tvadīyājñānena liṅgena mama tadviṣayamajñānaṃ jānīhītyarthaḥ / kathaṃ, yathāhameṣāṃ praśnānāmekañcanaikamapi na veda na jāna iti yathā tvamevāṅgaitānpraśnānna jānīṣe tathāhamapyetānna jāna ityarthaḥ / ato mayyanyathābhāvo na kartavyaḥ / kuta etadevaṃ yato na jāne yadyahamimānpraśnānavediṣyaṃ viditavānasmi kathaṃ te tubhyaṃ priyāya putrāya samāvartanakāle purā nāvakṣyaṃ noktavānasmītyuktvā sa ha gotrato rājño jaivalerardhaṃ sthānameyāya gatavān / tasmai ha gautamāya prāptāyārhāmarhūṇāṃ cakāra kṛtavān / sa ca gautamaḥ kṛtātithya uṣitvā paredyuḥ prātaḥkāle sabhāge sabhāṃ gate rājñyudeyāya / bhajanaṃ bhāgaḥ pūjā sevā saha bhāgena vartamāno vā sabhāgaḥ pūjyamāno 'nyaiḥ svayaṃ gautama udeyāya rājānamudgatavān / 
taṃ hovāca gautamaṃ rājā mānuṣasya bhagavangautama manuṣyasambandhino vittasya grāmādervaraṃ varaṇīyaṃ kāmaṃ vṛṇīthāḥ prārthayethāḥ /
sa hovāca gautamastavaiva tiṣṭhatu rājanmānuṣaṃ vittam /
yāmeva kumārasya mama putrasyānte samīpe vācaṃ pañcapraśnalakṣaṇāmabhāṣathā uktavānasi tāmeva vācaṃ me mahyaṃ brūhi kathayetyukto gautamena rājā sa ha kṛcchrī duḥkhī babhūva /
kathaṃ tvidamiti //5-6 //


start chup 5,3.7

taṃ ha ciraṃ vasety ājñāpayāṃ cakāra | taṃ hovāca | yathā mā tvaṃ gautamāvadaḥ | yatheyaṃ na prāk tvattaḥ purā vidyā brāhmaṇān gacchati | tasmād u sarveṣu lokeṣu kṣatrasyaiva praśāsanam abhūd iti | tasmai hovāca || chup_5,3.7 ||

chupbh_5,3.7 sa ha kṛcchrībhūto 'pratyākhyeyaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ manvāno nyāyena vidyā vaktavyeti matvā taṃ ha gautamaṃ ciraṃ dīrghakālaṃ vasetyevamājñāpayāñcakārā'jñaptavān / yatpūrvaṃ pratyākhyātavānrājā vidyāṃ yacca paścācciraṃ vasetyājñaptavān, tannimittaṃ brāhmamaṃ kṣamāpayati hetuvacanoktyā-taṃ hovāca rājā sarvavidyo brahmaṇo 'pi sanyathā yena prakāreṇa mā māṃ he gautamāvadastvaṃ tāmeva vidyālakṣaṇāṃ vācaṃ me brūhītyajñānāttena tvaṃ jānīhi / 
tatrāsti vaktavyaṃ yathā yena prakāreṇeyaṃ vidyā prāktvatto brāhmaṇānna gacchati na gatavatī, na ca brāhmaṇā anayā vidyayānuśāsitavantaḥ, tathaitatprasiddhaṃ loke yatastasmādu purā pūrvaṃ sarveṣu lokeṣu kṣattrasyaiva kṣattrajāterevānayā vidyayā praśāsanaṃ praśāstṛtvaṃ śiṣyāmāmabhūdbabhūva /
kṣattriyaparamparayaiveyaṃ vidyatāvantaṃ kālamāgatā /
tathāpyahametāṃ tubhyaṃ vakṣyāmi cvatsampradānādūrdhvaṃ brāhmaṇāngamiṣyati /
ato mayā yaduktaṃ tatkṣantumarhasītyuktvā tasmai hovāca vidyāṃ rājā //7//


iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi pañcamādhyāyasya tṛtīyaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 5,4.1

asau vāva loko gautamāgniḥ | tasyāditya eva samit | raśmayo dhūmaḥ | ahar arciḥ | candramā aṅgārāḥ | nakṣatrāṇi visphuliṅgāḥ || chup_5,4.1 ||

chupbh_5,4.1 pañcamyāmāhutāvāpa ityayaṃ praśnaḥ prāthamyenāpākriyate / tadapākaraṇamanvitareṣāmapākaraṇamanukūlaṃ bhavediti / agnihotrāhutyoḥ kāryārambho yaḥ sa ukto vājasaneyake / taṃ prati prasnāḥ-utkrāntirāhutyorgatiḥ pratiṣṭhā tṛptiḥ punarāvṛttirlokaṃ pratyutthāyī iti / teṣāṃ cāpākaraṇamuktaṃ tatraiva-"te vā ete āhutī hute utkrāmataste antarikṣamāviśataste antarikṣamevā'havanīyaṃ kurvāte vāyuṃ samidhaṃ marīcīreva śuklāmāhutiṃ te antarikṣaṃ tarpayataste tata utkrāmata ityādyevameva pūrvavaddivaṃ tarpayataste tata āvartete / imāmāviśya tarpayitvā puruṣamāviśataḥ / tataḥ sriyamāviśya lokaṃ pratyutthāyā bhavati"iti / tatrāgnihotrāhutyoḥ kāryārambhamātramevaṃprakāraṃ bhavatītyuktāma / iha tu taṃ kāryārambhamagni hotrāpūrvavipariṇāmalakṣaṇaṃ pañcadhā pravibhajyāgnitvenopāsanamuttaramārgapratipattisādhanaṃ vidhitsannāha-asau vāva loko gautamāgnirityādi / iha sāyaṃprātaragnihotrāhutī hute paya ādisādhane śraddhāpuraḥsare āhavanīyāgnisamiddhūmārciraṅgāravisphuliṅgabhāvite kartrādikārakabhāvite cāntarikṣakrameṇotkramya dyulokaṃ praviśantyau sūkṣmabhūte apsamavāyitvādapśabdavācye śraddhāhetutvācca śraddhāśabdavācye tayoradhikaraṇo 'gniranyacca tatsambandhaṃ samidādītyucyate / yā cāsāvagnyādibhāvanā'hutyoḥ sāpi tathaiva nirdiśyate / asau vāva loko 'gnirhe gautama yathāgnihotrādhikaraṇamāhavanīya iha / tasyāgnerghulokākhyasyā'ditya eva samittena hīddho 'sau loko dīpyate / ataḥ samindhanātsamidādityaḥ / raśmayo dhūmastadutthānāt, samidho hi dhūma uttiṣṭhati / 
ahararciḥ prakāśasāmānyāt, ādityakāryatvācca candramā aṅgārāḥ /
ahaḥpraśame 'bhivyakteḥ /
arciṣā hi praśame 'ṅgārā abhivyajyante /
nakṣatrāṇi visphuliṅgāścandramaso 'vayavā iva viprakīrṇatvasāmānyāt //1 //


start chup 5,4.2

tasminn etasminn agnau devāḥ śraddhāṃ juhvati | tasyā āhuteḥ somo rājā saṃbhavati || chup_5,4.2 ||

chupbh_5,4.2 tasminnetasminyathoktalakṣaṇe 'gnau devā yajamānaprāṇā agnyādirūpā adhidaivatam / śraddhāmagnihotrāhutipariṇāmāvasthārūpāḥ sūkṣmā āpaḥ śraddhābhāvitāḥ śraddhā ucyante / "pañcamyāmāhutāvāpaḥ puruṣavacaso bhavanti"ityapāṃ homyatayā praśne śrutatvāt / "śraddhā vā āpaḥ śraddhāmevā'rabhya praṇīya pracarati"iti ca vijñāyate / tāṃ śraddhāmabrūpāṃ juhvāti / tasyā āhuteḥ somo rājāpāṃ śraddhāśabdavācyānāṃ dyulokāgnau hutānāṃ pariṇāmaḥ somo rājā sambhavati / yathargvedādipuṣparasā ṛgādimadhukaropanītāsta āditye yaśa ādikāryaṃ rohitādirūpalakṣaṇamārabhanta ityuktaṃ tathemā agnihotrāhutisamavāyinyaḥ sūkṣmāḥ śraddhāśabdavācyā āpo dyulokamanupraviśya cāndraṃ kāryamārabhante phalarūpamagnihotrāhutyoḥ / 
yajamānāśca tatkartāra āhutimayā āhutibhāvanābhāvitā āhutirūpeṇa karmaṇā'kṛṣṭāḥ śraddhāpsamavāyuno dyulokamanupraviśya bhavanti /
tadarthaṃ hi tairagnihotraṃ hutam /
atra tvāhutipariṇāma eva pañcāgnisambandhakrameṇa prādhānyena vivakṣita upāsanārthaṃ na yajamānānāṃ gatiḥ /
tāṃ tvaviduṣāṃ dhūmādikrameṇottaratra vakṣyati viduṣāṃ cottarāṃ vidyākṛtām //2//


iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi pañcamādhyāyasya caturthaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 5,5.1

parjanyo vāva gautamāgniḥ | tasya vāyur eva samit | abhraṃ dhūmaḥ | vidyud arciḥ | aśanir aṅgārāḥ | hrādunayo visphuliṅgāḥ || chup_5,5.1 ||

chupbh_5,5.1 dvitīyahomaparyāyārthamāha-parjanyo vāva parjanya eva gautamāgniḥ parjanyo nāma vṛṣṭyupakaraṇābhimānī devatāviśeṣaḥ / tasya vāyureva samit / vāyunā hi parjanyo 'gniḥ samidhyate / purovātādiprābalye vṛṣṭidarśanāt / abhraṃ dhūmo dhūmakāryatvāddhūmavacca lakṣyamāṇatvāt / vidyudarciḥ / prakāśasāmānyāt / aśaniraṅgārāḥ / 
kāṭhinyādvidyutsambandhādvā /
hrādunayo visphuliṅgāḥ /
hrādunayo garjitaśabdāḥ /
meghānāṃ viprakīrṇatvasamānyāt //1 //


start chup 5,5.2

tasminn etasminn agnau devāḥ somaṃ rājānaṃ juhvati | tasyā āhuter varṣaṃ saṃbhavati || chup_5,5.2 ||

chupbh_5,5.2 tasminnetasminnagnau devāḥ pūrvavatsomaṃ rājānaṃ juhvati /
tasyā āhutervarṣaṃ sambhavati /
śraddhākhyā āpaḥ somākāraṇapariṇatā dvitīye paryāye parjanyāgniṃ prāpya vṛṣṭitvena pariṇamante //2//

iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi pañcamādhyāyasya pañcamaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 5,6.1

pṛthivī vāva gautamāgniḥ | tasyāḥ samvatsara eva samit | ākāśo dhūmaḥ | rātrir arciḥ | diśo 'ṅgārāḥ | avāntaradiśo visphuliṅgāḥ || chup_5,6.1 ||

chupbh_5,6.1 pṛthivī vāva gautamāgnirityādi pūrvavat / tasyāḥ pṛthivyākhyasyāgneḥ saṃvatsara eva samit / saṃvatsareṇa hi kālena samiddhā pṛthivī vrīhyādiniṣpattaye bhavati / ākāśo dhūmaḥ, pṛthivyā ivotthita ākāśo dṛśyate / yathāgnerdhūmaḥ / rātrirarciḥ pṛthivyā hyaprakāśātmikāyā anurūpā rātriḥ / 
tamorūpatvāt /
agnerivānurūpamarciḥ /
diśo 'ṅgārā upaśāntatvasāmānyāt /
evāntaradiśo visphuliṅgāḥ kṣudratvasāmānyāt //1 //


start chup 5,6.2

tasminn etasminn agnau devā varṣaṃ juhvati | tasyā āhuter annaṃ saṃbhavati || chup_5,6.2 ||

chupbh_5,6.2 tasminnityādi samānam /
tasyā āhuterannaṃ vrīhiyavādi sambhavati //2//

iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi pañcamādhyāyasya ṣaṣṭhaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 5,7.1

puruṣo vāva gautamāgniḥ | tasya vāg eva samit | prāṇo dhūmaḥ | jihvārciḥ | cakṣur aṅgārāḥ | śrotraṃ visphuliṅgāḥ || chup_5,7.1 ||

chupbh_5,7.1 puruṣo vāva gautamāgniḥ / tasya vāgeva samit / vācā hi mukhena samidhyate puruṣo na mūkaḥ / prāṇo dhūmo dhūma iva mukhānnirgamanāt / 
jihvārcirlohitatvāt /
cakṣuraṅgārā bhāsa āśrayatvāt /
śrotraṃ visphuliṅgāḥ /
viprakīrṇatvasāmyāt //1 //


start chup 5,7.2

tasminn etasminn agnau devā annaṃ juhvati | tasyā āhuter retaḥ sambhavati || chup_5,7.2 ||

chupbh_5,7.2 samānamanyat /
annaṃ juhvati vrīhyādisaṃskṛtam /
tasyā āhute retaḥ sambhavati //2//

iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi pañcamādhyāyasya saptamaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 5,8.1

yoṣā vāva gautamāgniḥ | tasyā upastha eva samit | yad upamantrayate sa dhūmaḥ | yonir arciḥ | yad antaḥ karoti te 'ṅgārāḥ | abhinandā visphuliṅgāḥ || chup_5,8.1 ||

chupbh_5,8.1 yoṣā vāva gautamāgniḥ / tasyā upastha eva samit / tena hi sā putrādyutpādanāya samidhyate / yadupamantrayate sa dhūmaḥ / 
srīsambhavādupamantraṇasya /
yonirarcirlohitatvāt /
yadantaḥ karoti te 'ṅgārā agnisambandhāt /
abhinandāḥ sukhalavā visphuliṅgāḥ kṣudratvāt //1 //


start chup 5,8.2

tasminn etasminn agnau devā reto juhvati | tasyā āhuter garbhaḥ saṃbhavati || chup_5,8.2 ||

chupbh_5,8.2 tasminnetasminnagnau devā reto juhvati / tasyā āhutergarbhaḥ sambhavatīti / evaṃ śraddhāsomavarṣānnaretohavanaparyāyakrameṇā'pa eva garbhībhūtāstāḥ / tatrāpāmāhutisamavāyitvātprādhānyavivakṣā'paḥ pañcamyāmāhutau puruṣavacaso bhavantīti / na tvāpa eva kevalāḥ somādikāryamārabhante / na cā'po 'trivṛtkṛtāḥ santīti / trivṛtkṛtatve 'pi viśeṣasaṃjñālābho dṛṣṭaḥ pṛthivīyamimā āpo 'yamagnirityanyatamabāhulyanimittaḥ / 
tasmātsamuditānyeva bhūtānyabbāhulyātkarmasamavāyīni somādikāryārambhakāṇyāpa ityucyante /
dṛśyate ca dravabāhulyaṃ somavṛṣṭyannaretodeheṣu /
bahudravaṃ ca śarīraṃ yadyapi pārthivam /
tatra pañcamyāmāhutau hutāyāṃ retorūpā āpo garbhībhūtāḥ //2//


iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi pañcamādhyāyasyāṣṭamaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 5,9.1

iti tu pañcamyām āhutāv āpaḥ puruṣavacaso bhavantīti | sa ulbāvṛto garbho daśa vā nava vā māsān antaḥ śayitvā yāvad vātha jāyate || chup_5,9.1 ||

chupbh_5,9.1 iti tvevaṃ tu pañcamyāmāhutāvāpaḥ puruṣavacaso bhavantīti vyākhyāta ekaḥ praśnaḥ / yattu dyulokādimāṃ pratyāvṛttayorāhutyo pṛthivīṃ puruṣaṃ sriyaṃ krameṇā'viśya lokaṃ pratyutthāyī bhavatīti vājasaneyaka uktaṃ tatprāsaṅgikamihocyate / iha ca prathame praśna uktaṃ vettha yadito 'dhi prajāḥ prayantīti / tasya cāyamupakramaḥ / sa garbho 'pāṃ pañcamaḥ pariṇāmaviśeṣa āhutikarmasamavāyinīnāṃ śraddhāśabdavācyānāmulbāvṛta ulbena jarāyuṇā'vṛto veṣṭito daśa vā nava vā māsānantarmātuḥ kukṣau śayitvā yāvadvā yāvatā kālena nyūnenātiriktena vāthānantaraṃ jāyate / 
ulbāvṛta ityādi vairāgyahetoridamucyate /
kaṣṭaṃ hi mātuḥ kukṣau mūtrapurīṣavātapittaśleṣmādipūrṇe tadanuliptasya garbhasyolbāśucipaṭāvṛtasya lohitareto 'śucibījasya māturaśitapītarasānupraveśena vivardhamānasya niruddhaśaktibalavīryatejaḥprajñāceṣṭasya śayanam /
tato yonidvāreṇa pīḍyamānasya kaṣṭatarā niḥsṛtirjanmeti vairāgyaṃ grāhayati /
muhūrtamapyasahyaṃ daśa vā nava vā māsānatidīrghakālamantaḥ śayitveti ca //1 //


start chup 5,9.2

sa jāto yāvadāyuṣaṃ jīvati | taṃ pretaṃ diṣṭam ito 'gnaya eva haranti yata eveto yataḥ saṃbhūto bhavati || chup_5,9.2 ||

chupbh_5,9.2 sa evaṃ jāto yāvadāyuṣaṃ punaḥ punarghaṭīyantravadgamanāgamanāya karma kurvankulālacakravadvā tiryagbhramaṇāya yāvatkarmaṇopāttamāyustāvajjīvati / tamenaṃ kṣīṇāyuṣaṃ pretaṃ mṛtaṃ diṣṭaṃ karmaṇā nirdiṣṭaṃ paralokaṃ prati yadi cejjīvanvaidike karmaṇi jñāne vādhikṛtastamenaṃ mṛtamito 'smādgrāmādagnaye 'gnyarthamṛtvijo haranti putrā vāntyakarmaṇe /
yata eveta āgato 'gneḥ sakāśācchraddhādyāhutikrameṇa, yataśca pañcabhyo 'gnibhyaḥ saṃbhūta utpanno bhavati tasmā evāgnaye haranti svāmeva yonimagnimāpādayantītyarthaḥ //2//
iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi pañcamādhyāyasya navamaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 5,10.1-2

tad ya itthaṃ viduḥ | ye ceme 'raṇye śraddhā tapa ity upāsate | te 'rciṣam abhisaṃbhavanti | arciṣo 'haḥ | ahna āpūryamāṇapakṣam | āpūryamāṇapakṣād yān ṣaḍ udaṅṅ eti māsāṃs tān || chup_5,10.1 || māsebhyaḥ saṃvatsaram | saṃvatsarād ādityam | ādityāc candramasam | candramaso vidyutam | tat puruṣo 'mānavaḥ | sa enān brahma gamayati | eṣa devayānaḥ panthā iti || chup_5,10.2 ||

chupbh_5,10.1,2 vettha yadito 'dhi prajāḥ prayantītyayaṃ praśnaḥ pratyupasthito 'pākartavyatayā / tattatra lokaṃ pratyutthitānāmadhikṛtānāṃ gṛhamedhināṃ ya itthamevaṃ yathoktaṃ pañcāgnidarśanaṃ dyulokādyagnibhyo vayaṃ krameṇa jātā agnisvarūpāḥ pañcāgnyātmāna ityevaṃ vidurjānīyuḥ / kathamavagamyata itthaṃ viduriti gṛhasthā evocyante nānya iti? gṛhasthānāṃ ye tvanitthaṃvidaḥ kevaleṣṭāpūrtadattaparāste dhūmādinā candraṃ gacchantīti vakṣyati /

ye cāraṇyopalakṣitā vaikhānasāḥ parivrājakāśca śraddhātapa ityupāsate teṣāṃ cetthaṃvidbhiḥ sahārcirādinā gamanaṃ vakṣyati pāriśeṣyādagnihotrāhutisambandhācca gṛhasthā eva gṛhyanta itthaṃ viduriti / nanu brahmacāriṇo 'pyagṛhītā grāmaśrutyāraṇyaśrutyā vidyante kathaṃ pāriśeṣyasiddhiḥ?naiṣa doṣaḥ / purāṇasmṛtiprāmāṇyādūrdhvaretasāṃ naiṣṭhikabrahmacāriṇāmuttareṇārthā iti na viśeṣanirdeśārhāḥ / nanūrdhvaretastvaṃ ceduttaramārgapratipattikāraṇaṃ purāṇasmṛtiprāmāṇyādiṣyata itthaṃvittvamanarthakaṃ prāptam / na / gṛhasthānpratyarthavattvāt / ye gṛhasthā anitthaṃvidasteṣāṃ svabhāvato dakṣiṇo dhūmādiḥ panthāḥ prasiddhasteṣāṃ yaṃ itthaṃ viduḥ saguṇaṃ vānyadbrahma viduḥ / "atha yadu caivāsmiñśavyaṃ kurvanti yadi nārciṣameva"iti liṅgāduttareṇa te gacchanti / nanūrdhvaretasāṃ gṛhasthānāṃ ca samāna āśramitva ūrdhvaretasāmevottareṇa pathā gamanaṃ na gṛhasthānāmiti na yuktamagnihotrādivaidikakarmabāhulye ca sati / naiṣa doṣaḥ / apūtā hi te / śatrumitrasaṃyoganimittaṃ hi teṣāṃ rāgadveṣau / tathā dharmādharmau hiṃsānugrahanimittau / hiṃsānṛtamāyābrahmacaryādi ca bahvaśuddhikāraṇamaparihāryaṃ teṣām / ato 'pūtāḥ / apūtatvānnottareṇa pathā gamanam / hiṃsānṛtamāyābrahmacaryādiparihārācca śuddhātmāno hītare śatrumitrarāgadveṣādiparihārācca virajasasteṣāṃ yukta uttaraḥ panthāḥ / tathāca paurāṇikāḥ - "ye prajāmīṣire 'dhīrāste śmaśānāni bhejire / ye prajāṃ neṣire dhīrāste 'mṛtatvaṃ hi bhejire" / ityāhuḥ / itthaṃvidāṃ gṛhasthānāmaraṇyavāsināṃ ca samānamārgatve 'mṛtatvaphale ca satyaraṇyavāsināṃ vidyānarthakyaṃ prāptam / tathāca śrutivirodhaḥ / "na tatra dakṣiṇā yanti nāvidvāṃsastapasvinaḥ"iti / "sa enamavidito na bhunakti"iti ca viruddham / na / ābhūtasaṃplavasthānasyāmṛtatvena vivakṣitatvāt / tatraivoktaṃ paurāṇikaiḥ-ābhūtasaṃptavaṃ sthānamamṛtatvaṃ hi bhāṣyate iti / yaccā'tyantikamamṛtatvaṃ tadapekṣayā"na tatra dakṣiṇā yanti" "sa enamavidito na bhunaktī"-tyādyāḥ śrutaya ityato na virodhaḥ / "na ca punarāvartanta"iti"maṃ mānavamāvartaṃ nā'vartanta"ityādiśrutivirodha iti cet / na / imaṃ mānavamiti viśeṣaṇātteṣāmiha na punarāvṛttirastīti ca / yadi hyekāntenaiva nā'varterannimaṃ mānavamiheti ca viśeṣaṇamanarthakaṃ syāt / imamihetyākṛtimātramucyata iti cet / na / anāvṛttiśabdenaiva nityānāvṛttyarthasya pratītatvādākṛtikalpanānarthikā / ata imamiheti ca viśeṣaṇārthavattvāyānyatrā'vṛttiḥ kalpanīyā / na ca sadekamevādvitīyamityevaṃpratyayavatāṃ mūrdhanyayā nāḍyārcirādimārgeṇa gamanam / "brahmaiva sanbrahmāpyati" / "tasmāttatsarvamabhavat" / "na tasya prāṇā utkrāmanti / atraiva samavanīyante"ityādiśrutiśatebhyaḥ / nanu tasmājjīvāduccikramiṣoḥ prāṇā notkrāmanti sahaiva gacchantītyayamarthaḥ kalpyata iti cet / na / atraiva samavanīyanta iti viśeṣaṇānarthakyāt / sarve prāṇā anūtkrāmantīti ca prāṇairgamanasya prāptatvāt / tasmādutkrāmantītyanāśaṅkaivaiṣā / yadāpi mokṣasya saṃsāragativailakṣaṇyātprāṇānāṃ jīvena sahāgamāśṅkya tasmānnotkrāmantītyucyate tadāpyatraiva samavanīyanta iti viśeṣaṇamanarthakaṃ syāt / na ca prāṇairviyuktasya gatirupapadyate jīvatvaṃ vā / sarvagatatvātsadātmano niravayavatvātprāṇasambandhamātrameva hyagnivisphuliṅgavajjīvatvabhedakāraṇamityatastadviyoge jīvatvaṃ gatirvā na śakyā parikalpayituṃ śrutayaścetpramāṇam / na sato 'ṇuravayavaḥ sphuṭito jīvākhyaḥ sadrūpaṃ chidrīkurvangacchatīti śakyaṃ kalpayitum / tasmāt"tayordhvamāyannamṛtatvameti"iti saguṇabrahmopākasya prāṇaiḥ saha nāḍyā gamanaṃ sāpekṣameva cāmṛtatvaṃ na sākṣānmokṣa iti gamyate / "tadaparājitā pūstadairaṃ madīyaṃ saraḥ"ityādyuktvā"teṣāmevaiṣa brahmalokaḥ"iti viśeṣamāt / ataḥ pañcāgnivido gṛhasthā ye ceme 'raṇye vānaprasthāḥ parivrājakāśca saha naiṣṭhikabrahmacāribhiḥ śraddhā tapa ityevamādyupāsate śraddadhānāstapasvinaścetyarthaḥ / upāsanaśabdastātparyārthaḥ / iṣṭāpūrte dattamityupāsata iti yadvat / 
śrutyantarādye ca satyaṃ brahma hiraṇyagarbhākhyamupāsate te sarve 'rciṣamarcirabhimāninīṃ devatāmabhisambhavanti pratipadyante /
samānamanyaccaturthagativyākhyānena /
eṣa devayānaḥ panthā vyākhyātaḥ satyalokāvasāno nāṇḍādbahiḥ /
"yadantarā pitaraṃ mātaraṃ ca"iti mantravarṇāt //1-2 //


start chup 5,10.3

atha ya ime grāma iṣṭāpūrte dattam ity upāsate | te dhūmam abhisaṃbhavanti | dhūmād rātrim | rātrer aparapakṣam | aparapakṣād yān ṣaḍ dakṣiṇaiti māsāṃs tān | naite saṃvatsaram abhiprāpnuvanti || chup_5,10.3 ||

chupbh_5,10.3 athetyarthāntaraprastāvanārtho ya ime gṛhasthā grāme / grāma iti gṛhasthānāmasādhāraṇaṃ viśeṣaṇamaraṇyavāsibhyo vyāvṛttyartham / yathā vānaprasthaparivrājakānāmaraṇyaṃ viśeṣaṇaṃ gṛhasthebhyo vyāvṛttyarthaṃ tadvat / iṣṭāpūrte iṣṭamagnihotrādi vaidikaṃ karma pūrtaṃ vāpīkūpataḍāgārāmādikaraṇam / dattaṃ bahirvedi yathāśaktyarhebhyo dravyasaṃvibhāgo dattam / ityevaṃvidhaṃ paricaraṇaparitrāṇādyupāsate / itiśabdasya prakāradarśanārthatvāt / te darśanavarjitatvāddhūmaṃ dhūmābhimāninīṃ devatāmabhisambhavanti pratipadyante / 
tayātivāhitā dhūmādrātriṃ rātridevatāṃ rātredevatāṃ rātreraparapakṣadevatāmeva kṛṣṇapakṣābhimāninīmaparapakṣādyānṣaṇmāsāndakṣiṇā dakṣiṇāṃ daśameti savitā /
tānmāsāndakṣiṇāyanaṣaṇmāsābhimāninīrdevatāḥ pratipadyanta ityarthaḥ /
saṅghacāriṇyo hi ṣaṇmāsadevatā iti māsāniti bahuvacanaprayogastāsu naite karmiṇaḥ prakṛtāḥ saṃvatsaraṃ saṃvatsarasya hyekasyāvayavabhūte dakṣiṇottarāyaṇe tatrārcirādimārgapravṛttānāmudagayanamāsebhyo 'vayavinaḥ saṃvatsarasya prāptiruktā /
ata ihāpi tadavayavabhūtānāṃ dakṣiṇāyanamāsānāṃ praptiṃ śrutvā tadavayavinaḥ saṃvatsarasyāpi pūrvavatpraptirāpannetyatastatprāptiḥ pratiṣidhyate naite saṃvatsaramabhiprāpnuvantīti //3 //


start chup 5,10.4

māsebhyaḥ pitṛlokam | pitṛlokād ākāśam | ākāsāc candramasam | eṣa somo rājā | tad devānām annam | taṃ devā bhakṣayanti || chup_5,10.4 ||

chupbh_5,10.4 māsebhyaḥ pitṛlokaṃ pitṛlokādākāśamākāśāccandramasam / ko 'sau yastaiḥ prāpyate candramā ya eṣa dṛśyate 'ntarikṣe somo rājā brāhmaṇānāṃ, tadannaṃ devānāṃ taṃ candramasamannaṃ devā indrādayo bhakṣayanti / ataste dhūmādinā gatvā candrabhūtāḥ karmiṇo devairbhakṣyante / nanvanarthāyeṣṭādikaraṇaṃ yadyannabhūtā devairbhakṣyeran / naiṣa doṣaḥ / annamityupakaraṇamātrasya vivakṣitatvāt / na hi te kavalotkṣepeṇa devairbhakṣyante / kiṃ tarhyupakaraṇamātraṃ devānāṃ bhavanti te strīpaśubhṛtyādivat / dṛṣṭaścānnaśabda upakaraṇeṣu"striyo 'nnaṃ paśavo 'nnaṃ viśāṃ viśo 'nnaṃ rājñām" ityādi / na ca teṣāṃ stryādīnāṃ puruṣopabhogyatve 'pyupabhogo nāsti / tasmātkarmiṇo devānāmupabhogyā api santaḥ sukhino devaiḥ krīḍanti / śarīraṃ ca teṣāṃ sukhopabhogayogyaṃ candramaṇḍala āpyamārabhyate / 
taduktaṃ purastācchraddhāśabdā āpo dyulokāgnau hutāḥ somo rājā sambhavatīti /
tā āpaḥ karmasamavāyinya itaraiśca bhūtairanugatā dyulokaṃ prāpya candratvamāpannāḥ śarīrādyārambhikā iṣṭādyupāsakānāṃ bhavanti /
antyāyāṃ ca śarīrāhutāvagnau hutāyāmagninā dahyamāne śarīre tadutthā āpo dhūmena sahordhvaṃ yajamānamāveṣṭya candramaṇḍalaṃ prāpya kuśamṛttikāsthānīyā bāhyaśarīrārambhikā bhavanti /
tadārabdhena ca śarīreṇeṣṭādiphalamupabhuñjānā āsate //4 //


start chup 5,10.5

tasmin yavātsaṃpātam uṣitvāthaitam evādhvānaṃ punar nivartante | ākāśam | ākāśād vāyum | vāyur bhūtvā dhūmo bhavati | dhūmo bhūtvābhraṃ bhavati || chup_5,10.5 ||

chupbh_5,10.5 yāvattadupabhoganimittasya karmaṇaḥ kṣayaḥ sampatanti yeneti sampātaḥ karmaṇaḥ kṣayo yāvatsampātaṃ yāvatkarmaṇaḥ kṣaya ityarthaḥ / tāvattasmiṃścandramaṇḍala uṣitvāthānantarametameva vakṣyamāṇamadhvānaṃ mārgaṃ punarnivartnate / punarnivartanta iti prayogātpūrvamapyasakṛccandramaṇḍalaṃ gatā nivṛttāścā'sanniti gamyate / tasmādiha loka iṣṭādikarmopacitya candraṃ gacchanti / tatkṣaye cā'vartante / kṣaṇamātramapi tatra sthātuṃ na labhyate / sthitinimittakarmakṣayāt / snehakṣayādiva pradīpasya / tatra kiṃ yena karmaṇā candramaṇḍalamārūḍhastasya sarvasya kṣaye tasmādavarohaṇaṃ kiṃ vā sāvaśeṣa iti / kiṃ tataḥ / yadi sarvasyaiva kṣayaḥ karmaṇaścandramaṇḍalasthasyaiva mokṣaḥ prāpnoti / tiṣṭhatu tāvattatraiva mokṣaḥ syānna veti / tata āgatasyeha śarīropabhogādi na sambhavati / "tataḥ śeṣeṇe"tyādismṛtivirodhaśca syāt / nanviṣṭāpūrtadattavyatirekeṇāpi manuṣyaloke śarīropabhoganimittāni karmāṇyanekāni sambhavanti / na ca teṣāṃ candramaṇḍala upabhogaḥ / ato 'kṣīṇāni tāni / yannimitaṃ candramaṇḍalamārūḍhastānyeva kṣīṇānītyavirodhaḥ / śeṣaśabdaśca sarveṣāṃ karmatvasāmānyādaviruddhaḥ / ata eva ca tatraiva mokṣaḥ syāditi doṣābhāvaḥ / viruddhānekayonyupabhogaphalānāṃ ca karmaṇāmekaikasya jantorārambhakatvasambhavāt / na caikasmiñjanmani sarvakarmaṇāṃ kṣaya upapadyate / brahmahatyādeścaikaikasya karmaṇo 'nekajanmārambhakatvasmaraṇāt / sthāvarādiprāptānāṃ cātyantamūḍhānāmutkarmaṣahetoḥ karmaṇa ārambhakatvāsambhavāt / garbhabhūtānāṃ ca sraṃsamānānāṃ karmāsambhave saṃsārānupapattiḥ / tasmānnaikasmiñjanmani sarveṣāṃ karmaṇāmupabhogaḥ / yattu kaiściducyate sarvakarmaśriyopamardena prāyaṇe karmaṇāṃ janmārambhakatvam / tatra kānicitkarmāṇyanārambhakatvenaiva tiṣṭhanti kānicijjanmā'rabhanta iti nopapadyate / maraṇasya sarvakarmābhivyañjakatvātsvagocarābhivyañjakapradīpavaditi / tadasat / sarvasya sarvātmakatvābhyupagamāt / na hi sarvasya sarvātmakatve deśakālanimittāvaruddhatvātsarvātmanopamardaḥ kasyacitkvacidabhivyaktirvā sarvātmanopapadyate / tathā karmaṇāmapi sāśrayāṇāṃ bhavet / yathā ca pūrvānubhūtamanuṣyamayūramarkaṭādijanmābhisaṃskṛtā viruddhānekavāsanā markaṭatvaprāpakena karmaṇā markaṭajanmā'rabhamāṇena nopamṛdyante tathā karmāṇyapyanyajanmaprāptinimittāni nopamṛdyanta iti yuktam / yadi hi sarvāḥ pūrvajanmānubhavavāsanā upamṛdyeranmarkaṭajanmanimittena karmaṇā markaṭajanmanyārabdhe markaṭasya jātamātrasya mātuḥ śākhāyāḥ śākhāntaragamane māturudarasaṃlagnatvādikauśalaṃ na prāpnoti / iha janmanyanabhyastatvāt / na cātītānantarajanmani markaṭatvamevā'sīttasyeti śakyaṃ vaktum / "taṃ vidyākarmaṇī samanvārabhete pūrvaprajñā ca"iti śruteḥ / tasmādvāsanāvannāśeṣakarmopamarda iti śeṣakarmasambhavaḥ / yata evaṃ tasmāccheṣeṇopabhuktātkarmaṇaḥ saṃsāra upapadyata iti na kaścidvirodhaḥ / ko 'sāvadhvā yaṃ prati nivartanta ityucyate / yathetaṃ yathāgataṃ nivartante / nanu māsebhyaḥ pitṛlokaṃ pitṛlokādākāśamākāśāccandramasamiti gamanakrama ukto na tathā nivṛttiḥ / kiṃ tarhyakāśādvāyumityādi, kathaṃ yathetamityucyate / naiṣa doṣaḥ / ākāśaprāptestulyatvātpṛthivīprāpteśca na cātra yathetameveti niyamo 'nevaṃvidhamapi nivartante punarnivartante iti tu niyamaḥ / ata upalakṣaṇārthametadyathetamiti / ato bhautikamākāśaṃ tāvatpratipadyante / yāsteṣāṃ candramaṇḍale śarīrārambhikā āpa āsaṃstāsteṣāṃ tatropabhoganimittānāṃ karmaṇāṃ kṣaye vilīyante / ghṛtasaṃsthānamivāgnisaṃyoge / 
tā vilīnā antarikṣasthā ākāśabhūtā iva sūkṣmā bhavanti tā antarikṣādvāyurbhavanti /
vāyupratiṣṭhā vāyubhūtā itaścāmutaścohyamānāstābhiḥ saha kṣīṇakarmā vāyubhūto bhavati /
vāyurbhūtvā tābhiḥ sahaiva dhūmo bhavati /
dhūmo bhūtvābhramabbharaṇamātrarūpo bhavati //5 //


start chup 5,10.6

abhraṃ bhūtvā megho bhavati | megho bhūtvā pravarṣati | ta iha vrīhiyavā oṣadhivanaspatayas tilamāsā iti jāyante 'to vai khalu durniṣprapataram | yo yo hy annam atti yo retaḥ siñcati tad bhūya eva bhavati || chup_5,10.6 ||

chupbh_5,10.6 abhraṃ bhūtvā tataḥ secanasamartho megho bhavati megho bhūtvonnateṣu pradeśeṣvatha pravarṣati / varṣadhārārūpeṇa śeṣakarmā patatītyarthaḥ / ta iha vrīhiyavā oṣadhivanaspatayastilamāṣā ityevaṃprakārā jāyante / kṣīṇakarmaṇāmanekatvādbahuvacananirdeśaḥ / meghādiṣu pūrveṣvekarūpatvādekavacananirdeśaḥ / yasmādgiritaṭadurganadīsamudrāraṇyamarudeśādisanniveśasahasrāṇi varṣadhārābhiḥ patitānām / atastasmāddhetorvai khalu durniṣprapataraṃ durniṣkramaṇaṃ durniḥsaraṇam / yato giritaṭādudakasrotasohyamānā nadīḥ prāpnuvanti tataḥ samudraṃ tato makārādibhirbhakṣyante / te 'pyanyena / tatraiva ca saha makareṇa samudre vilīnāḥ samudrāmbhobhirjaladharairākṛṣṭāḥ punarvarṣadhārābhirmarudeśe śilātaṭe vāgamye patitāstiṣṭhanti kadācidvyālama-gādipītā bhakṣitāścānyaiḥ / te 'pyanyairityevaṃprakārāḥ parivarteran / kadācidabhakṣyeṣu sthāvareṣu jātāstatraiva śuṣyeran / bhakṣyeṣvapi sthāvareṣu jātānāṃ retaḥsigdehasambandho durlabha eva bahutvātsthāvarāṇāmityato durniṣkramaṇatvam / athavāto 'smādvrīhiyavādibhāvāddurniṣprapataraṃ durnirgamataram / durniṣprapataramiti takāra eko lupto draṣṭavyaḥ / vrīhiyavādibhāvo durniṣprapatastasmādapi durniṣprapatādretaḥsigdehasambandho durniṣprapatatara ityarthaḥ / yasmādūrdhvaretobhirbālaiḥ puṃstvarahitaiḥ sthavirairvā bhakṣitā antarāle śīryante / anekatvādannādānām / kadācitkākatālīyavṛttyā retaḥsigbhirbhakṣyante yadā tadā retaḥ sigbhāvaṃ gatānāṃ karmaṇo vṛttilābhaḥ / katham / yo yo hyannamattyanuśayibhiḥ saṃśliṣṭaṃ retaḥ siñcatyṛtukāle yoṣiti tadbhūya eva tadākṛtireva bhavati / tadavayavākṛtibhūyastvaṃ bhūya ityucyate retorūpeṇa yoṣito garbhaśaye 'ntaḥ praviṣṭo 'nuśayī / retaso retaḥsigākṛtibhāvitatvāt / "sarvebhyo 'ṅgebhyastejaḥ saṃbhūtam"iti hi śrutyantarāt / ato retaḥsigākṛtireva bhavatītyarthaḥ / tathā hi / puruṣātpuruṣo jāyate gorgavākṛtireva na jātyantarākṛtistasmādyuktaṃ tadbhūya eva bhavatīti / ye tvanye 'nuśayibhyaścandramaṇḍalamanāruhyehaiva pāpakarmabhirghoraivrīhiyavādibhāvaṃ pratipadyante punarmanuṣyādibhāvaṃ teṣāṃ nānuśayināmiva durniṣprataram / kasmāt / karmaṇā hi tairvrīhiyavādideha upātta iti tadupabhoganimittakṣaye vrīhyādistambadehavināśe yathākarmārjitaṃ dehāntaraṃ navaṃ navaṃ jalūkāvatsaṃkramante savijñānā eva"savijñāno bhavati savijñānamevānvavakrāmati"iti śrutyantarāt / yadyapyusaṃhṛtakaraṇāḥ santo dehāntaraṃ gacchanti tathāpi svapnavaddehāntaraprāptinimittakarmodbhāvitavāsanājñānena savijñānā eva dehāntaraṃ gacchanti / śrutiprāmāṇyāt / tathārcirādinā dhūmādinā ca gamanaṃ svapta ivodbhūtavijñānena / labdhavṛttikarmanimittatvādgamanasya / na tathānuśayināṃ vrīhyādibhāvena jātānāṃ savijñānameva retaḥ-sigyoṣiddehasambandha upapadyate / na hi vrīhyādilavanakaṇḍanapeṣaṇādau ca savijñānānāṃ sthitirasti / nanu candramaṇḍalādapyavarohatāṃ dehāntaragamanasya tulyatvājjalūkāvatsavijñānataiva yuktā / tathā sati ghoro narakānubhava iṣṭāpūrtādikāriṇāṃ candramaṇḍalādārabhya prāpto yāvadbrāhmaṇādijanma / tathā ca satyanarthāyaiveṣṭāpūrtādyupāsanaṃ vihitaṃ syāt / śruteścāprāmāṇyaṃ prāptaṃ vaidikānāṃ karmaṇāmanarthānubandhitvāt / na, vṛkṣārohaṇapatanavadviśeṣasambhavāt / dehāddehāntaraṃ pratipitsoḥ karmaṇo labdhavṛttitvākarmaṇodbhāvitena vijñānena savijñānatvaṃ yuktam / vṛkṣāgramārohata iva phalaṃ jighṛkṣoḥ / tathārcirādinā gacchatāṃ savijñānatvaṃ bhavet / dhūmādinā ca candramaṇḍalamārurukṣatām / na tathā candramaṇḍalādavarurukṣatāṃ vṛkṣāgrādiva patatāṃ sacetanatvam / yathā ca mudgarādyabhihatānāṃ tadabhighātavedanānimittasaṃmūrchitapratibaddhakaraṇānāṃ svadehenaiva deśāddeśāntaraṃ nīyamānānāṃ vijñānaśūnyatā dṛṣṭā tathā candramaṇḍalānmānuṣādidehāntaraṃ pratyavarurukṣatāṃ svargabhoganimittakarmakṣayānmṛditābdehānāṃ pratibaddhakaraṇānām / ataste 'parityaktadehabījabhūtābhiradbhirmūrchitā ivā'kāśādikrameṇemāmavaruhya karmanimittajātisthāvaradehaiḥ saṃśliṣyante pratibaddhakaraṇatayānudbhūtavijñānā eva / tathā lavanakaṇḍanapeṣaṇasaṃskārabhakṣaṇarasādipariṇāmaretaḥsekakāleṣu mūrchitavadeva / dehāntarārambhakasya karmaṇo 'labdhavṛttitvāt / dehabījabhūtāpsambandhāparityāgenaiva sarvāsvavasthāsu vartanta iti jalūkāvaccetanāvattvaṃ na virudhyate / antarāle tvavijñānaṃ mūrchitavadevetyadoṣaḥ / 
na ca vaidikānāṃ karmaṇāṃ hiṃsāyuktatvenobhayahetutvaṃ śakyamanumātum /
hiṃsāyāḥ śāstracoditatvāt /
"ahiṃsansarvabhūtānyanyatra tīrthebhyaḥ"iti śruteḥ śāstracoditāyā hiṃsāyā nādharmahetutvamabhyupagamyate /
abhyupagate 'pyadharmahetutve mantrairviṣādivattadapanayopapatterna duḥkhakāryārambhakatvopapattirvaidikānāṃ karmaṇāṃ mantreṇeva viṣabhakṣaṇasyeti //6 //


start chup 5,10.7

tad ya iha ramaṇīyacaraṇā abhyāśo ha yat te ramaṇīyāṃ yonim āpadyeran brāhmaṇayoniṃ vā kṣatriyayoniṃ vā vaiśyayoniṃ vā | atha ya iha kapūyacaraṇā abhyāśo ha yat te kapūyāṃ yonim āpadyerañ śvayonim vā sūkarayoniṃ vā caṇḍālayoniṃ vā || chup_5,10.7 ||

chupbh_5,10.7 tattatra teṣvanuśayināṃ ya iha loke ramaṇīyaṃ śobhanaṃ caraṇaṃ śīlaṃ yeṣāṃ te ramaṇīyacaraṇāḥ ramaṇīyacaraṇenopalakṣitaḥ śobhano 'nuśayaḥ puṇyaṃ karma yeṣāṃ te ramaṇīyacaraṇā ucyante / krauryānṛtamāyāvarjitānāṃ hi śakya upalakṣayituṃ śubhānuśayasadbhāvaḥ / tenānuśayena puṇyena karmaṇā candramaṇḍale bhuktaśeṣeṇābhyāśo ha kṣiprameva / 
yaditi kriyāviśeṣaṇaṃ te ramaṇīyāṃ krauryādivarjitāṃ yonimāpadyeranprāpnuyurbrāhmaṇayoniṃ vā kṣattriyayoniṃ vā vaiśyayoniṃ vā svakarmānurūpeṇa /
atha punarye tadviparītāḥ kapūyacaraṇopalakṣitakarmāṇo 'śubhānuśayā abhyāśo ha yatte kapūyāṃ yathākarma yonimāpadyerankapūyāmeva dharmasambandhavarjitāṃ jugupsitāṃ yonimāpadyeran śvayoniṃ vā sūkarayoniṃ vā svakarmānurūpeṇaiva /
ye tu ramaṇīyacaraṇā dvijātayaste svakarmasthāścediṣṭādikāriṇaste dhūmādigatyā gacchantyāgacchanti ca punaḥ punarghaṭīyantravat /
vidyāṃ cetprāpnuyustadārcirādinā gacchanti //7 //


start chup 5,10.8

athaitayoḥ pathor na katareṇacana tānīmāni kṣudrāṇy asakṛdāvartīni bhūtāni bhavanti jāyasva mriyasveti | etat tṛtīyaṃ sthānam | tenāsau loko na saṃpūryate | tasmāj jugupseta | tad eṣa ślokaḥ || chup_5,10.8 ||

chupbh_5,10.8 yadā tu na vidyāsevino nāpīṣṭādikarma sevante tadāthaitayoḥ pathoryathoktayorarcirdhūmādilakṣaṇayorna katareṇānyatareṇacanāpi yanti tānīmāni bhūtāni kṣūdrāṇi daṃśamasakakīṭādīnyasakṛdāvartīni bhavanti / ata ubhayamārgaparibhraṣṭā hyasakṛjjāyante mriyante cetyarthaḥ / teṣāṃ jananamaraṇasantateranukaraṇamidamucyate / jāyasva mriyasvetīśvaranimittaceṣṭocyate / jananamaraṇalakṣaṇenaiva kālayāpanā bhavati / na tu kriyāsu bhogeṣu vā kālo 'stītyarthaḥ / etatkṣudrajantulakṣaṇaṃ tṛtīyaṃ pūrvoktau panthānāvapekṣya sthānaṃ saṃsaratām / yenaivaṃ dakṣiṇamārgagā api punarāgacchantyanadhikṛtānāṃ jñānakarmaṇoragamanameva dakṣiṇena patheti / tenāsau loko na saṃpūryate / pañcamastu praśnaḥ pañcāgnividyayā vyākhyātaḥ / prathamo dakṣiṇottaramārgābhyāmapākṛto dakṣiṇottarayoḥ pathorvyāvartanāpi mṛtānāmagnau prakṣepaḥ samānastato vyāvartanānye 'rcirādinā yantyanye dhūmādinā / punaruttaradakṣiṇāyane ṣaṇmāsānprapnuvantaḥ saṃyujya punarvyāvartante / anye saṃvatsaramanye māsebhyaḥ pitṛlokamiti vyākhyātā / punarāvṛttirapi kṣīṇānuśayānāṃ candramaṇḍalādākāśādikrameṇoktā / 
amuṣya lokasyāpūraṇaṃ svaśabdenaivoktam-tenāsau loko na saṃpūryata iti /
yasmādevaṃ kaṣṭā saṃsāragatistasmājjugupseta /
yasmācca janmamaraṇajanitavedanānubhavakṛtakṣaṇāḥ kṣudrajantavo dhvānte ca ghore dustare praveśitāḥ sāgara ivāgādhe 'plave nirāśāścottaraṇaṃ prati tasmāccaivaṃvidhāṃ saṃsāragatiṃ jugupseta bībhatseta ghṛṇī bhavenmā bhūdevaṃvidhe saṃsāramahodadhau ghore pāta iti /
tadetasminnartha eṣa ślokaḥ pañcāgnividyāstutataye //8 //


start chup 5,10.9

steno hiraṇyasya surāṃ pibaṃś ca | guros talpam āvasan brahmahā ca | ete patanti catvāraḥ pañcamaś cācaraṃs tair iti || chup_5,10.9 ||

chupbh_5,10.9 steno hiraṇyasya brāhmaṇasuvarṇasya hartā / 
surāṃ pibanbrāhmaṇaḥ san /
gurośca talpaṃ dārānāvasan /
brahmahā brāhmaṇasya hantā cetyete patanti catvāraḥ /
pañcamaśca taiḥ sahā'caranniti //9 //


start chup 5,10.10

atha ha ya etān evaṃ pañcāgnīn veda na saha tair apy ācaran pāpmanā lipyate | śuddhaḥ pūtaḥ puṇyaloko bhavati ya evaṃ veda ya evaṃ veda || chup_5,10.10 ||

chupbh_5,10.10 atha ha punaryo yathoktānpañcāgnīnveda sa tairapyācaranmahāpātakibhiḥ saha na pāpmanā lipyate śuddha eva /
tena pañcāgnidarśanena pāvito yasmātpūtaḥ puṇyo lokaḥ prājāpatyādiryasya so 'yaṃ puṇyaloko bhavati ya evaṃ veda yathoktaṃ samastaṃ pañcabhiḥ praśnaiḥ pṛṣṭamarthajātaṃ veda /
dviruktiḥ samastapraśnanirṇayapradarśanārthā //10//

iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi pañcamādhyāyasya daśamaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 5,11.1

prācīnaśāla aupamanyavaḥ satyayajñaḥ pauluṣir indradyumno bhāllaveyo janaḥ śārkarākṣyo buḍila āśvatarāśvis te haite mahāśālā mahāśrotriyāḥ sametya mīmāṃsāṃ cakruḥ | ko na ātmā kiṃ brahmeti || chup_5,11.1 ||

chupbh_5,11.1 dakṣiṇena pathā gacchatāmannabhāva utkastaddevānāmannaṃ taṃ devā bhakṣayantīti / kṣudrajantulakṣaṇā ca kaṣṭā saṃsāragatiruktā / tadubhayadoṣaparijirhīrṣayā vaiśvānarāttṛbhāvapratipattyarthamuttaro grantha ārabhyate / atsyannaṃ paśyasi priyamityādiliṅgāt / ākhyāyikā tu sukhāvabodhārthā vidyāsampradānanyāyāpradarśanārthā ca-prācīnaśāla iti nāmata upamanyorapatyamaupamanyavaḥ / satyayajño nāmataḥ puluṣasyāpatyaṃ pauluṣiḥ / tathendradyumno nāmato bhallaverapatyaṃ bhāllavistasyāpatyaṃ bhāllaveyaḥ / jana iti nāmataḥ śarkarākṣasyāpatyaṃ śārkarākṣyaḥ / buḍilo nāmato 'śvatarāśvasyāpatyamāśvatarāśviḥ / pañcāpi te haite mahāśālā mahāgṛhasthā vistīrṇābhiḥ śālābhiryuktāḥ sampannā ityarthaḥ / mahāśrotriyāḥ śrutādhyayanavṛttasampannā ityarthaḥ / ta evaṃbhūtāḥ santaḥ sametya saṃbhūya kvacinmīmāṃsā vicāraṇāṃ cakruḥ kṛtavanta ityarthaḥ / katham / 
ko no 'smākamātmā kiṃ brahmetyātmabrahmaśabdayoritaretaraviśeṣaṇaviśeṣyatvam /
brahmetyadhyātmaparicchinnamātmānaṃ nivartayatyātmeti cā'tmavyatiriktasyā'dityādibrahmaṇa upāsyatvaṃ nivartayati /
abhedenā'tmaiva brahma brahmaivā'tmetyevaṃ sarvātmā vaiśvānaro brahma sa ātmetyetatsiddhaṃ bhavati /
mūrdhā te vyapatiṣyadandho 'bhaviṣyadityādiliṅgāt //1 //


start chup 5,11.2

te ha saṃpādayāṃ cakruḥ | uddālako vai bhagavanto 'yam āruṇiḥ saṃpratīmam ātmānaṃ vaiśvānaram adhyeti | taṃ hantābhyāgacchāmeti | taṃ hābhyājagmuḥ || chup_5,11.2 ||

chupbh_5,11.2 te ha mīmāṃsanto 'pi niścayamalabhamānāḥ sampādayāñcakruḥ sampāditavantaḥ ātmana upadeṣṭāram /
uddālako vai prasiddho nāmato bhagavantaḥ pūjāvanto 'yamāruṇiraruṇasyāpatyaṃ samprati samyagimamātmānaṃ vaiśvānaramasmadabhipretamadhyeti /
taṃ hantedānīmabhyāgacchāmetyevaṃ niścityaṃ taṃ hābhyājagmurgatavantastamāruṇim //2 //

start chup 5,11.3

sa ha saṃpādayāṃ cakāra | prakṣyanti mām ime mahāśālā mahāśrotriyāḥ | tebhyo na sarvam iva pratipatsye | hantāham anyam abhyanuśāsānīti || chup_5,11.3 ||

chupbh_5,11.3 sa ha tāndṛṣṭvaiva teṣāmāgamanaprayojanaṃ buddhvā sampādayāñcakāra /
katham /
prakṣyanti māṃ vaiśvānaramime mahāśālā mahāśrotriyāstebhyo 'haṃ na sarvamiva pṛṣṭaṃ pratipatsye vaktuṃ notsahe /
ato hantāhamidānīmanyameṣāmabhyanuśāsāni vakṣyāmyupadeṣṭāramiti //3 //

start chup 5,11.4

tān hovāca | aśvapatir vai bhagavanto 'yaṃ kaikeyaḥ saṃpratīmam ātmānaṃ vaiśvānaram adhyeti | taṃ hantābhyāgacchāmeti | taṃ hābhyājagmuḥ || chup_5,11.4 ||

chupbh_5,11.4 evaṃ sampādya tānhovāca /
aśvapatirvai nāmato bhagavanto 'yaṃ kekayasyāpatyaṃ kaikeyaḥ samprati samyagimamātmānaṃ vaiśvānaramadhyetītyādi samānam //4 //

start chup 5,11.5-7 tebhyo ha prāptebhyaḥ pṛthag arhāṇi kārayāṃ cakāra | sa ha prātaḥ saṃjihāna uvāca | na me steno janapade na kadaryo na madyapaḥ | nānāhitāgnir nāvidvān na svairī svairiṇī kutaḥ | yakṣyamāṇo vai bhagavanto 'ham asmi | yāvad ekaikasmā ṛtvije dhanaṃ dāsyāmi tāvad bhagavadbhyo dāsyāmi | vasantu bhagavanta iti || chup_5,11.5 ||

te hocuḥ | yena haivārthena puruṣaś caret taṃ haiva vadet | ātmānam evemaṃ vaiśvānaraṃ saṃpraty adhyeṣi | tam eva no brūhīti || chup_5,11.6 ||

tān hovāca | prātar vaḥ prativaktāsmīti | te ha samitpāṇayaḥ pūrvāhṇe praticakramire | tān hānupanīyaivaitad uvāca || chup_5,11.7 ||

chupbh_5,11.5,6,7 tebhyo ha rājā prāptebhyaḥ pṛthakpṛthagarhāṇyarhaṇāni purohitairbhṛtyaiśca kārayāñcakāra kāritavān / sa hānyedyū rājā prātaḥ sañjihāna uvāca vinayenopagamyaitaddhanaṃ matta upādaddhvamiti / taiḥ pratyākhyāto mayi doṣaṃ paśyanti nūnaṃ yato na pratigṛhṇanti matto dhanamiti manvāna ātmanaḥ sadvṛttatāṃ pratipipādayiṣannāha / na me mama janapade stenaḥ parasvahartā vidyate / na kadaryo 'dātā sati vibhave / na madyapo dvijottamaḥ san / nānāhitāgniḥ śataguḥ / nāvidvānadhikārānurūpam / na svairī paradāreṣu gantā / ata eva svairiṇī kuto duṣṭacāriṇī na sambhavatītyarthaḥ / taiśca na vayaṃ dhanenārdhina ityukta āha-alpaṃ matvaite dhanaṃ na gṛhṇantīti / yakṣyamāṇo vai katibhirahobhirahaṃ he bhagavanto 'smi / tadarthaṃ kḷptaṃ dhanaṃ mayā yāvadekaikasmai yathoktamṛtvije dhanaṃ dāsyāmi tāvatpratyekaṃ bhagavadbhyo 'pi dāsyāmi / vasantu bhagavantaḥ paśyantu ca mama yāgamityuktāste hocuḥ / yena haivārthena prayojanena yaṃ prati caredgacchetpuruṣastaṃ haivārthaṃ vadet / idameva prayojanamāgamanasyetyayaṃ nyāyaḥ satām / vayaṃ vaiśvānarajñānārthinaḥ / ātmānamevemaṃ vaiśvānaraṃ saṃpratyadhyeṣi samyagjānāsi / atastameva no 'smabhyaṃ brūhītyuktastānhovāca / prātarvo yuṣmabhyaṃ prativaktāsmi prativākyaṃ dātāsmītyuktāste ha rājño 'bhiprāyajñāḥ samitpāṇayaḥ samidbhārahastā aparedyuḥ pūrvāhne rājānaṃ praticakramire gatavantaḥ / yata evaṃ mahāśālā mahāśrotriyā brāhmaṇāḥ santo mahāśālatvādyabhimānaṃ hitvā samidbhārahastā jātito hīnaṃ rājānaṃ vidyārthino vinayenopajagmuḥ / 
tathānyairvidyopāditsubhirbhavitavyam /
tebhyaścādādvidyāmanupanīyaivopanayanamakṛtvaiva tān /
yathā yogyebhyo vidyāmadāttathānyenāpi vidyā dātavyetyākhyāyikārthaḥ /
etadvaiśvānaravijñānamuvāceti vakṣyamāṇena sambandhaḥ //5-7 //


iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi pañcamādhyāyasyaikādaśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 5,12.1

aupamanyava kaṃ tvam ātmānam upāssa iti | divam eva bhagavo rājann iti hovāca | eṣa vai sutejā ātmā vaiśvānaro yaṃ tvam ātmānam upāsse | tasmāt tava sutaṃ prasutam āsutaṃ kule dṛśyate || chup_5,12.1 ||

chupbh_5,12.1 sa kathamuvācetyāha-aupamanyava he kamātmānaṃ vaiśvānaraṃ tvamupāḥsa iti papraccha / nanvayamapanyāyaḥ ācāryaḥ sañśiṣyaṃ pṛcchatīti / naiṣa doṣaḥ / 
"yadvettha tena mopasīda tatasta ūrdhvaṃ vakṣyāmī"ti nyāyadarśanāt /
anyatrāpyācāryasya apratibhānavati śiṣye pratibhotpādanārthaḥ praśno dṛṣṭo 'jātaśatroḥ"kvaiṣa tadābhūtkuta etadāgād" iti /
divameva dyulokameva vaiśvānaramupāse bhagavo rājanniti hovāca /
eṣa vai sutejāḥ śobhanaṃ tejo yasya so 'yaṃ sutejā iti prasiddho vaiśvānara ātmā'tmano 'vayavabhūtatvādyaṃ tvamātmānamātmaikadeśamupāḥse tasmātsutejaso vaiśevānarasyopāsanāttava sutamabhiṣutaṃ somarūpaṃ karmaṇi prasutaṃ prakarṣeṇa ca sutamāsutaṃ cāhargaṇādiṣu tava kule dṛśyate 'tīva karmiṇastvatkulīnā ityarthaḥ //1 //


start chup 5,12.2

atsy annaṃ paśyasi priyam | atty annaṃ paśyati priyam bhavaty asya brahmavarcasaṃ kule ye etam evam ātmānaṃ vaiśvānaram upāste | mūdhā tv eṣa ātmana iti hovāca | mūrdhā te vyapatiṣyad yan māṃ nāgamiṣya iti || chup_5,12.2 ||

chupbh_5,12.2 atsyannaṃ dīptāgniḥ sanpaśyasi ca putrapautrādi priyamiṣṭam / anyo 'pyattyannaṃ paśyati ca priyaṃ bhavatyasya sutaṃ prasutamāsutamityādikarmitvaṃ;brahmavarcasaṃ kule yaḥ kaścidetaṃ yathoktamevaṃ vaiśvānaramupāste / 
mūrdhā tvātmano vaiśvānarasyaiṣa na samasto vaiśvānaraḥ /
ataḥ samastabuddhyā vaiśvānarasyopāsanānmūrdhā śiraste viparītagrāhimo vyapatiṣyadvipatitamabhaviṣyat /
yadyadi māṃ nā'gamiṣyo nā'gato 'bhaviṣyaḥ /
sādhvakārṣīryanmāmāgato 'sītyabhiprāyaḥ //2//


iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi pañcamādhyāyasya dvādaśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 5,13.1

atha hovāca satyayajñaṃ pauluṣim | prācīnayogya kaṃ tvam ātmānam upāssa iti | ādityam eva bhagavo rājann iti hovāca | eṣa vai viśvarūpa ātmā vaiśvānaro yaṃ tvam ātmānam upāste | tasmāt tava bahu viśvarūpaṃ kule dṛśyate || chup_5,13.1 ||

chupbh_5,13.1 atha hovāca satyayajñaṃ pauluṣiṃ he prācīnayogya kaṃ tvamātmānamupāsta ityādityameva bhagavo rājanniti hovāca /
śuklanīlādirūpatvādviśvarūpatvamādityasya sarvarūpatvādvā /
sarvāṇi rūpāṇi hi tvāṣṭrāṇi yato 'to vā viśvarūpa ādityastadupāsanāttava bahu viśvarūpamihāmutrārthamupakaraṇaṃ dṛśyate kule //1 //

start chup 5,13.2 pravṛtto 'śvatarīratho dāsī niṣkaḥ | atsy annaṃ paśyasi priyam | atty annaṃ paśyati priyaṃ bhavaty asya brahmavarcasaṃ kule ya etam evam ātmānaṃ vaiśvānaram upāste | cakṣuṣ ṭv etad ātmana iti hovāca | andho 'bhaviṣyo yan māṃ nāgamiṣya iti || chup_5,13.2 ||

chupbh_5,13.2 kiñca tvāmanu pravṛtto 'śvatarībhyāṃ yukto ratho 'śvatarīratho dāsīniṣko dāsībhiryukto niṣko hāro dāsīniṣkaḥ /
atsyannamityādi samānam /
cakṣurvaiśvānarasya tu savitā /
tasya samastabuddhyopāsanādandho 'bhaviṣyaścakṣurhīno 'bhavi ṣyo yanmāṃ nā'gamiṣya iti pūrvavat //2//

iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi pañcamādhyāyasya trayodaśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 5,14.1

atha hovācendradyumnaṃ bhāllaveyam | vaiyāghrapadya kaṃ tvam ātmānam upāssa iti | vāyum eva bhagavo rājann iti hovāca | eṣa vai pṛthagvartmātmā vaiśvānaro yaṃ tvam ātmānam upāsse | tasmāt tvāṃ pṛthag balaya āyanti pṛthag rathaśreṇayo 'nuyanti || chup_5,14.1 ||

chupbh_5,14.1 atha hovācendradyumnaṃ bhāllaveyaṃ vaiyāghrapadya kaṃ tvamātmānamupāḥsa ityādi samānam /
pṛthagvartmā nānā vartmāni yasya vāyorāvahodvahādibhirbhedairvartamānasya so 'yaṃ pṛthagvartmā vāyuḥ /
tasmātpṛthagvartmātmano vaiśvānarasyopāsanātpṛthaṅnānādikkāstvāṃ balayo vasrānnādilakṣaṇā balaya āyantyāgacchanti /
pṛthagrathaśreṇayo rathapaṅktayo 'pi tvāmanuyanti //1 //

start chup 5,14.2

atsy annaṃ paśyasi priyam | atty annaṃ paśyati priyaṃ bhavaty asya brahmavarcasaṃ kule ya etam evam ātmānaṃ vaiśvānaram upāste | prāṇas tv eṣa ātmana iti hovāca | prāṇas ta udakramiṣyad yan māṃ nāgamiṣya iti || chup_5,14.2 ||

chupbh_5,14.2 atsyannamityādi samānam /
praṇastveṣa ātmana iti hovāca prāṇaste tavodakramiṣyadutkrānto 'bhaviṣyadyanmāṃ nā'gamiṣya iti //2//

iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi pañcamādhyāyasya caturdaśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 5,15.1

atha hovāca janaṃ śārkarākṣyam | śārkarākṣya kaṃ tvam ātmānam upāssa iti | ākāśam eva bhagavo rājann iti hovāca | eṣa vai bahula ātmā vaiśvānaro yaṃ tvam ātmānam upasse | tasmāt tvaṃ bahulo 'si prajayā ca dhanena ca || chup_5,15.1 ||

chupbh_5,15.1 atha hovāca janamityādi samānam /
eṣa vai bahula ātmā vaiśvānaraḥ /
bahulatvamākāśasya sarvagatatvāt /
bahulaguṇopāsanācca tvaṃ bahulo 'si prajayā ca putrapautrādilakṣaṇayā dhanena ca hiraṇyādinā //1 //

start chup 5,15.2 atsy annaṃ paśyasi priyam | atty annaṃ paśyati priyaṃ bhavaty asya brahmavarcasaṃ kule ya etam evam ātmānaṃ vaiśvānaram upāste | saṃdehas tv eṣa ātmana iti hovāca | saṃdehas te vyaśīryad yan māṃ nāgamiṣya iti || chup_5,15.2 ||

chupbh_5,15.2 sandehastveṣa sandeho madhyamaṃ śarīraṃ vaiśvānarasya /
diherupacayārthatvānmāṃsarudhirāsthyādibhiśca bahulaṃ śarīraṃ tatsandehaste tava śarīraṃ vyaśīryacchīrṇamabhaviṣyadyanmāṃ nā'gamiṣya iti //2//

iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi pañcamādhyāyasya pañcadaśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 5,16.1

atha hovāca buḍilam āśvatarāśvim | vaiyāghrapadya kaṃ tvam ātmānam upāssa iti | apa eva bhagavo rājann iti hovāca | eṣa vai rayir ātmā vaiśvānaro yaṃ tvam ātmānam upāsse | tasmāt tvaṃ rayimān puṣṭimān asi || chup_5,16.1 ||

chupbh_5,16.1 atha hovāca buḍilamāśvatarāśvimityādi samānam /
eṣa vai rayirātmā vaiśvānaro dhanarūpaḥ /
adbhyo 'nnaṃ tato dhanamiti /
tasmādrayimāndhanavāṃstvaṃ puṣṭimāṃśca śarīreṇa;puṣṭeścānnanimittatvāt //1 //

start chup 5,16.2

atsy annaṃ paśyasi priyam | atty annaṃ paśyati priyaṃ bhavaty asya brahmavarcasaṃ kule ya etam evam ātmānaṃ vaiśvānaram upāste | bastis tv eṣa ātmana iti hovāca | bastis te vyabhetsyad yan māṃ nāgamiṣya iti || chup_5,16.2 ||

chupbh_5,16.2 bastistveṣa ātmano vaiśvānarasya bastirmūtrasaṃgrahasthānaṃ bastirmūtrasaṃgrahasthānaṃ bastiste vyabhetsyadbhinno 'bhaviṣyadyanmāṃ nā'gamiṣya iti //2//

iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi pañcamādhyāyasya ṣoḍaśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 5,17.1-2

atha hovācoddālakam āruṇim | gautama kaṃ tvam ātmānam upassa iti | pṛthivīm eva bhagavo rājann iti hovāca | eṣa vai pratiṣṭhātmā vaiśvānaro yaṃ tvam ātmānam upāsse | tasmāt tvaṃ pratiṣṭhito 'si prajayā ca paśubhiś ca || chup_5,17.1 ||

atsy annaṃ paśyasi priyam | atty annaṃ paśyati priyaṃ bhavaty asya brahmavarcasaṃ kule ya etam evam ātmānaṃ vaiśvānaram upāste | pādau tv etāv ātmana iti hovāca | pādau te vyamlāsyetāṃ yan māṃ nāgamiṣya iti || chup_5,17.2 ||

chupbh_5,17.1,2 atha hovācoddālakamityādi samānam /
pṛthivīmeva bhagavo rājanniti hovāca /
eṣa vai pratiṣṭhā pādau vaiśvānarasya /
pādau te vyamlāsyetāṃ vimlānāvabhaviṣyatāṃ ślathībhūtau yanmāṃ nā'gamiṣya iti //1-2 //

iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi pañcamādhyāyasya saptadaśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

======================================================================= start chup 5,18.1

tān hovāca | ete vai khalu yūyaṃ pṛthag ivemam ātmānaṃ vaiśvānaraṃ vidvāṃso 'nnam attha | yas tv etam evaṃ prādeśamātram abhivimānam ātmānaṃ vaiśvānaram upāste | sa sarveṣu lokeṣu sarveṣu bhūteṣu sarveṣv ātmasv annam atti || chup_5,18.1 ||

chupbh_5,18.1 tānyathoktavaiśvānaradarśanavato hovāca / ete yūyaṃ vai khalvityanarthakau / yūyaṃ pṛthagivāpṛthaksantamimamekaṃ vaiśvānaramātmānaṃ vidvāṃso 'nnamattha paricchinnātmabuddhyetyetaddhastidarśana iva jātyandhāḥ / yastvetamevaṃ yathoktāvayavairdyumūrdhādibhiḥ pṛthivīpādāntairviśiṣṭamekaṃ prādeśamātraṃ prādeśairdyumūrdhādibhiḥ pṛthivīpādāntairadhyātmaṃ mīyate jñāyata iti prādeśamātrām / mukhādiṣu vā karaṇeṣvattṛtvena mīyata iti prādeśamātraḥ / dyulokādipṛthivyantapradeśaparimāṇo vā prādeśamātraḥ / prakarṣeṇa śāsreṇā'diśyanta iti prādeśā dyulokādaya etāvatparimāṇaḥ / śākhāntare tu mūrdhādiḥ cibukapratiṣṭha iti prādeśamātraṃ kalpayanti / iha tu na tathābhipretaḥ / 
tasya ha vā etasyā'tmana ityādyupasaṃhārāt /
pratyagātmatayābhivimīyate 'hamiti jñāyata ityabhivimānastametamātmānaṃ vaiśvānaraṃ viśvānnarānnayati puṇyapāpānurūpāṃ gatiṃ sarvātmaiṣa īśvaro vaiśvānaro viśvo nara eva vā sarvātmatvāt /
viśvairvā naraiḥ pratyagātmatayā pravibhajya nīyata iti vaiśvānarastamevamupāste yaḥ so 'dannannādī sarveṣu lokeṣu dyulokādiṣu sarveṣu bhūteṣu carācareṣu sarveṣvātmasu śarīrendriyamanobuddhiṣu teṣu hyātmakalpanāvyapadeśaḥ prāṇināmannamatti vaiśvānaravitsarvātmā sannannamatti /
na yathājñaḥ piṇḍamātrābhimānaḥ sannityarthaḥ //1 //


start chup 5,18.2
tasya ha vā etasyātmano vaiśvānarasya mūrdhaiva sutejāś cakṣur viśvarūpaḥ prāṇaḥ pṛthagvartmātmā saṃdeho bahulo bastir eva rayiḥ pṛthivy eva pādāv ura eva vedir lomāṇi barhir hṛdayaṃ gārhapatyo mano 'nvāhāryapacana āsyam āhavanīyaḥ || chup_5,18.2 ||
chupbh_5,18.2 kasmādevam / yasmāttasya ha vai prakṛtasyaivaitasyā'tmano vaiśvānarasya mūrdhaiva sutejāścakṣurviśvarūpaḥ prāṇaḥ pṛthagvartmā'tmā sandeho bahulo bastireva rayiḥ pṛthivyeva pādau / athavā vidhyarthametadvacanamevamupāsya iti / 
athedānīṃ vaiśvānaravido bhojane 'gnihotraṃ saṃpipādayiṣannāha-etasya vaiśvānarasya bhokturura eva vedirākārasāmāvanyāt /
lomāni barhirvedyāmivorasi lomānyāstīrṇāni (na) dṛśyante /
hṛdayaṃ gārhapatyo hṛdayāddhi manaḥ praṇītamivānantarī bhavatyato 'nvāhāryapacano 'gnirmanaḥ /
āsyaṃ mukhamāhavanīya ivā'havanīyo hūyate 'sminnannamiti //2//


iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi pañcamādhyāyasyāṣṭādaśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 5,19.1

tad yad bhaktaṃ prathamam āgacchet tad dhomīyam | sa yāṃ prathamām āhutiṃ juhuyāt tāṃ juhuyāt prāṇāya svāheti | prāṇas tṛpyati || chup_5,19.1 ||

chupbh_5,19.1 tattatraivaṃ sati yadbhaktaṃ bhojanakāla āgacchedbhojanārthaṃ taddhotavyam /
agnihotrasampanmātrasya vivakṣitatvānnāgnihotrāṅgetikartavyatāprāptiriha /
sa bhoktā yāṃ prathamāmāhutiṃ juhuyāttāṃ kathaṃ juhutādityāha-prāṇāya svāhetyanena mantreṇā'hutiśabdādavadānapramāṇamannaṃ prakṣipedityarthaḥ /
tena prāṇastṛpyati //1 //

start chup 5,19.2

prāṇe tṛpyati cakṣus tṛpyati | cakṣuṣi tṛpyaty ādityas tṛpyati | āditye tṛpyati dyaus tṛpyati | divi tṛpyantyāṃ yat kiṃca dyauś cādityaś cādhitiṣṭhatas tat tṛpyati | tasyānu tṛptiṃ tṛpyati prajayā paśubhir annādyena tejasā brahmavarcaseneti || chup_5,19.2 ||

chupbh_5,19.2 prāṇe tṛpyati cakṣurādityo dyauścetyādi tṛpyati yaccānyaddyauścā'dityaśca svāmitvenādhitiṣṭhatastacca tṛpyati tasya tṛptimanu svayaṃ bhuñjānastṛpyatyevaṃ pratyakṣam /
kiṃ ca prajādibhiśca /
tejaḥ śarīrasthā dīptirujjvalatvaṃ prāgalbhyaṃ vā, brahmavarcasaṃ vṛttasvādhyāyanimittaṃ tejaḥ //2//

iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi pañcamādhyāyasyaikonaviṃśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 5,20.1

atha yāṃ dvitīyāṃ juhuyāt tāṃ juhuyād vyānāya svāheti | vyānas tṛpyati || chup_5,20.1 ||

vyāne tṛpyati śrotraṃ tṛpyati | śrotre tṛpyati candramās tṛpyati | candramasi tṛpyati diśas tṛpyanti | dikṣu tṛpyantīṣu yat kiṃca diśaś candramāś cādhitiṣṭhanti tat tṛpyati | tasyānu tṛptiṃ tṛpyati prajayā paśubhir annādyena tejasā brahmavarcaseneti || chup_5,20.2 ||

chupbh_5,20.1,2 atha yāṃ dvitīyāṃ caturthīṃ pañcamīmiti samānam //1-2 //

iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi pañcamādhyāyasya viṃśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 5,21.1-2

atha yāṃ tṛtīyāṃ juhuyāt tāṃ juhuyād apānāya svāheti | apānas tṛpyati || chup_5,21.1 ||

apāne tṛpyati vāk tṛpyati | vāci tṛpyantyām agnis tṛpyati | agnau tṛpyati pṛthivī tṛpyati | pṛthivyāṃ tṛpyantyāṃ yat kiṃ ca pṛthivī cāgniś cādhitiṣṭhatas tat tṛpyati | tasyānutṛptiṃ tṛpyati prajayā paśubhir annādyena tejasā brahmavarcaseneti || chup_5,21.2 ||

iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi pañcamādhyāyasyaikaviṃśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 5,22.1-2

atha yāṃ caturthīṃ juhuyāt tāṃ juhuyāt samānāya svāheti | samānas tṛpyati || chup_5,22.1 ||

samāne tṛpyati manas tṛpyati | manasi tṛpyati parjanyas tṛpyati | parjanye tṛpyati vidyut tṛpyati | vidyuti tṛpyantyāṃ yat kiṃ ca vidyuc ca parjanyaś cādhitiṣṭhatas tat tṛpyati | tasyānu tṛptiṃ tṛpyati prajayā paśubhir annādyena tejasā brahmavarcaseneti || chup_5,22.2 ||

iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi pañcamādhyāyasya dvāviṃśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 5,23.1-2

atha yām pañcamīṃ juhuyāt tāṃ juhuyāt udānāya svāheti | udānas tṛpyati || chup_5,23.1 ||

udāne tṛpyati tvak tṛpyati tvaci tṛpyantyāṃ vāyus tṛpyati | vāyau tṛpyaty ākāśas tṛpyati | ākāśe tṛpyati yat kiṃca vāyuś cākāśaś cādhitiṣṭhatas tat tṛpyati | tasyānu tṛptiṃ tṛpyati prajayā paśubhir annādyena tejasā brahmavarcaseneti || chup_5,23.2 ||

iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi pañcamādhyāyasya trayoviṃśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

start chup 5,24.1
sa ya idam avidvān agnihotraṃ juhoti yathāṅgārān apohya bhasmani juhuyāt tādṛk tat syāt || chup_5,24.1 ||
chupbh_5,24.1 sa yaḥ kaścididaṃ vaiśvānaradarśanaṃ yathoktamavidvānsannagnihotraṃ prasiddhaṃ juhoti yathāṅgārānāhutiyogyānapohyānāhutisthāne bhasmani juhuyāttādṛktattulyaṃ tasya tadagnihotrahavanaṃ syādvaiśvānaravido 'gnihotramapekṣyeti prasiddhāgnihotranindayā vaiśvānaravido 'gnihotraṃ stūyate //1 //

start chup 5,24.2
atha ya etad evaṃ vidvān agnihotraṃ juhoti tasya sarveṣu lokeṣu sarveṣu bhūteṣu sarveṣv ātmasu hutaṃ bhavati || chup_5,24.2 ||
chupbh_5,24.2 ataścaitadviśiṣṭamagnihotram /
katham /
atha ya etadevaṃ vidvānagnihotraṃ juhoti tasya yathoktavaiśvānaravijñānavataḥ sarveṣu lokeṣvityādyuktārtham /
hutamannamattītyanayorekārthatvāt //2 //

start chup 5,24.3
tad yatheṣīkātūlam agnau protaṃ pradūyetaivaṃ hāsya sarve pāpmānaḥ pradūyante ya etad evaṃ vidvān agnihotraṃ juhoti || chup_5,24.3 ||
chupbh_5,24.3 kiñca tadyatheṣīkāyāstūlamagramagnau protaṃ prakṣiptaṃ pradūyeta pradahyeta kṣipramevaṃ hāsya viduṣaḥ sarvātmabhūtasya sarvānnānāmattuḥ sarve niravaśiṣṭāḥ pāpmāno dharmādharmākhyā anekajanmasañcitā iha ca prāgjñānotpatterjñānasahabhāvinaśca pradūyante pradahyeranvartamānaśarīrārambhakapāpmavarjaṃ, lakṣyaṃ prati mukteṣuvatpravṛttaphalatvāttasya na dāhaḥ /
ya etadevaṃ vidvānagnihotraṃ juhoti bhuṅkte //3 //

start chup 5,24.4

tasmād u haivaṃvid yady api caṇḍālāya ucchiṣṭaṃ prayacchet | ātmani haivāsya tad vaiśvānare hutaṃ syād iti | tad eṣa ślokaḥ || chup_5,24.4 ||

chupbh_5,24.4 sa yadyapi caṇḍālāyocchiṣṭānarhāyocchiṣṭaṃ prayaccheducchiṣṭaṃ dadyātpratiṣiddhamucchiṣṭadānaṃ yadyapi kuryādātmani haivāsya caṇḍālahehasthe vaiśvānare taddhutaṃ syānnādharmanimittamiti vidyāmeva stauti /
tadetasminstutyarthe śloko mantro 'pyeṣa bhavati //4 //

start chup 5,24.5

yatheha kṣudhitā bālā mātaraṃ paryupāsate | evaṃ sarvāṇi bhūtāny agnihotram upāsata || chup_5,24.5 ||

chupbh_5,24.5 yatheha loke kṣudhitā bubhukṣitā bālā mātaraṃ paryupāsate kadā no mātānnaṃ prayacchatītyevaṃ sarvāṇi bhūtānyannādānyevaṃvido 'gnihotraṃ bhojanamupāsate kadā tvasau bhokṣyata iti, jagatsarvaṃ vidvadbhojanena tṛptaṃ bhavatītyarthaḥ / dviruktiradhyāyaparisamāptyarthā //5 // //

iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi pañcamādhyāyasya caturviṃśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ iti cchāndogyopaniṣadbrāhmaṇe pañcamodhyāyaḥ samāptaḥ

atha ṣaṣṭhodhyāyaḥ

start chup 6,1.1

śvetaketur hāruṇeya āsa | taṃ ha pitovāca śvetaketo vasa brahmacaryam | na vai somyāsmat kulīno 'nanūcya brahmabandhur iva bhavatīti || chup_6,1.1 ||

chupbh_6,1.1 śvetaketurhā'ruṇeya āsetyādyadhyāyasambandhaḥ / sarvaṃ khalvidaṃ brahma tajjalānityuktaṃ kathaṃ tasmājjagadidaṃ jāyate tasminneva ca līyate 'niti ca tenaivetyetadvaktavyam / anantaraṃ caikasminbhukte viduṣi sarvaṃ jagattṛptaṃ bhavatītyuktaṃ tadekatve satyātmanaḥ sarvabhūtasthasyopapadyate nā'tmabhede / kathaṃ ca tadekatvamiti tadartho 'yaṃ ṣaṣṭho 'dhyāya ārabhyate / 
pitāputrākhyāyikā vidyāyāḥ sāriṣṭhatvapradarśanārthā /
śvetaketuriti nāmato hetyaitihyārthaḥ āruṇeyo 'ruṇasya pautra āsa babhūva /
taṃ putraṃ hā'ruṇiḥ pitā yogyaṃ vidyābhājanaṃ manvānastasyopanayanakālātyayaṃ ca paśyannuvāca he śvetaketo 'nurūpaṃ guruṃ kulasya no gatvā vasa brahmacaryam /
na caitadyuktaṃ yadasmatkulīno he somyānanūcyānadhītya brahmabandhuriva bhavatīti brāhmaṇānbandhūnvyapadiśati na svayaṃ brāhmaṇavṛtta iti //1 //


start chup 6,1.2

sa ha dvādaśavarṣa upetya caturviṃśativarṣaḥ sarvān vedān adhītya mahāmanā anūcānamānī stabdha eyāya | taṃ ha pitovāca || chup_6,1.2 ||

chupbh_6,1.2 tasyātaḥ pravāso 'numīyate pituḥ / 
yena svayaṃ guṇavānsanputraṃ nopaneṣyati /
sa pitroktaḥ śvetaketurha dvādaśavarṣaḥ sannupetyā'cāryaṃ yāvaccatuviṃśativarṣo babhūva tāvatsarvānvedāṃścaturo 'pyadhītya tadarthaṃ ca buddhvā mahāmanā mahadgambhīraṃ mano yasyāsamamātmānamanyairmanyamānaṃ mano yasya so 'yaṃ mahāmanāḥ anūcānamānyanūcānamātmānaṃ manyata ityevaṃśīlo yaḥ so 'nūcānamānī stabdho 'praṇatasvabhāva eyāya gṛham /
tamevaṃbhūtaṃ hā'tmano 'nanurūpaśīlaṃ stabdhaṃ māninaṃ putraṃ dṛṣṭvā pitovāca saddharmāvatāracikīrṣayā /
śvetaketo yannivadaṃ mahāmanā anūcānamānī stabdhaścāsi kaste 'tiśayaḥ prāpta upādhyāyāt?utāpi tamādeśamādiśyata ityādeśaḥ kevalaśāsrācāryopadeśagamyamityetadyena vā paraṃ brahmā'diśyate sa ādeśastamaprākṣyaḥ pṛṣṭavānasyācāryam //2 //


start chup 6,1.3

śvetaketo yan nu somyedaṃ mahāmanā anūcānamānī stabdho 'si | uta tam ādeśam aprākṣyaḥ yenāśrutaṃ śrutaṃ bhavaty amataṃ matam avijñātaṃ vijñātam iti | kathaṃ nu bhagavaḥ sa ādeśo bhavatīti || chup_6,1.3 ||

chupbh_6,1.3 tamādeśaṃ viśinaṣṭi-yenā'deśena śrutenāśrutamapyanyacchataṃ bhavatyamataṃ matamatarkitaṃ tarkitaṃ bhavatyavijñānaṃ vijñātamaniścitaṃ niścitaṃ bhavatīti /
sarvānapi vedānadhātya sarvaṃ cānyadvedyamadhigamyāpyakṛtārtha eva bhavati yāvadātmatattvaṃ na jānātītyākhyāyikāto 'vagamyate /
tadetadadbhutaṃ śrutvā'ha-kathaṃ nvetadaprasiddhamanyavijñānenānyadvijñātaṃ bhavatītyevaṃ manvānaḥ pṛcchati kathaṃ nu kena prakāreṇa he bhagavaḥ sa ādeśo bhavatīti //3 //

start chup 6,1.4

yathā somyaikena mṛtpiṇḍena sarvaṃ mṛnmayaṃ vijñātaṃ syāt | vācārambhaṇaṃ vikāro nāmadheyaṃ mṛttikety eva satyam || chup_6,1.4 ||

chupbh_6,1.4 yathā sa ādeśo bhavati tacchṛṇu he somya / yathā loka ekena mṛtpiṇḍena ghaṭaśarāvādikāraṇabhūtena vijñātena sarvamanyadvikārajātaṃ mṛnmayaṃ mṛdvikārajātaṃ vijñātaṃ syāt / kathaṃ mṛtpiṇḍe kāraṇe vijñāte kāryamanyadvijñātaṃ syāt / naiṣa doṣaḥ / kāraṇenānanyatvātkāryasya / yanmanyase 'nyasminvijñāte 'nyanna jñāyata iti / satyamevaṃ syāt / yadyanyatkāraṇātkāryaṃ syānna tvevamanyatkāraṇātkāryam / kathaṃ tarhidaṃ loka idaṃ kāraṇamayasya vikāra iti / 
śṛṇu /
vācā'rambhaṇaṃ vāgārambhaṇaṃ vāgālambanamityetat /
ko 'sau vikāro nāmadheyaṃ nāmaiva nāmadheyaṃ svārthe dheyapratyayaḥ /
vāgālambanamātraṃ nāmaiva kevalaṃ na vikāro nāma vastvasti paramārthato mṛttiketyeva tu mṛttiketyeva tu mṛttikaiva satyaṃ vastvasti //4 //


start chup 6,1.5

yathā somyaikena lohamaṇinā sarvaṃ lohamayaṃ vijñātaṃ syāt | vācārambhaṇaṃ vikāro nāmadheyaṃ loham ity eva satyam || chup_6,1.5 ||

chupbh_6,1.5 yathā saumyaikena lohamaṇinā suvarṇapiṇḍena sarvamanyadvikārajātaṃ kaṭakamukuṭakeyūrādi vijñātaṃ syāt /
vācā'rambhaṇamityādi samānam //5 //

start chup 6,1.6-7

yathā somyaikena nakhanikṛntanena sarvaṃ kārṣṇāyasaṃ vijñātaṃ syāt | vācārambhaṇaṃ vikāro nāmadheyaṃ kṛṣṇāyasam ity eva satyam | evaṃ somya sa ādeśo bhavatīti || chup_6,1.6 ||

na vai nūnaṃ bhagavantas ta etad avediṣuḥ | yad dhy etad avediṣyan kathaṃ me nāvakṣyan | iti bhagavāṃs tv eva me bravītv iti | tathā somyeti hovāca || chup_6,1.7 ||

chupbh_6,1.6,7 yathā saumyaikena nakhanikṛntanenopalakṣitena kṛṣṇāyasapiṇḍenetyarthaḥ / sarvaṃ kārṣṇāyasaṃ kṛṣṇāyasavikārajātaṃ vijñātaṃ syāt / samānamanyat / anekadṛṣṭāntopādānaṃ dārṣṭāntikārekabhedānugamārthaṃ dṛḍhapratītyarthaṃ ca / 
evaṃ somya sa ādeśo yo mayokto bhavatītyuktavati pitaryāhetaro na vai nūnaṃ bhagavantaḥ pūjāvanto guravo mama ye ta etadyadbhavaduktaṃ vastu nāvediṣurna vijñātavanto nūnam /
yadyadi hyavediṣyan viditavanta etadvastu kathaṃ me guṇavate bhaktāyānugatāya nāvakṣyannoktavantastenāhaṃ manye na viditavanta iti /
avācyamapi gurornyagbhāvamavādītpunargurukulaṃ prati preṣaṇabhayāt /
ato bhagavāṃstveva me mahyaṃ tadvastu yena sarvajñatvaṃ jñātena me syāttadbravītu kathayatvityuktaḥ pitovāca tathāstu saumyeti //6-7 //


iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi ṣaṣṭhādhyāyasya prathamaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 6,2.1

sad eva somyedam agra āsīd ekam evādvitīyam | tad dhaika āhur asad evedam agra āsīd ekam evādvitīyam | tasmād asataḥ saj jāyata || chup_6,2.1 ||

chupbh_6,2.1 sadeva sadityastitāmātraṃ vastu sūkṣmaṃ nirviśeṣaṃ sarvagatamekaṃ nirañjanaṃ niravayavaṃ vijñānaṃ yadavagamyate sarvavedāntebhyaḥ / evaśabdo 'vadhāraṇārthaḥ / kiṃ tadavadhriyata ityāha / idaṃ jagannāmarūpakriyāvadvikṛtamupalabhyate yattatsadevā'sīdityāsīcchabdena sambadhyate / kadā sadevedamāsīdityucte / agre jagataḥ prāgutpatteḥ / kiṃ nedānīmidaṃ yadyenāgra āsīditi viśeṣyate / na, kathaṃ tarhi viśeṣaṇam / idānīmapīdaṃ sadeva kintu nāmarūpaviśeṣaṇavadidaṃśabdabuddhiviṣayaṃ cetīdaṃ ca bhavati / prāgutpattestvagre kevalasacchabdabuddhimātragamyameveti sadevedamagra āsīdityavadhāryate / na hi prāgutpatternāmavadrūpavadvedamiti grahītuṃ śakyaṃ vastu suṣuptakāla iva / yathā suṣuptādutthitaḥ sattvamātramavagacchati suṣupte sanmātrameva kevalaṃ vastviti tathā prāgutpatterityabhiprāyaḥ / yathedamucyate loke pūrvāhne ghaṭādi sisṛkṣuṇā kulālena mṛtpiṇḍaṃ prasāritamupalabhya grāmāntaraṃ gatvā pratyāgato 'parāhne tatraiva ghaṭaśarāvādyanekabhedabhinnaṃ kāryamupalabhya mṛdevedaṃ ghaṭaśarāvādi kevalaṃ pūrvāhne āsīditi tathehāpyucyate sadevedamagra āsīditi / ekameveti / svakāryapatitamanyannāstītyekamevetyucyate / advitīyamiti / mṛdvyatirekeṇa mṛdo yathānyadghaṭādyākāreṇa pariṇamayitṛkulālādinimittakāraṇaṃ dṛṣṭaṃ tathā sadvyatirekeṇa sataḥ sahakārikāraṇaṃ dvitīyaṃ vastvantaraṃ prāptaṃ pratiṣidhyate 'dvitīyamiti / nāsya dvitīyaṃ vastvantaraṃ vidyata ityadvitīyam / nanu veśeṣikapakṣe 'pi satsāmānādhikaramyaṃ sarvasyopapadyate / dravyaguṇādiṣu sacchabdabuddhyanuvṛtteḥ / saddravyaṃ sanguṇaḥ satkarmetyādidarśanāt / satyamevaṃ syādidānīṃ prāgutpattestu naivedaṃ kāryaṃ sadevā'sīdityabhyupagamyate vaiśeṣikaiḥ prāgutpatteḥ kāryasyāsattvābhyupagamāt / na caikameva sadadvitīyaṃ pragutpattericchanti / tasmādvaiśeṣikaparikalpitātsato 'nyatkāraṇamidaṃ saducyate mṛdādidṛṣṭāntebhyaḥ / tattatra haitasminprāgutpattervastunirūpaṇa eke vaināśikā āhurvastu nirūpayanto 'satsadabhāvamātraṃ prāgutpatteridaṃ jagadekamevāgre 'dvitīyamāsīditi / sadabhāvamātraṃ hi prāgutpattestattvaṃ kalpayanti bauddhāḥ / na tu satpratidvandvi vastvantaramicchanti / yathā saccāsaditi gṛhyamāmaṃ yathābhūtaṃ tadviparītaṃ tattvaṃ bhavatīti naiyāyikāḥ / nanu sadabhāvamātraṃ prāgutpatteścedabhipretaṃ vaināśikaiḥ kathaṃ prāgutpatteridamāsīdasadekamevādvitīyaṃ ceti kālasambandhaḥ saṃkhyāsambandho 'dvitīyatvaṃ cocyate taiḥ / bāḍhaṃ na yuktaṃ teṣāṃ bhāvābhāvamātramabhyupagacchatām / asattavamātrābhyupagamo 'pyayukta evābhyupaganturanabhyupagamānupapatteḥ / idānīmabhyupagantābhyupagamyate na prāgutpatteriti cet / na / prāgutpatteḥ sadabhāvasya pramāṇābhāvāt prāgutpatterasadevetikalpanānupapattiḥ / nanu kathaṃ vastvākṛteḥ śabdārthatve 'sadekamevādvitīyamitipadārthavākyārthopapatt iḥ?tadanupapattau cedaṃ vākyamapramāṇaṃ prasajyeteti ceti / naiṣa doṣaḥ / sadgrahaṇanivṛttiparatvādvākyasya / sadityayaṃ tāvacchabdaḥ sadākṛtivācakaḥ / ekamevādvitīyamityetau ca sacchabdena samānādhikaraṇau / tathedamāsīditi ca / tatra nañ sadvākye prayuktaḥ sadvākyamevāvalambya sadvākyārthaviṣayāṃ buddhiṃ sadekamevādvitīyamidamāsīdityevaṃlakṣaṇāṃ tataḥ sadvākyārthānnivartayatyaśvārūḍha ivāśvālambano 'śvaṃ tadabhimukhaviṣayānnivartayati tadvat / na tu punaḥ sadabhāvamevābhidhatteḥ / 
ataḥ puruṣasya viparītagrahaṇanivṛttyarthaparamidamasadevetyādi vākyaṃ prayujyate /
darśayitvā hi viparītagrahaṇaṃ tato nivartayituṃ śakyata ityarthavattvādasadādivākyasya śrautatvaṃ prāmāṇyaṃ ca siddhamityadoṣaḥ /
tasmādasataḥ sarvābhāvarūpātsadvidyamānamajāyata samutpannam /
aḍabhāvaśchāndasaḥ //1 //


start chup 6,2.2

kutas tu khalu somyaivaṃ syād iti hovāca | katham asataḥ saj jāyeta | sat tv eva somyedam agra āsīd ekam evādvitīyam || chup_6,2.2 ||

chupbh_6,2.2 tadetadviparītagrahaṇaṃ mahāvaināśikapakṣaṃ darśayitvā pratiṣedhati-kutastu pramāṇātkhalu he somyaivaṃ syādasataḥ sajjāyatetyevaṃ kuto bhavenna kutaścitpramāṇādevaṃ sambhavatītyarthaḥ / yadapi bījopamarde 'ṅkuro jāyamāno dṛṣṭo 'bhāvadeveti tadapyabhyupagamaviruddhaṃ teṣām / katham / ye tāvadbījāvayavā bījasaṃsthānaviśiṣṭāste 'ṅkure 'pyanuvartanta eva na teṣāmupamarde 'ṅkurajanmani / yatpunarbījākārasaṃsthānaṃ tadbījāvayavavyatirekeṇa vastubhūtaṃ na vaināśikairabhyupagamyate yadaṅkurajanmanyupamṛdyeta / atha tadastyavayavavyatiriktaṃ vastubhūtaṃ tathā ca satyabhyupagamavirodhaḥ / atha saṃvṛtyābhyupagataṃ bījasaṃsthānarūpamupamṛdyata iti cet / keyaṃ saṃvṛtirnāma kimasāvabhāva uta bhāva?iti / yadyabhāvo dṛṣṭāntābhāvaḥ / atha bhāvastathāpi nābhāvādaṅkurotpattirbījāvayavebhyo hyaṅkurotpattiḥ / avayavā apyupamṛdyanta iti cet / na / tadavayaveṣu tulyatvāt / yathā vaināśikānāṃ bījasaṃsthānarūpo 'vayavī nāsti tathāvayavā apīti teṣāmapyupamardānupapattiḥ / bījāvayavānāmapi sūkṣmāvayavāstadavayavānāmapyanye sūkṣmatarāvayavā ityevaṃ prasaṅgasyānivṛtteḥ sarvatropamardānupapattiḥ / sadbuddhyanuvṛtteḥ sattvānivṛttiśceti sadvādināṃ sata eva sadutpattiḥ setsyati / na tvasadvādināṃ dṛṣṭānto 'styasataḥ sadutpatteḥ / mṛtpiṇḍādghaṭotpattirdṛśyate sadvādināṃ tadbhāve bhāvāttadabhāve cābhāvāt / yadyabhāvādeva ghaṭa utpadyeta ghaṭārthinā mṛtpiṇḍo nopādīyeta / abhāvaśabdabuddhyanuvṛttiśca ghaṭādau prasajyeta / na tvetadastyato nāsataḥ sadutpattiḥ / yadapyāhurmṛdbuddhirghaṭabuddhernimittamiti mṛdbuddhirghaṭabuddheḥ kāraṇamucyate na tu paramārthata eva mṛdghaṭo vāstīti tadapi mṛdbuddhirvidyamānā vidyamānāyā eva ghaṭabuddheḥ kāraṇamiti nāsataḥ sadutpattiḥ / mṛdghaṭabuddhyornimittanaimittikatayā'nantaryamātraṃ na tu kāryakāraṇatvamiti cet / na / buddhīnāṃ nairantarye gamyamāne vaināśikānāṃ bahirdṛṣṭāntābhāvāt / ataḥ kutastu khalu somyaivaṃ syāditi hovāca kathaṃ kena prakāreṇāsataḥ sajjāyeteti / asataḥ sadutpattau na kaścidapi dṛṣṭāntaprakāro 'stītyabhiprāyaḥ / evamasadvādipakṣamunmadhyopasaṃharati sattveva somyedamagra āsīditi svapakṣasiddhim / nanu sadvādino 'pi sataḥ sadutpadyata iti naiva dṛṣṭānto 'sti / ghaṭādghaṭāntarotpattyadarśanāt / satyamevaṃ na sataḥ sadantaramutpadyate kiṃ tarhi sadeva saṃsthānāntareṇāvatiṣṭhate / yathā sarpaḥ kuṇḍalī bhavati / yathā ca mṛccūrṇapiṇḍaghaṭakapālādiprabhedaiḥ / yadyevaṃ sadeva sarvaprakāravasthaṃ kataṃ prāgutpatteridamāsīditi / ucyate / nanu na śrutaṃ tvayā sadevetyava dhāraṇamidaṃśabdavācyasya kāryasya / prāptaṃ tarhi prāgutpatterasadevā'sīnnedaṃśabdavācyamidānīmidaṃ jātamiti / na / sata evedaṃśabdabuddhiviṣayatayāvasthānādyathā mṛdeva piṇḍaghaṭādiśabdabuddhiviṣayatvenāvatiṣṭhate tadvat / nanu yathā mṛdvastvevaṃ piṇḍaghaṭādyapi tadvatsadbuddheranyabuddhiviṣayatvātkāryasya sato 'nyadvastvantaraṃ syātkāryajātaṃ yathāśvādgauḥ / na / piṇḍaghaṭādīnāmitaretaravyabhicāre 'pi mṛttvāvyabhicārāt / yadyapi ghaṭaḥ piṇḍaṃ vyabhicarati piṇḍaśca ghaṭaṃ tathāpi mṛttavaṃ na vyabhicaratastasmānmṛnmātraṃ piṇḍaghaṭau / (vyabhicarati tvaśvaṃ gauraśvo vā gām) / tasmānmṛdādisaṃsthānamātraṃ ghaṭādayaḥ / evaṃ satsaṃsthānamātramidaṃ sarvamiti yuktaṃ prāgutpatteḥ / sadeveti / vācārambhaṇamātratvādvikārasaṃsthānamātrasya / nanu niravayavaṃ sat"niṣkalaṃ niṣkriyaṃ śāntaṃ niravadyaṃ nirañjanaṃ" "divyo hyamūrtaḥ puruṣaḥ sabāhyābhyantaro hyaja"ityādiśrutibhyo niravayavasya sataḥ kathaṃ vikārasaṃsthānamupapadyate / 
naiṣa doṣaḥ /
rajjvādyavayavebhyaḥ sarpādisaṃsthānavadbuddhipārikalpitebhyaḥ sadavayavebyo vikārasaṃsthānopapatteḥ /
vācā'rambhaṇaṃ vikāro nāmadheyaṃ mṛttiketyeva satyamevaṃ sadeva satyamiti śruteḥ /
ekamevādvitīyaṃ paramārthata idaṃbuddhikāle 'pi //2 //


start chup 6,2.3

tad aikṣata | bahu syāṃ prajāyeyeti | tat tejo 'sṛjata | tat teja aikṣata | bahu syāṃ prajāyeyeti | tad apo 'sṛjata | tasmād yatra kva ca śocati svedate vā puruṣas tejasa eva tad adhy āpo jāyante || chup_6,2.3 || 

chupbh_6,2.3 tatsadaikṣatekṣāṃ darśanaṃ kṛtavat / ataśca na pradhānaṃ sāṃkhyaparikalpitaṃ jagatkāraṇam / pradhānasyācetanatvābhyupadamāt / idaṃ tu saccetanamīkṣitṛtvāt / tatkathamaikṣatetyāha-bahu prabhūtaṃ syāṃ bhaveyaṃ prajāyeta prakarṣeṇotpadyeya / yathā mṛdghaṭādyākareṇa yathā vā rajjavādi sarpādyākāreṇa buddhiparikalpitena / asadeva tarhi sarvaṃ yadgṛhyate rajjuriva sarpādyākāreṇa buddhiparikalpitena / asadeva tarhi sarvaṃ yadgṛhyate rajjuriva sarpādyākareṇa / na / sata eva dvaitabhedenānyathāgṛhyamāṇatvānnāsattvaṃ kasyacitkvaciditi brūmaḥ / yathā sato 'nyadvastvantaraṃ parikalpya punastasyaiva prāgutpatteḥ pradhvaṃsāccordhvamasattvaṃ bruvate tārkikā na tathāsmābhiḥ kadācitkvacidipi sato 'nyadabhidhānamabhidheyaṃ vā vastu parikalpyate / sadeva tu sarvamabhidhānamabhidhīyate ca yadanyabuddhyā / tathā rajjureva sarpabuddhyā sarpa ityabhidhīyate yathā vā piṇḍaghaṭādi mṛdo 'nyabuddhyā piṇḍaghaṭādiśabdenābhidhīyate loke / rajjuvivekadarśināṃ tu sarpābhidhānabuddhī nivartete yathā ca mṛdvivekadarśināṃ ghaṭādiśabdabuddhī tadvatsadvivekadarśināmanyavikāraśabdabuddhī nivartete / "yato vāco nivartante / aprāpya manasā sahe"ti"anirukte 'nilayana"ityādiśrutibhyaḥ / evamīkṣitvā tattejo 'sṛjata tejaḥ sṛṣṭavat / nanu tasmādvā etasmādātmana ākāśaḥ saṃbhūta iti śrutyantara ākāśādvāyustatastṛtīyaṃ tejaḥ śrutamiha tu katha prāthamyena tasmādeva tejaḥ sṛjyate tata eva cā'kāśamiti viruddham / naiṣa doṣaḥ / ākāśavāyusargānantaraṃ tatsattejo 'sṛjatetikalpanopapatteḥ / atha vāvivakṣita iha sṛṣṭikramaḥ satkāryamidaṃ sarvamataḥ sadekamevādvitīyamityetadvivakṣitam / mṛdādidṛṣṭāntāt / athavā trivṛtkaraṇasya vivakṣitatvāttejobannānāmeva sṛṣṭimācaṣṭe / teja iti prasiddhaṃ loke dagdhṛ paktṛ prakāśakaṃ rohitaṃ ceti / tatsatsṛṣṭaṃ teja aikṣata tejorūpasaṃsthitaṃ sadaikṣatetyarthaḥ / 
bahu syāṃ prajāyeyeti pūrvavat /
tadapo 'sṛjata /
āpo dravāḥ snigdhāḥ syandinyaḥ śuklāśceti prasiddhā loke /
yasmāttejasaḥ kāryabhūtā āpastasmādyatra kvaca deśe kāle vā śocati santapyate svedate prasvidyate vā puruṣastejasa eva tattadā'po 'dhijāyante //3//


6.2.4 tā āpa aikṣanta bahvayaḥ syāma prajāyemahīti tā annamasṛjanta tasmādyatra kva ca varṣati tadeva bhūyiṣṭhamannaṃ bhavatyadbhya eva tadadhyannādyaṃ jāyate //4//

chupbh_6,2.4 tā āpa aikṣanta pūrvavadevābākārasaṃsthitaṃ sadaikṣatetyarthaḥ / bahvayaḥ prabhūtāḥ syāma bhavema prajāyemahi utpadyemahoti / tā annamasṛjanta pṛthivīlakṣaṇam / pārthivaṃ hyannaṃ yasmādapkāryamannaṃ tasmādyatra kva ca varṣati deśe tattatraiva bhūyiṣṭhaṃ prabūtamannaṃ bhavati / ato 'dbhya eva tadannādyamadhijāyate / tā annamasṛjanteti pṛthivyuktā pūrvamiha tu dṛṣṭānte 'nnaṃ ca tadādyaṃ ceti viśeṣaṇādvrīhiyavādyā ucyante / annaṃ ca guru sthiraṃ dhāraṇaṃ kṛṣṇaṃ ca rūpataḥ prasiddham / nanu tejaḥ prabhṛtiṣvīkṣaṇaṃ na gamyate hiṃsādipratiṣedhābhāvāttrāsādikāryānupalambhācca tatra kathaṃ tatteja aikṣatetyādi / neṣa doṣaḥ / īkṣitṛkāraṇapariṇāmatvāttejaḥ prabhṛtīnāṃ sata ivekṣiturniyatakramaviśiṣṭakāryotpādakatvāt tejaḥ prabhṛtīkṣata ivekṣata ityucyate bhūtam / nanu sato 'pyupacaritamevekṣitṛtvam / na / sadīkṣaṇasya kevalaśabdagamyatvānna śakyamupacaritaṃ kalpayitum / tejaḥ prabhṛtīnāṃ tvanumīyate mukhyekṣaṇābhāva iti yuktamupacaritaṃ kalpayitum / nanu sato 'pi mṛdvatkāraṇatvādacetanatvaṃ śakyamanumātum / ataḥ pradhānasyaivācetanasya sataścetanārthatvānniyatakālakramaviśiṣṭakāryotpādakatvāccaikṣatevaikṣateti śakyamanumātumupacaritamevekṣaṇam / dṛṣṭaśca loke 'cetane cetanavadupacāraḥ / yathā kūlaṃ pipatiṣatīti tadvatsato 'pi syāt / na / tatsatyaṃ sa ātmeti tasminnātmopadeśāt / ātmopadeśo 'pyupacarita iti cedyathā mamā'tmā bhadrasena iti ātmanaḥ sarvārthakāriṇyanātmanyātmopacārastadvat / na / sadasmīti satsatyābhisandhasya"tasya tāvadeva ciram" iti mokṣopadeśāt / so 'pyupacāra iti cet / pradhānātmābhisandhasya mokṣasāmīpyaṃ vartata iti mokṣopadeśo 'pyupacarita eva / yathā loke grāmaṃ gantuṃ prasthitaḥ prāptavānahaṃ grāmamiti brūyāt tvarāpekṣayā tadvat / na / yena vijñātenāvijñātaṃ vijñātaṃ bhavatītyupakramāt / satyetasminvijñāte sarvaṃ vijñātaṃ bhavati tadananyatvātsarvasyādvitīyavacanācca / 
na cānyadvijñātavyamavaśiṣṭaṃ śrāvitaṃ śrutyānumeyaṃ vā liṅgato 'sti yena mokṣopadeśa upacaritaḥ syāt /
sarvasya ca prapāṭhakārthasyopacaritatvaparikalpanāyāṃ vṛthā śramaḥ parikalpayituḥ syātpuruṣārthasādhanavijñānasya tarkeṇaivādhigatatvāttasya /
tasmādvedaprāmāṇyānna śrutārthaparityāgaḥ /
ataścetanāvatkāraṇaṃ jagata iti siddham //4//


iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi ṣaṣṭhādhyāyasya dvitīyaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 6,3.1
teṣāṃ khalv eṣāṃ bhūtānāṃ trīṇy eva bījāni bhavanty āṇḍajaṃ jīvajam udbhijjam iti || chup_6,3.1 ||
chupbh_6,3.1 teṣāṃ jīvāviṣṭānāṃ khalveṣāṃ pakṣyādīnāṃ bhūtānāmeṣāmiti pratyakṣanirdeśānna tu tejaḥprabhṛtīnāṃ teṣāṃ trivṛtkaraṇasya vakṣyamāṇatvādasati trivṛtkarame pratyakṣanirdeśānupapattiḥ / devatāśabdaprayogācca tejaḥ prabhṛtiṣvimāstisro devatā iti / tasmātteṣāṃ bhūtānāṃ pakṣipaśusthāvarādīnāṃ trīṇyeva nātiriktāni bījāni kāraṇāni bhavanti / kāni tānītyucyante / āṇḍajamaṇḍājjātamaṇḍajamaṇḍajamevā'ṇḍajaṃ pakṣyādi / pakṣisarpādibhyo hi pakṣisarpādayo jāyamānā dṛśyante / tena pakṣī pakṣiṇāṃ bījaṃ sarpaḥ sarpāṇāṃ tathānyadapyaṇḍājjātaṃ tajjātīyānāṃ bījamityarthaḥ / nanvaṇḍājjātamaṇḍajamucyate 'to 'ṇḍameva bījamiti yuktaṃ kathamaṇḍajaṃ bījamucyate / satyamevaṃ syādyadi tvadicchātantrā śrutiḥ syātstavatantrā tu śrutiryata āhā'ṇḍajādyeva bījaṃ nāṇḍādīti / dṛśyate cāṇḍajādyabhāve tajjātīyasantatyabhāvo nāṇḍādyabhāve / ato 'ṇḍajādīnyeva bījānyaṇḍajādīnām / 
tathā jīvājjātaṃ jīvajaṃ jarāyujamityetatpuruṣapaśvādi /
udbhijjamudbhinattītyudbhitsthāvaraṃ tato jātamudbhijjaṃ dhānā vodbhittato jāyata ityudbhijjaṃ sthāvarabījaṃ sthāvarāṇāṃ bījamityarthaḥ /
svedajasaṃśokajayoraṇḍajodbhijjayoreva yathāsambhavamantarbhāvaḥ /
evaṃ hyavadhāraṇaṃ trīṇyeva bījānītyupapannaṃ bhavati //1 //


start chup 6,3.2

seyaṃ devataikṣata | hantāham imās tisro devatā anena jīvenātmanānupraviśya nāmarūpe vyākaravāṇīti || chup_6,3.2 ||

chupbh_6,3.2 seyaṃ prakṛtā sadākhyā tejobannayonirdevatoktaikṣatekṣitavatī yathāpūrvaṃ bahu syāmiti / tadeva bahubhavanaṃ prayojanaṃ nādyāpi nirvṛttamityata īkṣāṃ punaḥ kṛtavatī bahubhavanameva prayojanamurarīkṛtya / katham / hantedānīmahamimā yathoktāsteja ādyāstisro devatā, anena jīveneti, svabuddhisthaṃ pūrvasṛṣṭyanubhūtaprāṇadhārāṇamātmānameva smarantyāhānena jīvenā'tmaneti / prāṇadhāraṇakartrā'tmaneti vacanātsvātmano 'vyatiriktena caitanyasvarūpatayāviśiṣṭenetyetaddarśayati / anupraviśya, tejobannabhūtamātrāsaṃsargeṇa labdhaviśeṣavijñānā satī, nāma ca rūpaṃ ca nāmarūpe vyākaravāṇi vispaṣṭamākaravā"ṇyasaunāmāyamidaṃrūpa"iti vyākuryāmityarthaḥ / nanu na yuktamidamasaṃsāriṇyāḥ sarvajñāyā devatāyā buddhipūrvakamanekaśatasahasrānarthāśrayaṃ dehamanupraviśya duḥkhamanubhaviṣyāmīti saṅkalpanamanupraveśaśca svātantrye sati /

satyamevaṃ na yuktaṃ syādyadi svenaivāvikṛtena rūpeṇānupraviśeyaṃ duḥkhamanubhaveyamiti ca saṅkalpitavatī na tvevam / kathaṃ tarhi / anena jīvenā'tmanānupraviśyeti vacanāt / jīvo hi nāma devatāyā ābhāsamātram / buddhyādibhūtamātrāsaṃsargajanita ādarśa iva praviṣṭaḥ puruṣapratibimbo jalādiṣviva ca sūryādīnām / acintyānantaśaktimatyā devatāyā buddhyādisambandhaścaitanyābhāso devatāsvarūpavivekāgrahaṇanimittaḥ sukhī duḥkhī mūḍha ityādyanekavikalpapratyayahetuḥ / 
chāyāmātreṇa jīvarūpeṇānupraviṣṭatvāddevatā na daihikaiḥ svataḥ sukha duḥkhādibhiḥ sambadhyate /
yathā puruṣādityādaya ādarśodakādiṣu cchāyāmātreṇānupraviṣṭā ādarśodakadidoṣainaṃ sambadhyante tadvaddevatāpi /
sūryo yathā sarvalokasya cakṣurna lipyate cākṣuṣairbāhyadoṣaiḥ /
ekastathā sarvabhūtāntarātmā na lipyate lokaduḥkhena bāhyaḥ //


"ākāśavatsarvagataśca nityaḥ"iti ca vājasaneyake / nanu cchāyāmātraścejjīvo mṛṣaiva prāptastayā paralokehalokādi ca tasya / naiṣa doṣaḥ / sadātmanā satyatvābhyupagamāt / sarvaṃ ca nāmarūpādi sadātmanaiva satyaṃ vikārajātaṃ svastvanṛtameva / vācā'rambhaṇa vikāro nāmadheyamityukkatvāt / 
tathā jīvo 'pīti /
yakṣānurūpo hi baliriti nyāyaprasiddhiḥ /
ataḥ sadātmanā sarvavyavahārāṇāṃ sarvavikārāmāṃ ca satyatvaṃ sato 'nyatvenānṛtatvamiti na kaściddoṣastārkikairihānuvaktuṃ śakyaḥ /
yathetaretaraviruddhadvaitavādāḥ svabuddhivikalpamātrā atattvaniṣṭhā iti śakyaṃ vaktum //2 //


start chup 6,3.3

tāsāṃ trivṛtaṃ trivṛtam ekaikāṃ karavāṇīti | seyaṃ devatemās tisro devatā anenaiva jīvenātmanānupraviśya nāmarūpe vyākarot || chup_6,3.3 ||

chupbh_6,3.3 saivaṃ tisro devatā anupraviśya svātmāvasthe bījabhūte avyākṛte nāmarūpe vyākaravāṇītīkṣitvā tāsāṃ ca tisṛṇāṃ devatānāmekaikāṃ trivṛtaṃ trivṛtaṃ karavāṇi / 
ekaikasyāsrivṛtkaraṇa ekaikasyāḥ prādhānyaṃ dvayordvayorguṇabhāvo 'nthathā hi rajjavā ivaikameva trivṛtkaraṇaṃ syāt na tu tisṛṇāṃ pṛthakpṛthaktrivṛtkaraṇamiti /
evaṃ hi tejobannānāṃ pṛthaṅnāmapratyayalābhaḥ syātteja idamimā āpo 'nnamidamiti ca /
sati ca pṛthaṅnāmapratyayalābhe devatānāṃ samyagvyavahārasya prasiddhiḥ prayojanaṃ syāt /
evamīkṣitvā seyaṃ devatemāstisro devatā anenaiva yathoktenaiva jīvena sūryabimbavadantaḥ praviśya vairājaṃ piṇḍaṃ prathamaṃ devādīnāṃ ca piṇḍānanupraviśya yathāsaṅkalpameva nāmarūpe vyākarodasaunāmāyamidaṃrūpa iti //3 //


start chup 6,3.4

tāsāṃ trivṛtaṃ trivṛtam ekaikām akarot | yathā tu khalu somyemās tisro devatās trivṛt trivṛd ekaikā bhavati tan me vijānīhīti || chup_6,3.4 ||

chupbh_6,3.4 tāsāṃ ca devatānāṃ guṇapradhānabhāvena trivṛtaṃ trivṛtamekaikāmakarotkṛtavatī devatā /
tiṣṭhatu tāvaddevatādipiṇḍānāṃ nāmarūpābhyāṃ vyākṛtānāṃ tejobannamayatvena tridhātvaṃ, yathā tu khalu bahurimāḥ piṇḍebhyastisro devatāsrivṛttrivṛdekaikā bhavati tanme mama nigadato vijānīhi viṣṭaspamavadhārayodāharaṇataḥ //4//

iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi ṣaṣṭhādhyāyasya tṛtīyaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 6,4.1

yad agne rohitaṃ rūpaṃ tejasas tad rūpam | yac chuklaṃ tad apām | yat kṛṣṇaṃ tad annasya | apāgād agner agnitvam | vācārambhaṇaṃ vikāro nāmadheyaṃ trīṇi rūpāṇīty eva satyam || chup_6,4.1 ||

chupbh_6,4.1 yattaddevatānāṃ trivṛtkaraṇamuktaṃ tasyaivodāharaṇamucyate / udāharaṇaṃ nāmaikadeśaprasiddhyarthamudāhriyata iti / tadetadāha - yadagnesrivṛtkṛtānāṃ, yatkṛṣṇaṃ tasyaivāgne rūpaṃ tadannasya pṛthivyā atrivṛtkṛtāyā iti viddhi / tatraivaṃ sata rūpatrayavyatirekeṇāgniriti yanmanyase tvaṃ tasyāgneragnitvamidānīmapāgādapagatam / prāgrūpatrayavivekavijñānādyāgnibuddhirāsītte sāgnibuddhirapagatāgniśabdaścetyarthaḥ / yathādṛṣyamānaraktopadhānasaṃyuktaḥ sphaṭiko gṛhyamāṇaḥ padmarāgo 'yamitiśabdabuddhyoḥ prayojako bhavati prāgupadhānasphaṭikayorvivekavijñāne tu padmarāgaśabdabuddhī nivartete tadvivekavijñātustadvat / 
nanu kimatra buddhiśabdakalpanayā kriyate prāgrūpatrayavivekakaraṇādagnirevā'sīttadagneragnitvaṃ rohitādirūpavivekakaraṇādapāgāditi yuktaṃ yathā tantvapakarṣaṇe paṭābhāvaḥ /
naivaṃ, buddhiśabdamātrameva hyagniryata āha vācā'rambhaṇamagnirnāma vikāro nāmadheya nāmamātramityarthaḥ /
ato 'gnibuddharapi mṛṣaiva /
kiṃ tarhi tatra satyaṃ trīṇi rūpāṇītyeva satyaṃ nāṇumātramapi rūpatrayavyatirekeṇa satyamastītyavadhāraṇārthaḥ //1 //


start chup 6,4.2

yad ādityasya rohitaṃ rūpaṃ tejasas tad rūpam | yac chuklaṃ tad apām | yat kṛṣṇaṃ tad annasya | apāgād ādityād ādityatvam | vācārambhaṇaṃ vikāro nāmadheyaṃ trīṇi rūpāṇīty eva satyam || chup_6,4.2 ||

yac candramaso rohitaṃ rūpaṃ tejasas tad rūpam | yac chuklaṃ tad apām | yat kṛṣṇaṃ tad annasya | apāgāc candrāc candratvam | vācārambhaṇaṃ vikāro nāmadheyaṃ trīṇi rūpāṇīty eva satyam || chup_6,4.3 ||

yad vidyuto rohitaṃ rūpaṃ tejasas tad rūpam | yac chuklaṃ tad apām | yat kṛṣṇaṃ tad annasya | apāgād vidyuto vidyuttvam | vācārambhaṇaṃ vikāro nāmadheyaṃ trīṇi rūpāṇīty eva satyam || chup_6,4.4 ||

chupbh_6,4.2,3,4 tathā yadādityasya yaccandramaso yadvidyuta ityādi samānam / nanu yathā nu khalu somyemāstisro devatāsrivṛttrivṛdekaikā bhavati tanme vijānīhityuktvā tejasa eva caturbhirapyudāharaṇairagnyādibhisrivṛtkaraṇaṃ darśitaṃ nābannayorudāharaṇaṃ darśitaṃ trivṛtkaraṇe / naiṣa doṣaḥ / abannaviṣayāṇyapyudāharaṇānyevameva ca draṣṭavyānīti manyate śrutiḥ / tejasa udāharaṇamupalakṣaṇārtham / rūpavattvātspaṣṭārthatvopapatteśca / gandharasayoranudāharaṇaṃ trayāṇāmasambhavāt / na hi gandharasau tejasi staḥ / sparśaśabdayoranudāharaṇaṃ vibhāgena darśayitumaśakyatvāt / yadi sarvaṃ jagattrivṛtkṛtamityagnyādivattrīṇi rūpāṇītyeva satyamagneragnitvavadapāgājjagato jagattvam / tathānnasyāpyapśuṅgatvādāpa ityeva satyaṃ vācārambhaṇamātramannam / tathāpāmapi tejaḥśuṅgatvādvācārambhaṇatvaṃ teja ityeva satyam / tejaso 'pi sacchuṅgatvādvācārambhaṇatvaṃ sadityeva satyamityeṣor'tho vivakṣitaḥ / nanu vāyvantarikṣe tvatrivṛtkṛte tejaḥ prabhṛtiṣvanantarbhūtatvādavaśiṣyete / evaṃ gandharasaśabdasparśāścāvaśiṣṭā iti kathaṃ satā vijñātena sarvamanyadvijñātaṃ bhavettadvijñāne vā prakārāntaraṃ vācyam / naiṣa doṣaḥ / rūpavaddravye sarvasya darśanāt / tejasi tāvadrūpavati śabdasparśayorapyulabhbhādvāyvantarikṣayostatra sparśaśabdaguṇavatoḥ sadbhāvo 'numīyate / tathābannayo rūpavato rasagandhāntabhāva iti / rūpavatāṃ trayāṇāṃ tejobannānāṃ trivṛtkaraṇapradarśanena sarvaṃ tadantarbhūtaṃ sadvikāratvāt rūpatrayavat vijñātaṃ manyate śrutiḥ / 
na hi mūrtaṃ rūpavaddravyaṃ pratyākhyāya vāyvākāśayostadguṇayorgandharasayorvā grahaṇamasti /
athavā rūpavatāmapi trivṛtkaraṇaṃ pradarśanārthameva manyate śrutiḥ /
yathā tu trivṛtkṛte trīṇi rūpāṇītyeva satyaṃ tathā pañcīkaraṇe 'pi samāno nyāya ityataḥ sarvasya sadvikāratvātsatā vijñātena sarvamidaṃ vijñātaṃ syātsadekamevādvitīyaṃ satyamiti siddhameva bhavati /
tadekasminsati vijñāte sarvamidaṃ vijñātaṃ bhavatīti sūktam //2-4 //


start chup 6,4.5

etad dha sma vai tadvidvāṃsa āhuḥ pūrve mahāśālā mahāśrotriyāḥ | na no 'dya kaścanāśrutam amatam avijñātam udāhariṣyati | iti hy ebhyo vidāṃ cakruḥ || chup_6,4.5 ||

chupbh_6,4.5 etadvidvāṃso viditavantaḥ pūrve 'tikrāntā mahāśālā mahāśroṇiyā āhurha sma vai kila / kimuktavanta ityāhana no 'smākaṃ kule 'dyedānīṃ yathoktavijñānavatāṃ kaśna kaścidapyaśrutamamatamavijñātamudāhariṣyati nodāhariṣyati sarvaṃ vijñātamevāsmatkulīnānāṃ sadvijñānavattvādityābhiprāyaḥ / te punaḥ kathaṃ sarvaṃ vijñātavanta ityāha-ebhyasribhyo rohitādirūpebhyasrivṛtkṛtebhyo vijñātebhyaḥ sarvamapyanyacchiṣṭamevameveti vidāñcakrurvijñātavanto yasmāttasmātsarvajñā eva sadvijñānātta āsurityarthaḥ /
athavaibhyo vidāñcakrurityagnyādibhyo dṛṣṭāntebhyo vijñātebhyaḥ sarvamanyadvidāñcakrurityetat //5 //
start chup 6,4.6

yad u rohitam ivābhūd iti tejasas tad rūpam iti tad vidāṃ cakruḥ | yad u śuklam ivābhūd ity apāṃ rūpam iti tad vidāṃ cakruḥ | yad u kṛṣṇam ivābhūd ity annasya rūpam iti tad vidāṃ cakruḥ || chup_6,4.6 ||

yad v avijñātam ivābhūd ity etāsām eva devatānāṃ samāsa iti tad vidāṃ cakruḥ | yathā nu khalu somyemās tisro devatāḥ puruṣaṃ prāpya trivṛt trivṛd ekaikā bhavati tan me vijānīhīti || chup_6,4.7 ||

chupbh_6,4.6,7 katham /
yadanyadrūpeṇa sandihyamāne kapotādirūpe rohitamiva yadgṛhyamāṇamabhūtteṣāṃ pūrveṣāṃ brahmavidāṃ tattejaso rūpamiti vidāñcakruḥ tathā yacchuklamivābhūdgṛhyamāṇaṃ tadāpāṃ rūpaṃ yatkṛṣṇamiva gṛhyamāṇaṃ tadannasyeti vidāñcakrurevamevātyantadurlakṣyaṃ yadu apyavijñātamiva viśeṣato 'gṛhyamāṇamabhūttadapyetāsāmeva tisṛṇāṃ devatānāṃ samāsaḥ samudāya iti vidāñcakruḥ /
evaṃ tāvadbāhyaṃ vastvagnyādivavijñātaṃ tathedānīṃ yathā nu khalu he somyemā yathoktāstisro devatāḥ puraṣaṃ śiraḥpāmyādilakṣaṇaṃ kāryakāraṇasaṅghātaṃ prāpya puruṣeṇopayujyamānāsrivṛttrivṛdekaikā bhavati tanme vijānīhi nigadata ityuktvā'ha //6-7 //

iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi ṣaṣṭhādhyāyasya caturthaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 6,5.1

annam aśitaṃ tredhā vidhīyate | tasya yaḥ sthaviṣṭho dhātus tat purīṣaṃ bhavati | yo madhyamas tan māṃsam | yo 'ṇiṣṭhas tan manaḥ || chup_6,5.1 ||

chupbh_6,5.1 annamaśitaṃ bhuktaṃ tredhā vidhīyate jāṭharemāgninā pacyamānaṃ tridhā vibhajyate / kathaṃ, tasyānnasya tridhā vidhīyamānasya yaḥ sthaviṣṭhaḥ sthūlatamo dhātuḥ sthūlatamaṃ vastu vibhaktasya sthūloṃ'śastatpurīṣaṃ bhavati / yo madhyamoṃ'śo dhāturannasya tadrasādikrameṇa pariṇamya māṃsaṃ bhavati yo 'ṇiṣṭho 'ṇutamo dhātuḥ sa ūrdhvaṃ hṛdayaṃ prāpya sūkṣmāsu hitākhyāsu nāḍīpvanupravisya vāgādikaraṇasaṅghātasya sthitimutpādayanmano bhavati manorūpeṇa vipariṇamanmanasa upacayaṃ karoti / 
tataścānnopacitatvānmanaso bhautikatvameva na vaiśeṣikatantroktalakṣaṇaṃ nityaṃ niravayaṃ ceti gṛhyate /
yadapi mano 'sya daivaṃ cakṣuriti vakṣyati tadapi na nityatvāpekṣayā kiṃ tarhi sūkṣmavyavahitaviprakṛṣṭādisarvendriyaviṣayavyāpakatvāpekṣayā /
yaccānyendriyaviṣayāpekṣayā nityatvaṃ tadapyāpekṣikameveti vakṣyāmaḥ /
sadekamevādvitīyamiti śruteḥ //1 //


start chup 6,5.2

āpaḥ pītās tredhā vidhīyante | tāsāṃ yaḥ sthaviṣṭho dhātus tan mūtraṃ bhavati | yo madhyamas tal lohitam | yo 'ṇiṣṭhaḥ sa prāṇaḥ || chup_6,5.2 ||

chupbh_6,5.2 tathā'paḥ pītāstredhā vidhīyante tāsāṃ yaḥ sthaviṣṭho dhātustanmūtraṃ bhavati /
yo madhyamastallohitaṃ bhavati /
yo 'ṇiṣṭhaḥ sa prāṇo bhavati /
vakṣyati hyāpomayaḥ prāṇo na pibato vicchetsyata iti //2//

start chup 6,5.3

tejo 'śitaṃ tredhā vidhīyate | tasya yaḥ sthaviṣṭho dhātus tad asthi bhavati | yo madhyamaḥ sa majjā | yo 'ṇiṣṭhaḥ sā vāk || chup_6,5.3 ||

chupbh_6,5.3 tathā tejo 'śitaṃ tailaghṛtādi bhakṣitaṃ tredhā vidhīyate tasya yaḥ sthaviṣṭho dhātustadasthi bhavati /
yo madhyamaḥsa majjāsthyantargataḥ snehaḥ /
yo 'ṇiṣṭhaḥ sā vāk /
tailaghṛtādibhakṣaṇāddhi vāgviśadā bhāṣaṇe samarthā bhavatīti prasiddhaṃ loke //3 //

start chup 6,5.4

annamayaṃ hi somya manaḥ | āpomayaḥ prāṇaḥ | tejomayī vāg iti | bhūya eva mā bhagavān vijñāpayatv iti | tathā somyeti hovāca || chup_6,5.4 ||

chupbh_6,5.4 yata evamannamayaṃ hi somya mana āpomayaḥ prāṇastejomayī vāk / nanu kevalānnabhakṣiṇa ākhuprabhṛtayo vāgminaḥ prāṇavantaśca tathāṃmātrabhakṣyāḥ sāmudrā mīnamakaraprabhṛtayo manasvino vāggminaśca tathā snehapānāmapi prāṇavattvaṃ cānumeyaṃ yadi santi tatra kathamannamayaṃ hi somya mana ityādyucyate / naiṣa doṣaḥ / sarvasya trivṛtkṛtatvātsarvatra sarvopapatteḥ / 
na hyatrivṛtkṛtamannamaśnāti kaścidāpo vātrivṛtkṛtāḥ pīyante tejo vātrivṛtkṛtamaśnāti kaścidityannādānāmākhuprabhṛtīnāṃ vāggmitvaṃ prāṇavattvaṃ cetyādyaviruddham /
ityevaṃ pratyāyitaḥ śveketurāha-bhūya eva punareva mā māṃ bhagavānannamayaṃ hi somya mana ityādi vijñāpayatu dṛṣṭāntenāvagamayu nādyāpi mamāsminnarthe samyaṅniścayo jātaḥ /
yasmāttejovannamayatvenāviśiṣṭe deha ekasminnupayujyamānānyannāpsnehajātānyaṇiṣṭhadhāturūpeṇa manaḥprāṇavāca upacinvanti svajātyanatikrameṇeti durvijñeyamityabhiprāyo 'to bhūya evetyādyāha /
tamevamuktavantaṃ tathāstu somyeti hovāca pitā śṛṇvatra dṛṣṭāntaṃ yathaitadupapadyate yatpṛcchasi //4//


iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi ṣaṣṭhādhyāyasya pañcamaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 6,6.1

dadhnaḥ somya mathyamānasya yo 'ṇimā sa ūrdhvaḥ samudīṣati | tat sarpir bhavati || chup_6,6.1 ||

chupbh_6,6.1 dadhnaḥ somya mathyamānasya yo 'ṇimāṇubhāvaḥ sa ūrdhvaḥ samudīṣati sambhūyordhvaṃ navanūtabhāvena gacchati tatsarpirbhavati //1 //

start chup 6,6.2

evam eva khalu somyānnasyāśyamānasya yo 'ṇimā sa ūrdhvaḥ samudīṣati | tan mano bhavati || chup_6,6.2 ||

chupbh_6,6.2 yathāyaṃ dṛṣṭānta evameva khalu somyānnasyaudanāderaśyamānasya bhujyamānasyodaryemāgninā vāyusahiteta khajeneva mathyamānasya yo 'ṇimā sa ūrdhvaḥ samudīṣati tanmano bhavati mano 'vayavaiḥ saha sambhūya mana upacinotītyetat //2 //

start chup 6,6.3

apāṃ somya pīyamānānāṃ yo 'ṇimā sa ūrdhvaḥ samudīṣati | sā prāno bhavati || chup_6,6.3 ||

chupbh_6,6.3 tathāpāṃ somya pīyamānānāṃ yo 'ṇimā sa ūrdhvaḥ samudīṣati sa prāṇo bhavatīti //3 //

start chup 6,6.4

tejasaḥ somyāśyamānasya yo 'ṇimā sa ūrdhvaḥ samudīṣati | sā vāg bhavati || chup_6,6.4 ||

chupbh_6,6.4 evameva khalu somya tejaso 'śyamānasya yo 'ṇimā sa ūrdhvaḥ samudīṣati sā vāgbhavati //4 //

start chup 6,6.5

annamayaṃ hi somya manaḥ | āpomayaḥ prāṇaḥ | tejomayī vāg iti | bhūya eva mā bhagavān vijñāpayatv iti | tathā somyeti hovāca || chup_6,6.5 ||

chupbh_6,6.5 annamayaṃ hi somya mana āpomayaḥ prāṇastejomayī vāgiti yuktameva mayoktamityamiprāyaḥ /
ato 'ptejasorastvetatsarvamevam /
manastvannamayamityatra naikāntena mama niścayo jāto 'to bhūya eva mā bhagavānmanaso 'nnamayatvaṃ dṛṣṭāntena vijñāpayatviti /
tathā somyeti hovāca pitā //5//

iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi ṣaṣṭhādhyāyasya ṣaṣṭhaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 6,7.1

ṣoḍaśakalaḥ somya puruṣaḥ | pañcadaśāhāni māśīḥ | kāmam apaḥ piba | āpomayaḥ prāṇo na pibato vicchetsyata iti || chup_6,7.1 ||

chupbh_6,7.1 annasya bhuktasya yo 'ṇiṣṭho dhātuḥ sa manasi śaktimadhāt sānnopacitā manasaḥ śaktiḥ ṣoḍaśadhā pravibhajya puruṣasya kalātvena nirdidikṣitā / tayā manasyannopacitayā śaktyā ṣoḍaśadhā pravibhaktayā saṃyuktastadvānkāryakaraṇasaṅghātalakṣaṇo jīvaviśiṣṭaḥ piṇḍaḥ puruṣaḥ ṣoḍaśakala ucyate yasyāṃ satyāṃ draṣṭā śrotā mantā boddhā kartā vijñātā sarvakriyāsamarthaḥ puruṣo bhavati hīyamānāyāṃ ca yasyāṃ sāmarthyahāniḥ / vakṣyati"cāthānnasyā'yī draṣṭe"tyādi / sarvasya kāryakaraṇasya sāmarthyaṃ manaḥkṛtameva / 
mānasena hi balena sampannā balino dṛśyante loke, dhyānāhārāśca kecidannasya sarvātmakatvāt /
ato 'nnakṛtaṃ mānasaṃ vīryaṃ ṣoḍaśa kalā yasya puruṣasya so 'yaṃ ṣoḍaśakalaḥ puruṣaḥ etaccetpratyakṣīkartumicchasi pañcadaśasaṃkhyākānyahāni māśīraśanaṃ mā kārṣīḥ /
kāmamicchāto 'paḥ piba yasmānnapibato 'paste prāṇo vicchetsyate vicchedamāpatsyate yasmādāpomayo 'bvikāraḥ prāṇa ityavocāma /
na hi kāryaṃ svakāraṇopaṣṭambhamantareṇāvibhraṃśamānaṃ sthātumutsahate //1 //


start chup 6,7.2

sa ha pañcadaśāhāni nāśa | atha hainam upasasāda kiṃ bravīmi bho iti | ṛcaḥ somya yajūṃṣi sāmānīti | sa hovāca na vai mā pratibhānti bho iti || chup_6,7.2 ||

chupbh_6,7.2 sa haivaṃ śrutvā manaso 'nnamayatvaṃ pratyakṣīkartuṃmicchanpañcadaśāhāni nā'śāśanaṃ na kṛtavān /
atha ṣoḍaśe 'hani hainaṃ pitaramupasasādopagatavānupagamya covāca kiṃ bravīmi bho iti /
itara āha ṛcaḥ somya yajūṃṣi sāmānyadhīṣveti /
evamuktaḥ pitrā'ha-na vai mā māmṛgādīni mama manasi na dṛśyanta ityartho he bho bhagavanniti //2//

start chup 6,7.3

taṃ hovāca yathā somya mahato 'bhyāhitasyaiko 'ṅgāraḥ khadyotamātraḥ pariśiṣṭaḥ syāt | tena tato 'pi na bahu dahet | evaṃ somya te ṣoḍaśānāṃ kalānām ekā kalā atiśiṣṭā syāt | tayaitarhi vedān nānubhavasi | aśāna | atha me vijñāsyasīti || chup_6,7.3 ||

chupbh_6,7.3 evamuktavantaṃ pitā'ha-śṛṇu tatra kāraṇaṃ yena te tānyṛgādīni na pratibhāntīti (taṃ hovāca) yathā loke he somya mahato mahatparimāṇasyābhyāhitasyopacitasyendhanairagnereko 'ṅgāraḥ khadyotaparimāṇaḥ śāntasya pariśiṣṭo 'vaśiṣṭaḥ syādbhavettenoṅgāreṇa tato 'pi tatparimāṇādīṣadapi na bahu dahedevameva khalu somya te tavānnopacitānāṃ ṣoḍaśānāṃ kalānāmekā kalāvayavo 'tiśiṣṭāvaśiṣṭā na bahu dahedevameva khalu somya te tavānnopacitānāṃ ṣoḍaśānāṃ kalānāmekā kalāvayavo 'tiśiṣṭā syāttayā tvaṃ khadyotamātrāṅgāratulyayaitarhīdānīṃ vedānnānubhavasi na pratipadyase, śrutvā ca me mama vācamathāśeṣaṃ vijñāsyasyaśāna bhuṅkṣva tāvat //3 //

start chup 6,7.4

sa hāśa | atha hainam upasasāda | taṃ ha yat kiṃ ca papraccha sarvaṃ ha pratipede || chup_6,7.4 ||

chupbh_6,7.4 sa ha tathaivā'śa bhuktavānathānantaraṃ hainaṃ pitaraṃ śuśrūṣurupasasāda taṃ hopagataṃ putraṃ yatkiñcargādiṣu papraccha grantharūpamarthajātaṃ vā pitā sa śvetaketuḥ sarvaṃ ha tatpratipede ṛgādyarthato granthataśca //4 //

start chup 6,7.5

taṃ hovāca | yathā somya mahato 'bhyāhitasyaikam aṅgāraṃ khadyotamātraṃ pariśiṣṭaṃ taṃ tṛnair upasamādhāya prājvalayet tena tato 'pi bahu dahet || chup_6,7.5 ||

chupbh_6,7.5 taṃ hovāca punaḥ pitā yathā somya mahato 'bhyāhitāsyetyādi samānamekamaṅgāraṃ śāntasyāgneḥ khadyotamātraṃ pariśiṣṭaṃ taṃ tṛṇaiścūrṇaiścopasamādhāya prājvalayedvardhayet /
teneddhenāṅgāreṇa tato 'pi pūrvaparimāṇādbahu dahet //5 //

start chup 6,7.6

evaṃ somya te ṣoḍaśānāṃ kalānām ekā kalātiśiṣṭābhūt | sānnenopasamāhitā prājvālī | tayaitarhi vedān anubhavasi | annamayaṃ hi somya manaḥ | āpomayaḥ prāṇaḥ | tejomayī vāg iti | tad dhāsya vijajñāv iti vijajñāv iti || chup_6,7.6 ||

chupbh_6,7.6 evaṃ somya te ṣoḍaśānāmannakalānāṃ sāmarthyarūpāṇāmekā kalātiśiṣṭābhūdatiśiṣṭā'sītpañcadaśāhānyabhuktavata ekaikenāhnaikaikā kalā candramasa ivāparapakṣe kṣīṇā sātiśiṣṭā kalā tavānnena bhuktenopasamāhitā vardhitopacitā prājvāli / dairdhyaṃ chāndasaṃ prajvalitā vardhitetyarthaḥ / prājvālīditi kalā tavānnena bhuktenopasamāhitā vardhitopacitā prājvāli / dairdhyaṃ chāndasaṃ prajvalitā vardhitetyarthaḥ / prājvālīditi pāṭhāntaraṃ tadā tenopasamāhitā svayaṃ prajvalitavatīryarthaḥ / tayā vardhitayaitarhīdānīṃ vedānanubhavasyupalabhase / 
evaṃ vyāvṛttyanuvṛttibhyāmannāmayatvaṃ manasaḥ siddhamityupasaṃharatyannamayaṃ hi somya mana ityādi /
yathaitanmanaso 'nnamayatvaṃ tava siddhaṃ tathā'pomayaḥ prāṇastejomayī vāgityetadapi siddhamevetyabhiprāyaḥ /
tadetaddhāsya pituruktaṃ mana ādīnāmannādimayatvaṃ vijajñau vijñātavāñśvetaketuḥ /
dvirabhyāsastrivṛtkaraṇaprakaraṇasamāptyarthaḥ //6//


iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi ṣaṣṭhādhyāyasya saptamaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 6,8.1

uddālako hāruṇiḥ śvetaketuṃ putram uvāca svapnāntaṃ me somya vijānīhīti | yatraitat puruṣaḥ svapiti nāma satā somya tadā saṃpanno bhavati | svam apīto bhavati | tasmād enaṃ svapitīty ācakṣate | svaṃ hy apīto bhavati || chup_6,8.1 ||

chupbh_6,8.1 yasminmanasi jīvenā'tmanānupraviṣṭā parā devatā'darśa iva puruṣaḥ pratibimbena jalādiviṣviva ca sūryādayaḥ pratibimbaiḥ / tanmano 'nnamayaṃ tejo 'ṃmayābhyāṃ vākprāṇābhyāṃ saṃgatamadhigatam / yanmayo yatsthaśca jīvo mananadarśanaśravaṇādivyāvahārāya kalpate taduparame ca svaṃ devatārūpameva pratipadyate / taduktaṃ śrutyantare"dhyāyatīva lelāyatīva sadhīḥ svapno bhūtvemaṃ lokamatikrāmati""sa vā āyamātmā brahma vijñānamayo manomaya"ityādi,"svapnena śārīram" ityādi,"prāṇanneva prāṇo nāma bhavatī"tyādi ca / tasyāsya manaḥsthasya mana ākhyāṃ gatasya manaupaśamadvāreṇendriyaviṣayebhyo nivṛttasya yasyāṃ parasyāṃ devatāyāṃ svātmabhātāyāṃ yadavasthānaṃ tatputrāyā'cikhyāsuruddālako ha kilā'ruṇiḥ śvetaketuṃ putramuvācoktavān / svapnāntaṃ svapnamadhyaṃ svapna iti darśanavṛtteḥ svapnasyā'khyā tasya madhyaṃ svapnāntaṃ suṣuptamityetat / athavā svapnāntaṃ svapnasatattvamityarthaḥ tatrāpyarthātsuṣuptameva bhavati / svamapīto bhavatīti vacanāt / na hyanyatra suṣuptātsvamapītiṃ jīvasyecchanti brahmavidaḥ / tatra hyādarśāpanayane puruṣapratibimbi ādarśagato yathā svameva puruṣamapīto bhavatyevaṃ mana ādyuparame caitanyapratibimbarūpeṇa jīvenā'tmanā manasi praviṣṭā nāmarūpavyākaraṇāya parā devatā sā svamevā'tmānaṃ pratipadyate jīvarūpatāṃ mana ākhyāṃ hitvā / ataḥ suṣupta eva svapnāntaśabdavācya ityavagamyate / yatra tu suptaḥ svapnānpaśyati tatsvāpnaṃ darśanaṃ sukhaduḥkhasaṃyuktamiti puṇyāpuṇyayorhi sukhaduḥkhārambhakatvaṃ prasiddham / puṇyāpuṇyayoścāvidyākāmopaṣṭambhenaiva sukhaduḥkhataddarśanakāryārambhakatvamupapadyate nānyathetyavidyākāmakarmabhiḥ saṃsārahetubhiḥ saṃyukta eva svapna iti na svamapītā bhavati / "ananvāgataṃ puṇyenānanvāgataṃ pāpena tīrṇo hi tadā sarvāñchokānhṛdayasya bhavati" "tadvā asyaitadaticchandā" "eṣa parama ānanda"ityādiśrutibhyaḥ / suṣupta eva svaṃ devatārūpaṃ jīvatvavinirmuktaṃ darśayiṣyāmītyāha / svapnāntaṃ me mama nigadato he somya vijānīhi vispaṣṭamavadhārayetyarthaḥ / kadā svapnānto bhavatītyucyate / yatra yasminkāla etannāma bhavati puruṣasya svapsyataḥ / prasiddhaṃ hi loke svapitīti / gauṇaṃ cedaṃ nāmetyāha / yadā svapitītyucyate puruṣastadā tasminkāle satā sacchabdavācyayā prakṛtayā devatayā saṃpanno bhavati saṃgata ekībhūto bhavati / manasi praviṣṭaṃ mana ādisaṃsargakṛtaṃ jīvarūpaṃ parityajya svaṃ sadrūpaṃ yatparamārthasatyamapīto 'pigato bhavati / atastasmātsvapitītyenamācakṣate lokikāḥ / svamātmānaṃ hi yasmādapīto bhavati / tataścā'yastānāṃ karaṇānāmanekavyāpāranimittaglānānāṃ svavyāpārebhya uparamo bhavati / śruteśca"śrāmyatyeva vākśrāmyati cakṣur" ityevamādi / tathā ca"gṛhītā vāggṛhītaṃ śrotraṃ gṛhītaṃ mana"ityevamādīni karaṇāni prāṇagrastāni / 
prāṇa eko 'śrānto dehe kulāye yo jāgarti tadā jīvaḥ śramāpanuttaye svaṃ devatārūpamātmānaṃ pratipadyate /
nānyatra svarūpāvasthānācchramāpanodaḥ syāditi yuktā prasiddhirlaukikānāṃ svaṃ hyapīto bhavatīti /
dṛśyate hi loke jvarādirogagrastānāṃ tadvinirnoke svātmasthānāṃ viśramaṇaṃ tadvadihāpi syāditi yuktam /
"tadyathā śyeno vā suparṇo vā viparipatya śrānta"ityādiśruteṣca //1 //


start chup 6,8.2

sa yathā śakuniḥ sūtreṇa prabaddho diśaṃ diśaṃ patitvānyatrāyatanam alabdhvā bandhanam evopaśrayate | evam eva khalu somya tan mano diśaṃ diśaṃ patitvānyatrāyatanam alabdhvā prāṇam evopaśrayate | prāṇabandhanaṃ hi somya mana iti || chup_6,8.2 ||

chupbh_6,8.2 tatrāyaṃ dṛṣṭānto yathokter'the-sa yathā śakuniḥ pakṣī śakunighātakasya hastagatena sūtreṇa prabaddhaḥ pāśito diśaṃ diśaṃ bandhanamokṣārthī sanpratiśidiśaṃ patitvānyatra bandhanādāyatanamāśrayaṃ viśramaṇāyālabdhvāprāpya bandhanamevopaśrayate / evameva yathāyaṃ dṛṣṭāntaḥ khalu he sobhya tanmanastatprakṛtaṃ poḍaśakalamannopacitaṃ mano nirdhāritaṃ tatepraviṣṭastatsthastadupalakṣito jīvastanmana iti nirdiśyate mañcākrośanavat / sa mana ākhyopādhirjīvo 'vidyākāmakarmopadiṣṭāṃ diśaṃ diśaṃ sukhaduḥkhādilakṣaṇāṃ jāgratsvapnayoḥ patitvā gatvānubhūyetyarthaḥ / 
anyatra sadākhyātsvātmana āyatanaṃ viśramaṇasthānamalabdhvā prāṇameva prāṇena sarvakāryakaraṇāśrayeṇopalakṣitā prāṇa ityucyate sadākhyā parā devatā /
"prāṇasya prāṇaṃ" "prāṇaśarīro bhārūpa"ityādiśruteḥ /
atastāṃ devatāṃ prāṇaṃ prāṇākhyāmevopaśrayate /
prāṇo bandhanaṃ yasya manasastatprāṇabandhanaṃ hi yasmātsomya manaḥ prāṇopalakṣitadevatāśrayaṃ mana iti tadupalakṣito jīva iti //2 //


start chup 6,8.3

aśanāpipāse me somya vijānīhīti | yatraitat puruṣo 'śiśiṣati nāmāpa eva tad aśitaṃ nayante | tad yathā gonāyo 'śvanāyaḥ puruṣanāya ity evaṃ tad apa ācakṣate 'śanāyeti | tatraitac chuṅgam utpatitaṃ somya vijānīhi | nedam amūlaṃ bhaviṣyatīti || chup_6,8.3 ||

chupbh_6,8.3 evaṃ svapitināmaprasiddhidvāreṇa yajjīvasya satyasvarūpaṃ jagato mūlaṃ tatputrasya darśayitvā'hānnādikāryakāraṇaparamparayāpi jagato mūlaṃ saddidarśayiṣuḥ / aśanāpipāse aśitumicchāśanā yālopena / pātumicchā pipāsā te aśanāpipāse aśanāpipāsayoḥ satatvaṃ vijānīhītyetat / yatra yasminkāla etannāma puruṣo bhavati / kiṃ tat?aśiśiṣatyaśitumicchatīti / tadā tasya puruṣasya kinimittaṃ nāma bhavatītyāha / yattatpuruṣeṇāśitamannaṃ kaṭhinaṃ potā āpo nayante dravīkṛtya rasādibhāvena vipariṇamayante tadā bhuktamannaṃ jīryati / atha ca bhavatyasya nāmāśiśiṣatīti gauṇam / jīrṇe hyanne 'śitumicchati sarvo hi jantuḥ / tat tatra apāmaśitanetṛtvādaśanāyā iti nāma prasiddhamityetasminnarthe / yathā gonāyo gāṃ nayatīti gonāya ityucyate gopālaḥ / tathāśvānnayatītyaśvanāyo 'śvapāla ityucyate / puruṣanāyaḥ puruṣānnayatīti rājā senāpatirvā / 
evaṃ tattadāpa ācakṣate laukikā aśanāyeti visarjanīyalopena /
tatraivaṃ satyadbhī rasādibhāvena nītenāśitenānnena niṣpāditamidaṃ śarīraṃ vaṭakaṇikāyāmiva śuṅgo 'ṅkura utpatita udgatastamimaṃ śuṅgaṃ kāryaṃ śarīrākhyaṃ vaṭādiśuṅgavadutpatitaṃ he sobhya vijānīhi /
kiṃ tatra vijñeyamityucyate /
śuṇvidaṃ śuṅgavatkāryatvāccharīraṃ nāmūlaṃ mūlarahitaṃ bhaviṣyatītyukta āha śvetaketuḥ //3 //


start chup 6,8.4

tasya kva mūlaṃ syād anyatrānnāt | evam eva khalu somyānnena śuṅgenāpo mūlam anviccha | adbhiḥ somya śuṅgena tejo mūlam anviccha | tejasā somya śuṅgena sanmūlam anviccha | sanmūlāḥ somyemāḥ sarvāḥ prajāḥ sadāyatanāḥ satpratiṣṭhāḥ || chup_6,8.4 ||

chupbh_6,8.4 yadyevaṃ samūlamidaṃ śarīraṃ vaṭādiśuṅgavattasyāsya kva mūlaṃ syādbhavedityevaṃ pṛṣṭa āha pitā / tasya kva mūlaṃ syādanyatrānnādannaṃ mūlamityabhiprāyaḥ / katham / aśitaṃ hyannamadbhirdravīkṛtaṃ jāṭhareṇāgninā pacyamānaṃ rasabhāvena pariṇamate / rasocchoṇitaṃ śoṇitānmāṃsaṃ māṃsānmedo medaso 'sthīnyasthibhyo majjā majjāyāḥ śukram / tathā yoṣidbhuktaṃ cānnaṃ rasādikrameṇaivaṃ pariṇataṃ lohitaṃ bhavati / tābhyāṃ śukraśoṇitābhyāmannakāryābhyāṃ saṃyuktābhyāmannenaiva pratyahaṃ bhujyamānenā'pūryamāṇābhyāṃ kuḍyamiva mṛtpiṇḍaiḥ pratyuhamupacīyamāno 'nnamūlo dehaśuṅgaḥ pariniṣpanna ityarthaḥ / yattu dehaśuṅgo 'nnamūla evameva khalu somyānnena śuhgena kāryabhūtenāpo mūlamannasya śuṅgasyānviccha pratipadyasva / apāmapi vināśotpattimattavācchuṅgatvameveti adbhiḥ sīmya śuṅgena kāryeṇa kāraṇaṃ tejo mūlamanviccha / tejaso 'pi vināśotpattimattavācchuṅgatvamiti tejasā somya śuṅgena sanmūlamekamevādvitīyaṃ paramārthasatyam / 
yasminsarvamidaṃ vācā'rambhaṇaṃ vikāro nāmadheyamanṛtaṃ rajjvāmiva sarpādivikalpajātamadhyastamavidyayā tadasya jagato mūlamataḥ sanmūlāḥ satkāraṇā he somyemāḥ sthāvarajaṅgamalakṣaṇāḥ sarvāḥ prajā na kevalaṃ sanmūlā evedānīmapi sthitikāle sadāyatanāḥ sadāśrayā eva /
nahi mṛdamanāśritya ghaṭādeḥ sattvaṃ sthitirvāsti /
ato mṛdvatsanmūtvātprajānāṃ sadāyatanaṃ yāsāṃ tāḥ sadāyatanāḥ prajāḥ /
ante ca satpratiṣṭhāḥ sadeva pratiṣṭā layaḥ samāptipavasānaṃ pariśeṣo yāsāṃ tāḥ satpratiṣṭhāḥ //4 //


start chup 6,8.5

atha yatraitat puruṣaḥ pipāsati nāma teja eva tat pītaṃ nayate | tad yathā gonāyo 'śvanāyaḥ puruṣanāya ity evaṃ tat teja ācaṣṭa udanyeti | tatraitad eva śuṅgam utpatitaṃ somya vijānīhi | nedam amūlaṃ bhaviṣyatīti || chup_6,8.5 ||

chupbh_6,8.5 athedānīmapśuṅgadvāreṇa sato mūlasyānugamaḥ kārya ityāha / yatra yasminkāla etannāma pipāsati pātumicchatīti puruṣo bhavati / aśiśiṣatītivadidamapi gauṇameva nāma bhavati / dravīkṛtasyāśitasyānnasya netrya āpo 'nnaśuṅgaṃ dehaṃ kledayantyaḥ śithilī kuryurabbāhulyādyadi tejasā na śoṣyante / nitarāṃ ca tejasā śoṣyamāṇā svapsu dehabhāvena pariṇamamānāsu pātumicchā puruṣasya jāyate tadā puruṣaḥ pipāsati nāma tadetadāha / 
teja eva tattadā pītamabādi śoṣayaddehagatalohitaprāṇabhāvena nayate pariṇamayati /
tadyathā gonāya ityādi samānamevaṃ tatteja ācaṣṭe loka udanyetyudakaṃ nayatītyudanyam /
udanyetīti cchāndasaṃ tatrāpi pūrvavat /
apāmapyetadeva śarīrākhyaṃ śuṅgaṃ nānyadityevamādi samānamanyat //5 //


start chup 6,8.6

tasya kva mūlaṃ syād anyatrādbhyaḥ | adbhiḥ somya śuṅgena tejo mūlam anviccha | tejasā somya śuṅgena sanmūlam anviccha | sanmūlāḥ somyemāḥ sarvāḥ prajāḥ sad āyatanāḥ satpratiṣṭhāḥ | yathā nu khalu somyemās tisro devatāḥ puruṣaṃ prāpya trivṛt trivṛd ekaikā bhavati tad uktaṃ purastād eva bhavati | asya somya puruṣasya prayato vāṅ manasi saṃpadyate manaḥ prāṇe prāṇas tejasi tejaḥ parasyāṃ devatāyām || chup_6,8.6 ||

chupbh_6,8.6 sāmarthyāttejaso 'pyetadeva śarīrākhyaṃ śuṅgam / ato 'pśuṅgena dehenā'po mūlaṃ gamyate / adbhiḥ śuṅgena tejo mūlaṃ gamyate / tejasā śuṅgena sanmūlaṃ gamyate pūrvavat / evaṃ hi tejobannamayasya dehaśuṅgasya vācārambhaṇamātrasyānnādiparamparayā paramārthasatyaṃ sanmūlamabhayasaṃtrāsaṃ nirāyāsaṃ sanmūlamanviccheti putraṃ gamayitvāśiśiṣati pipāsatīti nāmaprasiddhidvāreṇa yadanyadihāsminprakaraṇe tejobannānāṃ puruṣeṇopabhujyamānānāṃ kāryakaraṇasaṃghātasya dehaśuṅgasya svajātyasāṃkaryeṇopacayakaratvaṃ vaktavyaṃ prāptaṃ tadihoktameva draṣṭavyamiti pūrvoktaṃ vyapadiśati / yathā nu khalu yena prakāreṇemāstejobannākhyāstisro devatāḥ puruṣaṃ prāpya trivṛttrivṛdekaikā bhavati taduktaṃ purastādeva bhavatyannamaśitaṃ tredhā vidhīyata ityādi / tatraivoktamannādīnāmasitānāṃ ye mavyamā dhātavaste sāptadhātukaṃ śarīramupacinvantītyuktam / "māṃsaṃ bhavati lohitaṃ bhavati majjā bhavatyasthi bhavati ye tvaṇiṣṭhā dhātavo manaḥ prāṇaṃ vācaṃ dehasyāntaḥkaraṇasaṃghātamupacinvantī"ti coktaṃ"tanmano bhavati sa prāṇo bhavati sā vāgbhavatī"ti / so 'yaṃ prāṇakaraṇasaṃghāto dehe viśīrṇe dehāntaraṃ jīvādhiṣṭhito yena krameṇa pūrvadehātpracyuto gacchati tadāhāsya he somya puruṣasya prayato mriyamāṇasya vāṅmanasi saṃpadyate manasyupasaṃhriyate / atha tadā'hurjñātayo na vadatīti / manaḥpūrvako hi vāgvyāpāraḥ / "yadvai manasā dhyāyati tadvācā vadati"iti śruteḥ / vācyupasaṃhṛtāyāṃ manasi mano mananavyāpāreṇa kevalena vartate / mano 'pi yadopasaṃhriyate tadā manaḥ prāṇe saṃpannaṃ bhavati suṣuptakāla iva tadā pārśvasthā jñātayo na vijānātītyāhuḥ / prāṇaśca tadordhvocchvāsī svātmanyupasaṃhṛtabāhyakaraṇaḥ saṃvargavidyāyāṃ darśanāddhastapādādīnvikṣipanmarmasthānāni nikṛntannana ivotsṛjan krameṇopasaṃhṛtastejasi sampadyate / 
tadā'hurjñātayo na calatīti mṛto neti vā vicikitsanto dehamālabhamānā uṣṇaṃ copalabhamānā deha uṣṇo jīvatīti yadā tadapyauṣṇyaliṅgaṃ teja upasaṃhriyate tadā tattejaḥ parasyāṃ devatāyāṃ praśāmyati /
tadevaṅkrameṇopasaṃhṛte svamūlaṃ prāpte ca manasi tatstho jīvo 'pi suṣuptakālavannimittopasaṃhārādupasaṃhriyamāṇaḥ sansatyābhisaṃdhipūrvakaṃ cedupasaṃhriyate sadeva saṃpadyate na punardehāntarāya suṣuptādivottiṣṭhati /
yathā loke sabhaye deśe vartamānaḥ kathañcidivābhayaṃ deśaṃ prāptastadvat /
itarastvanātmajñastasmādeva mūlātsuṣuptādivotthāya mṛtvā punardehajālamāviśati //6 //


start chup 6,8.7

sa ya eṣo 'ṇimaitad ātmyam idaṃ sarvam | tat satyam | sa ātmā | tat tvam asi śvetaketo iti | bhūya eva mā bhagavān vijñāpayatv iti | tathā somyeti hovāca || chup_6,8.7 ||

chupbh_6,8.7 yasmānmūlādutthāya dehamāviśati jīvaḥ sa yaḥ sadākhya eṣa ukto 'ṇimāṇubhāvo jagato mūlamaitadātmyametatsadātmā yasya sarvasya tadetadātma tasya bhāva aitadātmyam / etena sadākhyenā'tmanā'tmavatsarvamidaṃ jagat / nānyo 'styasyā'tmā saṃsārī / "nānyadato 'ti śrotṛ"ityādiśrutyantarāt / yena cā'tmanā'tmavatsarvamidaṃ jagattadeva sadākhyaṃ kāraṇaṃ satyaṃ paramārthasat / ataḥ sa evā'tmā jagataḥ pratyaksvarūpaṃ satattvaṃ yāthātmyam / 
ātmaśabdasya nirupapadasya pratyagātmani gavādiśabdavannirūḍhatvāt /
atastatsattvamasīti he śvetaketo ityevaṃ pratyāyitaḥ putra āha-bhūya eva mā bhagavānvijñāpayatu yadbhavaduktaṃ tatsandigdhaṃ mamāhanyahani sarvāḥ prajāḥ suṣupte satsaṃpadyanta ityetadyena tatsaṃpadya na viduḥ satsampannā vayamiti /
ato dṛṣṭontena māṃ pratyāyayatvityarthaḥ /
evamuktastathāstu somyeti hovāca pitā //7//


iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi ṣaṣṭhādhyāyasyāṣṭamaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 6,9.1
yathā somya madhu madhukṛto nistiṣṭhanti nānātyayānāṃ vṛkṣāṇāṃ rasān samavahāram ekatāṃ rasaṃ gamayanti || chup_6,9.1 ||
chupbh_6,9.1 yatpṛcchasyahanyahani satsaṃpadya na viduḥ satsaṃpannāḥ sma iti tatkasmādityatra śṛṇu dṛṣṭāntam /
yathā loke he somya madhukṛto madhu kurvantīti madhukṛto madhukaramakṣikā madhu nistiṣṭhanti madhu niṣpādayanti tatparāḥ santaḥ /
katham?nānātyayānāṃ nānāgatīnāṃ nānādikkānāṃ vṛkṣāṇāṃ rasānsamavahāraṃ samāhṛtyaikatāmekabhāvaṃ madhutvena rasāngamayanti madhutvamāpādayanti //1 //

start chup 6,9.2

te yathā tatra na vivekaṃ labhante 'muṣyāhaṃ vṛkṣasya raso 'smy amuṣyāhaṃ vṛkṣasya raso 'smīti | evam eva khalu somyemāḥ sarvāḥ prajāḥ sati saṃpadya na viduḥ sati saṃpadyāmaha iti || chup_6,9.2 ||

chupbh_6,9.2 te rasā yathā madhutvenaikatāṃ gatāstatra madhuni vivekaṃ na labhante / 
katham, amuṣyāhamāmrasya panasasya vā vṛkṣasya raso 'smīti /
yathā hi loke bahūnāṃ cetanāvatāṃ sametānāṃ prāṇināṃ vivekalābho bhavatyamuṣyāhaṃ putro 'muṣyāhaṃ naptāsmīti /
te ca labdhavivekāḥ santo na saṃkīryante na tathehānekaprakāravṛkṣarasānāmapi madhurāmlatiktakaṭukādīnāṃ madhutvenaikatāṃ gatānāṃ madhurādibhāvena viveko gṛhyata ityabhiprāyaḥ /
yathāyaṃ dṛṣṭānta ityevameva khalu somyemāḥ sarvāḥ prajā ahanyahani sati saṃpadya suṣuptakāle maraṇapralayayośca na vidurna vijānīyuḥ sati saṃpadyāmaha iti saṃpannā iti vā //2 //


start chup 6,9.3
ta iha vyaghro vā siṃho vā vṛko vā varāho vā kīṭo vā pataṅgo vā daṃśo vā maśako vā yad yad bhavanti tad ābhavanti || chup_6,9.3 ||
chupbh_6,9.3 yasmāccaivamātmanaḥ sadrūpatāmajñātvaiva satsaṃpadyante /
atasta iha loke yatkarmanimittāṃ yāṃ yāṃ jātiṃ pratipannā āsurvyāghrādīnāṃ vyāghro 'haṃ siṃho 'hamityevaṃ te tatkarmajñānavāsanāṅkitāḥ santaḥ satpraviṣṭā api tadbhāvenaiva punarābhavanti punaḥ sata āgatya vyāghro vā siṃho vā vṛko vā varāho vā kīṭo vā pataṅgo vā daṃśo vā maśako vā yadyatpūrvamiha loke bhavanti vabhūvurityarthaḥ /
tadeva punarāgatya bhavanti yugasahasrakoṭyantaritāpi saṃsāriṇo jantoryā purā bhāvitā vāsanā sā na naśyatītyarthaḥ /
"yathāprajñaṃ hi saṃbhavāḥ"iti śruttyantarāt //3 //

start chup 6,9.4 sa ya eṣo 'ṇimaitad ātmyam idaṃ sarvam | tat satyam | sa ātmā | tat tvam asi śvetaketo iti | bhūya eva mā bhagavān vijñāpayatv iti | tathā somyeti hovāca || chup_6,9.4 ||

chupbh_6,9.4 tāḥ prajā yasminpraviśya punarāvirbhavanti /
ye tvito 'nye satsatyātmābhisaṃdhā yamaṇubhāvaṃ sadātmānaṃ praviśya nā'vartante sa ya eṣo 'ṇimetyādi vyākhyātam /
yathā loke svakīye gṛhe supta utthāya grāmāntaraṃ gato jānāti svagṛhādāgato 'smītyevaṃ sata āgato 'smīti ca jantūnāṃ kasmādvijñānaṃ na bhavatīti bhūya eva mā bhagavānvijñāpayatvityuktastathā sobhyeti hovāca pitā //4//

iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi ṣaṣṭhādhyāyasya navamaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 6,10.1

imāḥ somya nadyaḥ purastāt prācyaḥ syandante paścāt pratīcyaḥ | tāḥ samudrāt samudram evāpiyanti | sa samudra eva bhavati | tā yathā tatra na vidur iyam aham asmīyam aham asmīti || chup_6,10.1 ||

chupbh_6,10.1 śṛṇu tatra dṛṣṭāntaṃ yathā somyemā nadyo gaṅgādyāḥ purastātpūrvāṃ diśaṃ prati prācyaḥ prāgañcanāḥ syandante sravanti /
paścātpratīcīṃ diśaṃ prati sindhvādyāḥ pratīcīmañcanti gacchantīti pratīcyastāḥ samudrādambhonidherjaladharairākṣiptāḥ punarvṛṣṭirūpeṇa patitā gaṅgādinadīrūpiṇyaḥ punaḥ samudramambhonidhimevāpiyanti sa samudra eva bhavati tā nadyo yathā tatra samudre samudrātmanaikatāṃ gatā na vidurna jānantīyaṃ gaṅgāhamasmīyaṃ yamunāhamasmītīyaṃ mahyahamasmīti ca //1 //

start chup 6,10.2-3

evam eva khalu somyemāḥ sarvāḥ prajāḥ sata āgamya na viduḥ sata āgacchāmaha iti | ta iha vyāghro vā siṃho vā vṛko vā varāho vā kīṭo vā pataṅgo vā daṃśo vā maśako vā yad yad bhavanti tad ābhavanti || chup_6,10.2 ||

sa ya eṣo 'ṇimaitad ātmyam idaṃ sarvam | tat satyam | sa ātmā | tat tvam asi śvetaketo iti | bhūya eva mā bhagavān vijñāpayatv iti | tathā somyeti hovāca || chup_6,10.3 ||

chupbh_6,10.2,3 evameva khalu somyemāḥ sarvāḥ prajā yasmātsati sampadya na vidustasmātsata āgamya na viduḥ sata āgacchāmaha āgatā iti vā / 
ta iha vyāghra ityādi samānamanyat /
dṛṣṭaṃ loke jale vīcītaraṅgaphenabudādaya utthitāḥ punastadbhāvaṃ gatā vinaṣṭā iti /
jīvāstu tatkāraṇamaṇubhāvaṃ pratyahaṃ gacchanto 'pi suṣupte maraṇapralayayośca na vinaśyantītyetat bhūya eva mā bhagavānvijñāpayatu dṛṣṭāntena /
tathā somyeti hovāca pitā //2-3 //


iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi ṣaṣṭhādhyāyasya daśamaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 6,11.1

asya somya mahato vṛkṣasya yo mūle 'bhyāhanyāj jīvan sraved yo madhye 'bhyāhanyāj jīvan sraved yo 'gre 'bhyāhanyāj jīvan sravet | sa eṣa jīvenātmanānuprabhūtaḥ pepīyamāno modamānas tiṣṭhati || chup_6,11.1 ||

chupbh_6,11.1 śṛṇu dṛṣṭāntamasya - he somya mahato 'nekaśākhādiyuktasya vṛkṣasyāsyetyagrataḥ sthitaṃ vṛkṣaṃ darśayannāha /
yadi yaḥ kaścidasya mūle 'bhyāhanyātparaśvādinā sakṛdghātamātreṇa na śuṣyatīti jīvanneva bhavati tadā tasya rasaḥ sravet /
tathā yo madhye 'bhyāhanyājjīvansravettathā yo 'gre 'bhyāhanyājjīvansravetsa eṣa vṛkṣa idānīṃ jīvenā'tmanānuprabhūto 'nuvyāptaḥ pepīyamāno 'tyarthaṃ pibannudakaṃ bhaumāṃśca rasānmūlairgṛhṇanmodamāno harṣaṃ prāpnuvaṃstiṣṭhati //1//

start chup 6,11.2

asya yad ekāṃ śākhāṃ jīvo jahāty atha sā śuṣyati | dvitīyāṃ jahāty atha sā śuṣyati | tṛtīyāṃ jahāty atha sā śuṣyati | sarvaṃ jahāti sarvaḥ śuṣyati || chup_6,11.2 ||

chupbh_6,11.2 tasyāsya yadekāṃ śākhāṃ rogagrastāmāhatāṃ vā jīvo jahātyupasaṃharati śākhāyāṃ viprasṛtamātmāṃśam / atha sā śuṣyati / vāṅmanaḥprāṇakaraṇagrāmānupraviṣṭo hi jīva iti tadupasaṃhāra upasaṃhriyate / jīvena ca prāṇayuktenāśitaṃ potaṃ ca rasatāṃ gataṃ jīvaccharīraṃ vṛkṣaṃ vardhayadrasarūpeṇa jīvasya sadbhāve liṅgaṃ bhavati / aśitapītābhyāṃ hi dehe jīvastiṣṭhati te cāśitapīte jīvakarmānusāriṇī iti / tasyaikāṅgavaikalyanimittaṃ karma yadopasthitaṃ bhavati tadā jīva ekāṃ śākhāṃ jahāti śākhāyā ātmānamupasaṃharati / atha tadā sā śākhā śuṣyati / 
jīvasthitinimitto raso jīvakarmākṣipto jīvopasaṃhāre na tiṣṭhati /
rasāpagame ca śākhā śoṣamupaiti /
tathā sarvaṃ vṛkṣameva yadāyaṃ jahāti tadā sarvo 'pi vṛkṣaḥ śuṣyati /
vṛkṣasya rasasravaṇaśoṣaṇādiliṅgājjīvavattvaṃ dṛṣṭāntaśruteśca cetanāvantaḥ sthāvarā iti bauddhakāṇādamatamacetanāḥ sthāvarā ityetadasāramiti darśitaṃ bhavati //2 //


start chup 6,11.3

evam eva khalu somya viddhīti ha uvāca | jīvāpetaṃ vāva kiledaṃ mriyate na jīvo mriyata iti | sa ya eṣo 'ṇimaitad ātmyam idaṃ sarvam | tat satyam | sa ātmā | tat tvam asi śvetaketo iti | bhūya eva mā bhagavān vijñāpayatv iti | tathā somyeti hovāca || chup_6,11.3 ||

chupbh_6,11.3 yathāsminvṛkṣadṛṣṭānte darśitaṃ jīvena yukto vṛkṣo 'śuṣko rasapānādiyukto jāvatītyucyate tadapetaśca mriyata ityucyate / evameva khalu somya viddhīti hovāca-jīvāpetaṃ jīvaviyuktaṃ vāva kiledaṃ śarīraṃ mriyate na jīvo mriyata iti kāryaśeṣe ca suptotthitasya mamedaṃ kāryaśeṣamaparisamāptamiti smṛtvā samāpanadarśanāt / jātamātrāṇāṃ ca jantūnāṃ stanyābhilāṣayādidarśanāccātītajanmāntarānubhūtastana (nya) pānaduḥkhānubhavasmṛtirgamyate / 
agnihotrādīnāṃ ca vaidikānāṃ karmaṇāmarthavattvānna jīvo mriyata iti /
sa ya eṣo 'ṇimetyādi samānam /
kathaṃ punaridamatyantasthīlaṃ pṛthivyādi nāmarūpavajjagadatyantasūkṣmātsadrūpānnāmarūparah itātsato jāyata ityetaddṛṣṭāntena bhūya eva mā bhagavānvijñāpayatviti /
tathā somyeti hovāca pitā //3//


iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi ṣaṣṭhādhyāyasyaikādaśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 6,12.1

nyagrodhaphalam ata āhareti | idaṃ bhagava iti | bhinddhīti | bhinnaṃ bhagava iti | kim atra paśyasīti | aṇvya ivemā dhānā bhagava iti | āsām aṅgaikāṃ bhinddhīti | bhinnā bhagava iti | kim atra paśyasīti | na kiṃcana bhagava iti || chup_6,12.1 ||

chupbh_6,12.1 yadyetatpratyakṣīkartumicchasi, ato 'smānmahato nyagrodhātphalamekamāharetyuktastathā cakāra, sa idaṃ bhagava upahṛtaṃ phalamiti darśitavantaṃ pratyāha phalaṃ bhindhīti / 
bhinnamityāhetaraḥ /
tamāha pitā kimatra paśyasītyukta āhāṇvyo 'ṇutarā ivemā dhānā bījāni paśyāmi bhagava iti /
āsāṃ dhānānāmekāṃ dhānāmaṅga he vatsa bhindhītyukta āha bhinnā bhagava iti /
yadi bhinnā dhānā tasyāṃ bhinnāyāṃ kiṃ paśyasītyukta āha na kiñcana paśyāmi bhagava iti //1 //


start chup 6,12.2

taṃ hovāca yaṃ vai somyaitam aṇimānaṃ na nibhālayasa etasya vai somyaiṣo 'ṇimna evaṃ mahānyagrodhas tiṣṭhati | śraddhatsva somyeti || chup_6,12.2 ||

chupbh_6,12.2 taṃ putraṃ hovāca vaṭadhānāyāṃ bhinnāyāṃ yaṃ vaṭabījāṇimānaṃ he saumyaitaṃ na nibhālayase na paśyasi / 
tathāpyetasya vai kila somyaiṣa mahānnyagrodho bījasyāṇimnaḥ sūkṣmasyādṛśyamānasya kāryabhūtaḥ sthūlaśākhāskandhaphalapalāśavāṃstiṣṭhatyutpannaḥ sannuttiṣṭhatīti vocchabdo 'dhyāhāryo 'taḥ śraddhatsva somya sata evāṇimnaḥ sthūlaṃ nāmarūpādimatkāryaṃ jagadutpannamiti /
yadyapi nyāyāgamābhyāṃ nirdhāritor'thastathaivetyavagamyate tathāpyatyantasūkṣmeṣvartheṣu bāhyaviṣayāsaktamanasaḥ svabhāvapravṛttasyāsatyāṃ gurutarāyāṃ śraddhāyāṃ duravagamatvaṃ syādityāha śraddhatsveti /
śraddhāyāṃ tu satyāṃ manasaḥ samādhānaṃ bubhutsiter'the bhavettataśca tadarthāvagatiḥ /
"anyatramanā abhūvam" ityādiśruteḥ //2 //


start chup 6,12.3

sa ya eṣo 'ṇimaitad ātmyam idaṃ sarvam | tat satyam | sa ātmā | tat tvam asi śvetaketo iti | bhūya eva mā bhagavān vijñāpayatv iti | tathā somyeti hovāca || chup_6,12.3 ||

chupbh_6,12.3 sa ya ityādyuktārtham /
yadi tatsajjagato mūlaṃ kasmānnopalabhyata ityetaddṛṣṭāntena mā bhagavānbhūya eva vijñāpayatviti /
tathā somyeti hovāca pitā //3//

iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi ṣaṣṭhādhyāyasya dvādaśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 6,13.1

lavaṇam etad udake 'vadhāyātha mā prātar upasīdathā iti | sa ha tathā cakāra | taṃ hovāca | yad doṣā lavaṇam udake 'vādhā aṅga tad āhareti | tad dhāvamṛśya na viveda || chup_6,13.1 ||

chupbh_6,13.1 vidyamānamapi vastu nopalabhyate prakārāntareṇa tūpalabhyata iti śṛṇvatra dṛṣṭāntam yadi cemamarthaṃ pratyakṣo sa ha pitroktamarthaṃ pratyakṣīkartumicchaṃstathā cakāra /
taṃ hovāca paredyuḥ prātarūpasīdathā upagacchethā iti /
sa ha pitroktamarthaṃ pratyakṣīkartumicchaṃstathā cakāra /
taṃ hovāca paredyuḥ prātaryallavaṃ doṣā rātrāvudake 'vādhā nikṣiptavānasyaṅga he vatsa tadāharetyuktastallavaṇamājihīrṣurha kilāvamṛśyodake na viveda na vijñātavānyathā tallavaṇaṃ, vidyamānameva sadapsu līnaṃ saṃśliṣṭamabhūtaṃ //1 //

start chup 6,13.2

yathā vilīnam eva | an;gāsyāntād ācāmeti | katham iti | lavaṇam iti | madhyād ācāmeti | katham iti | lavaṇam iti | antād ācāmeti | katham iti | lavaṇam iti | abhiprāsyaitad atha mopasīdathā iti | tad dha tathā cakāra | tac chaśvat saṃvartate | taṃ hovācātra vāva kila tat somya na nibhālayase 'traiva kileti || chup_6,13.2 ||

chupbh_6,13.2 yathā vilīnaṃ lavaṇaṃ na vettha tathāpi taccakṣuṣā sparśanena ca piṇḍarūpaṃ lavaṇamagṛhyamāṇaṃ vidyata evāpsūpalabhyate copāyāntareṇetyetatputraṃ pratyāyayitumicchannāha-aṅgāsyodakasyāntādupari gṛhītvā'cāmetyuktvā putraṃ tathākṛtavantamuvāca kathamitītara āha lavaṇaṃ svādutaḥ iti / tathā madhyādudakasya gṛhītvā'cāmeti kathamiti lavaṇamiti / tathāntādadhodeśādgṛhītvā'cāmeti kathamiti lavaṇamiti / yadyevamabhiprāsya parityajyaitadudakamācamyātha mopasīdathā iti taddha tathā cakāra lavaṇaṃ parityajya pitṛsamīpamājagāmetyarthaḥ / idaṃ vacanaṃ bravaṃstallavamaṃ tasminnevodake yanmayā rātrau kṣiptaṃ śāśvannityaṃ saṃvartate vidyamānameva satsamyagvartate / ityevamuktavantaṃ taṃ hovāca pitā / yathedaṃ lavaṇaṃ darśanasparśanābhyāṃ pūrvaṃ gṛhītaṃ punarudake vilīnaṃ tābhyāmagṛhyamāṇamapi vidyata evopāyāntareṇa jihvayopalabhyamānatvāt / evamevātraivāsminneva tejobannādikārye śuṅgedehe / 
vāva kiletyācāryopadeśasmaraṇapradarśanārthau /
sattejobannādiśuṅgakāramaṃ vaṭabījāṇimavadvidyamānamevendriyairnopalabhase na nibhālayase /
yathātraivodake darśanasparśanābhyāmanupalabhyamānaṃ lavaṇaṃ vidyamānameva jihvayopalabdhavānasi /
evamevātraiva kila vidyamānaṃ sajjaganmūlamupāyāntareṇa lavaṇāṇimavadupalapsyasa iti vākyaśeṣaḥ //2 //


start chup 6,13.3

sa ya eṣo 'ṇimaitad ātmyam idaṃ sarvam | tat satyam | sa ātmā | tat tvam asi śvetaketo iti | bhūya eva mā bhagavān vijñāpayatv iti | tathā somyeti hovāca || chup_6,13.3 ||

chupbh_6,13.3 sa ya ityādi samānam /
yadyevaṃ lavaṇāṇimavadindriyairanupalabhyamānamapi jaganmūlaṃ sadupāyāntareṇopalabdhuṃ śakyate yadupalambhātkṛtārthaḥ syāmanupalambhāccākṛtārthaḥ syāmahaṃ tasyaivopalabdhau ka upāya ityetadbhūya eva mā bhagavānvijñāpayatu dṛṣṭāntena tathā somyeti hovāca //3//

iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi ṣaṣṭhādhyāyasya trayodaśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 6,14.1 yathā somya puruṣaṃ gandhārebhyo 'bhinaddhākṣam ānīya taṃ tato 'tijane visṛjet | sa yathā tatra prāṅ vodaṅ vā adharāṅ vā pratyaṅ vā pradhmāyītābhinaddhākṣa ānīto 'bhinaddhākṣo visṛṣṭaḥ || chup_6,14.1 ||

chupbh_6,14.1 yathā loke he somya puruṣaṃ yaṃ kañcidgandhārebhyo janapadebhyo 'bhinaddhākṣaṃ baddhacakṣuṣamānīya dravyahartā taskarastamabhinaddhākṣameva baddhahastamaraṇye tato 'pyatijane 'tigatajane 'tyantavigatajane deśe visṛjetsa tatra digbhramopeto yathā prāṅvā prāgañcanaḥ prāṅmukho, vetyarthaḥ /
tathodaṅvādharāṅvā pratyaṅvā pradhmāyīta śabdaṃ kuryādvikrośet /
abhinaddhākṣo 'haṃ gandhārebhyastaskareṇā'nīto 'bhinaddhākṣa eva visṛṣṭa iti //1 //

start chup 6,14.2

tasya yathābhinahanaṃ pramucya prabrūyād etāṃ diśaṃ gandhārā etāṃ diśaṃ vrajeti | sa grāmād grāmaṃ pṛcchan paṇḍito medhāvī gandhārān evopasaṃpadyeta | evam evehācāryavān puruṣo veda | tasya tāvad eva ciraṃ yāvan na vimokṣye 'tha saṃpatsya iti || chup_6,14.2 ||

chupbh_6,14.2 evaṃ vikrośatastasya yathābhinahanaṃ yathābandhanaṃ pramucya muktvā kāruṇikaḥ kaścidetāṃ diśamuttarato gandhārā etāṃ diśaṃ vrajeti prabrūyātsa evaṃ kāruṇikena bandhanānmokṣito grāmādgrāmāntaraṃ pṛcchanpaṇḍita upadeśavānmedhāvo paropadiṣṭagrāmapraveśamārgāvadhāraṇasamarthaḥ sangandhārānevopasampadyeta netaro mūḍhamatirdeśāntaradarśanatṛḍvā / yathāyaṃ dṛṣṭānto varṇitaḥ svaviṣayebhyo gandhārebhyaḥ puruṣastaskarairabhinaddhākṣo 'viveko diṅmūḍho 'śanāyāpipāsādimānvyāghrataskarādyanekabhayānatharvrātayutamaraṇyaṃ praveśito duḥkhārto vikrośanbandhanebhyo mumukṣustiṣṭhati sa kathañcideva kāruṇikena kenacinmokṣitaḥ svadeśāngandhārānevā'panno nirvṛtaḥ sukhyabhūt / evameva sato jagadātmanaḥ svarūpāttejovannādimayaṃ dehāraṇyaṃ vātapittakapharudhiramedomāṃsāsthimajjāśukrakṛmimūtrapurīṣavacchītoṣṇādyanekadvandvasukhaduḥkhavaccedaṃ mohapaṭābhinaddhākṣo bhāryāputramitrapaśubandhvādidṛṣṭādṛṣṭānekaviṣayatṛṣṇāpāśitaḥ puṇyāpuṇyāditaskaraiḥ praveśito"'hamamuṣya putro mamaite bāndhavāḥ sukhyahaṃ duḥkhī mūḍhaḥ paṇḍito dhārmiko bandhumāñjāto mṛto jīrṇaḥ pāpī putro me mṛto dhanaṃ me naṣṭaṃ hā hato 'smi kathaṃ jāviṣyāmi kā me gatiḥ kiṃ me trāṇam" ityevamanekaśatasahasrānarthajālavānvikrośankathañcideva puṇyātiśayātparamakāruṇikaṃ kañcitsadbrahmātmavidaṃ vimuktabandhanaṃ brahmiṣṭhaṃ yadā'sādayati tena ca brahmavidā kāruṇyāddarśitasaṃsāraviṣayadoṣadarśanamārgo viraktaḥ saṃsāraviṣayebhyo nāsi tvaṃ saṃsāryamuṣya putratvādidharmavānkiṃ tarhi sadyattattvamasītyavidyāmohapaṭābhinahanānmokṣito gandhārapuruṣavacca svaṃ sadātmānamupasampadya sukhī nirvṛtaḥ syādityetamevārthamāhā'cāryavānpuruṣo vedeti tasyāsyaivamācāryavato muktāvidyābhinahanasya tāvadeva tāvāneva kālaściraṃ kṣepaḥ sadātmasvarūpasampatteriti vākyaśeṣaḥ / kiyānkālaściramityucyate yāvanna vimokṣye na vimokṣyata ityetatpuruṣavyatyanena / sāmarthyāt / yena karmaṇā śarīramārabdhaṃ tasyopabhogena yenāthaśabda ānantaryārthaḥ syāt / nanu yathā sadvijñānāntarameva dehapātaḥ satsampattiśca na bhavati karmaśeṣavaśāttathāpravṛttaphalāni prāgjñānotpatterjanmāntarasañcitānyapi karmāṇi santīti tatphalopabhogārthaṃ patite 'smiñśarīrāntaramārabdhavyam / utpanne ca jñāne yāvajjīvaṃ vihitāni pratiṣiddhāni vā karmāṇi karotyeveti tatphalopabhogārthaṃ cāvaśyaṃ śarīrāntaramārabdhavyaṃ tataśca karmāṇi tataḥ śarīrāntaramiti jñānārthakyaṃ karmaṇāṃ phalavattvāt / atha jñānavataḥ kṣīyante karmāṇi tadā jñānaprāptisamakālameva jñānasya satsampattihetutvānmokṣaḥ syāditi śarīrapātaḥ syāt / tathācā'cāryābhāva "ityācāryavānpuruṣo vede"tyācāryavattvānupapattirjñānānmokṣābhāvaprasaṅgaśca / deśāntaraprāptyupāyajñānavadanaikāntikaphalatvaṃ vā jñānasya / na / karmaṇāṃ pravṛttāpravṛttaphalavattvaviśeṣopapatteḥ / yaduktamapravṛttaphalānāṃ karmamāṃ dhruvaphalavattvādbrahmavidaḥ śarīre patite śarīrāntaramārabdhavyamapravṛttakarmaphalopabhogātharmityetadasat / viduṣa"stasya tāvadeva ciram" iti śruteḥ prāmāṇyāt / nanu"puṇyo vai pumyena karmaṇābhavati"ityādiśruterapi prāmāṇyameva / tasyamevam / tathāpi pravṛttaphalānāmapravṛttaphalānāṃ ca karmaṇāṃ viśeṣo 'sti / katham / yāni pravṛttaphalāni karmāṇi yairvidvaccharīramārabdhaṃ teṣāmupabhogenaiva kṣayaḥ / yathā'rahdhavegasya lakṣyamukteṣvādervegakṣayādeva sthitirna tu lakṣyavedhasamakālameva prayojanaṃ nāstīti tadvat / anyāni tvapravṛttaphalānīha prāgjñānotpatterūrdhvaṃ ca kṛtāni vā kriyamāṇāni vātītajanmāntarakṛtāni vāpravṛttaphalāni jñānena dahyante prāyaścitteneva / "kṣīyante cāsya karmāṇi"iti cā'tharvaṇe / ato brahmavido jīvanādiprayojanābhāve 'pi pravṛttaphalānāṃ karmaṇāmavaśyameva phalopabhogaḥ syāditi mukteṣuvattasya tāvadeva ciramiti yuktamevoktamiti yathoktadoṣacodanānupapattiḥ jñānotpatterūrdhvaṃ ca brahmavidaḥ karmābhāvamavocāma"brahmasaṃstho 'mṛtatvametī"tyatra /
tacca smartumarhasi //2 //
start chup 6,14.3

sa ya eṣo 'ṇimaitad ātmyam idaṃ sarvam | tat satyam | sa ātmā | tat tvam asi śvetaketo iti | bhūya eva mā bhagavān vijñāpayatv iti | tathā somyeti hovāca || chup_6,14.3 ||

chupbh_6,14.3 sa ya ityādyuktārtham /
ācāryavānvidvānyena krameṇa satsampadyate taṃ kramaṃ dṛṣṭāntena bhūya eva mā bhagavānvijñāpayatviti /
tathā somyeti hovāca //3//

iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi ṣaṣṭhādhyāyasya caturdaśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 6,15.1

puruṣaṃ somyotopatāpinaṃ jñātayaḥ paryupāsate jānāsi māṃ jānāsi mām iti | tasya yāvan na vāṅ manasi saṃpadyate manaḥ prāṇe prāṇas tejasi tejaḥ parasyāṃ devatāyāṃ tāvaj jānāti || chup_6,15.1 ||

chupbh_6,15.1 puruṣaṃ he somyotopatāpinaṃ jvarādyupatāpavantaṃ jñātayo bāndhavāḥ parivāryopāsate mumūrṣuṃ jānāsi māṃ tava pitaraṃ putraṃ bhrātaraṃ veti pṛcchantastasya mumūrṣoryāvanna vāṅmanasi sampadyate manaḥ prāṇe prāṇastejasi tejaḥ parasyāṃ devatāyāmityetaduktartham //1 //

start chup 6,15.2
atha yadāsya vāṅ manasi saṃpadyate manaḥ prāṇe prāṇas tejasi tejaḥ parasyāṃ devatāyām atha na jānāti || chup_6,15.2 ||
chupbh_6,15.2 saṃsāriṇo yo maraṇakramaḥ sa evāyaṃ viduṣo 'pi satsampattikrama ityetadāha parasyāṃ devatāyāṃ tejasi sampanne 'tha na jānāti / avidvāṃstu sata utthāya prāgbhāvitaṃ vyāghrādibhāvaṃ devamanuṣyādibhāvaṃ vā viśati / vidvāṃstu śāsrācāryopadeśajanitajñānadīpaprakāśitaṃ sadbrahmātmānaṃ praviśya nā'vartata ityeṣa satsampattikramaḥ / anye tu mūrdhanyayā nāḍyotkramyā'dityādidvāreṇa sadgacchantītyāhustadasat / deśakālanimittaphalābhisandhānena gamanadarśanāt / na hi sadātmaikatvadarśinaḥ satyābhisandhasya deśakālanimittaphalādyanṛtābhisandhirupapadyate / 
virodhāt /
avidyākāmakarmaṇāṃ ca gamananimittānāṃ sadvijñānahutāśanavipluṣṭatvādgamanānupapattireva /
"paryāptakāmasya kṛtātmanastivahaiva sarve pravilīyanti kāmāḥ"ityādyātharvaṇe /
nadīsamudradṛṣṭāntaśruteśca //2 //


start chup 6,15.3

sa ya eṣo 'ṇimaitad ātmyam idaṃ sarvam | tat satyam | sa ātmā | tat tvam asi śvetaketo iti | bhūya eva mā bhagavān vijñāpayatv iti | tathā somyeti hovāca || chup_6,15.3 ||

chupbh_6,15.3 sa ya ityādi samānam /
yadi mariṣyato mumukṣataśca tulyā satsampattistatra vidvānsatsampanno nā'vartata āvartate tvavidvānityatra kāraṇaṃ dṛṣṭāntena bhūya eva mā bhagavānvijñāpayatviti tathā somyeti hovāca //3//

iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi ṣaṣṭhādhyāyasya pañcadaśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 6,16.1

puruṣaṃ somyota hastagṛhītam ānayanti | apahārṣīt steyam akārṣīt paraśum asmai tapateti | sa yadi tasya kartā bhavati tata evānṛtam ātmānaṃ kurute | so 'nṛtābhisaṃdho 'nṛtenātmānam antardhāya paraśuṃ taptaṃ pratigṛhṇāti | sa dahyate | atha hanyate || chup_6,16.1 ||

chupbh_6,16.1 śṛṇu yathā somya puruṣaṃ cauryakarmaṇi sandihyamānaṃ nigrahāya parīkṣaṇāya votāpi hastagṛhītaṃ baddhahastamānayanti rājapuruṣāḥ / kiṃ kṛtavānayamiti pṛṣṭāścā'hurapahārśīddhanamasyāyam / te cā'huḥ kimapaharaṇamātrema bandhanamarhati / anyathā datte 'pi dhane bandhanaprasaṅgādityuktāḥ punarāhuḥ steyamakārṣīttauryeṇa dhanamapahārṣīditi / 
teṣvevaṃ vadatsvitaro 'pahnate nāhaṃ tatkarteti /
(te cā'huḥ sandihyamānaṃ steyamakārṣīstvamasya dhanasyeti) /
tasmiṃścāpahnavāne āhuḥ paraśumasmai tapateti śodhayatvātmānamiti /
sa yadi tasya stainyasya kartā bavati bahiścāpahnate sa evaṃbhūtastata evānṛtamanyathābhūtaṃ santamanyathā'mānaṃ kurute sa tathānṛtābhisandho 'nṛtenā'tmānamantardhāya vyavahitaṃ kṛtvā paraśuṃ taptaṃ mohātpratigṛhrāti sa dahyate 'tha hanyate rājapuruṣaiḥ svakṛtenānṛtābhisandhidoṣeṇa //1 //


start chup 6,16.2

atha yadi tasyākartā bhavati | tata eva satyam ātmānaṃ kurute | sa satyābhisandhaḥ satyenātmānam antardhāya paraśuṃ taptaṃ pratigṛhṇāti | sa na dahyate | atha mucyate || chup_6,16.2 ||

chupbh_6,16.2 atha yadi tasya karmaṇo 'kartā bhavati tata eva satyamātmānaṃ kurute sa satyena tayā stainyākartṛtayā'tmānamantardhāya paraśuṃ taptaṃ pratigṛhṇāti sa satyābhisandhaḥ sanna dahyate satyavyavadhānādatha mucyate ca mṛṣābhiyoktṛbhyaḥ /
taptaparaśuhastatalasaṃyogasya tulyatve 'pi steyakartrakartroranṛtābhisandho dahyate na tu satyābhisandhaḥ //2 //

start chup 6,16.3

sa yathā tatra nādāhyeta | etad ātmyam idaṃ sarvam | tat satyam | sa ātmā | tat tvam asi śvetaketo iti | tad dhāsya vijajñāv iti vijajñāv iti || chup_6,16.3 ||

chupbh_6,16.3 sa yathā satyābhisandhastaptaparaśugrahaṇakarmaṇi satyavyavahitahastatalatvānnādāhyeta na dahyetetyetadevaṃ sadbrahmasatyābhisandhītarayoḥ śarīrapātakāle ca tulyāyāṃ satsampattau vidvānsatsampadya na punarvyāghradevādidehagrahaṇāyā'vartate / avidvāṃstu vikārānṛtābhisandhaḥ punarvyāghrādibhāvaṃ devatādibhāvaṃ vā yathākarma yathāśrutaṃ pratipadyate / yadātmābhisandhyanabhisandhikṛte mokṣabandhane yacca mūlaṃ jagato yadāyatanā yatpratiṣṭhāśca sarvāḥ prajā yadātmakaṃ ca sarvaṃ yaccājamamṛtamabhayaṃ śivamadvitīyaṃ tatsatyaṃ sa ātmā tavātastattvamasi he śvetaketo ityuktārthamasakṛdvākyam /

kaḥ punarasau śvetaketustvaṃśabdārthaḥ / yo 'haṃ śvetaketuruddālakasya putra iti vedā'tmānamādeśaṃ śrutvā matvā vijñāya cāśrutamamatamavijñātaṃ vijñātuṃ pitaraṃ papraccha kathaṃ nu bhagavaḥ sa ādeśo bavatīti sa eṣo 'dhikṛtaḥ śrotā mantā vijñātā tejobannamayaṃ kāryakāraṇasaṅghātaṃ praviṣṭā paraiva devatā nāmasvarūpavyākaraṇāyā'darśa iva puruṣaḥ sūryāduriva jalādau pratibodhitastattvamasītidṛṣṭāntairhetubhiśca tatpiturasya ha kiloktaṃ sadevāhamasmīti vijajñau vijñātavān / dvirvacanamadhyāyaparisamāptyartham / kiṃ punaratra ṣaṣṭhe vākyapramāṇena janitaṃ phalam?ātmani kartṛtvabhoktṛtvayoradhikṛtatvavijñānanivṛttistasya phalaṃ yaṃ vayamavocāma tvaṃśabdavācyamarthaṃ śrotuṃ mantuṃ cādhikṛtamavijñātavijñānaphalārtham / prākcaitasmādvijñānādahamevaṃ kariṣyāmyagnihotrādīni karmāṇyahamatrādhikṛtaḥ / eṣāṃ ca karmaṇāṃ phalamihāmutra ca bhokṣye kṛteṣu vā karmasu kṛtakartavyaḥ syāmityevaṃ kartṛtvabhoktṛtvayoradhikṛto 'smītyātmani yadvijñānamabhūttattasya yatsajjagato mūlamekamevādvitīyaṃ tattvamasītyanena vākyena pratibuddhasya nivartate / virodhāt / na hyekasminnadvitīya ātmanyayamahamasmīti vijñāte mamedamanyadanena kartavyamidaṃ kṛtvāsya phalaṃ bhokṣya iti vā bhedavijñānamupapadyate / tasmātsatsatyādvitīyātmavijñāne vikārānṛtajīvātmavijñānaṃ nivartata iti yuktam / nanu tattvamasītyatra tvaṃśabdavācyer'the sadbuddhirādhitsyate yathā'dityamana ādiṣu brahmādibuddhiḥ / yathā ca loke pratimādiṣu viṣṇvādibuddhistadvannatu sadeva tvamiti, yadi sadeva śvetaketuḥ syātkathamātmānaṃ na vijānīyādyena tasmai tattvamasītyupadiśyate / na / ādityādivākyavailakṣaṇyāt / ādityo brahmetyādāvitiśabdavyavadhānānna sākṣādbrahmatvaṃ gamyate / rūpādimattvāccā'dityādīnāmākāśamanasoścetiśabdavyavadhānādevābrahmatvamiha tu sata eveha praveśaṃ darśayitvā tattvamasīti niraṅkuśaṃ sadātmabhāvamupadiśati / nanu parākramādiguṇaḥ siṃho 'si tvamitivattattvamasīti syāt / na / mṛdādivatsadekamevādvitīyaṃ satyamityupadeśāt / na copacāravijñānāttasya tāvadeva ciramiti satsampattirūpadiśyeta / mṛṣātvādupacāravijñānasya / tvamindro 'si yama itivat / nāpi stutiranupāsyatvācchvetaketoḥ / nāpi sacchvetaketutvopadeśena stūyeta / na hi rājā dāsastvamiti stutyaḥ syāt / nāpi sataḥ sarvātmana ekadeśanirodho yuktastattvamasīti deśādhipateriva grāmādhyakṣastvamiti / na cānyā gatiriha sadātmatvopadeśādarthāntarabhūtā sambhavati / nanu sadasmītibuddhimātramiha kartavyatayā codyate na tvajñātaṃ sadasīti jñāpyata iti cet / nanvasminpakṣe 'pyaśrutaṃ śrutaṃ bhavatītyādyanupapannam / na, sadasmītibuddhividheḥ stutyarthatvāt / na, ācāryavānpuruṣo veda tasya tāvadeva ciramityupadeśāt / yadi hi sadasmīti buddhimātraṃ kartavyatayā vidhīyate na tu tvaṃśabdavācyasya sadrūpatvameva tadā nā'cāryavānvedeti jñānopāyopadeśo vācyaḥ syāt / yathāgnihotraṃ juhuyādityevamādiṣvarthaprāptamevā'cāryavattvamiti tadvat / tasya tāvadeva ciramiti ca kṣepakaraṇaṃ na yuktaṃ syāt / sadātmatattve 'vijñāte 'pi sakṛdbuddhimātrakaraṇe mokṣaprasaṅgāt / na ca tattvamasītyukte nāhaṃ saditipramāṇavākyajanitā buddhīrnivartayituṃ śakyā notpanneti vā śakyaṃ vaktum / sarvopaniṣadvākyānāṃ tatparatayaivopakṣayāt / yathāgnihotrādividhijanitāgnihotrādikartavyatābuddhīnāmatathārthatvamanutpannatvaṃ vā na śakyate vaktuṃ tadvat / yattūktaṃ sadātmā sannātmānaṃ kathaṃ na jānīyāditi / nāsau doṣaḥ / kāryakaraṇasaṅghātavyatirikto 'haṃ jīvaḥ kartā bhoktetyapi svabhāvataḥ prāṇināṃ vijñānādarśanātkisu tasya sadātmavijñānam / kathamevaṃ vyatiriktavijñāne sati teṣāṃ kartṛtvādivijñānaṃ sambhavati dṛśyate ca / tadvattasyāpi dehādiṣvātmabuddhitvānna syātsadātmavijñānam / tasmādvikārānṛtādhikṛtajīvātmavijñānanivartakamevedaṃ vākyaṃ tattvamasīti siddhamiti //3 // //

iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi ṣaṣṭhādhyāyasya ṣoḍaśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ iti cchāndogyopaniṣadbrāhmaṇe ṣaṣṭhodhyāyaḥ samāptaḥ

atha saptamo 'dhyāyaḥ

start chup 7,1.1

adhīhi bhagava iti hopasasāda sanatkumāraṃ nāradaḥ | taṃ hovāca yad vettha tena mopasīda | tatas ta ūrdhvaṃ vakṣyāmīti | sa hovāca || chup_7,1.1 ||

chupbh_7,1.1 paramārthantattvopadeśapradhānaparaḥ ṣaṣṭho 'dhyāyaḥ sadātmaikatvanirṇayaparatayaivopayuktaḥ / na sator'vāgvikāralakṣaṇāni tattvāni nirdiṣṭānītyatastāni nāmādīni prāṇāntāni krameṇa nirdiśya taddvāreṇāpi bhūmākhyaṃ niratiśayaṃ tattvaṃ nirdekṣyāmīti śākhācandradarśanavaditīnaṃ saptamaṃ prapāṭhakamārabhate / anirdiṣṭeṣu hi sator'vāktattveṣu sanmātre ca nirdiṣṭe 'nyadapyavijñātaṃ syādityāśaṅkā kasyacitsyātsā mā bhūditi vā tāni nirdidikṣati /

athavā sopānārohaṇavatsthūlādārabhya sūkṣmaṃ sūkṣamataṃ ca buddhiviṣayaṃ jñāpayitvā tadatirikte svārājye 'bhiṣekṣyāmīti nāmādīni nirdidikṣati / athavā nāmādyuttarottaraviśiṣṭāni tattvānyatitarāṃ ca teṣāmutkṛṣṭatamaṃ bhūmākhyaṃ tattvamiti tatstutyarthaṃ nāmādīnāṃ krameṇopanyāsaḥ /

ākhyāyikā tu paravidyāstutyarthā / katham / nārado devarṣiḥ kṛtakartavyaḥ sarvavidyo 'pi sannanātmajñatvācchuśocaiva kimu vaktavyamanyo 'lpavijjanturakṛtapuṇyātiśayo 'kṛtārtha iti / athavā nānyadātmajñānānniratiśayaśreyaḥ sādhanamastītyetatpradarśanārthaṃ sanatkumāranāradākhyāyikā'rabhyate / yena sarvavijñānasādhanaśaktisampannasyāpi nāradasya devarṣeḥ śreyo na babhūva yenottamābhijanavidyāvṛttasādhanaśaktisampattinimittābhi mānaṃ hitvā prākṛtapuruṣavatsanatkumāramupasasāda śreyaḥsādhanaprāptaye 'taḥ prakhyāpitaṃ bhavati niratiśayaprāptisādhanatvamātmavidyāyā iti / 
adhīhyadhīṣva bhagavā bha vinniti kilopasasāda /
adhīhi bhagava iti mantraḥ /
sanatkumāraṃ yogīśvaraṃ brahmiṣṭhaṃ nārada upasannavān /
taṃ nyāyata upasannaṃ hovāca yadātmaviṣaye kiñcidvettha tena tatprakhyāpanena māmupasīdedamahaṃ jāna iti tato 'haṃ bhavato vijñānātte tubyamūrdhvaṃ vakṣyāmītyuktavati sa hovāca nāradaḥ //1 //


start chup 7,1.2
ṛgvedaṃ bhagavo 'dhyemi yajurvedaṃ sāmavedam ātharvaṇaṃ caturtham itihāsapurāṇaṃ pañcamaṃ vedānāṃ vedaṃ pitryaṃ rāśiṃ daivaṃ nidhiṃ vākovākyam ekāyanaṃ devavidyāṃ brahmavidyāṃ bhūtavidyāṃ kṣatravidyāṃ nakṣatravidyāṃ sarpadevajanavidyām etad bhagavo 'dhyemi || chup_7,1.2 ||
chupbh_7,1.2 ṛgvedaṃ bhagavo 'dhyemi smarāmi yadvettheti vijñānasya pṛṣṭatvāt / tathā yajurvedaṃ sāmavedamātharvaṇaṃ caturthaṃ vedaṃ vedaśabdasya prakṛtatvāditihāsapurāṇaṃ pañcamaṃ vedaṃ vedānāṃ bhāratapañcamānāṃ vedaṃ vyākaraṇamityarthaḥ /

vyākaraṇena hi padādivibhāgaśa ṛgvedādayo jñāyante / pitryaṃ śrāddhakalpam / kāśiṃ gaṇitam / daivamutpātajñānam / nidhiṃ mahākālādinidhiśāstram / vākovākyaṃ tarkaśāsram / ekāyanaṃ nītiśāsram / devavidyāṃ niruktam / brahmaṇa ṛgyajuḥsāmākhyasya vidyāṃ brahmavidyāṃ śikṣākalpacchandovicitayaḥ / bhūtavidyāṃ bhūtatantram / 
kṣattravidyāṃ dhanurvedam /
nakṣatravidyāṃ jyautiṣam /
sarpadevajanavidyāṃ sarpavidyāṃ gāruḍaṃ devajanavidyāṃ gandhayuktinṛtyagītavādyiśilpādivijñānāni /
etatsarvaṃ he bhagavo 'dhyemi //2 //


start chup 7,1.3

so 'haṃ bhagavo mantravid evāsmi nātmavit | śrutaṃ hy eva me bhagavaddṛśebhyas tarati śokam ātmavid iti | so 'haṃ bhagavaḥ śocāmi | taṃ mā bhagavāñ chokasya pāraṃ tārayatv iti | taṃ hovāca yad vai kiṃcaitad adhyagīṣṭhā nāmaivaitat || chup_7,1.3 ||

chupbh_7,1.3 so 'haṃ bhagava etatsarvaṃ jānannapi mantravidevāsmi śabdārthamātravijñānavānevāsmītyarthaḥ / sarvo hi śabdo 'bhidhānamātramabhidhānaṃ ca sarvaṃ mantreṣvantarbhavati / mantravidevāsmi mantravitkarmavidityarthaḥ / 'mantreṣu karmāṇī'ti hi vakṣyati nā'tmavinnā'tmānaṃ vedbhi / nanvātmāpi mantraiḥ prakāśyata eveti kathaṃ mantraviccennā'tmavit / na / abhidhānābhidheyabhedasya vikāratvāt / na ca vikāra ātmeṣyate / nanvātmāpyātmaśabdenābhidhīyate / na"yato vāco nivartante" / "yatra nānya paśyati"ityādiśruteḥ / kathaṃ tarhyā'tmaivādhastāt' 'sa ātme'tyādiśabdā ātmānaṃ pratyāyayanti / naiṣa doṣaḥ / dehavati pratyagātmani bhedaviṣaye prayujyamānaḥ śabdo dehādīnāmātmatve pratyākhyāyamāne yatpariśiṣṭaṃ sadavācyamapi pratyāyayati / yathā sarājikāyāṃ dṛśyamānāyāṃ senāyāṃ chatradhvajapatākādivyavahite 'dṛśyamāne 'pi rājanyeṣa rājā dṛśyata iti bhavati śabdaprayogastatra ko 'sau rājeti rājaviśeṣanirūpaṇāyāṃ dṛśyamānetarapratyākhyāne 'nyasminnadṛśyamāne 'pi rājani rājapratītirbhavettadvat / tasmātsohaṃ mantravitkarmavidevāsmi karmakāryaṃ ca sarvaṃ vikāra iti vikārajña evāsmi nā'tmavinnā'tmaprakṛtisvarūpajña ityarthaḥ / ata evokta"mācāryavānpuruṣo vede"ti / "yato vāco nivartante"ityādiśrutibhyaśca / śrutamāgamajñānamastyeva hi yasmānme mama bhagavaddṛśebhyo yuṣmatsadṛśebhyastaratyatikrāmati śokaṃ manastāpamakṛtārthabuddhitāmātmavidityataḥ / 
so 'hamanātmavittvāddhe bhagavaḥ śocāmyakṛtārthabuddhyā santapye sarvadā taṃ mā māṃ śokasya śokasāgarasya pāramantaṃ bhagavāṃstārayatvātmajñānoḍupena kṛtārthabuddhimāpādayatvabhayaṃ gamayatvityarthaḥ /
tamevamuktavantaṃ hovāca yadvai kiñcaitadadhyagīṣṭhā adhītavānasi /
adhyayanena tadarthajñānamupalakṣyate jñātavānasītyetannāmaivaitat /
"vācā'rambhaṇaṃ vikāro nāmadheyam"iti śruteḥ //3 //


start chup 7,1.4

nāma vā ṛgvedo yajurvedaḥ sāmaveda ātharvaṇaś caturtha itihāsapurāṇaḥ pañcamo vedānāṃ vedaḥ pitryo rāśir daivo nidhir vākovākyam ekāyanaṃ devavidyā brahmavidyā bhūtavidyā kṣatravidyā nakṣatravidyā sarpadevajanavidyā | nāmaivaitat | nāmopāssveti || chup_7,1.4 || 

chupbh_7,1.4 nāma vā ṛgvedo yajurveda ityādi nāmaivaitat /
nāmopāḥsva brahmeti brahmabuddhyā /
yathā pratimāṃ viṣṇubuddhyopāste tadvat //4 //

start chup 7,1.5

sa yo nāma brahmety upāste | yāvan nāmno gataṃ tatrāsya yathākāmacāro bhavati yo nāma brahmety upāste | asti bhagavo nāmno bhūya iti | nāmno vāva bhūyo 'stīti | tan me bhagavān bravītv iti || chup_7,1.5 ||

chupbh_7,1.5 sa yastu nāma brahmetyupāste tasya yatphalaṃ bhavati tacchṛṇu yāvannāmno gataṃ nāmno gocaraṃ tatra tasminnāmaviṣaye 'sya yathākāmacāraḥ kāmacaraṇaṃ rājña iva svaviṣaye bhavati /
yo nāma brahmetyupāsta ityupasaṃhāraḥ /
kimasti bhagavo nāmno bhūyo 'dhikataraṃ yadbrahmadṛṣṭyarhamanyadityabhiprāyaḥ /
sanatkumāra āha nāmno vāva bhūyo 'styevetyukta āha yadyasti tanme bhagavānbravītviti //5//

iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi saptamādhyāyasya prathamaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 7,2.1

vāg vāva nāmno bhūyasī | vāg vā ṛgvedaṃ vijñāpayati yajurvedaṃ sāmavedam ātharvaṇaṃ caturtham itihāsapurāṇaṃ pañcamaṃ vedānāṃ vedaṃ pitryaṃ rāśiṃ daivaṃ nidhiṃ vākovākyam ekāyanaṃ devavidyāṃ brahmavidyāṃ bhūtavidyāṃ kṣatravidyāṃ nakṣatravidyāṃ sarpadevajanavidyāṃ divaṃ ca pṛthivīṃ ca vāyuṃ cākāśaṃ cāpaś ca tejaś ca devāṃś ca manuṣyāṃś ca paśūṃś ca vayāṃsi ca tṛṇavanaspatīñ śvāpadāny ākīṭapataṅgapipīlakaṃ dharmaṃ cādharmaṃ | ca satyaṃ cānṛtaṃ ca sādhu cāsādhu ca hṛdayajñaṃ cāhṛdayajñaṃ ca | yad vai vāṅ nābhaviṣyan na dharmo nādharmo vyajñāpayiṣyan na satyaṃ nānṛtaṃ na sādhu nāsādhu na hṛdayajño nāhṛdayajñaḥ | vāg evaitad sarvaṃ vijñāpayati vācam upāssveti || chup_7,2.1 ||

chupbh_7,2.1 vāgvāva / vāgitīndriyaṃ jihvābhūlādiṣvaṣṭasu sthāneṣu sthitaṃ varṇānāmabhivyañjakam / varṇāśca nāmeti nāmno vāgbhūyasītyucyate / kāryaddhi kāraṇaṃ bhūyo dṛṣṭaṃ loke yathā putrātpitā tadvat / kathaṃ ca vāṅnāmno bhūyasītyāhavāgvā ṛgvedaṃ vijñāpayatyayamṛgveda iti / tathā yajurvedamityādi samānam / 
hṛdayajñaṃ hṛdayapriyam /
tadviparītamahṛdayajñam /
yadyadi vāṅnābhaviṣyaddharmādi na vyajñāpayiṣyadvāgabhāve 'dhyayanābhāve tadarthaśravaṇābhāvastacchravaṇābhāve dharmādi na vyajñāpayiṣyanna vijñātamabhaviṣyadityarthaḥ /
tasmādvāgevaitacchabdoccāraṇena sarvaṃ vijñāpayatyato bhūyasī vāṅnāmnastasmādvācaṃ brahmetyupāḥsva //1 //


start chup 7,2.2

sa yo vācaṃ brahmety upāste | yāvad vāco gataṃ tatrāsya yathākāmacāro bhavati yo vācaṃ brahmety upāste | asti bhagavo vāco bhūya iti | vāco vāva bhūyo 'stīti | tan me bhagavān bravītv iti || chup_7,2.2 ||

chupbh_7,2.2 samānamanyat //2//

iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi saptamādhyāyasya dvitīyaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 7,3.1

mano vāva vāco bhūyaḥ | yathā vai dve vāmalake dve vā kole dvau vākṣau muṣṭir anubhavaty evaṃ vācaṃ ca nāma ca mano 'nubhavati | sa yadā manasā manasyati mantrān adhīyīyety athādhīte | karmāṇi kurvīyety atha kurute | putrāṃś ca paśūṃś ceccheyety athecchate | imaṃ ca lokam amuṃ ceccheyety athecchate | mano hy ātmā | mano hi lokaḥ | mano hi brahma | mana upāssveti || chup_7,3.1 ||

chupbh_7,3.1 mano manasyanaviśiṣṭamantaḥkaraṇaṃ vāco bhūyaḥ / taddhi manasyanavyāpāravadvācaṃ vaktavye prerayati / tena vāṅmanasyantarbhavati / yacca yasminnantarbhavati tattasya vyāpakatvāttato bhūyo bhavati / yathā vai loke dve vā'malake phale dve vā kole badaraphale dvau vākṣau vibhītakaphale muṣṭiranubhavati muṣṭiste phale vyāpnoti muṣṭau hi te antarbhavataḥ / evaṃ vācaṃ ca nāma cā'malakādivanmano 'nubhavati / sa yadā puruṣe yasminkāle manasāntaḥkaraṇena manasyati manasyanaṃ vivakṣābuddhiḥ kathaṃ?mantrānadhīyīyoccārayeyamityevaṃ vivakṣāṃ kṛtvāthādhīte tathā karmāṇi kurvīyeti cikīrṣābuddhiṃ kṛtvātha kurute putrāṃśca paśūṃśceccheyeti prāptīcchāṃ kṛtvā tatprāptyupāyānuṣṭhānenāthecchate putrādīnprāpnotītyarthaḥ / 
tathemaṃ ca lokamamuṃ copāyeneccheyeti tatpraptyupāyānuṣṭhānenāthecchace prāpnoti /
mano hyātmā'tmanaḥ kartṛtvaṃ bhoktṛtvaṃ ca sati manasi nānyatheti mano hyātmetyucyate /
mano hi lokaḥ satyeva hi manasi loko bhavati tatprāptyupāyānuṣṭhānaṃ ceti mano hi loko yasmāttasmānmano hi brahma /
yata evaṃ tasmānmana upāḥsveti //1 //


start chup 7,3.2

sa yo mano brahmety upāste | yāvan manaso gataṃ tatrāsya yathākāmacāro bhavati yo mano brahmety upāste | asti bhagavo manaso bhūya iti | manaso vāva bhūyo 'stīti | tan me bhagavān bravītv iti || chup_7,3.2 ||

chupbh_7,3.2 sa yo ityādi samānam //2//

iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi saptamādhyāyasya tṛtīyaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 7,4.1

saṃkalpo vāva manaso bhūyān | yadā vai saṃkalpayate 'tha manasyati | atha vācam īrayati | tām u nāmnīyūati | nāmni mantrā ekaṃ bhavanti | mantreṣu karmāṇi || chup_7,4.1 ||

chupbh_7,4.1 saṃkalpo vāva manaso bhūyān / saṃkalpo 'pi manasyanavadantaḥkaraṇavṛttiḥ kartavyākartavyaviṣayavibhāgena samarthanam / vibhāgena hi samarthite viṣaye cikīrṣābuddhirmanasyanānantaraṃ bhavati / katham / yadā vai saṃkalpayate kartavyādiviṣayānvibhajata idaṃ kartuṃ yuktamiti, atha manasyati mantrānadhīyīyetyādi / athānantaraṃ vācamīrayati mantrādyuccāraṇe / tāṃ ca vācamu nāmni nāmoccāraṇanimittaṃ vivakṣāṃ kṛtverayati nāmni nāmasāmānye mantrāḥ śabdaviśeṣāḥ santa ekaṃ bhavantyantarbhavantītyarthaḥ / sāmānye hi viśeṣo 'ntabhavati / mantreṣu karmāṇyekaṃ bhavanti / mantraprakāśitāni karmāṇi kriyante nāmantrakamasti karma / yaddhi mantraprakāśanena labdhasattākaṃ satkarma brāhmaṇenedaṃ kartavyamasmai phalāyeti vidhīyate / yāpyutpattirbrāhmaṇeṣu karmaṇāṃ dṛśyate sāpi mantreṣu labdhasattākānāmeva karmaṇāṃ spaṣṭīkaraṇam / na hi mantrāprakāśitaṃ karma kiñcidbrāhmaṇa utpannaṃ dṛśyate / 
trayīvihitaṃ karmeti prasiddham loke /
trayīśabdaśca ṝgyajuḥsāmasamākhyā /
mantreṣu karmāṇi kavayo yānyapaśyanniti cā'tharvaṇe /
tasmādyuktaṃ mantreṣu karmāṇyekaṃ bhavantīti //1 //


start chup 7,4.2

tāni ha vā etāni saṃkalpaikāyanāni saṃkalpātmakāni saṃkalpe pratiṣṭhitāni | samakḷpatāṃ dyāvāpṛthivī | samakalpetāṃ vāyuś cākāśaṃ ca | samakalpantāpaś ca tejaś ca | teṣāṃ saṃkḷptyai varṣaṃ saṃkalpate | varṣasya saṃkḷptyā annaṃ saṃkalpate | annasya saṃkḷptyai prāṇāḥ saṃkalpante | prāṇānāṃ saṃkḷptyai mantrāḥ saṃkalpante | mantrāṇāṃ saṃkḷptyai karmāṇi saṃkalpante | karmaṇāṃ saṃkḷptyai lokaḥ saṃkalpate | lokasya saṃkḷptyai sarvaṃ saṃkalpate | sa eṣa saṃkalpaḥ | saṃkalpam upāssveti || chup_7,4.2 ||

chupbh_7,4.2 tāni ha vā etāni mana ādīni saṃkalpaikāyanāni saṃkalpa eko 'yanaṃ gamanaṃ pralayo yeṣāṃ tāni saṃkalpaikāyanāni saṃkalpātmakānyutpattau saṃkalpe pratiṣṭhitāni sthitau samakḷpatāṃ saṃkalpaṃ kṛtavatyāviva hi dyauśca pṛthivī ca dyāvāpṛthivyau niścale lakṣyete / tathā samakalpetāṃ vāyuścā'kāśaṃ caitāvapi saṃkalpaṃ kṛtavantāviva tathā samakalpantāmāpaśca tejaśca svena rūpema niścalāni lakṣyante / yatasteṣāṃ dyāvāpṛthivyādīnāṃ saṃkḷptyai saṃkalpanimittaṃ varṣaṃ saṃkalpante / annamayā hi prāṇā annopaṣṭambhakāḥ / "annaṃ dāma"iti hi śrutiḥ / teṣāṃ saṃkḷptyai mantrāḥ saṃkalpante / prāṇāvānhi mantrānadhīte nābalaḥ / mantrāṇāṃ hi saṃkḷptyai karmāṇyagnihotrādīni saṃkalpante 'nuṣṭhīyamānāni mantraprakāśitāni samarthībhavanti phalāya / tato lokaḥ phalaṃ saṃkalpate karmakartṛsamavāyitayā samarthībhavatītyarthaḥ / 
lokasya saṃkḷptyai sarvaṃ jagatsaṃkalpate svarūpāvaikalyāya /
etaddhīdaṃ sarvaṃ jagadyatphalāvasānaṃ tatsarvaṃ saṃkalpamūlam /
ato viśiṣṭaḥ sa eṣa saṃkalpaḥ /
ataḥ saṃkalpamupāḥsvetyuktvā phalamāha tadupāsakasya //2 //


start chup 7,4.3

sa yaḥ saṃkalpaṃ brahmety upāste | kḷptān vai sa lokān dhruvān dhruvaḥ pratiṣṭhitān pratiṣṭhito 'vyathamānān avyathamāno 'bhisidhyati | yāvat saṃkalpasya gataṃ tatrāsya yathākāmacāro bhavati yaḥ saṃkalpaṃ brahmety upāste | asti bhagavaḥ saṃkalpād bhūya iti | saṃkalpād vāva bhūyo 'stīti | tan me bhagavān bravītv iti || chup_7,4.3 ||

chupbh_7,4.3 sa yaḥ saṃkalpaṃ brahmeti brahmabuddhyopāstekḷptānvai dhātrāsyeme lokāḥ phalamiti kḷptānsamarthitānsaṃkalpitānsa vidvāndhruvānnityānatyantādhruvāpekṣayā dhruvaśca svayam / lokino hyadhruvatve loke dhruvakḷptivyartheti dhruvaḥ sanpratiṣṭhitānupakaraṇasaṃpannānityarthaḥ / 
paśuputrādibhiḥ pratitiṣṭhatīti darśanātsvayaṃ ca pratiṣṭhita ātmīyopakaraṇasaṃpanno 'vyathamānānamitrāditrāsarah itānavyathamānaśca svayamabhisidhyatyabhiprāpnotītyarthaḥ /
yāvatsaṃkalpasya gataṃ saṃkalpagocarastatrāsya yathākāmacāro bhavati ātmanaḥ saṃkalpasya na tu sarveṣāṃ saṃkalpasyeti /
uttaraphalavirodhāt /
yaḥ saṃkalpaṃ brahmetyupāsta ityādi pūrvavat //3//


iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi saptamādhyāyasya caturthaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 7,5.1

cittaṃ vāva saṃkalpād bhūyaḥ | yadā vai cetayate 'tha saṃkalpayate | atha manasyati | atha vācam īrayati | tām u nāmnīyūati | nāmni mantrā ekaṃ bhavanti | mantreṣu karmāṇi || chup_7,5.1 ||

chupbh_7,5.1 cittaṃ vāva saṃkalpādbhūyaḥ /
cittaṃ cetayitṛtvaṃ prāptakālānurūpabodhavattvamatītāna gataviṣayaprayojananirūpaṇasāmarthyaṃ ca tatsaṃkalpādapi bhūyaḥ /
katham /
yadā vai prāptamiti cetayate tadā dānāya vāpohāya vātha saṃkalpayate 'tha manasyatītyādi pūrvavat //1 //

start chup 7,5.2

tāni ha vā etāni cittaikāyanāni cittātmāni citte pratiṣṭhitāni | tasmād yady api bahuvid acitto bhavati nāyam astīty evainam āhuḥ | yad ayaṃ veda yad vā ayaṃ vidvān nettham acittaḥ syād iti | atha yady alpavic cittavān bhavati tasmā evota śuśrūṣante | cittaṃ hy evaiṣām ekāyanam | cittam ātmā | cittaṃ pratiṣṭhā | cittam upāssveti || chup_7,5.2 ||

chupbh_7,5.2 tāni saṃkalpādīni karmaphalāntāni cittaikāyanāni cittātmāni cittotpattīni citte pratiṣṭhitāni cittasthitānītyapi pūrvavat / kiñca cittasya māhātmyam / yasmāccittaṃ saṃkalpādimūlaṃ tasmādyadyapi bahuvidbahuśāsrādiparijñānavānsannacitto bhavati prāptādicetayitṛtvasāmarthyavirahito bhavati taṃ nipuṇā laukikānāyamasti vidyamāno 'pyasatsama evetyenamāhuḥ / yaccāyaṃ kiñcicchāsrādi veda śrutavāṃstadapyasya vṛthaiveti kathayanti / 
kasmāt /
yadyayaṃ vidvānsyāditthamevamacitto na syāttasmādasya śrutamapyaśrutamevetyāhurityarthaḥ /
athālpavidapi yadi cittavānbhavati tasmā etasmai taduktārthagrahaṇāyaivotāpi śuśrūṣante śrotumicchanti /
tasmācca cittaṃ hyevaiṣāṃ saṃkalpādīnāmekāyanamityādi pūrvavat //2 //


start chup 7,5.3

sa yaś cittaṃ brahmety upāste | cittān vai sa lokān dhruvān dhruvaḥ pratiṣṭhitān pratiṣṭhito 'vyathamānān avyathamāno 'bhisidhyati | yāvac cittasya gataṃ tatrāsya yathākāmacāro bhavati yaś cittaṃ brahmety upāste | asti bhagavaś cittād bhūya iti | cittād vāva bhūyo 'stīti | tan me bhagavān bravītv iti || chup_7,5.3 ||

chupbh_7,5.3 cittānupacitānhuddhimadguṇaiḥ sa cittopāsako dhruvānityādi coktārtham //3//

iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi saptamādhyāyasya pañcamaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 7,6.1-2

dhyānaṃ vāva cittād bhūyaḥ | dhyāyatīva pṛthivī | dhyāyatīvāntarikṣam | dhyāyatīva dyauḥ | dhyāyantīvāpaḥ | dhyāyantīva parvatāḥ | dhyāyantīva devamanuṣyāḥ | tasmād ya iha manuṣyāṇāṃ mahattāṃ prāpnuvanti dhyānāpādāṃśā ivaiva te bhavanti | atha ye 'lpāḥ kalahinaḥ piśunā upavādinas te | atha ye prabhavo dhyānāpādāṃśā ivaiva te bhavanti | dhyānam upāssveti || chup_7,6.1 ||

sa yo dhyānaṃ brahmety upāste | yāvad dhyānasya gataṃ tatrāsya yathākāmacāro bhavati yo dhyānaṃ brahmety upāste | asti bhagavo dyānād bhūya iti | dhyānād vāva bhūyo 'stīti | tan me bhagavān bravītv iti || chup_7,6.2 ||

chupbh_7,6.1-2 dhyānaṃ vāva cittādbhūyaḥ / dhyānaṃ nāma śāsroktadevatādyālambaneṣvacalo bhinnajātīyairanantaritaḥ pratyayasaṃtānaḥ / ekāgrateti yamāhuḥ / dṛśyate ca dhyānasya māhātmyaṃ phalataḥ / katham / yathā yogī dhyāyanniścalo bhavati dhyānaphalalābhe / evaṃ dhyāyatīva niścalā dṛśyate pṛthivī / dhyāyatīvāntarikṣamityādi samānamanyat / devāśca manuṣyāśca devamanuṣyā manuṣyā eva vā devasamā devamanuṣyāḥ śamādiguṇasaṃpannā manuṣyā devasvarūpaṃ na jahatītyarthaḥ / yasmādevaṃ viśiṣṭaṃ dhyānaṃ tasmādya iha loke manuṣyāṇāmeva dhanairvidyayā guṇairvā mahattāṃ mahattvaṃ prāpnuvanti dhanādimahattvahetuṃ labhanta ityarthaḥ / dhyānāpādāṃśā iva dhyānasyā'pādanamāpādo dhyānaphalalābha ityetattasyāṃśo 'vayavaḥ kalā kāciddhyānaphalalābhakalāvanta ivaivetyarthaḥ / 
te bhavanti niścalā iva lakṣyante na kṣudrā iva /
atha ye punaralpāḥ kṣudrāḥ kiñcidapi dhanādimahattvaikadeśamaprāptāste pūrvoktaviparītāḥ kalahinaḥ kalahaśīlāḥ piśunāḥ paradoṣodbhāsakā upavādinaḥ paradoṣaṃ sāmīpyayuktameva vadituṃ śīlaṃ yoṣāṃ ta upavādinaśca bhavanti /
atha ye mahattvaṃ prāptā dhanādinimittaṃ te 'nyānprati prabhavantīti prabhavo vidyācāryarājeśvarādayo dhyānāpādāṃśā ivetyādyuktārtham /
ato dṛśyate dhyānasya mahattvaṃ phalato 'to bhūyaścittādatastadupāḥsvetyādyuktārtham //1-2 //


iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi saptamādhyāyasya ṣaṣṭhaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 7,7.1

vijñānaṃ vāva dhyānād bhūyaḥ | vijñānena vā ṛgvedaṃ vijānāti yajurvedaṃ sāmavedam ātharvaṇaṃ caturtham itihāsapurāṇaṃ pañcamaṃ vedānāṃ vedaṃ pitryaṃ rāśiṃ daivaṃ nidhiṃ vākovākyam ekāyanaṃ devavidyāṃ brahmavidyāṃ bhūtavidyāṃ kṣatravidyāṃ nakṣatravidyāṃ sarpadevajanavidyāṃ divaṃ ca pṛthivīṃ ca vāyuṃ cākāśaṃ cāpaś ca tejaś ca devāṃś ca manuṣyāṃś ca paśūṃś ca vayāṃsi ca tṛṇavanaspatīñ chvāpadāny ākīṭapataṅgapipīlakam | dharmaṃ cādharmaṃ ca satyaṃ cānṛtaṃ ca sādhu cāsādhu ca hṛdayajñaṃ cāhṛdayajñaṃ cānnaṃ ca rasaṃ cemaṃ ca lokam amuṃ ca vijñānenaiva vijānāti | vijñānam upāssveti || chup_7,7.1 ||

chupbh_7,7.1 vijñānaṃ vāva dhyānādbhūyaḥ / vijñānaṃ śāsrārthaviṣayaṃ jñānaṃ tasya dhyānakāraṇatvāddhyānādbhūyastvam / kathaṃ ca tasya bhūyastvamityāha-vijñānena vā ṛgvedaṃ vijānātyayamṛgveda iti pramāṇatayā yasyārthajñānaṃ dhyānakāraṇam / 
tathā yajurvedamityādi /
kiñca paśvādīṃśca dharmādharmau śāsrasiddhau /
sādhvasādhunī lokataḥ siddhe, smārte vā dṛṣṭādṛṣṭāviṣayaṃ ca sarvaṃ vijñānenaiva vijānātītyarthaḥ /
tasmādyuktaṃ dhyānādijñānasya bhūyastvam ato vijñānamupāḥsveti //1 //


start chup 7,7.2

sa yo vijñānaṃ brahmety upāste | vijñānavato vai sa lokāñ jñānavato 'bhisidhyati | yāvad vijñānasya gataṃ tatrāsya yathākāmacāro bhavati yo vijñānaṃ brahmety upāste | asti bhagavo vijñānād bhūya iti | vijñānād vāva bhūyo 'stīti | tan me bhagavān bravītv iti || chup_7,7.2 ||

chupbh_7,7.2 śṛṇūpāsanaphalaṃ vijñānavato vijñānaṃ yeṣu lokeṣu tānvijñānavato lokāñjñānavataścābhisidhyatyabhiprāpnoti /
vijñānaṃ śāsrārthaviṣayaṃ jñānamanyaviṣayaṃ naipuṇyaṃ tadvadbhiryuktāṃllokānnāprāpnotītyarthaḥ /
yāvadvijñānasyetyādi pūrvavat //2//

iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi saptamādhyāyasya saptamaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 7,8.1-2

balaṃ vāva vijñānād bhūyaḥ | api ha śataṃ vijñānavatām eko balavān ākampayate | sa yadā balī bhavaty athotthātā bhavati | uttiṣṭhan paricaritā bhavati | paricarann upasattā bhavati | upasīdan draṣṭā bhavati śrotā bhavati mantā bhavati boddhā bhavati kartā bhavati vijñātā bhavati | balena vai pṛthivī tiṣṭhati balenāntarikṣaṃ balena dyaur balena parvatā balena devamanuṣyā balena paśavaś ca vayāṃsi ca tṛṇavanaspatayaḥ śvāpadāny ākīṭapataṅgapipīlakam | balena lokas tiṣṭhati | balam upāssveti || chup_7,8.1 ||

sa yo balam upāste | yāvad balasya gataṃ tatrāsya yathākāmacāro bhavati yo balaṃ brahmety upāste | asti bhagavo balād bhūya iti | balād vāva bhūyo 'stīti | tan me bhagavān bravītv iti || chup_7,8.2 ||

chupbh_7,8.1-2 balaṃ vāva vijñānādbhūyaḥ / balamityannopayogajanitaṃ manaso vijñeye pratibhānasāmarthyam / anaśanādṛgādīni na vai mā pratibhānti bho iti śruteḥ / śarīre 'pi tadevotthānādisāmarthyaṃ yasmādvijñānavatāṃ śatamapyekaḥ prāṇī balavānā kampayate yathā hastī matto manuṣyāṇāṃ śataṃ samuditamapi / yasmādevamannādyupayoganimittaṃ balaṃ tasmātsa puruṣo yadā balī balena tadvānbhavatyathotthātotthānasya kartottiṣṭhaṃśca gurūṇāmācāryasya ca paricaritā paricaraṇasya śuśrūṣāyāḥ kartā bhavati paricarannupasattā teṣāṃ samīpago 'ntaraṅgaḥ prayo bhavatītyarthaḥ / upasīdaṃśca samīpyaṃ gacchannekāgratayā'cāryasyānyasya copadeṣṭurgurordraṣṭā bhavati / 
tatastaduktasya śrotā bhavati /
tata idamebhiruktamevamupapadyata ityupapattito mantā bhavati manvānaśca boddhā bhavatyevamevedamiti /
tata evaṃ niścitya taduktārthasya kartānuṣṭhātā bhavati vijñātānuṣṭhānaphalasyānubhavitā bhavatītyarthaḥ /
kiñca balasya māhātmyaṃ balena vai pṛthivī tiṣṭhatītyādyujvartham //1-2 //


iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi saptamādhyāyasyāṣṭamaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 7,9.1

annaṃ vāva balād bhūyaḥ | tasmād yady api daśa rātrīr nāśnīyāt | yady u ha jīvet | athavādraṣṭāśrotāmantāboddhākartāvijñātā bhavati | athānnasyāye draṣṭā bhavati śrotā bhavati mantā bhavati boddhā bhavati kartā bhavati vijñātā bhavati | annam upāssveti || chup_7,9.1 || 

chupbh_7,9.1 annaṃ vāva balādbhūyaḥ / balahetutvāt / kathamannasya balahetutvamityucyate / yasmādbalakāraṇamannaṃ tasmādyadyapi kaściddaśa rātrīrnāśnīyātso 'nnopayogānimittasya balasya hānyā mriyate na cenmriyate yadyu ha jīvet / dṛśyante hi māsamapyanaśnanto jīvantaḥ / athavā sa jīvannapyadraṣṭā bhavati gurorapi tata evāśrotetyādi pūrvaviparītaṃ sarvaṃ bhavati / atha yadā bahūnyahānyanaśito darśanādikriyāsvasamarthaḥ sannannasyā'yī / āgamanamāyo 'nnasya prāptirityarthaḥ / sā yasya vidyate so 'nnasyā'yī / 
āya ityetadvarṇavyatyayena /
athānnasyā'yā ityapi pāṭha evamevārthaḥ /
draṣṭetyādikāryaśravaṇāt /
dṛśyate hyannopayoge darśanādisāmarthyaṃ na tadaprāptāvato 'nnamupāḥsveti //1 //


start chup 7,9.2

sa yo 'nnaṃ brahmety upāste | annavato vai sa lokān pānavato 'bhisidhyati | yāvad annasya gataṃ tatrāsya yathākāmacāro bhavati yo 'nnaṃ brahmety upāste | asti bhagavo 'nnād bhūya iti | annād vāva bhūyo 'stīti | tan me bhagavān bravītv iti || chup_7,9.2 ||

chupbh_7,9.2 phalaṃ cānnavataḥ prabhūtānnānvai sa lokānpānavataḥ prabhūtodakāṃścānnapānayornityasaṃbandhāllokānabhisi dhyati /
samānamanyat //2//

iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi saptamādhyāyasya navamaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 7,10.1

āpo vāvānnād bhūyasyaḥ | tasmād yadā suvṛṣṭir na bhavati vyādhīyante prāṇā annaṃ kanīyo bhaviṣyatīti | atha yadā suvṛṣṭir bhavaty ānandinaḥ prāṇā bhavanty annaṃ bahu bhaviṣyatīti | āpa evemā mūrtā yeyaṃ pṛthivī yad antarikṣaṃ yad dyaur yat parvatā yad devamanuṣyā yat paśavaś ca vayāṃsi ca tṛṇavanaspatayaḥ śvāpadāny ākīṭapataṅgapipīlakam | āpa evemā mūrtāḥ | apa upāssveti || chup_7,10.1 ||

chupbh_7,10.1 āpo vāvānnādbhūyasyo 'nnakāraṇatvāt / yasmādevaṃ tasmādyadā yasminkāle suvṛṣṭiḥ sasyahitā śobhanā vṛṣṭirna bhavati tadā vyādhīyante prāṇā duḥkhino bhavanti / 
kiṃnimittamityāhānnamasminsaṃvatsare naḥ kanīyo 'lpataraṃ bhaviṣyatīti /
atha punaryadā suvṛṣṭirbhavati tadā'nandinaḥ sukhino hṛṣṭāḥ prāṇāḥ prāṇino bhavantyantaṃ bahu prabhūtaṃ bhaviṣyatīti /
apsaṃbhavatvānmūrtasyānnasyā'pa evemā mūrtāmṛrtabhedākārapariṇatā iti mūrtā yeyaṃ pṛthivī yadantarikṣamityādi /
āpa evemā mūrtā ato 'pa upāḥsveti //1 //


start chup 7,10.2

sa yo 'po brahmety upāste | āpnoti sarvān kāmāṃs tṛptimān bhavati | yāvad apāṃ gataṃ tatrāsya yathākāmacāro bhavati yo 'po brahmety upāste | asti bhagavo 'dbhyo bhūya iti | adbhyo vāva bhūyo 'stīti | tan me bhagavān bravītv iti || chup_7,10.2 ||

chupbh_7,10.2 phalaṃ-sa yo 'po brahmetyupāsta āpnoti sarvānkāmānkāmyānmūrtimato viṣayānityarthaḥ /
apsaṃbhavatvācca tṛpterambupāsanāttṛptimāṃśca bhavati /
samānamanyat //2//

iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi saptamādhyāyasya daśamaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 7,11.1

tejo vāvādbhyo bhūyaḥ | tad vā etad vāyum āgṛhyākāśam abhitapati tadāhur niśocati nitapati varṣiṣyati vā iti | teja eva tatpūrvaṃ darśayitvāthāpaḥ sṛjate | tad etad ūrdhvābhiś ca tiraścībhiś ca vidyudbhir āhrādāś caranti tasmād āhur vidyotate stanayati varṣiṣyati vā iti | teja eva tatpūrvaṃ darśayitvāthāpaḥ sṛjate | teja upāssveti || chup_7,11.1 ||

chupbh_7,11.1 tejo vāvādbhyo bhūyaḥ / tejaso 'pakāraṇatvāt / kathamapkāraṇatvamityāha / yasmādabyonistejastasmāttadvā etattejo vāyumāgṛhyāvaṣṭabhya svātmanā niścalīkṛtya vāyumākāśamabhitapatyākāśamabhivyāpnuvattapati yadā tadā'hurlaukikā niśocati saṃtapati sāmānyena jagannitapati dehānato varṣiṣyati vā iti / prasiddhaṃ hi loke kāraṇamabhyudyataṃ dṛṣṭavataḥ kārya bhaviṣyatīti vijñānam / teja eva tatpūrvamātmānamudbhūtaṃ darśayitvāthānantaramapaḥ sṛjate 'to 'psraṣṭṛtvādbhūnyo 'dbhyastejaḥ / kiñcānyattadetatteja eva stanayitnurūpeṇa varṣaheturbhavati / 
katham /
ūrdhvābhiścordhvagābhirvidyudbhistiraścībhiśca tiryaggatābhiśca sahā'hrādāḥ stananaśabdāścaranti /
tasmāttaddarśanādāhurlaukikā vidyotate stanayati varṣiṣyati vā ityādyuktārtham /
atasteja upāḥsveti //1 //


start chup 7,11.2

sa yas tejo brahmety upāste | tejasvī vai sa tejasvato lokān bhāsvato 'pahatatamaskān abhisidhyati | yāvat tejaso gataṃ tatrāsya yathākāmacāro bhavati yas tejo brahmety upāste | asti bhagavas tejaso bhūya iti | tejaso vāva bhūyo 'stīti | tan me bhagavān bravītv iti || chup_7,11.2 ||

chupbh_7,11.2 tasya tejasa upāsanaphalaṃ-tejasvī vai bhavati /
tejasvata eva ca lokānbhāsvataḥ prakāśavato 'pahatatamaskānbāhyādhyātmikājñānādyapanītatamaskānabhisidhyati /
ṛjvarthamanyat //2//

iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi saptamādhyāyasyaikādaśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 7,12.1

ākāśo vāva tejaso bhūyān | ākāśe vai sūryācandramasāv ubhau vidyun nakṣatrāṇy agniḥ | ākāśenāhvāyati | ākāśena sṛṇoti | ākāśena pratisṛṇoti | ākāśe ramate | ākāśe na ramate | ākāśe jāyate | ākāśam abhijāyate | ākāśam upāssveti || chup_7,12.1 ||

chupbh_7,12.1 ākāśo vāva tejaso bhūyān / vāyusahitasya tejasaḥ kāraṇatvādvyomno vāyumāgṛhyeti tejasā sahokto vāyuriti pṛthagiha noktastejasaḥ / kāraṇaṃ hi loke kāryādbhūyo dṛṣṭam / yathā ghaṭādibhyo mṛttathā'kāśo vāyusahitasya tejasaḥ kāraṇamiti tato bhūyān / katham / ākāśo vai sūryācandramasāvubhau tejorūpau vidyunnakṣatrāṇyagniśca tejorūpāṇyākāśe 'ntaḥ / 
yacca yasyāntarvarti tadalpaṃ bhūya itarat /
kiñcā'kāśenā'hvayati cānyamanya āhūtaścetara ākāśena śṛṇotyanyoktaṃ ca śabdamanyaḥ pratiśṛṇotyākāśe ramate krīḍatyanyonyaṃ sarvastathā na ramate cā'kāśe vadhvādiviyoga ākāśe jāyate na mūrtenāvaṣṭabdhe /
tathā'kāśamabhilakṣyāṅkurādi jāyate na pratilomam /
ata ākāśamupāḥsva //1 //


start chup 7,12.2

sa ya ākāśaṃ brahmety upāste | ākāśavato vai sa lokān prakāśavato 'saṃbādhān urugāyavato 'bhisidhyati | yāvad ākāśasya gataṃ tatrāsya yathākāmacāro bhavati ya ākāśaṃ brahmety upāste | asti bhagava ākāśād bhūya iti | ākāśad vāva bhūyo 'stīti | tan me bhagavān bravītv iti || chup_7,12.2 ||

chupbh_7,12.2 phalaṃ śṛṇvākāśavato vai vistārayuktānsa vidvāṃllokānprakāśavataḥ /
prakāśākāśayornityasaṃbandhātprakāśavataśca lokānasaṃbādhānsaṃbādhanaṃ saṃbādhaḥ saṃbādho 'nyonyapīḍā tadrahitānasaṃbādhānurugāyavato vistīrṇagatīnvistīrṇapracārāṃllokānabhisidhyati /
yāvadākāśasyetyādyuktārtham //2//

iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi saptamādhyāyasya dvādaśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 7,13.1-2

smaro vāvākāśād bhūyaḥ | tasmād yady api bahava āsīrann a smaranto naiva te kaṃcana śṛṇuyur na manvīran na vijānīran | yadā vāva te smareyur atha śṛṇuyur atha manvīrann atha vijānīran | smareṇa vai putrān vijānāti smareṇa paśūn | smaram upāssveti || chup_7,13.1 ||

sa yaḥ smaraṃ brahmety upāste | yāvat smarasya gataṃ tatrāsya yathākāmacāro bhavati yaḥ smaraṃ brahmety upāste | asti bhagavaḥ smarād bhūya iti | smarād vāva bhūyo 'stīti | tan me bhagavān bravītv iti || chup_7,13.2 ||

chupbh_7,13.1-2 smaro vāvā'kākāśādbhūyaḥ / smaraṇaṃ smaro 'ntaḥkaraṇadharmaḥ / sa ākāśādbhūyāniti draṣṭavyaṃ liṅgavyatyayena smartuḥ smaraṇe hi satyākāśādi sarvamarthavatsmaraṇavato bhogyatvāt / asati tu smarame sadapyasadeva / sattvakāryābhāvāt / nāpi sattvaṃ smṛtyabhāve śakyamākāśādīnāmavagantumityataḥ smaraṇasyā'kāśādbhṛyastvam / dṛśyate hi loke smaraṇasya bhūyastvaṃ yasmāttasmādyadyapi samuditā bahava ekasminnāsīrannupaviśeyuste tatrā'sīnā anyonyabhāṣitamapi na smarantaścetsyurnaiva te kañcana śabdaṃ śṛṇuyustathā na manvīranmantavyaṃ cetsmareyustadā manvīransmṛtyabhāvānna manvīraṃstathā na vijānīran / 
yadā vāva te smareyurmantavyaṃ vijñātavyaṃ śrotavyaṃ cātha śṛṇuyuratha manvīrannatha vijānīran /
tathā smareṇa vai mama putrā eta iti putrānvijānāti smareṇa paśūn /
ato bhūyastvātsmaramupāḥsveti /
uktārthamanyat //1-2 //


iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi saptamādhyāyasya trayodaśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 7,14.1

āśā vāva smarād bhūyasī | āśeddho vai smaro mantrān adhīte karmāṇi kurute putrāṃś ca paśūṃś cecchata imaṃ ca lokaṃ amuṃ cecchate | āśām upāssveti || chup_7,14.1 ||

chupbh_7,14.1 āśā vāva smarādbhūyasī / āśāprāptavastvākāṅkṣā'śā tṛṣṇā kāma iti yāmāhuḥ paryāyaiḥ sā ca smarādbhūyasī / katham / āśayā / hyantaḥkaraṇasthayā smarati smartavyam / 
āśāviṣayarūpaṃ smarannasau smaro bhavatyata āśeddha āśayābhivardhitaḥ smarabhūtaḥ smarannṛgādīnmantrānadhīte 'dhītya ca tadarthaṃ brāhmaṇebhyo vidhīṃśca śrutvā karmāṇi kurute tatphalāśayaiva putrāṃśca karmaphalabhūtānicchate 'bhivāñchatyāśayaiva tatsādhanānyanutiṣṭhati /
imaṃ ca lokamāśeddha eva smaraṃllokasaṃgrahahetubhiricchate /
amuṃ ca lokamāśeddhaḥ smaraṃstatsādhanānuṣṭhānenecchate 'ta āśāraśānāvabaddhaṃ smarākāśādināmaparyantaṃ jagaccakrībhūtaṃ pratiprāṇi /
atra āśa āyāḥ smarādapi bhūyastvamityata āśāmupāḥsva //1 //


start chup 7,14.2

sa ya āśāṃ brahmety upāste | āśayāsya sarve kāmāḥ samṛdhyanti | amoghā hāsyāśiṣo bhavanti | yāvad āśāyā gataṃ tatrāsya yathākāmacāro bhavati ya āśāṃ brahmety upāste | asti bhagava āśāyā bhūya iti | āśāyā bhūyo 'stīti | tan me bhagavān bravītv iti || chup_7,14.2 ||

chupbh_7,14.2 yastvāśāṃ brahmetyupāste śṛṇu tasya phalam /
āśayā sadopāsitayāsyopāsakasya sarve kāmāḥ samṛdhyanti samṛddhiṃ gacchanti /
amoghā hāsyā'śiṣaḥ prārthanāḥ sarvā bhavanti yatprārthitaṃ sarvaṃ tadavaśyaṃ bhavatītyarthaḥ /
yāvadāśāyā gatamityādi pūrvavat //2//

iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi saptamādhyāyasya caturdaśa khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 7,15.1

prāṇo vāva āśāyā bhūyān | yathā vā arā nābhau samarpitā evam asmin prāṇe sarvaṃ samarpitam | prāṇaḥ prāṇena yāti | prāṇaḥ prāṇaṃ dadāti | prāṇāya dadāti | prāṇo ha pitā | prāṇo mātā | prāṇo bhrātā | prāṇaḥ svasā | prāṇa ācāryaḥ | prāṇo brāhmaṇaḥ || chup_7,15.1 ||

chupbh_7,15.1 nāmopakramamāśāntaṃ kāryakāraṇatvena nimittanaimittikatvena cottarottarabhūyastayāvasthitaṃ smṛtinimittasadbhāvamāśāraśanāpāśairvipāśitaṃ sarvaṃ sarvato bisamiva tantubhiryasminprāṇe samarpitam / yena ca sarvato vyāpināntarbahirgatena sūtre maṇigaṇā iva sūtreṇa grathitaṃ vidhṛtaṃ ca / sa eṣa prāṇo vā āśāyā bhūyān / kathamasya bhūyastvamityāha dṛṣṭāntena samarthayaṃstadbhūyastvam / yathā vai loke rathacakrasyārā rathanābhau samarpitāḥ saṃprotāḥ saṃpraveśitā ityetat / evamasmiṃlliṅgasaṃghātarūpe prāṇe prajñātmani dehike mukhye yasminparā devatā nāmarūpavyākaraṇāyā'darśādau pratibimbivajjīvenā'tmanānupratiṣṭā / yaśca mahārājasyeva sarvādhikārīśvarasya / "kasminnannvahamutkrānta utkrānto baviṣyāmi kasminvā pratiṣṭhite pratiṣṭhāsyāmīti sa prāṇamasṛjata"iti śruteḥ yastu cchāyevānugata īśvaram / "tadyathā rathasyāreṣu nemirarpito nābhāvarā arpitā evamevaitā bhūtamātrāḥ prajñāmātrāsvarpitāḥ prajñāmātrāḥ prāṇe 'rpitāḥ / " "sa eṣa prāṇa eva prajñātmā"iti kauṣītakinām / ata evamasminprāṇe sarvaṃ yathoktaṃ samarpitam / ataḥ sa eṣa prāṇo 'paratantraḥ prāṇena svaśaktyaiva yāti nānyakṛtaṃ gamanādikriyāsvasya sāmarthyamityarthaḥ / 
sarvaṃ kriyākārakaphalabhedajātaṃ prāṇa eva na prāṇādbahirbhūtamastīti prakaraṇārthaḥ /
prāṇaḥ prāṇaṃ dadāti yaddadāti tatsvītmabhūtameva /
yasmai dadāti tadapi prāṇāyaiva /
ataḥ pitrādyākhyo 'pi prāṇa eva //1 //


start chup 7,15.2

sa yadi pitaraṃ vā mātaraṃ vā bhrātaraṃ vā svasāraṃ vācāryaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā kiṃcid bhṛśam iva pratyāha | dhik tvāstv ity evainam āhuḥ | pitṛhā vai tvam asi mātṛhā vai tvam asi bhrātṛhā vai tvam asi svasṛhā vai tvam asy ācāryahā vai tvam asi brāhmaṇahā vai tvam asīti || chup_7,15.2 ||

chupbh_7,15.2 kathaṃ pitrādiśabdānāṃ prasiddhārthotsargeṇa prāṇaviṣayatvamiti / 
ucyate - sati prāṇe pitrādiṣu pitrādiśabdaprayogāttadutkrāntau ca prayogābhāvāt /
kathaṃ tadityāha /
sa yaḥ kaścitpitrādīnāmanyatamaṃ yadi taṃ bhṛśamiva tadananurūpamiva kiñcidvacanaṃ tvaṅkārādiyuktaṃ pratyāha tadainaṃ pārśvasthā āhurvivekino dhiktvāstu dhigastu tvāmityevam /
pitṛhā vai tvaṃ piturhantetyādi //2 //


start chup 7,15.3

atha yady apy enān utkrāntaprāṇāñ chūlena samāsaṃ vyatiṣaṃdahet | naivainaṃ brūyuḥ pitṛhāsīti na mātṛhāsīti na bhrātṛhāsīti na svasṛhāsīti nācāryahāsīti na brāhmaṇahāsīti || chup_7,15.3 ||

chupbh_7,15.3 athainānevotkrāntaprāṇāṃstyaktadehānatha yadyapi śūlena samāsaṃ samasya vyatidahedvyatyasya saṃdahedevamapyatikrūraṃ karma samāsavyatyāsādiprakāreṇa dahanalakṣaṇaṃ taddehasaṃbaddhameva kurvāṇaṃ naivainaṃ brūyuḥ pitṛhetyādi /
tasmādanvayavyatirekābhyāmavagamyata etatpitrādyākhyo 'pi prāṇa eveti //3 //

start chup 7,15.4

prāṇo hy evaitāni sarvāṇi bhavati | sa vā eṣa evaṃ paśyann evaṃ manvāna evaṃ vijānann ativādī bhavati | taṃ ced brūyur ativādy asīti | ativādy asmīti brūyāt | nāpahnuvīta || chup_7,15.4 ||

chupbh_7,15.4 tasmātprāṇo hyevaitāni pitrādīni sarvāṇi bhavati calāni sthirāṇi ca / sa vā eṣa prāṇavidevaṃ yathoktaprakāreṇa paśyanphalato 'nubhavannevaṃ manvāna upapattibhiścintayannevaṃ vijānannupapattibhiḥ saṃyojyaivameveti niścayaṃ kurvannityarthaḥ / mananavijñānābhyāṃ hi saṃbhūtaḥ śāsrārtho niścito dṛṣṭo bhavet / ata evaṃ paśyannativādī bhavati nāmādyāśāntamatītya vadanaśīlo bhavatītyarthaḥ / 
taṃ cedbrūyustaṃ yadyevamativādinaṃ sarvadā sarvaiḥ śabdairnāmādyāśāntamatītya vartamānaṃ prāṇamevaṃ vadantamevaṃ paśyantamativadanaśīlamativādinaṃ brahmādistambaparyantasya hi jagataḥ prāṇa ātmāhamiti bruvāṇaṃ yadi brūyurativādyasīti /
bāḍhamativādyasmīti brūyānnāpahnuvīta /
kasmāddhyasāvapahnuvīta /
yatprāṇaṃ sarveśvaramayamahamasmītyātmatvenopagataḥ //4//


iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi saptamādhyāyasya pañcadaśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

start chup 7,16.1

eṣa tu vā ativadati yaḥ satyenātivadati | so 'haṃ bhagavaḥ satyenātivadānīti | satyaṃ tveva vijijñāsitavyam iti | satyaṃ bhagavo vijijñāsa iti || chup_7,16.1 ||

chupbh_7,16.1 sa eṣa nāradaḥ sarvātiśayaṃ prāṇaṃ svamātmānaṃ sarvātmānaṃ śrutvā nātaḥ paramastītyupararāma / na pūrvavatkimasti bhagavaḥ prāṇādbhūya iti papraccha / yatastamevaṃ vikārānṛtabrahmavijñānena parituṣṭamakṛtārthaṃ paramārthasatyātivādinamātmānaṃ manyamānaṃ yogyaṃ śiṣyaṃ mithyāgrahaviśeṣādvipracyāvayannāha bhagavānsanatkumāraḥ / eṣa tu vā ativadati yamahaṃ vakṣyāmi na prāṇavidativādī paramārthataḥ / nāmādyapekṣaṃ tu tasyātivāditvam / 
yastu bhūmākhyaṃ sarvātikrāntaṃ tattvaṃ paramārthasatyaṃ veda so 'tivādītyata āha-eṣa tu vā ativadati yaḥ sateyana paramārthasatyavijñānavattayātivadati /
so 'haṃ tvāṃ prapanno bhagavansatyenātivadāni tathāmāṃ niyunaktu bhagavānyathāhaṃ satyenātivadānītyabhiprāyaḥ /
yadyevaṃ satyenātivaditumicchasi satyameva tu tāvadvijijñāsitavyamityukta āha nāradaḥ /
tathāstu tarhi satya bhagavo vijijñāse viśeṣeṇa jñātumiccheyaṃ tvatto 'hamiti //1//


iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi saptamādhyāyasya ṣoḍaśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

start chup 7,17.1

yadā vai vijānāty atha satyaṃ vadati | nāvijānan satyaṃ vadati | vijānann eva satyaṃ vadati | vijñānaṃ tv eva vijijñāsitavyam iti | vijñānaṃ bhagavo vijijñāsa iti || chup_7,17.1 ||

chupbh_7,17.1 yadā vai satyaṃ paramārthato vijānātīdaṃ paramārthaḥ satyamiti, tato 'nṛtaṃ vikārajātaṃ vācārambhaṇaṃ hitvā sarvavikārāvasthaṃ sadevaikaṃ satyamiti tadevātha vadati yadvadati / nanu vikāro 'pi satyameva / "nāmarūpe satyaṃ tābhya mayaṃ prāṇaśchannaḥ" / "prāṇā vai satyaṃ teṣāmeṣa satyam"iti śrutyantarāt / satyamuktaṃ satyatvaṃ śrutyantare vikārasya na tu paramārthāpekṣamuktaṃ kiṃ tarhīndriyaviṣayatvāpekṣaṃ sacca tyacceti satyamityuktaṃ taddvāreṇa ca paramārthasatyasyopalabdhirvivakṣiteti / prāṇā vai satyaṃ teṣāmeṣa satyamiti coktam / ihāpi tadiṣṭameva / iha tu praṇaviṣayātparamārthasatyavijñānābhimānādvyutthāpya nāradaṃ yatsadeva satyaṃ paramārthato bhūmākhyaṃ tadvijñāpayiṣyāmītyeṣa viśeṣato vivakṣitor'thaḥ / nāvijānansatyaṃ vadati yastvavijānanvadati so 'gnyādiśabdenāgnyadīnparamārthasadrūpānmanyamāno vadati na tu te rūpatrayavyatirekeṇa paramārthaḥ santi / tathā tānyapi rūpāṇi sadapekṣayā naiva santītyato nāvijānansatyaṃ vadati / 
vijānanneva satyaṃ vadati /
na ca tatsatyavijñānamavijijñāsitamaprārthitaṃ jñāyata ityāha-vijñānaṃ tveva vijijñāsitavyamiti /
yadyevaṃ vijñānaṃ bhagavo vijijñāsa iti /
evaṃ satyādīnāṃ cottarottarāṇāṃ karotyantānāṃ pūrvapūrvahetutvaṃ vyākhyeyam //1//


iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi saptamādhyāyasya saptadaśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

start chup 7,18.1

yadā vai manute 'tha vijānāti | nāmatvā vijānāti | matvaiva vijānāti | matis tv eva vijijñāsitavyeti | matiṃ bhagavo vijijñāsa iti || chup_7,18.1 ||

chupbh_7,18.1 yadā vai manuta iti /
matirmananaṃ tarko mantavyaviṣaya ādaraḥ //1//

iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi saptamādhyāyasyāṣṭadaśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

start chup 7,19.1

yadā vai śraddadhāty atha manute | nāśraddadhan manute | śraddadhad eva manute | śraddhā tv eva vijijñāsitavyeti | śraddhāṃ bhagavo vijijñāsa iti || chup_7,19.1 ||

chupbh_7,19.1 āstikyabuddhiḥ śraddhā //1//

iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi saptamādhyāyasyaikonaviṃśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

start chup 7,20.1

yadā vai nistiṣṭhaty atha śraddadhāti | nānistiṣṭhañ chraddadhāti | nistiṣṭhann eva śraddadhāti | niṣṭhā tv eva vijijñāsitavyeti | niṣṭhāṃ bhagavo vijijñāsa iti || chup_7,20.1 ||

chupbh_7,20.1 niṣṭhā guruśuśrūṣādistatparatvaṃ brahmavijñānāya //1//

iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi saptamādhyāyasya viṃśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

start chup 7,21.1

yadā vai karoty atha nistiṣṭhati | nākṛtvā nistiṣṭhati | kṛtvaiva nistiṣṭhati | kṛtis tv eva vijijñāsitavyeti | kṛtiṃ bhagavo vijijñāsa iti || chup_7,21.1 ||

chupbh_7,21.1 yadā vai karoti /
kṛtirindriyasaṃyamaścittaikāgratākaraṇaṃ ca /
satyāṃ hi tasyāṃ niṣṭhādīni yathoktāni bhavanti vijñānāvasānāni //1//

iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi saptamādhyāyasyaikaviṃśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

start chup 7,22.1

yadā vai sukhaṃ labhate 'tha karoti | nāsukhaṃ labdhvā karoti | sukham eva labdhvā karoti | sukhaṃ tv eva vijijñāsitavyam iti | sukhaṃ bhagavo vijijñāsa iti || chup_7,22.1 ||

chupbh_7,22.1 sāpi kṛtiryadā sukhaṃ labhate sukhaṃ niratiśayaṃ vakṣyamāṇaṃ labdhavyaṃ mayeti manyate tadā bhavatītyarthaḥ / yathā dṛṣṭaphalasukhā kṛtistathehāpi nāsukhaṃ labdhvā karoti / bhaviṣyadapi phalaṃ labdhvetyucyate / 
taduddiśya pravṛttyupapatteḥ /
athedānīṃ kṛtyādiṣūttarottareṣu satsu satyaṃ svayameva pratibhāsata iti na tadvijñānāya pṛthagyatnaḥ kārya iti prāptaṃ tata idamucyate /
sukhaṃ tveva vijijñāsitavyamityādi /
sukhaṃ bhagavo vijijñāsa ityabhimukhībhūtāyā'ha //1//


iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi saptamādhyāyasya dvāviṃśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

start chup 7,23.1

yo vai bhūmā tat sukham | nālpe sukham asti | bhūmaiva sukham | bhūmā tv eva vijijñāsitavya iti | bhūmānaṃ bhagavo vijijñāsa iti || chup_7,23.1 ||

chupbh_7,23.1 yo vai bhūmā mahanniratiśayaṃ bahviti paryāyāstatsukham / tator'vāksātiśayatvādalpam / atastasminnalpe sukhaṃ nāsti / alpasyādhikatṛṣṇāhetutvāt / tṛṣṇā ca duḥkhabījaṃ / 
na hi duḥkhabījaṃ sukhaṃ dṛṣṭaṃ jvarādi loke /
tasmādyuktaṃ nālpe sukhamastīti /
ato bhūmaiva sukham /
tṛṣṇādiduḥkhabījatvāsaṃbhavādbhūmnaḥ //1//


iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi saptamādhyāyasya trayoviṃśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

start chup 7,24.1

yatra nānyat paśyati nānyac chṛṇoti nānyad vijānāti sa bhūmā | atha yatrānyat paśyaty anyac chṛṇoty anyad vijānāti tad alpam | yo vai bhūmā tad amṛtam | atha yad alpaṃ tan martyam | sa bhagavaḥ kasmin pratiṣṭhita iti | sve mahimni yadi vā na mahimnīti || chup_7,24.1 ||

chupbh_7,24.1 kiṃlakṣaṇo 'sau bhūmetyāha-yatra yasminbhūmni tattve nānyaddraṣṭavyamanyena karaṇena draṣṭānyo vibhakto dṛśyātpaśyati / tathā nānyacchṛṇoti / nāmarūpayorevāntarbhāvādviṣayabhedasya tadgrāhakayoreveha darśanaśravaṇayorgrahaṇamanyeṣāṃ copalakṣaṇārthatvena / mananaṃ cātroktaṃ draṣṭavyaṃ nānyanmanuta iti / prāyaśo mananapūrvakatvādvijñānasya / tathā nānyadvijānāti / evaṃlakṣaṇo yaḥ sa bhūmā / kimatra prasidrānyadarśanābhāvo bhūmnyucyate nānyatpaśyatītyādinā, athānyanna paśyatyātmānaṃ paśyatītyetat / kiñcātaḥ / yadyanyadarśanādyabhāvamātramityucyate tadā dvaitasaṃvyavahāravilakṣaṇo bhūmetyuktaṃ bhavati / athānyadraśanaviśeṣapratiṣedhenā'tmānaṃ paśyatītyucyate tadaikasminneva kriyākārakaphalabhedo 'bhyupagato bhavet / yadyevaṃ ko doṣaḥ syāt / nanvayameva doṣaḥ saṃsārānivṛttiḥ / kriyākārakaphalabhedo hi saṃsāra iti / ātmaikatva eva kriyākārakaphalabhedaḥ saṃsāravilakṣaṇa iti cet / na / ātmano nirviśeṣaikatvābhyupagame darśanādikriyākārakaphalabhedābhyupagamasya śabdamātratvāt / anyadarśanādyabhāvoktipakṣe 'pi yatretyanyanna paśyatīti ca viśeṣaṇe anarthake syātāmiti cet / dṛśyate hi loke yatra śūnye gṛhe 'nyanna paśyatītyukte stambhādīnātmānaṃ ca na na paśyatīti gamyate / evamihāpīti cet / na / tattvamasītyekatvopadeśādadhikaraṇādhikartavyabhedānupapatteḥ / tathā sadekamevādvitīyaṃ satyamiti ṣaṣṭhe nirdhāritatvāt / "adṛśye 'nātmye" "na saṃdṛśe tiṣṭhati rūpamasya" "vijñātāramare kena vijānīyāt"ityādiśrutibhyaḥ svātmani darśanādyanupapattiḥ / yatreti viśeṣaṇamanarthakaṃ prāptamiti cet / na / avidyākṛtabhedāpekṣatvāt / yathā satyekatvādvitīyatvabuddhiṃ prakṛtāmapekṣya sadekamevādvitīyamiti saṃkhyādyanarhamapyucyate / evaṃ bhūmnyekasminneva yatreti viśeṣaṇam / avidyāvasthāyāmanyadarśanānuvādena ca bhūmnastadabhāvatvalakṣaṇasya vivakṣitatvānnānyatpaśyatīti viśeṣaṇam / tasmātsaṃsāravyavahāro bhūmni nāstīti samudāyārthaḥ / atha yatrāvidyāviṣaye 'nyo 'nyenānyatpaśyatīti tadalpamavidyākālabhāvītyarthaḥ / yathā svapnadṛśyaṃ vastu prāk prabodhāttatkālabhāvīti tadvat / tata eva tanmartyaṃ vināśi svapnavastuvadeva tadviparoto bhūmā yastadamṛtam / tacchabdo 'mṛtatvaparaḥ / 
sa tarhyevaṃlakṣaṇo bhūmā he bhagavankasminpratiṣṭhita ityuktavantaṃ nāradaṃ pratyāha sanatkimāraḥ /
sve mahimnīti sva ātmīye mahimni māhātmye vibhūtau pratiṣṭhito bhūmā /
yadi pratiṣṭhāmicchasi kvacidyadi vā paramārthameva pṛcchasi na mahimnyapi pratiṣṭhita iti brūmaḥ /
apratiṣṭhito 'nāśrito bhūmā kvacidapītyarthaḥ //1 //


start chup 7,24.2

go 'śvam iha mahimety ācakṣate hastihiraṇyaṃ dāsabhāryaṃ kṣetrāṇy āyatanānīti | nāham evaṃ bravīmi | bravīmīti hovāca | anyo hy anyasmin pratiṣṭhita iti || chup_7,24.2 ||

chupbh_7,24.2 yadi svamahimni pratiṣṭhito bhūmā kathaṃ tarhyapratiṣṭha ucyate / śṛṇu / 
go 'śvādīha mahimetyācakṣate /
gāvaścāśvāśca go 'śvaṃ dvandvaikavadbhāvaḥ /
sarvatra gavāśvādi mahimeti prasiddhaṃ tadāśritastatpratiṣṭhaścaitro bhavati, yathā nāhamevaṃ svato 'nyaṃ mahimānamāśrito bhūmā caitravaditi bravīmyatra hetutvenānyo hyanyasminpratiṣṭhita iti vyavahitena sambandhaḥ /
kintvevaṃ bravīmīti hovāca-sa evetyādi //2//


iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi saptamādhyāyasya caturviṃśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 7,25.1

sa evādhastāt sa upariṣṭāt sa paścāt sa purastāt sa dakṣiṇataḥ sa uttarataḥ | sa evedaṃ sarvam iti | athāto 'haṃkārādeśa eva | aham evādhastād aham upariṣṭād ahaṃ paścād ahaṃ purastād ahaṃ dakṣiṇato 'ham uttarato 'ham evedaṃ sarvam iti || chup_7,25.1 ||

chupbh_7,25.1 kasmātpunaḥ kvacinna pratiṣṭhita ityucyate / yasmātsa eva bhūmādhastānna tadvyatirekeṇānyadvidyate yasminpratiṣṭhitaḥ syāt / tathopariṣṭādityādi samānam / sati bhūmno 'nyasminbhūmā hi pratiṣṭhitaḥ syānna tu tadasti / 
sa eva tu sarvam /
atastasmādasau na kvacitpratiṣṭhitaḥ /
yatra nānyatpaśyatītyadhikaraṇādhikartavyatānirdeśātsa evādhastāditi ca parokṣanirdeśāddraṣṭarjīvādanyobhūmā syādityāśaṅkā kasyacinmā bhūdityathāto 'nantaramahaṅkārādeśo 'haṅkāreṇā'diśyata ityahaṅkārādeśaḥ /
draṣṭurananyatvadarśanārthaṃ bhūmaiva nirdiśyate 'haṅkāreṇāhamevādhastādityādinā //1 //


start chup 7,25.2

athāta ātmādeśa eva | ātmaivādhastād ātmopariṣṭād ātmā paścād ātmā purastād ātmā dakṣiṇata ātmottarata ātmaivedaṃ sarvam iti | sa vā eṣa evaṃ paśyann evaṃ manvāna evaṃ vijānann ātmaratir ātmakrīḍa ātmamithuna ātmānandaḥ sa svarāḍ bhavati | tasya sarveṣu lokeṣu kāmacāro bhavati | atha ye 'nyathāto vidur anyarājānas te kṣayyalokā bhavanti | teṣāṃ sarveṣu lokeṣv akāmacāro bhavati || chup_7,25.2 ||

chupbh_7,25.2 ahaṅkāreṇa dehādisaṃghāto 'pyādiśyate 'vivekibhirityatastadāśaṅkā mā bhūdityathānantaramātmādeśa ātmanaiva kevalena satsvarūpeṇa śuddhenā'diśyate / ātmaiva sarvataḥ sarvamityevamekamajaṃ sarvato vyomavatpūrṇamanyaśūnyaṃ paśyansa vā eṣa vidvānmananavijñānābhyāmātmaratirātmanyeva ratī ramaṇaṃ yasya so 'yamātmaratiḥ / tathā'tmakrīḍaḥ / dehamātrasādhanā ratirbāhyasādhanā krīḍā / loke srībhiḥ sakhibhiśca krīḍatīti darśanāt na tathā viduṣaḥ kiṃ tarhyātmavijñānanimittamevobhayaṃ bhavatītyarthaḥ / mithunaṃ dvaṃndvajanitaṃ sukhaṃ tadapi dvandvanirapekṣaṃ yasya viduṣaḥ / tathā'tmānandaḥ śabdādinimitta ānando 'viduṣāṃ na tathāsya viduṣaḥ kiṃ tarhyātmanimittameva sarvaṃ sarvadā sarvaprakāreṇa ca dehajīvitabhogādinimittabāhyavastunirapekṣa ityarthaḥ / sa evaṃlakṣaṇo vidvāñjīvanneva svārājye 'bhiṣiktaḥ patite 'pi dehe svarāḍeva bhavati / yata evaṃ bhavati tata eva tasya sarveṣu lokeṣu kāmacāro bhavati / prāṇādiṣu pūrvabhūmiṣu tatrāsyeti tāvanmātraparicchinnakāmacāratvamuktamanrājatvaṃ cārthaprāptaṃ sātiśayatvādyathāprāptasvārājyakāmacāratvānuvādena tatannivṛttirihocyate sa svarāḍityādinā / 
atha punarye 'nyathāta uktadarśanādanyathā vaiparītyena yathoktameva vā samyaṅna viduste 'nyarājāno bhavanti anyaḥ paro rājā svāmī yeṣāṃ te 'nyarājānaste /
kiñca kṣayyo loko yeṣāṃ te kṣayylokāḥ /
bhedadarśanasyālpaviṣayatvādalpaṃ ca tanmartyamityavocāma /
tasmādye dvaitadarśinaste kṣayyalokāḥ svadarśanānurūpyeṇaiva bhavantyata eva teṣāṃ sarveṣu lokeṣvakāmacāro bhavati //2//


iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi saptamādhyāyasya pañcaviṃśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 7,26.1
tasya ha vā etasyaivaṃ paśyata evaṃ manvānasyaivaṃ vijānata ātmataḥ prāṇa ātmata āśātmataḥ smara ātmata ākāśa ātmatas teja ātmata āpa ātmata āvirbhāvatirobhāvāv ātmato 'nnam ātmato balam ātmato vijñānam ātmato dhyānam ātmataś cittam ātmataḥ saṃkalpa ātmato mana ātmato vāg ātmato nāmātmato mantrā ātmataḥ karmāṇy ātmata evedaṃ sarvam iti || chup_7,26.1 ||
chupbh_7,26.1 tasya ha vā etasyetyādi svārājyaṃ prāptasya prakṛtasya viduṣa ityarthaḥ /
prāksadātmavijñānātsvātmano 'nyasmātsataḥ prāṇādernāmāntasyotpattipralayāvabhūtāṃ sadātmāvijñāne tu satīdānīṃ svātmata eva saṃvṛttau tathā sarvo 'pyanyo vyavahāra ātmata eva viduṣaḥ //1 //

start chup 7,26.2

tad eṣa ślokaḥ | na paśyo mṛtyuṃ paśyati na rogaṃ nota duḥkhatām | sarvaṃ ha paśyaḥ paśyati sarvam āpnoti sarvaśaḥ | iti | sa ekadhā bhavati tridhā bhavati pañcadhā | saptadhā navadhā caiva punaś caikādaśa smṛtaḥ | śataṃ ca daśa caikaś ca sahasrāṇi ca viṃśatiḥ | āhāraśuddhau sattvaśuddhiḥ | sattvaśuddhau dhruvā smṛtiḥ | smṛtilambhe sarvagranthīnāṃ vipramokṣaḥ | tasmai mṛditakaṣāyāya tamasas pāraṃ darśayati bhagavān sanatkumāraḥ | taṃ skanda ity ācakṣate || chup_7,26.2 ||

chupbh_7,26.2 kiñca tadetasminnartha eṣa śloko mantro 'pi bhavati / na paśyaḥ paśyatīti paśyo yathoktadarśī vidvānityarthaḥ / mṛtyuṃ maraṇaṃ rogaṃ jvarādi duḥkhatāṃ duḥkhabhāvaṃ cāpi na paśyati / sarvaṃ ha sarvameva sa paśyaḥ paśyatyātmānameva sarvaṃ tataḥ sarvamāpnoti sarvaśaḥ sarvaprakārairiti / kiñca sa vidvānprāksṛṣṭiprabhedādekadhaiva bhavatyekadhaiva ca saṃsridhādibhedairanantabhedaprakāro bhavati sṛṣṭikāle / punaḥ saṃhārakāle mūlameva svaṃ pāramārthakamekadhābhāvaṃ pratipadyate svatantra eveti vidyāṃ phalena prarocayanstauti / athedānīṃ yathoktāyā vidyāyāḥ samyagavabhāsakāraṇaṃ mukhāvabhāsakāraṇasyevā'darśasya viśuddhikāraṇaṃ sādhanamupadiśyate-āhāraśuddhau / āhriyata ityāhāraḥ śabdādiviṣayavijñānaṃ bhokturbhogāyā'hriyate viśuddhikāraṇaṃ sādhanamupadiśyate-āhāraśuddhau / āhriyata ityāharaḥ śabdādiviṣayavijñānaṃ bhokturbhogāyā'hriyate tasya viṣayopalabdhilakṣaṇasya vijñānasya śuddhirāhāraśuddhī rāgadveṣamohadoṣairasaṃsṛṣṭaṃ viṣayavijñānamityarthaḥ / tasyāmāhārāśuddhau satyāṃ tadvato 'ntaḥkaraṇasya sattvasya śuddhirnairmalyaṃ bhavati / sattvaśuddhau ca satyāṃ yathāvagate bhūmātmani dhruvāvicchinnā smṛtiravismaramaṃ bhavati / tasyāṃ ca labdhāyāṃ smṛtilambhe sati sarveṣāmavidyākṛtānarthapāśarūpāṇāmanekajanmāntarānubhavabhāvanākaṭhinīkṛtānāṃ hṛdayākṣayāṇāṃ granthīnāṃ vipramokṣo viśeṣeṇa pramokṣaṇaṃ vināśo bhavatīti / 
yata etaduttarottaraṃ yathoktamāhāraśuddhimūlaṃ tasmātsā kāryetyarthaḥ /
sarvaṃ śāsrārthamaśeṣata uktvā'khyāyikāmupasaṃharati śrutiḥ-tasmai mṛditakaṣāyāya vārkṣādiriva kaṣāyo rāgadveṣādidoṣaḥ sattvasya rañjanārūpatvātsa jñānavairāgyābhyāsarūpakṣāreṇa kṣālito mṛdito vināśito yasya nāradasya tasmai yogyāya mṛditakaṣāyāya tamaso 'vidyālakṣaṇātpāraṃ paramārthatattvaṃ darśayati darśitavānityarthaḥ /
ko 'sau, bhagavān-"utpattiṃ pralayaṃ caiva bhūtānāmāgatiṃ gatim /
vetti vidyāmavidyāṃ ca sa vācyo bhagavāniti //


" evandharmā sanatkumāraḥ / tameva sanatkumāraṃ devaṃ skanda ityācakṣate kathayanti tadvidaḥ / dvirvacanamadhyāyaparisamāptyartham //2 // //

iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi saptamādhyāyasya ṣaḍviṃśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ iti cchāndogyopaniṣadbrahmaṇe saptamodhyāyaḥ samāptaḥ

atha aṣṭamo 'dhyāyaḥ oṃ

start chup 8,1.1

atha yad idam asmin brahmapure daharaṃ puṇḍarīkaṃ veśma daharo 'sminn antarākāsaḥ | tasmin yad antas tad anveṣṭavyaṃ tad vāva vijijñāsitavyam iti || chup_8,1.1 ||

chupbh_8,1.1 yadyapi digdeśakālādibhedaśūnyaṃ brahma sadekamevādvitīyamātmaivedaṃ sarvamiti ṣaṣṭhasaptamayoradhigataṃ tathāpīha mandabuddhīnāṃ digdeśādibhedavadvastvityevaṃ bhāvitā buddhirna śakyate sahasā paramārthaviṣayā kartumityanadhigamya ca brahma na puruṣārthasiddhiriti tadadhigamāya hṛdayapuṇḍarīkadeśa upadeṣṭavyaḥ / yadyapi satsamyakpratyayaikaviṣayā kartumityānadhigamya ca brahma na puruṣārthasiddhiriti tadadhigamāya hṛdayapuṇḍarīkadeśa upadeṣṭavyaḥ / yadyapi satsamyakpratyayaikaviṣayaṃ nirguṇaṃ cā'tmatattvaṃ tathāpi mandabuddhīnāṃ guṇavattvasyeṣṭatvātsatyakāmādiguṇavattvaṃ ca vaktavyam / tathā yadyapi brahmavidāṃ stryādiviṣayebhyaḥ svayamevoparamo bhavati tathāpyanekajanmaviṣayasevābhyāsajanitā viṣayaviṣayā tṛṣṇā na sahasā nivartayituṃ śakyata iti brahmacaryādisādhanaviśeṣo vidhātavyaḥ / tathā yadyapyātmaikatvavidāṃ gantṛgamanagantavyābhāvādavidyāviśeṣasthitinimittakṣaye gagana iva vidyududbhūta iva vāyurdagdhendhana ivāgniḥ svātmanyeva nivṛttistathāpi gantṛgamanādivāsitabuddhīnāṃ hṛdayadeśaguṇaviśiṣṭabrahmopāsakānāṃ mūrdhanyayā nāḍyā gatirvaktavyetyaṣṭamaḥ prapāṭhaka ārabhyate / digdeśaguṇagatiphalabhedaśūnyaṃ hi paramārthasadadvayaṃ brahmamandabuddhīnāmasadiva pratibhāti / sanmārgasthāstāvadbhavantu tataḥ śanaiḥ paramārthasadapi grāhayiṣyāmīti manyate śrutiḥ / athānantaraṃ yadidaṃ vakṣyamāṇaṃ daharamalpaṃ puṇḍarīkaṃ puṇḍarīkasadṛśaṃ veśmeva veśma dvārapālādimattvāt / asminbrahmapure brahmaṇaḥ parasya puraṃ rājño 'nekaprakṛtimadyathāpuraṃ tathedamanekendriyamanobuddhibhiḥ svāmyarthakāribhiryuktamiti brahmapuram / pure ca veśma rājño yathā tathā tasminbrahmapure śarīre daharaṃ veśma brahmaṇa upalabdhyadhiṣṭhānamityarthaḥ / yathā viṣṇoḥ śālagrāmaḥ / asminhi svavikāraśiṅge dehe nāmarūpavyākaraṇāya praviṣṭaṃ sadākhyaṃ braṅma jīvenā'tmanetyuktam / tasmādasminhṛdayapuṇḍarīke veśmanyupasaṃhṛtakaraṇairbāhyaviṣayaviraktairviśeṣato brahmacaryasatyasādhanābhyāṃ yuktervakṣyamāṇaguṇavaddhyāyamānairbrahmopalabhyata iti prakaraṇārthaḥ / daharo 'lpataro 'smindahare veśmani veśmano 'lpatvāttadantarvartino 'lpataratvaṃ veśmanaḥ / antarākāśa ākāśākhyaṃ brahma / 
ākāśo vai nāmeti hi vakṣyati /
ākāśa ivāśarīratvātsūkṣmatvasarvagatatvasāmānyācca /
tasminnākāśākhye yadantarmadhye tadanveṣṭavyam /
tadvāva tadeva ca viśeṣeṇa jijñāsitavyaṃ gurvāśrayaśravaṇādyupāyairanviṣya ca sākṣātkaraṇīyamityarthaḥ //1 //


start chup 8,1.2

taṃ ced brūyur yad idam asmin brahmapure daharaṃ puṇḍarīkaṃ veśma daharo 'sminn antarākāśaḥ kiṃ tad atra vidyate yad anveṣṭavyaṃ yad vāva vijijñāsitavyam iti | sa brūyāt || chup_8,1.2 ||

chupbh_8,1.2 taṃ cedevamuktavantamācāryaṃ yadi brūyurantevāsinaścodayeyuḥ, kathaṃ, yadidamasminbrahmapure paricchinne 'ntardaharaṃ puṇḍarīkaṃ veśma tato 'pyantaralpatara evā'kāśaḥ / puṇḍarīka eva veśmani tāvatkiṃ syāt / 
kiṃ tato 'lpatare khe yadbhavedityāhuḥ /
daharo 'sminnantarākāśaḥ kiṃ tadatra vidyate na kiñcana vidyata ityabhiprāyaḥ /
yadi nāma badaramātraṃ kimapi vidyate kiṃ tasyānveṣaṇena vijijñāsanena vā phalaṃ vijijñāsituḥ syāt /
ato yatttrānveṣṭavyaṃ vijijñāsitavyaṃ vā na tena prayojanamityuktavataḥ sa ācāryo brūyāditi śrutervacanam //2 //


start chup 8,1.3

yāvān vā ayam ākāśas tāvān eṣo 'ntarhṛdaya ākāśaḥ | ubhe 'smin dyāvāpṛthivī antar eva samāhite | ubhāv agniś ca vāyuś ca sūryācandramasāv ubhau vidyun nakṣatrāṇi | yac cāsyehāsti yac ca nāsti sarvaṃ tad asmin samāhitam iti || chup_8,1.3 ||

chupbh_8,1.3 śṛṇuta / tatra yadbrūtha puṇḍarīkāntaḥkhasyālpatvāttatsthamalpataraṃ syāditi / tadasat / na hi khaṃ puṇḍarīkaveśamagataṃ puṇḍarīkādalpataraṃ matvāvocaṃ daharo 'rsminnantarākāśa iti / kiṃ tarhi puṇḍarīkamalpaṃ tadanuvidhāyi tatsthamantaḥkaraṇaṃ puṇḍarīkākāśaparicchinnaṃ tasminviśuddhe saṃhṛtakaraṇānāṃ yogināṃ svaccha ivodake pratibimbarūpamādarśa iva ca śuddhe svacchaṃ vijñānajyotiḥ svarūpāvabhāsaṃ tāvanmātraṃ brahmopalabhyata iti daharo 'sminnantarākāśa ityavocāmāntaḥkaraṇopādhinimittam / svatastu yāvānvai prasiddhaḥ parimāṇato 'yamākāśo bhautikastāvāneṣo 'ntarhṛdaya ākāśo yasminnanveṣṭavyaṃ vijijñāsitavyaṃ cāvocāma / nāpyākāśatulyaparimāṇatvamabhipretya tāvānityucyate / kiṃ tarhi brahmaṇo 'nurūpasya dṛṣṭāntāntarasyābhāvāt / kathaṃ punarnā'kāśasamameva brahmetyavagamyate / "yenā'vṛtaṃ khaṃ ca divaṃ mahīṃ ca" / "tasmādvā etasmādātmana ākāśaḥ saṃbhūtaḥ" "etasminnu khalvakṣare gārgyākāśaḥ"ityādiśrutibhyaḥ / kiñcobhe 'smindyāvāpṛthivī brahmākāśe buddhyupādhiviśiṣṭe 'ntareva samāhite samyagāhite sthite yathā vā arā nābhāvityuktaṃ hi / tathobhāvagniśca vāyuścetyādi samānam / yaccāsyā'tmana ātmīyatvena dehavato 'sti vidyata iha loke / 
tatā yaccā'tmīyatvena na vidyate /
naṣṭaṃ bhaviṣyacca nāstītyucyate /
na tvatyantamevāsat /
tasya hṛdyākāśe samādhānānupapatteḥ //3 //


start chup 8,1.4
taṃ ced brūyur asmiṃś cedaṃ brahmapure sarvaṃ samāhitaṃ sarvāṇi ca bhūtāni sarve ca kāmā yad enaj jarā vāpnoti pradhvaṃsate vā kiṃ tato 'tiśiṣyata iti || chup_8,1.4 ||
chupbh_8,1.4 taṃ cedevamuktavantaṃ brūyuḥ punarantevāsinaḥ asmiṃścedyathokte cedyadi brahmapuropalakṣitāntarākāśa ityarthaḥ / idaṃ sarvaṃ samāhitaṃ sarvāṇi ca bhūtāni sarve ca kāmāḥ / kathamācāryeṇānuktāḥ kāmā antevāsibhirucyante / naiṣa doṣaḥ yaccāsyehāsti yacca nāstītyuktā eva hyācāryeṇa kāmāḥ / 
api ca sarvaśabdena coktā eva kāmāḥ /
yadā yasminkāla etaccharīraṃ brahmapurākhyaṃ jarāvalīpalitādilakṣaṇā vayohānirvā'pnoti śasrādinā vā vṛkṇaṃ pradhvaṃsate visraṃsate vinaśyati kiṃ tato 'nyadatiśiṣyate /
ghaṭāśritakṣīradadhisnehādivadghaṭanāśe dehanāśe 'pi dehāśrayamuttarottaraṃ pūrvapūrvanāśānnaśyatītyabhiprāyaḥ /
evaṃ prāpte nāśe kiṃ tato 'nyadyathoktādatiśiṣyate 'vatiṣṭhate na kiñcanāvatiṣṭhata ityabhīprāyaḥ //4 //


start chup 8,1.5 sa brūyāt | nāsya jarayaitaj jīryati na vadhenāsya hanyate | etat satyaṃ brahmapuram asmin kāmāḥ samāhitāḥ | eṣa ātmāpahatapāpmā vijaro vimṛtyur viśoko vijighatso 'pipāsaḥ satyakāmaḥ satyasaṃkalpaḥ | yathā hy eveha prajā anvāviśanti yathānuśāsanam | yaṃ yam antam abhikāmā bhavanti yaṃ janapadaṃ yaṃ kṣetrabhāgaṃ taṃ tam evopajīvanti || chup_8,1.5 ||

chupbh_8,1.5 evamantevāsibhiścoditaḥ sa ācāryo brūyāttanmatimapanayan / katham / asya dehasya jarayaitadyathoktamantarākāśākhyaṃ braṅma yasminsarva samāhitaṃ na jīryati dehavanna vikriyata ityarthaḥ / na cāsya vadhena śasrādighātenaitaddhanyate yathā'kāśaṃ kimu tato 'pi sūkṣmataramaśabdamasparśaṃ brahma dehendriyādidoṣairna spṛśyata ityetasminnavasare vaktavyaṃ prāptaṃ tatprakṛtavyāsaṅgo mā bhūditi nocyate / indravirocanākhyāyikāyāmupariṣṭādvakṣyāmo yuktitaḥ / etatsatyamavitathaṃ brahmapuraṃ brahmaiva puraṃ brahmapuraṃ śarīrākhyaṃ tu brahmapuraṃ brahmopalakṣaṇārthatvāt / tattvanṛtameva / "vācā'rambhaṇaṃ vikāro nāmadheyam"iti śruteḥ / tadvikāre 'nṛte 'pi dehaśuṅge brahmopalabhyata iti brahmapuramityuktaṃ vyāvahārikam / satyaṃ tu brahmapurametadeva brahma / sarvavyavahārāspadatvāt / ato 'sminpuṇḍarīkopalakṣite brahmapure sarve kāmā ye bahirbhavadbhiḥ prārthyante te 'sminneva svātmani samāhitāḥ / atastatprāptyupāyamevānutiṣṭhata bāhyaviṣayatṛṣmāṃ tyajatetyabhiprāyaḥ / eṣa ātmā bhavatāṃ svarūpam / śṛṇuta tasya lakṣaṇam / apahatapāpmā / apahataḥ pāpmā dharmādharmākhyo yasya so 'yamapahatapāpmā / tathā vijaro vigatajaro vimṛtyuśca / taduktaṃ pūrvameva na vadhenāsya hanyata iti / kimartha punarucyate / yadyapi dehasaṃbandhibhyāṃ jarāmṛtyubhyāṃ na saṃbadhyate 'nyathāpi saṃbandhastābhyāṃ syādityāśaṅkānivṛttyartham / viśoko vigataśokaḥ / śoko nāmeṣṭādiviyoganimitto mānasaḥ saṃtāpaḥ / vijighatso vigatāśanecchaḥ / apipāso 'pānecchaḥ / nanvapahatapāpmatvena jarādayaḥ śokāntāḥ pratiṣiddhā eva bhavanti / kāraṇapratiṣedhāt / dharmādharmakāryā hi ta iti / jarādipratiṣedhena vā dharmādharmayoḥ kāryābhāve vidyamānayorapyasatsamatvamiti pṛthakpratiṣedho 'narthakaḥ syāt / satyamevaṃ tathāpi dharmakāryā nandavyatirekeṇa svābhāvikānando yatheśvare vijñānamānandaṃ brahmeti śruteḥ / tathādharmakāryajarādivyatirekeṇāpi jarādiduḥkhasvarūpaṃ svābhāvikaṃ syādityāśaṅkyeta / ato yuktastannivṛttaye jarādīnāṃ dharmādharmābhyāṃ pṛthakpratiṣedhaḥ / jarādigrahaṇaṃ sarvaduḥkhopalakṣaṇārtham / pāpanimittānāṃ tu duḥkhānāmānantyātpratyekaṃ ca tatpratiṣedhasyāśakyatvātsarvaduḥkhapratiṣedhārthaṃ yuktamevāpahatapāpmatvavacanam / satyā avitathāḥ kāmā yasya so 'yaṃ satyakāmaḥ / vitathā hi saṃsāriṇāṃ kāmāḥ / īśvarasya tadviparītāḥ / tathā kāmahetavaḥ saṃkalpā api satyā yasya sa satyasaṃkalpaḥ / saṃkalpāḥ kāmāśca śuddhasattvopādhinimittā īśvarasya citraguvat / na svato neti netītyuktatvāt / yathoktalakṣaṇa evā'tmā vijñeyo gurubhyaḥ śāstrataścā'tmasaṃvedyatayā ca svārājyakāmaiḥ / na cedvijñāyate ko doṣaḥ syāditi / śṛṇutātra doṣaṃ dṛṣṭāntena / yathā hyeveha loke prajā anvāviśantyanuvartante / 
yathānuśāsanaṃ yatheha prajā anyaṃ svāminaṃ manyamānāḥ svasya svāmino yathā yathānuśāsanaṃ tathā tathānvāviśanti /
kim /
yaṃ yamantaṃ pratyantaṃ janapadaṃ kṣetrabhāgaṃ cābhikāmā arthinyo bhavantyātmabuddhyanurūpaṃ taṃ tameva ca pratyantādimupajīvantīti /
eṣa dṛṣṭānto 'svātantryadeṣaṃ prati puṇyaphalopabhoge //5 //


start chup 8,1.6

tad yatheha karmajito lokaḥ kṣīyata evam evāmutra puṇyajito lokaḥ kṣīyate | tad ya ihātmānam ananuvidya vrajanty etāṃś ca satyān kāmāṃs teṣāṃ sarveṣu lokeṣv akāmacāro bhavati | atha ya ihātmānam anivudya vrajanty etaṃś ca satyān kāmāṃs teṣāṃ sarveṣu lokeṣu kāmacāro bhavati || chup_8,1.6 ||

chupbh_8,1.6 athānyo dṛṣṭāntastatkṣayaṃ prati tadyathehetyādiḥ / tattatra yatheha loke tāsāmeva svāmyanuśāsanānuvartinīnāṃ prajānāṃ sevādijito lokaḥ parādhīnopabhogaḥ kṣīyate 'ntavānbhavati / 
athedānīṃ dārṣṭāntikamupasaṃharati-evamevāmutrāgnihotrādipuṇyaj ito lokaḥ parādhīnopabhogaḥ kṣīyata evetyukto doṣa eṣāmiti viṣayaṃ darśayati-tadya ityādinā /
tattatrehāsmiṃlloke jñānakarmaṇoradhikṛtā yogyāḥ santa ātmānaṃ yathoktalakṣaṇaṃ śāstrācāryopadiṣṭamananuvidya yathopadeśamanu svasaṃvedyatāmakṛtvā vrajanti dehādasmāt prayanti ya etāṃśca yathoktān satyān satyasaṃkalpakāryāṃśca svātmasthān kāmānananuvidya vrajanti teṣāṃ sarveṣu lokeṣvakāmacāro 'svatantratā bhavati /
yathā rājānuśāsanānuvartinīnāṃ prajānāmityarthaḥ /
atha ye 'nya iha loka ātmānaṃ śāsrācāryoradeśamanuvidya svātmasaṃvedyatāmāpādya vrajanti yathoktāṃśca satyānkāmāṃsteṣāṃ sarveṣu lokeṣu kāmacāro bhavati rājña iva sārvabhaumasyeha loke //6//


iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi aṣṭamādhyāyasya prathamaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 8,2.1

sa yadi pitṛlokakāmo bhavati | saṃkalpād evāsya pitaraḥ samuttiṣṭhanti | tena pitṛlokena saṃpanno mahīyate || chup_8,2.1 ||

chupbh_8,2.1 kathaṃ sarveṣu lokeṣu kāmacāro bhavatīti, ucyate-ya ātmānaṃ yatoktalakṣaṇaṃ hṛdi sākṣātkṛtavānvakṣyamāṇabrahmacaryādisādhanasaṃpannaḥ saṃstatsthāṃśca satyānkāmānsa tyaktadeho yadi pitṛlokakāmaḥ pitaro janayitārasta eva sukhahetutvena bhogyatvāllokā ucyante teṣu kāmo yasya taiḥ pitṛbhiḥ saṃbandhecchā yasya bhavati tasya saṃkalpamātrādeva pitaraḥ samuttiṣṭhintyātmasaṃbandhitāmāpadyante /
viśuddhasattvatayā satyasaṃkalpatvādīśvarasyeva tena pitṛlokena bhogena saṃpannaḥ saṃpattiriṣṭaprāptistayā samṛddho mahīyate pūjyate vardhate vā mahimānamanubhavati //1 //

start chup 8,2.2-9

atha yadi mātṛlokakāmo bhavati | saṃkalpād evāsya mātaraḥ samuttiṣṭhanti | tena mātṛlokena saṃpanno mahīyate || chup_8,2.2 ||

atha yadi bhrātṛlokakāmo bhavati | saṃkalpād evāsya bhrātaraḥ samuttiṣṭhanti | tena bhrātṛlokena saṃpanno mahīyate || chup_8,2.3 ||

atha yadi svasṛlokakāmo bhavati | saṃkalpād evāsya svasāraḥ samuttiṣṭhanti | tena svasṛlokena saṃpanno mahīyate || chup_8,2.4 ||

atha yadi sakhilokakāmo bhavati | saṃkalpād evāsya sakhāyaḥ samuttiṣṭhanti | tena sakhilokena saṃpanno mahīyate || chup_8,2.5 ||

atha yadi gandhamālyalokakāmo bhavati | saṃkalpād evāsya gandhamālye samuttiṣṭhataḥ | tena gandhamālyalokena saṃpanno mahīyate || chup_8,2.6 ||

atha yady annapānalokakāmo bhavati | saṃkalpād evāsyānnapāne samuttiṣṭhataḥ | tenānnapānalokena saṃpanno mahīyate || chup_8,2.7 ||

atha yadi gītavāditalokakāmo bhavati | saṃkalpād evāsya gītavādite samuttiṣṭhataḥ | tena gītavāditalokena saṃpanno mahīyate || chup_8,2.8 ||

atha yadi strīlokakāmo bhavati | saṃkalpād evāsya striyaḥ samuttiṣṭhanti | tena strīlokena saṃpanno mahīyate || chup_8,2.9 ||

chupbh_8,2.2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9 samānamanyat /
mātaro janayitryo 'tītāḥ sukhahetubhūtāḥ sāmardhyāt /
na hi duḥkhahetubhūtāsu grāmasūkarādijanmanimittāsu mātṛṣu viśuddhasattvasya yogina icchā tatsaṃbandho vā yuktaḥ //2-9 //

start chup 8,2.10

yaṃ yam antam abhikāmo bhavati | yaṃ kāmaṃ kāmayate | so 'sya saṃkalpād eva samuttiṣṭhati | tena saṃpanno mahīyate || chup_8,2.10 ||

chupbh_8,2.10 yaṃ yanamtaṃ pradeśamabhikāmo bhavati /
yaṃ ca kāmaṃ kāmayate yathoktavyatirekeṇāpi so 'syāntaḥ prāptumiṣṭaḥ kāmaśca saṃkalpādeva samuttiṣṭhatyasya /
tenecchāvighātatayābhipretārthaprāptyā ca saṃpanno mahīyata ityuktārtham //10//

iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi aṣṭamādhyāyasya dvitīyaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 8,3.1

ta ime satyāḥ kāmā anṛtāpidhānāḥ | teṣāṃ satyānāṃ satām anṛtam apidhānam | yo yo hy asyetaḥ praiti na tam iha darśanāya labhate || chup_8,3.1 ||

chupbh_8,3.1 yathoktātmadhyānasādhanānuṣṭhānaṃ prati sādhakānāmutsāhajananārthamanukrośantyāha-kaṣṭamidaṃ khalu vartate yatsvātmasthāḥ śakyaprāpyā api ta ime satyāḥ kāmā anṛtāpidhānāsteṣāmātmasthānāṃ svāśrayāṇāmeva satāmanṛtaṃ ba3hyaviṣayeṣu stryannabhojanācchādanādiṣu tṛṣṇā tannimittaṃ ca svecchāpracāratvaṃ mithyājñānanimittatvādanṛtamityucyate /
tannimittaṃ satyānāṃ kāmānāmaprāptirityapidhānamivāpidhānam /
kathamanṛtāpidhānanimittaṃ teṣāmalābha iti, ucyate-yo yo hi yasmādasya jantoḥ putro bhrātā veṣṭa ito 'smāllokātpraiti pragacchati mriyate tamiṣṭaṃ putraṃ bhrātaraṃ vā svahṛdayākāśe vidyamānamapīha punardarśanāyecchannapi na labhate //1 //

start chup 8,3.2

atha ye cāsyeha jīvā ye ca pretā yac cānyad icchan na labhate sarvaṃ tad atra gatvā vindate | atra hy asyaite satyāḥ kāmā anṛtāpidhānāḥ | tad yathāpi hiraṇyanidhiṃ nihitam akṣetrajñā upary upari sañcaranto na vindeyuḥ | evam evemāḥ sarvāḥ prajā ahar ahar gacchantya etaṃ brahmalokaṃ na vindanty anṛtena hi pratyūḍhāḥ || chup_8,3.2 ||

chupbh_8,3.2 atha punarye cāsya viduṣo jantorjīvā jīvantīha putrā bhrātrādayo vā ye ca pretā mṛtā iṣṭāḥ saṃbandhino yaccānyadiha loke vastrānnapānādi ratnādi vā vastvicchanna labhate tatsarvamatra hṛdayākāśākhye brahmaṇi gatvā yathoktena vidhinā vindate labhate / atrāsminhārdākāśe hi yasmādasyaite yathoktāḥ satyāḥ kāmā vartante 'natāpidhānāḥ / kathamiva tadanyāyyamityucyate-tattatra yathā hiraṇyanidhiṃ hiraṇyameva punargrahaṇāya nidhātṛbhirnidhīyata iti nidhistaṃ hiraṇyanidhiṃ nihitaṃ bhūmeradhastānnikṣiptamakṣetrajñā nidhiśāsrairnidhikṣetramajānantaste nidheruparyupari saṃcaranto 'pi nidhiṃ na vindeyuḥ śakyavedanamapi / evamevemā avidyavatyaḥ sarvā imāḥ prajā yathoktaṃ hṛdayākāśākhyaṃ brahmalokaṃ brahmaiva loko brahmalokastamaharahaḥ pratyahaṃ gacchantyo 'pi suṣuptakāle na vidandanti na labhanta eṣo 'haṃ brahmalokabhāvamāpanno 'smyadyeti /

anṛtena hi yathoktena hi yasmātpratyūḍhā hṛtāḥ svarūpādavidyādidoṣairbahipakṛṣṭā ityarthaḥ /
ataḥ kaṣṭamidaṃ vartate jantūnāṃ yatsvāyattamapi brahma na labhyata ityabhiprāyaḥ //2 //

start chup 8,3.3

sa vā eṣa ātmā hṛdi | tasyaitad eva niruktaṃ hṛdy ayam iti tasmād dhṛd ayam | ahar ahar vā evaṃvit svargaṃ lokam eti || chup_8,3.3 || 

chupbh_8,3.3 sa vai ya ātmāpahatapāpmeti prakṛto vaiśabdena taṃ smārayatyeṣa vivakṣita ātmā hṛdi hṛdayapuṇḍarīka ākāśaśabdenābhihitaḥ / tasyaitasya hṛdayasyaitadeva niruktaṃ nirvacanaṃ nānyata / hṛdyayamātmā vartata iti yasmāt tasmāddhṛdayaṃ hṛdayanāmanirvacanaprasiddhyāpi svahṛdaya ātmetyavagantavyamityabhiprāyaḥ / aharaharvai pratyahamevaṃviddhṛdyayamātmeti jānansvargaṃ lokaṃ hārdaṃ brahmaiti pratipadyate / nanvanevaṃvidapi suṣuptakāle hārdaṃ brahma pratipadyata eva suṣuptakāle satā somya tadā saṃpanna ityuktatvāt / 
bāḍhamevaṃ tathāpyasti viśeṣaḥ /
yathā jānannajānaṃśca sarvo jantuḥ sadbrahmaiva tathāpi tattvamasīti pratibodhito vidvānsadeva nānyo 'smīti jānansadeva bhavati /
evameva vidvānavidvāṃścasuṣupte yadyapi satsaṃpadyate tathāpyevaṃvideva svargaṃ lokametītyucyate /
dehapāte 'pi vidyāphalasyāvaśyaṃbhāvitvādityeṣa viśeṣaḥ //3 //


start chup 8,3.4

atha ya eṣa saṃprasādo 'smāc charīrāt samutthāya paraṃ jyotir upasaṃpadya svena rūpenābhiniṣpadyata eṣa ātmeti hovāca | etad amṛtam abhayam etad brahmeti | tasya ha vā etasya brahmaṇo nāma satyam iti || chup_8,3.4 ||

chupbh_8,3.4 suṣuptakāle svenā'manā satā saṃpannaḥ sansamyakprasīdatīti jāgratsvapnayorviṣayendriyasaṃyogajātaṃ kāluṣyaṃ jahātīti saṃprasādaśabdo yadyapi sarvajantūnāṃ sādhāraṇastathāpyevaṃvitsvargaṃ lokametīti prakṛtatvādeṣa saṃprasāda iti saṃnihitavadyatnaviśeṣātso 'thedaṃ śarīraṃ hitvāsmāccharīrātsamutthāya śarīrātmabhāvanāṃ parityajyetyarthaḥ / na tvāsanādiva samutthāyetīha yuktam / svena rūpeṇeti viśeṣaṇāt / na hyanyata utthāya svarūpaṃ saṃpattavyam / svarūpameva hi tanna bhavati pratipattavyaṃ cetsyāt / paraṃ paramātmalakṣaṇaṃ vijñaptisvabhāvaṃ jyotirupasaṃpadya svāsthyamupagamyetyetat / svena ātmīyena rūpeṇābhiniṣpadyate prāgetasyāḥ svarūpasaṃpatteravidyayā dehamevāparaṃ rūpamātmatvenopagata iti tadapekṣayedamucyate svena rūpeṇeti / aśarīratā hyātmanaḥ svarūpaṃ yatsvaṃ paraṃ jyotiḥsvarūpamāpadye saṃprasāda eṣa ātmeti hovāca / sa brūyāditi yaḥ śrutyā niyukto 'ntevāsibhyaḥ / kiñcaitadamṛtamavināśi bhūmā yo vai bhūmā tadamṛtamityuktam / ata evābhayaṃ bhūmno dvitīyābhāvādata etadbrahmeti / tasya ha vā etasya brahmaṇo nāmābhidhānam / kiṃ tatsatyamiti / 
satyaṃ hyavitathaṃ brahma /
tatsatyaṃ sa ātmeti hyuktam /
atha kimarthamidaṃ nāma punarucyate /
tadupāsanavidhistutyartham //4//


8.3.5 tāni ha vā etāni trīṇyakṣarāṇi satīyamiti tadyatsattdamṛtamatha yatti tanmartyamatha yadyaṃ tenobhe yacchati yadanenobhe yacchati tasmādyamaharaharvā evaṃvitsvargaṃ lokameti //5//

chupbh_8,3.5 tāni ha vā etāni brahmaṇo nāmākṣarāṇi trīṇyetāni satīyāmati sakārastakāro yamiti ca / takāra īkāraḥ uccāraṇārtho 'nubandhaḥ / hrasvenaivākṣareṇa punaḥ pratinirdeśātteṣām / tattatra yatsatsakārastadamṛtaṃ sadbrahmāmṛtavācakatvādamṛta eva sakārastakāranto nirdiṣṭaḥ / atha yattitakārastanmartyam / atha yadyamakṣaraṃ tenākṣareṇāmṛtamartyākhye pūrve ubhe 'kṣare yacchati yamayati niyamayati vaśīkarotyātmana ityarthaḥ / yadyasmādanena yamityetenobhe yacchati tasmādyām / 
saṃyate iva hyetena yamā lakṣyete /
braṅmanāmākṣarasyāpīdamamṛtatvādidharmavattvaṃ mahābhāgyaṃ kimuta nāmavata ityupāsyatvāya stūyate /
brahmanāmanirvacanenaiva nāmavato vettaivaṃvit /
aharaharvā evaṃvitsvargaṃ lokametītyuktārtham //5//


iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi aṣṭamādhyāyasya tṛtīyaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 8,4.1

atha ya ātmā sa setur dhṛtir eṣāṃ lokānām asaṃbhedāya | naitaṃ setum ahorātre tarato na jarā na mṛtyur na śoko na sukṛtam | sarve pāpmāno 'to nivartante | apahatapāpmā hy eṣa brahmalokaḥ || chup_8,4.1 ||

chupbh_8,4.1 atha ya ātmeti / uktalakṣaṇo yaḥ saṃprasādastasya svarūpaṃ vakṣyamāṇairuktaiśca guṇaiḥ punaḥ stūyate brahmacaryasādhanasaṃbandhārtham / ya eṣa yathoktalakṣaṇa ātmā sa seturiva setuḥ / vidhṛtirvidharaṇaḥ / anena hi sarvaṃ jagadvarṇāśramādikriyākārakaphalādibhedaniyamaiḥ karturanurūpaṃ vidadhatā vidhṛtam / adhriyamāṇaṃ hīśvareṇedaṃ viśvaṃ vinaśyedyatastasmātsa seturvidhṛtiḥ / kimarthaṃ sa seturityāha-eṣāṃ bhūrādīnāṃ kartṛkarmalāśrayāṇāmasaṃbhedāyāvidāraṇāyāvināśāyetyetat / kiṃviśṣṭaścāsau seturityāha-naitam setumātmānamahorātre sarvasya janimataḥ paricchedake satī naitaṃ tarataḥ / yathānye saṃsāriṇaḥ kālenāhorātrādilakṣaṇena paricchedyā na tathāyaṃ kālaparicchedya ityabhiprāyaḥ / "yasmādarvāksaṃvatsaro 'hobhiḥ parivartata"iti śrutyantarāt / ata evainaṃ na jarā tarati na prāpnoti / tathā na mṛtyurna śoko na sukṛtaṃ na dṛṣkṛtaṃ sukṛtaduṣkṛte dharmādharmai / prāptiratra taraṇaśabdenābhipretā nātikramaṇam / kāraṇaṃ hyātmā / na śakyaṃ hi kāraṇātikramaṇaṃ kartuṃ kāryeṇa / ahorātrādi ca sarvaṃ sataḥ kāryam / anyena hyanyasya prāptiratikramaṇaṃ vā kriyeta / na tu tenaiva tasya / na hi ghaṭena mṛtprāpyate 'tikramyate vā / 
yadyapi pūrvaṃ ya ātmāpahatapāpmetyādinā pāpmādipratiṣedha ukta eva tathāpīhāyaṃ viśeṣo na taratīti prāptiviṣayatvaṃ pratiṣidhyate /
tatrā viśeṣeṇa jarādyabhāvamātramuktam /
ahorātrādyā uktā anuktāścānye sarve pāpmāna ucyante 'to 'smādātmanaḥ setornivartante 'prāpyaivetyarthaḥ /
apahatapāpmā hyeṣa brahmaiva loko brahmaloka uktaḥ //1 //


start chup 8,4.2

tasmād vā etaṃ setuṃ tīrtvā andhaḥ sann anandho bhavati | viddhaḥ sann aviddho bhavati | upatāpī sann anupatāpī bhavati | tasmād vā etaṃ setuṃ tīrtvā api naktam ahar evābhiniṣpadyate | sakṛd vibhāto hy evaiṣa brahmalokaḥ || chup_8,4.2 ||

chupbh_8,4.2 yasmācca pāpmakārya māndhyādi śarīravataḥ syānna tvaśarīrasya tasmādvā etamātmānaṃ setuṃ tīrvā prāpyānandho bhavati dehavattve pūrvamandho 'pi san / tatā viddhaḥ sandehavattve sa dehaviyoge setuṃ tīrtvā prāpyānandho bhavati dehavattve pūrvamandho 'pi san / tathā viddhaḥ sandehavattve sa dehaviyogo setuṃ prāpyāviddho bhavati / 
tathopatāpī rogādyupatāpavānsannanupatāpī bhavati /
kiñca yasmādahorātre na staḥ setau tasmādvā etaṃ setuṃ tīrtvā prāpya naktamapi tamorūpaṃ rātrirapi sarvamaharevābhiniṣpadyate /
vijñaptyātmajyotiḥ svarūpamaharivāhaḥ sadaikarūpaṃ viduṣaḥ saṃpadyata ityarthaḥ /
sakṛdvibhātaḥ sadā vibhātaḥ sadaikarūpaḥ svena rūpeṇaiṣa brahmalokaḥ //2 //


start chup 8,4.3

tad ya evaitaṃ brahmalokaṃ brahmacaryeṇānuvindanti teṣām evaiṣa brahmalokaḥ | teṣāṃ sarveṣu lokeṣu kāmacāro bhavati || chup_8,4.3 ||

chupbh_8,4.3 tattatraivaṃ satyetaṃ yathoktaṃ brahmalokaṃ brahmacaryeṇa srīviṣayatṛṣṇātyāgena śāsrācāryopadeśamanuvindanti svātmasaṃvedyatāmāpādayanti ye teṣāmeva brahmacaryasādhanavatāṃ brahmavidāmeṣa brahmalokaḥ nānyeṣāṃ srīviṣayasaṃparkajātatṛṣṇānāṃ brahmavidāmapītyarthaḥ /
teṣāṃ sarveṣu lokeṣu kāmacāro bhavatītyuktārtham /
tasmātparamametatsādhanaṃ brahmacaryaṃ brahmavidāmityabhiprāyaḥ //3//

iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi aṣṭamādhyāyasya caturthaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 8,5.1

atha yad yajña ity ācakṣate brahmacaryam eva tat | brahmacaryeṇa hy eva yo jñātā taṃ vindate | atha yad iṣṭam ity ācakṣate brahmacaryam eva tat | brahmacaryeṇa hy eveṣṭvātmānam anuvindate || chup_8,5.1 ||

chupbh_8,5.1 ya ātmā setutvādiguṇaiḥ stutastatprāptaye jñānasahakārisādhanāntaraṃ brahmacaryākhyaṃ vidātavyamityāha / yajñādibhiśca tatstauti kartavyārtham- atha yadyajña ityācakṣate loke paramapuruṣārthasādhanaṃ kathayanti śiṣṭāstadbrahmacaryameva / yajñasyāpi yatphalaṃ tadbrahmacaryavāllaṃbhate 'to yajño 'pi brahmacaryaṃ bhavati pratipattavyam / kathaṃ brahmacaryaṃ yajña ityāha-brahmacaryeṇaiva hi yasmādyo jñātāsa taṃ brahmalokaṃ yajñasyāpi pāramparyeṇa phalabhūtaṃ vindate labhate tato yajño 'pi brahmacaryameveti / yo jñātetyakṣarānuvṛtteryajño brahmacaryameva / 
atha yadiṣṭamityācakṣate brahmacaryameva tat /
katham /
brahmacaryeṇaiva sādhanena tamīśvaramiṣṭvā pūjayitvāthavaiṣaṇāmātmaviṣayāṃ kṛtvā tamātmānamanuvindate /
eṣaṇādiṣṭamapi brahmacaryameva //1 //


start chup 8,5.2

atha yat sattrāyaṇam ity ācakṣate brahmacaryam eva tat | brahmacaryeṇa hy eva sata ātmanas trāṇaṃ vindate | atha yan maunam ity ācakṣate brahmacaryam eva tat | brahmacaryeṇa hy evātmānam anuvidya manute || chup_8,5.2 || 

chupbh_8,5.2 atha yatsattrāyaṇamityācakṣate brahmacaryameva tattathā sataḥ parasmādātmana ātmanasrāṇaṃ rakṣaṇaṃ brahmacaryasādhanena vindate /
ataḥ sattrāyaṇaśabdamapi brahmacaryameva sat /
atha yanmaunamityācakṣate brahmacaryameva tadbrahmacaryeṇaiva sādhanena yuktaḥ sannātmānaṃ śāsrācāryābhyāmanuvidya paścānmanute dhyāyati /
ato maunaśabdamapi brahmacaryameva //2 //

start chup 8,5.3

atha yad anāśakāyanam ity ācakṣate brahmacaryam eva tat | eṣa hy ātmā na naśyati yaṃ brahmacaryeṇānuvindate | atha yad araṇyāyanam ity ācakṣate brahmacaryam eva tat | tat araś ca ha vai ṇyaś cārṇavau brahmaloke tṛtīyasyām ito divi | tad airaṃmadīyaṃ saraḥ | tad aśvatthaḥ somasavanaḥ | tad aparājitā pūr brahmaṇaḥ prabhuvimitaṃ hiraṇmayam || chup_8,5.3 ||

chupbh_8,5.3 atha yadanāśakāyanamityācakṣate brahmacaryameva tat / yamātmānaṃ brahmacaryeṇānuvindate sa eṣa hyātmā brahmacaryasādhanavato na naśyati tasmādanāśakāyanamapi brahmacaryameva / atha yadaraṇyāyanamityācakṣate brahmacaryameva tat / araṇyaśabdayorarṇavayorbrahmacaryavato 'yanādaraṇyāyanaṃ brahmacaryam / yo jñānādyajña eṣaṇādiṣṭaṃ satasrāṇātsattrāyaṇaṃ mananānmaunamanaśanādanāśakāyanamaraṇyayorgamanādaraṇyāyanamityādibhirmahadbhiḥ puruṣārthasādhanaiḥ stutatvādbrahmacaryaṃ paramaṃ jñānasya sahakārikāraṇaṃ sādhanamityato brahmavidā yatnato rakṣaṇīyamityarthaḥ / tattatra hi brahmaloke 'raśca ha vai prasiddho ṇyaścārṇavau samudropame vā sarasī tṛtīyasyāṃ bhuvamantarikṣaṃ cāpekṣya tṛtīyā dyaustasyāṃ tṛtīyasyāmito 'smāllokādārabhya gaṇyamānāyāṃ divi / 
tattatraiva cairamirānnaṃ tanmaya airo maṇḍastena pūrṇamairaṃ madīyaṃ tadupayogināṃ madakaraṃ harṣotpādakaṃ saraḥ /
tatraiva cāśvattho vṛkṣaḥ somasavano nāmataḥ somo 'mṛtaṃ tanniḥsravo 'mṛtasrava iti vā /
tatraiva ca brahmaloke brahmacaryasādhanarahitairbrahmacaryasādhanavadbhyo 'nyairna jīyata ityaparājitā nāma pūḥ purī brahmaṇo hiraṇyagarbhasya /
brahmaṇā ca prabhuṇā viśeṣeṇa mitaṃ nirmitaṃ tacca hiraṇmayaṃ sauvarṇaṃ prabhuvimitaṃ maṇḍapamiti vākyaśeṣaḥ //3 //


start chup 8,5.4

tad ya evaitāv araṃ ca ṇyaṃ cārṇavau brahmaloke brahmacaryeṇānuvindanti teṣām evaiṣa brahmalokaḥ | teṣāṃ sarveṣu lokeṣu kāmacāro bhavati || chup_8,5.4 ||

chupbh_8,5.4 tattatra hi brahmaloka etāvarṇavau yāvaraṇyākhyāvuktau brahmacaryeṇa sādhanenānuvindanti ye teṣāmevaiṣa yo vyākhyāto brahmalokasteṣāṃ ca brahmacaryasādhavanatāṃ brahmavidāṃ sarveṣu lokeṣu kāmacāro bhavati / nānyeṣāmabrahmacaryaparāṇāṃ bāhyaviṣayāsaktabuddhīnāṃ kadācidapītyarthaḥ / nanvatra tvamindrastvaṃ yamastvaṃ varuṇa ityādibhiryathā kaścitstūyate mahārha evamiṣṭādibhiḥ śabdairna stryādiviṣayatṛṣṇānivṛttimātraṃ stutyarhaṃ kiṃ tarhi jñānasya mokṣasādhanatvāttadeveṣṭādibhiḥ stūyata iti kecit / na / stryādibāhyaviṣayatṛṣṇāpahṛtacittānāṃ pratyagātmavivekavijñānānupapatteḥ / "parāñci khāni vyatṛṇatsvayaṃbhūstasmātparāṅpaśyati nāntarātman"ityādiśrutismṛtiśatebhyaḥ / jñānasahakārikāraṇaṃ stryādiviṣayatṛṣṇānivṛttisādhanaṃ vidhātavyameveti yuktaiva tatstutiḥ / nanu ca yajñādibhiḥ stutaṃ brahmacaryamiti yajñādīnāṃ puruṣārthasādhanatvaṃ gamyate / satyaṃ gamyate / na tviha brahmalokaṃ prati yajñādīnāṃ sādhanatvamabhipretya yajñādibhirbrahmacaryaṃ stūyate kiṃ tarhi teṣāṃ prasiddhaṃ puruṣārthasādhanatvamapekṣya / yathendrādibhī rājā na tu yatrendrādīnāṃ vyāpārastatraiva rājña iti tadvat / ya imer'ṇavādayo brāhmalaukikāḥ saṃkalpajāśca pitrādayo bhogāste kiṃ pārthivā āpyāśca yatheha loke dṛśyante taddhadarṇavavṛkṣapūḥsvarṇamaṇḍapānyāhosvinmānasapratyayamātrāṇīti / kiñcātaḥ, yadi pārthivā āpyāśca sthūlāḥ syurhṛdyākāśe samādhānānupapattiḥ / purāṇe ca"manomayāni brahmaloke śarīrādīnī"ti vākyaṃ virudhyeta / "aśokamahimam"ityādyāśca śrutayaḥ / nanu"samudrāḥ saritaḥ sarāṃsi vāpyaḥ kūpā yajñā vedā mantrādayaśca mūrtimanto brahmāṇamupatiṣṭhanta"iti mānasatvai virudhyeta purāṇasmṛtiḥ / na / mūrtimattve prasiddharūpāṇāmeva tatra gamanānupapatteḥ / tasmātprasiddhamūrtivyatirekeṇa sāgarādīnāṃ mūrtyantaraṃ sāgarādibhirupāttaṃ brahmalokagantṛ kalpanāyāṃ yathāprasiddhā eva mānasya ākāravatyaḥ puṃstryādyā mūrtayo yuktāḥ kalpayituṃ mānasadehānurūpyasaṃbandhopapatteḥ / dṛṣṭā hi mānasya evā'kāravatyaḥ puṃstryādyā mūrtayaḥ svapne / nanu tā anṛtā eva / ta ime satyāḥ kāmā iti śrutistathā sati virudhyeta / na / mānasapratyayasya sattvopapatteḥ / mānasā hi pratyayāḥ srīpuruṣādyākārāḥ svapne dṛśyante / nanu jāgradvāsanārūpāḥ svapnadṛśyā na tu tatra stryādayaḥ svapne vidyante / atyalpamidamucyate / jāgradviṣayā api mānasapratyayābhinirvṛttā eva sadīkṣābhinirvṛttatejo 'bannamayatvājjāgradviṣayāṇām / saṃkalpamūlā hi lokā iti coktam"samakḷpatāṃ dyāvāpṛthivī"ityatra / sarvaśrutiṣu ca pratyagātmana utpattiḥ pralayaśca tatraiva sthitiśca"yathā vā arā nābhau"ityādinocyate / tasmānmānasānāṃ bāhyānāṃ ca viṣayāṇāmitaretarakāryakāraṇamiṣyata eva bījāṅkuravat / yadyapi bāhyā eva mānasā mānasā eva ca bāhyā nānṛtatvaṃ teṣāṃ kadācidapi svātmani bhavati / nanu svapne dṛṣṭāḥ pratibuddhasyānṛtā bhavanti viṣayāḥ / satyameva / jāgradbodhāpekṣaṃ tu tadanṛtatvaṃ na svataḥ / tathā svapnabodhāpekṣaṃ ca jāgraddṛṣṭaviṣayānṛtatvaṃ na svataḥ / viśeṣākāramātraṃ tu sarveṣāṃ mithyāpratyayanimittamiti vācā'rambhaṇaṃ vikāro nāmadheyamanṛtaṃ trīṇi rūpāṇītyeva satyam / 
tānyapyākāraviśeṣato 'nṛtaṃ svataḥ sanmātrarūpatayā satyam prāksadātmapratibodhātsvaviṣaye 'pi sarvaṃ styameva svapnadṛśyā iveti na kaścidvirodhaḥ /
tasmānmānasā eva brāhmalaukikā araṇyādayaḥ pitrādayaḥ kāmāḥ /
bāhyaviṣayabhogavadaśuddhirahitatvācchuddhasattvasaṃkalpajanyā iti niratiśayasukhāḥ satyāśceśvarāṇāṃ bhavantītyarthaḥ /
satsatyātmapratibodhe 'pi rajjvāmiva kalpitāḥ sarpādayaḥ sadātmasvarūpatāmeva pratipadyanta iti sadātmanā satyā eva bhavanti //4//


iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi aṣṭamādhyāyasya pañcamaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 8,6.1

atha yā etā hṛdayasya nāḍyas tāḥ piṅgalasyāṇimnas tiṣṭhanti śuklasya nīlasya pītasya lohitasyeti | asau vādityaḥ piṅgala eṣa śukla eṣa nīla eṣa pīta eṣa lohitaḥ || chup_8,6.1 ||

chupbh_8,6.1 yastu hṛdayapuṇḍarīkagataṃ yathoktaguṇaviśiṣṭaṃ brahma brahmacaryādisādhanasaṃpannastyaktabāhyaviṣayānṛtatṛṣṇaḥ sannupāste tasyeyaṃ mūrdhanyayā nāḍyā gatirvaktavyeti nāḍīkhaṇḍa ārabhyate- atha yā etā vakṣyamāṇā hṛdayasya puṇḍarīkākārasya brahmopāsanasthānasya saṃbandhinyo nāḍyo hṛdayamāṃsapiṇḍātsarvato viniḥsṛtā ādityamaṇḍalādiva raśmayastāścaitāḥ piṅgalasya varṇaviśeṣaviśiṣṭasyāṇimnaḥ sūkṣmarasasya rasena pūrṇāstadākārā eva tiṣṭhanti vartanta ityarthaḥ / tathā śuklasya nīlasya pītasya lohitasya ca rasasya pūrṇā iti sarvatrādhyāhāryam / saureṇa tejasā pittākhyena pākābhinirvṛttena kaphenālpena saṃparkātpiṅgalaṃ bhavati sauraṃ tejaḥ pittākhyām tadeva ca vātabhūyastvānnīlaṃ bhavati / tadeva ca kaphabhūyastvācchuklam / kaphena samatāyāṃ pītam / śoṇita bāhulyena lohitam / 
vaidyakādvā varṇaviśeṣā anveṣṭavyāḥ kathaṃ bhavantīti /
śrutistvāhā'dityasaṃbandhādeva tattejaso nāḍīṣvanugatasyaite varṇaviśeṣā iti /
katham /
asau vā ādityaḥ piṅgalo varṇata eṣa ādityaḥ śuklo 'pyeṣa nīla eṣa pīta eṣa lohita āditya eva //1 //


start chup 8,6.2

tad yathā mahāpatha ātata ubhau grāmau gacchatīmaṃ cāmuṃ caivam evaitā ādityasya raśmaya ubhau lokau gacchantīmaṃ cāmuṃ ca | amuṣmād ādityāt pratāyante tā āsu nāḍīṣu sṛptāḥ | ābhyo nāḍībhyaḥ pratāyante te 'muṣminn āditye sṛptāḥ || chup_8,6.2 ||

chupbh_8,6.2 tasyādhyātmaṃ nāḍībhiḥ kathaṃ saṃbandha ityatra dṛṣṭāntamāha-tattatra yathā loke mahānvistīrṇaḥ panthā mahāpatha ātato vyāpta ubhau gacchatīmaṃ ca saṃnihitamamuṃ ca viprakṛṣṭaṃ dūrasthamevaṃ yathā dṛṣṭānto mahāpatha ubhau grāmau praviṣṭa evamevaitā ādityasya raśmaya ubhau lokāvamuṃ cā'dityamaṇḍalamimaṃ ca puruṣaṃ gacchantyubhayatra praviṣṭāḥ / yathā mahāpathaḥ / katham / 
amuṣmādādityamaṇḍalātpratāyante saṃtatā bhavanti /
tā adhyātmamāsu piṅgalādivarṇāsu yathoktāsu nāḍīṣu sṛptā gatāḥ praviṣṭā ityarthaḥ /
ābhyo nāḍībhyaḥ pratāyante pravṛttāḥ santānabhūtāḥ satyaste 'muṣmin /
raśmīnāmubhayaliṅgatvātta ityucyante //2 //


start chup 8,6.3

tad yatraitat suptaḥ samastaḥ saṃprasannaḥ svapnaṃ na vijānāti | āsu tadā nāḍīṣu sṛpto bhavati | taṃ na kaścana pāpmā spṛśati | tejasā hi tadā saṃpanno bhavati || chup_8,6.3 ||

chupbh_8,6.3 tattatraivaṃ sati yatra yasminkāla etatsvapanamayaṃ jīvaḥ supto bhavati / svāpasya dviprakāratvādviśeṣaṇaṃ samasta iti / upasaṃhṛtasarvakaraṇavṛttirityetat / ato bāhyaviṣayasaṃparkajanitakāluṣyābhāvātsamyak / prasannaḥ saṃprasanno bhavati / ata eva svapnaṃ viṣayākārābhāsaṃ mānasaṃ svapnapratyayaṃ na vijānāti nānubhavatītyarthaḥ / yadaivaṃ supto bhavatyāsu sauratejaḥpūrṇāsu yathoktāsu nāḍīṣu tadā sṛptaḥ praviṣṭo nāḍībhirdvārabhūtābhirhṛdayākāśaṃ gato bhavatītyarthaḥ / na hyanyatra satsaṃpatteḥ svapnādarśanamastīti sāmarthyānnāḍīṣviti saptamī tṛtīyayā pariṇamyate / taṃ satā saṃpannaṃ na kaścana na kaścidapi dharmādharmarūpaḥ pāpmā spṛśatīti svarūpāvasthitatvāttadā'tmanaḥ / dehendriyaviśiṣṭaṃ hi sukhaduḥkhakāryapradānena pāpmā spṛśatīti na tu satsaṃpannaṃ svarūpāvasthaṃ kaścidapi pāpmā spraṣṭumutsahate / aviṣayatvāt / anyo hyanyasya viṣayo bhavati na tvanyatvaṃ kenacitkutaścidapi satsaṃpannasya / 
svarūpapracyavanaṃ tvātmano jāgratsvapnāvasthāṃ prati gamanaṃ bāhyaviṣayapratibodho 'vidyākāmakarmabījasya brahmavidyāhutāśādāhanimittamityavocāma ṣaṣṭha eva tadihāpi pratyetavyam /
yadaivaṃ suptaḥ saureṇa tejasā hi nāḍyantargatena sarvataḥ saṃpanno vyāpto bhavati /
ato viśeṣeṇa cakṣurādināḍīdvārairbāhyaviṣayabhogāyāprasṛtāni karaṇānyasya tadā bhavanti /
tasmādayaṃ karaṇānāṃ nirodhātsvātmanyevāvasthitaḥ svapnaṃ na vijānātīti yuktam //3 //


start chup 8,6.4

atha yatraitad abalimānaṃ nīto bhavati | tam abhita āsīnā āhur jānāsi māṃ jānāsi mām iti | sa yāvad asmāc charīrād anutkrānto bhavati | tāvaj jānāti || chup_8,6.4 ||

chupbh_8,6.4 tatraivaṃ satyatha yatra yasminkāle 'balimānamabalabhāvaṃ dehasya rogādinimittaṃ jarādinimittaṃ vā kṛśībhāvametannayanaṃ nītaḥ prāpito devadatto bhavati mumūrṣaryadā bhavatītyarthaḥ /
tamabhitaḥ sarvato veṣṭayitvā'sīnā jñātaya āhurjānāsi māṃ tava putraṃ jānāsi māṃ pitaraṃ cetyādi /
sa mumūrṣuryāvadasmāccharīrādanutkrānto 'nirgato bhavati tāvatputrādīñjānāti //4 //

start chup 8,6.5

atha yatraitad asmāc charīrād utkrāmati | athaitair eva raśmibhir ūrdhvam ākramate | sa om iti vā hod vā mīyate | sa yāvat kṣipyen manas tāvad ādityaṃ gacchati | etad vai khalu lokadvāraṃ viduṣāṃ prapadanaṃ nirodho 'viduṣām || chup_8,6.5 ||

chupbh_8,6.5 atha yatra yadaitatkriyāviśeṣaṇamityasmāccharīrādutkrāmati / atha tadaitaireva yathoktābhī raśmibhirūrdhvamākramate yathākarmārjitaṃ lokaṃ pratyavidvān / itarastu vidvānyathoktasādhanasaṃpannaḥ sa omityoṅkāreṇā'tmānaṃ dhyāyanyathāpūrvaṃ vā haiva, udvordhvaṃ vā vidvāṃśceditarastiryaṅvetyabhiprāyaḥ / mīyate pramīyate gacchatītyarthaḥ / sa vidvānutkramiṣyanyāvatkṣipyenmano yāvatā kālena manasaḥ kṣepaḥ syāttāvatā kālenā'dityaṃ gacchati prapnoti kṣipraṃ gacchatītyartho na tu tāvataiva kāleneti vivakṣitam / kimarthamādityaṃ gacchatītyucyate-etadvai khalu prasiddhaṃ brahmalokasya dvāraṃ ya ādityastena dvārabhūtena brahmaloka gacchati vidvān / 
ato viduṣāṃ prapadanaṃ prapadyate brahmalokamanena dvāreṇeti prapadanam /
nirodhanaṃ nirodho 'smādādityādaviduṣāṃ bhavatīti nirodhaḥ /
saureṇa tejasā deha eva niruddhāḥ santo mūrdhanyayā nāḍyā notkramanta evetyarthaḥ /
viṣvaṅṅanyā iti ślokāt //5 //


start chup 8,6.6

tad eṣa ślokaḥ | śataṃ caikā ca hṛdayasya nāḍyas tāsāṃ mūrdhānam abhiniḥsṛtaikā | tayordhvam āyann amṛtatvam eti viṣvaṅṅ anyā utkramaṇe bhavanty utkramaṇe bhavanti || chup_8,6.6 ||

chupbh_8,6.6 tadetasminyathokter'tha eṣa śloko mantro bhavati / 
śataṃ caikā caikottaraśataṃ nāḍyo hṛdayasya māṃsapiṇḍabhūtasya saṃbandhinyaḥ pradhānato bhavanti /
ānantyāddehanāḍīnām /
tāsāmekā mūrdhānamabhiniḥsṛtā vinirgatā tayordhvamāyangacchannamṛtatvamamṛtabhāvameti viṣvaṅnānāgatayastiryagvisarpiṇya ūrdhvagāścānyā nāḍyo bhavanti saṃsāragamanadvārabhūtā na tvamṛtatvāya kiṃ tarhyatkamaṇa evotkrāntyarthameva bhavantītyarthaḥ /
dvirabhyāsaḥ prakaraṇasamāptyarthaḥ //6//


iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi aṣṭamādhyāyasya ṣaṣṭhaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 8,7.1

ya ātmā apahatapāpmā vijaro vimṛtyur viśoko vijighatso 'pipāsaḥ satyakāmaḥ satyasaṃkalpaḥ so 'nveṣṭavyaḥ sa vijijñāsitavyaḥ | sa sarvāṃś ca lokān āpnoti sarvāṃś ca kāmān yas tam ātmānam anuvidya vijānātīti ha prajāpatir uvāca || chup_8,7.1 ||

chupbh_8,7.1 "atha ya eṣa saṃprasādo 'smāccharīrātsamutthāya paraṃ jyotirupasaṃpadya svena rūpeṇābhiniṣpadyata eṣa ātmeti hovācaitadamṛtamabhayametadbrahma"ityuktam / tatra ko 'sau saṃprasādaḥ, kathaṃ vā tasyādhigamo yathā so 'smāccharīrātsavijijñāsitavya iti caiṣa niyamavidhireva nāpūrvavidhiḥ / 
evamanveṣṭavyo vijijñāsitavya ityarthaḥ /
dṛṣṭārthatvādanveṣaṇavijijñāsanayoḥ /
dṛṣṭārthatvaṃ ca darśayiṣyati nāhamātra bhogyaṃ paśyāmītyanenāsakṛt /
pararūpeṇa ca dehādidharbhairavaganyamānasyā'tmanaḥ svarūpādhigame viparītādhigamanivṛttirdṛṣṭaṃ phalamiti niyamārthataivāsya vidheryuktā na tvāgnihotrādīnāmibāpūrvavidhitvamiha saṃbhavati //1 //


start chup 8,7.2

tad dhobhaye devāsurā anububudhire | te hocur hanta tam ātmaānam anvecchāmo yam ātmānam anviṣya sarvāṃś ca lokān āpnoti sarvāṃś ca kāmān iti | indro haiva devānām abhipravavrāja virocano 'surāṇām | tau hāsaṃvidānāv eva samitpāṇī prajāpatisakāśam ājagmatuḥ || chup_8,7.2 ||

chupbh_8,7.2 taddhobhaya ityādyākhyāyikāprayojanamuktam / taddha kila prajāpatervacanamubhaye devāsurā devāścāsurāśca devāsurā anu paramparāgataṃ svakarṇagocarāpannamanububudhire 'nubuddhavantaḥ / te caitatprajāpativaco buddhvā kimakurvannityucyate-te hocuruktavanto 'nyonyaṃ devāḥ svapariṣadyasurāśca hanta yadyanumatirbhavatāṃ prajāpatinoktaṃ tamātmānamanvicchāmo 'nveṣaṇaṃ kurmo yamātmānamanviṣya sarvāṃśca lokānāpnoti sarvāśca kāmānityuktvendro haiva rājaiva svayaṃ devānāmitarāndevāṃśca bhogaparicchadaṃ ca sarvaṃ sthāpayitvā śarīramātreṇaiva prajāpatiṃ pratyabhipravavrāja pragatavāṃstathā virocano 'surāṇām / 
vinayena guravo 'bhigantavyā ityetaddarśayati /
trailokyarājyācca gurutarā vidyate /
yato devāsurarājau mahārhabhogārhai santau tathā gurumabhyupagatavantau /
tau ha kilāsaṃvidānāvevānyonyaṃ saṃvidamakurvāṇau vidyāphalaṃ pratyanyonyamīrṣyāṃ darśayantau samitpāṇī samidbhārahastau prajāpatisakāśamājagmaturāgatavantau //2 //


start chup 8,7.3

tau ha dvātriṃśataṃ varṣāṇi brahmacaryam ūṣatuḥ | tau ha prajāpatir uvāca | kim icchantāv avāstam iti | tau hocatur ya ātmā apahatapāpmā vijaro vimṛtyur viśoko vijighatso 'pipāsaḥ satyakāmaḥ satyasaṃkalpaḥ so 'nveṣṭavyaḥ sa vijijñāsitavyaḥ | sa sarvāṃś ca lokān āpnoti sarvāṃś ca kāmān yas tam ātmānam anuvidya vijānātīti bhagavato vaco vedayante | tam icchantāv avāstam iti || chup_8,7.3 ||

chupbh_8,7.3 tau ha gatvā dvātriṃśataṃ varṣāṇi śuśrūṣāparau bhūtvā brahmacaryamūṣaturuṣitavantau / 
abhiprāyajñaḥ prajāpatistāvuvāca kimicchantau kiṃ prayojanamabhipretyecchantāvavāstamuṣitavantau yuvāmitītyuktau tau hocatuḥ /
ya ātmetyādi bhagavato vaco vedayante śiṣṭā atastamātmānaṃ jñātumicchantāvavāstamiti /
yadyapi prākprajāpateḥ samīpāgamanādanyonyamīrṣyāyuktāvabūtāṃ tathāpi vidyāprāptiprayojanagauravāttyaktarāgadveṣamoherṣyādi doṣāveva bhūtvoṣaturbrahmacaryaṃ prajāpatau /
tenedaṃ prakhyāpitamātmavidyāgauravam //3 //


start chup 8,7.4

tau ha prajāpatir uvāca ya eṣo 'kṣiṇi puruṣo dṛṣyata eṣa ātmeti hovāca | etad amṛtam abhayam etad brahmeti | atha yo 'yaṃ bhagavo 'psu parikhyāyate yaś cāyam ādarśe katama eṣa iti | eṣa u evaiṣu sarveṣvannteṣu parikhyāyata iti hovāca || chup_8,7.4 ||

chupbh_8,7.4 tāvevaṃ tapasvinau śuddhakalmaṣau yogyāvupalabhya prajāpatiruvācaha-ya eṣo 'kṣiṇi puruṣo nivṛttacakṣurbhirmṛditakaṣāyairdṛśyate yogibhirdraṣṭā, eṣa ātmāpahatapāpmādiguṇo yamavocaṃ purāhaṃ yadvijñānātsarvalokakāmāvāptiretadamṛtaṃ bhamākhyamata evābhayamata eva brahma vṛddhatamamiti / athaitatprajāpatinoktamakṣiṇi puruṣo dṛśyata iti vacaḥ śrutvā chāyārūpaṃ puruṣaṃ jagṛhatuḥ / gṛhītvā ca dṛḍhīkaraṇāya prajāpatiṃ pṛṣṭavantau / atha yo 'yaṃ he bhagavo 'psu parikhyāyate parisamantājjñāyate yaścāyamādarśa ātmanaḥ pratibimbākāraḥ parikhyāyate khaḍgādau ca katama eṣa eṣāṃ bhagavadbhiruktaḥ kiṃvaika eva sarveṣviti / evaṃ pṛṣṭaḥ prajāpatiruvāca-eṣa u eva yaścakṣuṣi draṣṭā mayokta iti / etanmanasi kṛtvaiṣu sarveṣvanteṣu madhyeṣu parikhyāyata iti hovāca / nanu kathaṃ yuktaṃ śiṣyorviparītagrahaṇamanujñātuṃ prajāpatervigatadoṣasyā'cāryasya sataḥ / satyameva, nānujñātam / katham / ātmanyadhyāropitapāṇḍityamahattvaboddhṛtvau hīndravirocanau tathaiva ca prathitau loke / tau yadi prajāpatinā mūḍhau yuvāṃ viparītagrāhiṇāvityuktau syātāṃ tatastastayościtte duḥkhaṃ syāttajjanitācca cittāvasādātpunaḥ praśnaśravaṇagrahaṇāvadhāraṇaṃ pratyutsāhavidhātaḥ syādato rakṣaṇīyau śiṣyāviti manyate prajāpatiḥ / gṛhṇītāṃ tāvattadudaśarāvadṛṣṭāntenāpaneṣyāmīti ca / nanu na yuktameṣa u evetyanṛtaṃ vaktum / na cānṛtamuktam / 
katham /
ātmanokto 'kṣipuruṣo manasi saṃnihitataraḥ śiṣyagṛhītācchāyātmanaḥ sarveṣāṃ cābhyantaraḥ"sarvāntaraḥ"iti śruteḥ /
tamevāvocadeṣa u evetyato nānṛtamuktaṃ prajāpatinā /
tathā ca tayorviparītagrahaṇanivṛttyarthaṃ hyāha //4//


iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi aṣṭamādhyāyasya saptamaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 8,8.1

udaśarāva ātmānam avekṣya yad ātmano na vijānīthas tan me prabrūtam iti | tau hodaśarāve 'vekṣāṃ cakrāte | tau ha prajāpatir uvāca kiṃ paśyatha iti | tau hocatuḥ sarvam evedam āvāṃ bhagava ātmānaṃ paśyāva ā lomabhyaḥ ā nakhebhyaḥ pratirūpam iti || chup_8,8.1 ||

chupbh_8,8.1 udaśarāva udakapūrṇe śarāvādāvātmānamavekṣyānantaraṃ yattatrā'tmānaṃ paśyantau na vijānīthastanme mama prabrūtamācakṣīyāthāmityuktau tau ha tathaivodaśarāve 'vekṣāñcakrāte 'vekṣaṇaṃ cakratuḥ / tathā kṛtavantau tau ha prajāpatiruvāca kiṃ paśyatha iti / nanu tanme prabrūtamityuktābhyāmudaśarāve 'vekṣaṇaṃ kṛtvā prajāpataye na niveditamidamāvābhyāṃ na viditamityanivedite cājñānahetau ha prajāpatiruvāca kiṃ paśyatha iti tatra ko 'bhiprāya iti / ucyate-naiva tayoridamāvayoraviditamityāśaṅkābhūcchāyātmanyātmapratyayo niścita evā'sīt / yena vakṣyati tau ha śāntahṛdayau pravavrajaturiti / 
na hyaniścite 'bhipretārthe praśāntahṛdayatvamupapadyate /
tena nocaturidamāvābhyāmaviditamiti /
viparītagrāhiṇau ca śiṣyāvanupekṣaṇīyāviti svayameṣa papraccha kiṃ paśyatha iti, viparītaniścayāpanayāya ca vakṣyati sādhvalakṛtāvityevamādi /
tau hocatuḥ-sarvamevedamāvāṃ bhagava ātmānaṃ paśyāva ā lomabhya ā nakhebhyaḥ pratirūpamiti, yathaivā'vāṃ he bhagavo lomanakhādimantau sva evamevedaṃ lomanakhādisahitamāvayoḥ pratirūpamudaśarāve paśyāva iti //1 //


start chup 8,8.2

tau ha prajāpatir uvāca sādhvalaṃkṛtau suvasanau pariṣkṛtau bhūtvodaśarāve 'vekṣethām iti | tau ha sādhvalaṃkṛtau suvasanau pariṣkṛtau bhūtvodaśarāve 'vekṣāṃ cakrāte | tau ha prajāpatir uvāca kiṃ paśyatha iti || chup_8,8.2 ||

chupbh_8,8.2 tau ha punaḥ prajāpatiruvāca cchāyātmaniścayāpanayāya, sādhvalaṅkṛtau yathā svagṛhe suvasanau mahārhavastraparidhānau pariṣkṛtau chinnalomanakhau ca bhūtvodaśarāve tayośchāyātmagraho 'panītaḥ syāt / sādhvalaṅkārasuvasanādīnāmāgantukānāṃ chāyākaratvamudaśarāve yathā śarīrasaṃbaddhānāmevaṃ śarīrasyāpi cchāyākaratvaṃ pūrvaṃ babhūveti gamyate / śarīraikadeśānāṃ ca lomanakhādīnāṃ nityatvenābhipretānāmakhaṇḍitānāṃ chāyākaratvaṃ pūrvamāsīt / 
chinneṣu ca teṣu naiva lomanakhādicchāyā dṛśyate 'to lomanakhādivaccharīrasyāpyāgamāpāyitvaṃ siddhamityudaśarāvādau dṛśyamānasya tannimittasya ca dehasyānātmatvaṃ siddham udaśārāvādau chāyākaratvāddehasaṃbaddhālaṅkārādivat /
na kevalametāvadetena yāvatkiñcidātmīyatvābhimataṃ sukhaduḥkharāgadveṣamohādi ca kādācitkatvānnakhalomādivadanātmeti pratyetavyam /
evamaśeṣamithyāgrahāpanayanimitte sādhvalaṅkārādidṛṣṭānte prajāpatinokte śrutvā tathā kṛtavatorapi cchāyātmaviparītagraho nāpajagāma yasmāttasmātsvadoṣeṇaiva kenacitpratibaddhavivekavijñānāvindravirocanāvabhūtāmit i gamyate /
tau pūrvavadeva dṛḍhaniścayau papraccha kiṃ paśyatha iti //2 //


start chup 8,8.3

tau hocatur yathaivedam āvāṃ bhagavaḥ sādhvalaṃkṛtau suvasanau pariṣkṛtau sva evam evemau bhagavaḥ sādhvallaṃkṛtau suvasanau pariṣkṛtāv iti | eṣa ātmeti hovāca | etad amṛtam abhayam etad brahmeti | tau ha śāntahṛdayau pravavrajatuḥ || chup_8,8.3 ||

chupbh_8,8.3 tau tathaiva pratipanno yathaivedamiti pūrvavadyathā sādhvalaṅkārādiviśiṣṭāvāvāṃ sva evamevemau chāyātmānāviti sutarāṃ viparītaniścayau babhūvatuḥ / yasyā'tmano lakṣaṇaṃ ya ātmāpahatapāpmetyuktavā punastadviśeṣamanviṣyamāṇayorya eṣo 'kṣiṇi puruṣo dṛśyata iti sākṣādātmani nirdiṣṭe tadviparītagrahāpanayāyodaśarāvasādhvalaṅkāradṛṣṭānte 'pyabhihita ātmasvarūpabodhādviparītagraho nāpagataḥ / ataḥ svadoṣeṇa kenacitpratibaddhavivekavijñānasāmarthyāviti matvā yathābhipretamevā'tmānaṃ manasi nidhāyaiṣa ātmeti hovācaitadamṛtamabhayametadbrahmeti prajāpatiḥ pūrvavat / na tu tadabhipretamātmānam / 
ya ātmetyādyātmalakṣaṇaśravaṇenākṣipuruṣaśrutyā codaśarāvādyupapattyā ca saṃskṛtau tāvat /
madvacanaṃ sarvaṃ punaḥ punaḥ smaratoḥ pratibandhakṣayācca svayamevā'tmaviṣaye viveko bhaviṣyatīti manvānaḥ punarbrahmacaryādeśe ca tayościttadukhotpattiṃ parijihīrṣankṛtārthabuddhitayā gacchantāvapyupekṣitavānprajāpatiḥ /
tau hendravirocanau śāntahṛdayau tuṣṭahṛdayau kṛtārthabuddhī ityarthaḥ /
na tu śama eva, śamaścettayorjāto viparītagraho vigato 'bhaviṣyatpravavrajaturgatavantau //3 //


start chup 8,8.4

tau hānvīkṣya prajāpatir uvāca | anupalabhyātmānam ananuvidya vrajato yatara etadupaniṣado bhaviṣyanti devā vā asurā vā te parābhaviṣyantīti | sa ha śāntahṛdaya eva virocano 'surāñ jagāma | tebhyo haitām upaniṣadaṃ provāca ātmaiveha mahayya ātmā paricaryaḥ | ātmānam eveha mahayann ātmānaṃ paricarann ubhau lokāv āpnotīmaṃ cāmuṃ ceti || chup_8,8.4 ||

chupbh_8,8.4 evaṃ tayorgatayorindravirocanayo rājñorbhogāsaktayoryathoktavismaraṇaṃ syādityāśaṅkyāpratyakṣaṃ pratyakṣavacanena ca cittaduḥkhaṃ parijihīrṣustau dūraṃ gacchantāvanvīkṣya ya ātmāpahatapāpmetyādivacanavadetadapyanayoḥ śravaṇagocaratvameṣyatīti matvovāca prajāpatiḥ / anupalabhya yathoktalakṣaṇamātmānamananuvidya svātmapratyakṣaṃ cākṛtvā viparītaniścayau ca bhūtvendravirocanāvetau vrajato gaccheyātām / ato yatare devā vāsurā vā kiṃ viśeṣitenaitadupaniṣada ābhyāṃ yā gṛhītā'tmavidyā seyamupaniṣadyeṣāṃ devānāmasurāṇāṃ vā ta etadupaniṣada evaṃvijñānā etanniścayā bhaviṣyantītyarthaḥ / te kiṃ, parābhaviṣyanti śreyomārgātparābhūtā bahirbhūtā vinaṣṭā bhaviṣyantītyarthaḥ / svagṛhaṃ gacchatoḥ surāsurarājayoryo 'surarājaḥ sa ha śāntahṛdaya eva sanvirocano 'surāñjagāma / 
gatvā ca tebhyo 'surebhyaḥ śarīrātmabuddhiryopaniṣattāmetāmupaniṣadaṃ provācoktavān /
dehamātramevā'tmā pitrokta iti /
tasmādātmaiva deha iha loka mahayyaḥ pūjanīyastathā paricaryaḥ paricaraṇīyastathā'tmānameveha loke dehaṃ mahayanparicaraṃścobhau lokāvavāpnotīmaṃ cāmuṃ ca /
ihalokaparalokayoreva sarve lokāḥ kāmāścāntarbhavantīti rājño 'bhiprāyaḥ //4 //


start chup 8,8.5

tasmād apyaddyehādadānam aśraddadhānam ayajamānam āhur āsuro bateti | asurāṇāṃ hy eṣopaniṣat | pretasya śarīraṃ bhikṣayā vasanenālaṃkāreṇeti saṃskurvanti | etena hy ammuṃ lokaṃ jeṣyanto manyante || chup_8,8.5 ||

chupbh_8,8.5 tasmāttatsaṃpradāyo 'dyāpyanuvartata itīha loke 'dadānaṃ dānamakurvāṇamavibhāgaśīlamaśraddadhānaṃ satkāryeṣu śraddhārahitaṃ yathāśaktyayajamānamayajanasvabhāvamāhurāsuraḥ khalvayaṃ yata evaṃsvabhāvo bateti khidyamānā āhuḥ śiṣṭāḥ /
asurāṇāṃ hi yasmādaśraddadhānatādilakṣaṇaiṣopaniṣat /
tayopaniṣadā saṃskṛtāḥ santaḥ pretasya śarīraṃ kuṇapaṃ bhikṣayā gandhamālyānnādilakṣaṇayā vasanena vasrādinā'cchādanādiprakāreṇālaṅkāreṇa dhvajapatākādikaraṇenetyevaṃ saṃskurvantyetena kuṇapasaṃskāreṇāmuṃ pretya pratipattavyaṃ lokaṃ jeṣyanto manyante //5//

iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi aṣṭamādhyāyasyāṣṭamaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 8,9.1

atha hendro 'prāpyaiva devān etad bhayaṃ dadarśa | yathaiva khalv ayam asmiñ charīre sādhvalaṃkṛte sādhvalaṃkṛto bhavati suvasane suvasanaḥ pariṣkṛte pariṣkṛta evam evāyam asminn andhe 'ndho bhavati srāme srāmaḥ parivṛkṇe parivṛkṇaḥ | asyaiva śarīrasya nāśam anv eṣa naśyati | nāham atra bhogyaṃ paśyāmīti || chup_8,9.1 ||

chupbh_8,9.1 atha ha kilendro 'prāpyaiva devāndaivyākrauryādisaṃpadā yuktatvādgurorvacanaṃ punaḥ punaḥ smaranneva gacchannetadvakṣyamāṇaṃ bhayaṃ svātmagrahaṇanimittaṃ dadarśa dṛṣṭavān / udaśarāvadṛṣṭāntena prajāpatinā yadartho nyāya uktastadekadeśo maghavataḥ pratyabhādbuddhau / yena cchāyātmagrahaṇe doṣaṃ dadarśa / katham / yathaiva khalvayamasmiñcharīre sādhvalaṅkṛte chāyātmāpi sādhvalaṅkṛto bhavati suvasane ca suvasanaḥ pariṣkṛte pariṣkṛto yathā nakhalomādidehāvayavāpagame chāyātmāpi pariṣkṛto bhavati nakhalomādirahito bhavati / evamevāyaṃ chāyātmāpyasmiñcharīre nakhalomādibhirdehāvayavatvasya tulyatvādandhe cakṣuṣo 'pagame 'ndho bavati srāme srāmaḥ / srāmaḥ kilekanetrastasyāndhatvena gatatvāt / 
cakṣurnāsikā vā yasya sadā sravati sa srāmaḥ /
parivṛkṇaśchinnahastaśchinnapādo vā /
srāme parivṛkṇe vā dehe chāyātmāpi tathā bhavati /
tathāsya dehasya nāśamanveṣa naśyati //1 //


start chup 8,9.2

sa samitpāṇiḥ punar eyāya | taṃ ha prajāpatir uvāca | maghavan yac chāntahṛdayaḥ prāvrājīḥ sārdhaṃ virocanena kim icchan punar āgama iti | sa hovāca yathā eva khalvayyaṃ bhagavo 'smiñ charīre sādhvalaṃkṛte sādhvalaṃkṛto bhavati suvasane suvasanaḥ pariṣkṛte pariṣkṛta evam evāyam asminn andhe 'ndho bhavati srāme srāmaḥ parivṛkṇe parivṛkṇaḥ | asyaiva śarīrasya nāśam anv eṣa naśyati | nāham atra bhogyaṃ paśyāmīti || chup_8,9.2 ||

chupbh_8,9.2 ato nāhamatrāsmiṃśchāyātmadarśane dehātmadarśane vā bhogyaṃ phalaṃ paśyāmītyevaṃ doṣaṃ dehacchāyātmadarśane 'dhyavasya sa samitpāṇirbrahmacaryaṃ vastuṃ punareyāya / taṃ ha prajāpatiruvāca-maghavanyacchāntahṛdayaḥ prāvrājīḥ pragatavānasi virocanena sārdhaṃ kimicchanpunarāgama iti / vijānannapi punaḥ papracchendrābhiprayābhivyaktaye yadvettha tena mopasīdeti yadvat / tathā ca svābhiprayāṃ prakaṭamakarodyathaiva khalvayamityadi, evameveti cānvamodata prajāpatiḥ / nanu tulye 'kṣipuruṣaśravame dehacchāyāmindro 'grahīdātmeti dehameva va virocanastatkiṃnimittam / tatra manyate / yathendrasyodaśarāvādiprajāpativacanaṃ smarato devānaprāptasyaivā'cāryoktabuddhyā chāyātmagrahaṇaṃ tatra doṣadarśanaṃ cābhūt / na tathā virocanasya kiṃ tarhi deha evā'tmadarśanaṃ nāpi tatra doṣadarśanaṃ babhūva / tadvadeva vidyāgrahaṇasāmarthyapratibandhadoṣālpatvabahutvāpekṣamindravirocanayośchāyātmadehayorgrahaṇam /

indro 'lpadoṣatvāddṛśyata itiśrutyarthameva śraddadhānatayā jagrāhetaraśchāyānimittaṃ dehaṃ hitvā śrutyarthaṃ lakṣaṇayā jagrāha prajāpatinokto 'yamiti doṣabhūyastvāt /
yathā kila nīlānīlayorādarśe dṛśyamānayorvāsasoryannīlaṃ tanmahārhamiti cchāyānimittaṃ vāsa evocyate na cchāyā tadvaditi virocanābhiprāyaḥ /
svacittaguṇadoṣavaśādeva hi śabdārthāvadhāraṇaṃ tulye 'pi śravaṇe khyāpitaṃ dāmyata datta dayadhvamiti dakāramātraśravaṇācchutyantare /
nimittānyapi tadanuguṇānyeva sahakārīṇi bhavanti //2 //

start chup 8,9.3 evam evaiṣa maghavann iti hovāca | etaṃ tv eva te bhūyo 'nuvyākhyāsyāmi | vasāparāṇi dvātriṃśataṃ varṣāṇīti | sa hāparāṇi dvātriṃśataṃ varṣāṇyuvāsa | tasmai hovāca || chup_8,9.3 ||

chupbh_8,9.3 evamevaiṣa maghavansamyaktvayāvagataṃ na cchāyātmetyuvāca prajāpatiryo mayokta ātmā prakṛta etamevā'tmānaṃ tu te bhūyaḥ pūrvaṃ vyākhyātamapyanuvyākhyāsyāmi /
yasmātsakṛdvyākhyātaṃ doṣarahitānāmavadhāraṇaviṣayaṃ prāptamapi nāgrahīrataḥ kenaciddoṣeṇa pratibaddhagrahaṇasāmarthastvamatastatkṣapaṇāya vasāparāṇi dvātriṃśataṃ varṣāṇītyuktvā tathoṣitavate kṣapitadoṣāya tasmai hovāca //3//

iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi aṣṭamādhyāyasya navamaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 8,10.1

ya eṣa svapne mahīyamānaś caraty eṣa ātmeti hovāca | etad amṛtam abhayam etad brahmeti | sa ha śāntahṛdayaḥ pravavrāja | sa hāprāpyaiva devān etad bhayaṃ dadarśa | tad yady apīdaṃ śarīram andhaṃ bhavaty anandhaḥ sa bhavati yadi srāmam asrāmaḥ | naivaiṣo 'sya doṣeṇa duṣyati || chup_8,10.1 ||

chupbh_8,10.1 ya ātmāpahatapāpmādilakṣaṇo ya eṣo 'kṣiṇītyādinā vyākhyāta eṣa saḥ / ko 'sau / yaḥ svapne mahīyamānaḥ stryādibhiḥ pūjyamānaścaratyanekavidhānsvapnabhogānanubhavatītyarthaḥ / eṣa ātmeti hovācetyādi samānam / sa haivamukta indraḥ śāntahṛdayaḥ pravavrāja / 
sa hāprāpyaiva devānpūrvavadasminnapyātmani bhayaṃ dadarśa /
katham /
tadidaṃ śarīraṃ yadyapyandhaṃ dhavati svapnātmā yo 'nandhaḥ sa bhavati /
yadi srāmamidaṃ śarīramasrāmaśca sa bhavati naivaiṣa svapnātmāsya dehasya doṣeṇa duṣyati //1 //


start chup 8,10.2-4

na vadhenāsya hanyate | nāsya srāmyeṇa srāmaḥ | ghnanti tv evainam | vicchādayantīva | apriyavetteva bhavati | api roditīva nāham atra bhogyaṃ paśyāmīti || chup_8,10.2 ||

sa samitpāṇiḥ punar eyāya | taṃ ha prajāpatir uvāca | maghavan yac chāntahṛdayaḥ prāvrājīḥ kim icchan punar āgama iti | sa hovāca | tad yady apīdaṃ bhagavaḥ śarīram andhaṃ bhavaty anandhaḥ sa bhavati yadi srāmam asrāmaḥ | naivaiṣo 'sya doṣeṇa duṣyati || chup_8,10.3 ||

na vadhenāsya hanyate | nāsya srāmyeṇa srāmaḥ | ghnanti tv ivainam | vicchādayantīva | apriyavetteva bhavati | api roditīva | nāham atra bhogyaṃ paśyāmīti | evam evaiṣa maghavann iti hovāca | etaṃ tv eva te bhūyo 'nuvyākhyāsyāmi | vasāparāṇi dvātriṃśataṃ varṣāṇīti | sa hāparāṇi dvātriṃśataṃ varṣāṇyuvāsa | tasmai hovāca || chup_8,10.4 ||

chupbh_8,10.2-3-4 nāpyasya vadhena sa hanyate chāyātmavanna cāsya srāmyeṇa srāmaḥ svapnātmā bhavati / yadadhyāyādāvāgamamātreṇopanyastaṃ nāsya jarayaitajjīryatītyādi tadiha nyāyenopapādayitumupanyastam / na tāvadayaṃ chāyātmavaddehadoṣayuktaḥ kintu dhnanti tvevainam / evaśabda ivārthe / ghnantīvainaṃ kecaneti draṣṭavyam / prajāpatiṃ pramāṇīkurvato 'nṛtavāditvāpādanānupapatteḥ / etadamṛtamityetatprajāpativacanaṃ kathaṃ mṛṣā kuryādindrastaṃ pramāṇīkurvan / nanu cchāyāpuruṣe prajāpatinokte 'sya śarīrasya nāśamanveṣa naśyatīti doṣamabhyadhāttathehāpi syāt / naivam / kasmāt / ya eṣo 'kṣiṇi puruṣo dṛśyata iti manyate tadā kathaṃ prajāpatiṃ pramāṇīkṛtya punaḥ śravaṇāya samitpāṇirgacchet / jagāma ca / tasmānna cchāyātmā prajāpatinokta iti manyate / tathā ca vyākhyātaṃ draṣṭākṣiṇi dṛśyata iti / tathā vicchādayantīva vidrāvayantīva tathā ca putrādimaraṇanimittamapriyavetteva bhavati / api ca svayamapi roditīva / nanvapriyaṃ vettyeva kathaṃ vetteveti / ucyate-na amṛtābhayatvavacanānupapatteḥ / dhyāyatīveti ca śrutyantarāt / nanu pratyakṣavirodha iti cet / na / śarīrātmatvapratyakṣavadbhrāntisaṃbhavāt / tiṣṭhatu tāvadapriyavetteva na veti / nāhamatra bhogyaṃ paśyāmi / svapnātmajñāne 'pīṣṭaṃ phalaṃ nopalabha ityabhiprāyaḥ. evamevaiṣa tavābhiprāyeṇeti vākyaseṣaḥ / 
ātmano 'mṛtābhayaguṇavattvasyābhipretatvāt /
dviruktamapi nyāyato mayā yathāvannāvadhārayati /
tasmātpūrvavadasyādyāpi pratibandhakāraṇamastīti manvānastatkṣapaṇāya vasāparāṇi dvātriṃśataṃ varṣāṇi brahmacaryamityādideśa prajāpatiḥ /
tathoṣitavate kṣapitakalmaṣāyā'ha //2-3-4 //


iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi aṣṭamādhyāyasya daśamaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 8,11.1-2

tad yatraitat suptaḥ samastaḥ saṃprasannaḥ svapnaṃ na vijānātyeṣa ātmeti hovāca | etad amṛtam abhayam etad brahmeti | sa ha śāntahṛdayaḥ pravavrāja | sa hāprāpyaiva devān etad bhayaṃ dadarśa | nāha khalv ayam evaṃ saṃpraty ātmānaṃ jānāty ayam aham asmīti | no evemāni bhūtāni | vināśam evāpīto bhavati | nāham atra bhogyaṃ paśyāmīti || chup_8,11.1 ||

sa samitpāṇiḥ punar eyāya | taṃ ha prajāpatir uvāca - maghavan yac chāntahṛdayaḥ prāvrājīḥ kim icchan punar āgama iti | sa hovāca nāha khalv ayaṃ bhagava evaṃ saṃpraty ātmānaṃ jānāty ayam aham asmīti | no evemāni bhūtāni | vināśam evāpīto bhavati | nāham atra bhogyaṃ paśyāmīti || chup_8,11.2 ||

chupbh_8,11.1-2 pūrvavadetaṃ tveva ta ityādyuktvā tadyatraitatsupta ityadi vyākhyātaṃ vākyam / akṣiṇi yo draṣṭā svapne ca mahīyamānaścarati sa eṣa suptaḥ samastaḥ saṃprasannaḥ svapnaṃ na vijānātyeṣa ātmeti hovācaitadamṛtamabhayametadbrahmeti svābhipretameva / maghavāṃstatrāpi doṣaṃ dadarśa / katham / nāha naiva suṣuptastho 'pyātmā khalvayaṃ saṃprati samyagidānīṃ cā'tmānaṃ jānāti naivaṃ jānāti / katham / ayamahamasmīti no evemāni bhūtāni ceti / yathā jāgrati svapne vā / 
ato vināśameva vināśamiveti pūrvavaddraṣṭavyam /
apīto 'pigato bhavati, vinaṣṭa iva bhavatītyabhiprāyaḥ /
jñāne hi sati jñātuḥ sadbhāvo 'vagamyate nāsati jñāne /
na ca suṣuptasya jñānaṃ dṛśyate 'to vinaṣṭa ivetyabhiprāyaḥ na tu vināśamevā'tmano manyate 'mṛtābhayavacanasya prāmāṇyamicchan //1-2 //


start chup 8,11.3

evam evaiṣa maghavann iti hovāca | etaṃ tv eva te bhūyo 'nuvyākhyāsyāmi | no evānyatraitasmāt | vasāparāṇi pañca varṣāṇīti | sa hāparāṇi pañca varṣāṇyuvāsa | tāny ekaśataṃ saṃpeduḥ | etat tad yad āhuḥ | ekaśataṃ ha vai varṣāṇi maghavān prajāpatau brahmacaryam uvāsa | tasmai hovāca || chup_8,11.3 ||

chupbh_8,11.3 pūrvavadevamevetyuktvā yo mayoktasribhiḥ paryāyaistamevaitaṃ no evānyatraitasmādātmano 'nyaṃ kañcana kiṃ tarhyetameva vyākhyāsyāmi / svalpastu doṣastavāvaśiṣṭastatkṣapaṇāya vasāparāṇyanyāni pañca varṣāṇītyuktaḥ sa tathā cakāra / 
tasmai mṛditakaṣāyādidoṣāya sthānatrayadoṣasaṃbandharahitamātmanaḥsvarūpamapahatapāpmatvādilakṣaṇaṃ maghavate tasmai hovāca /
tānyekaśataṃ varṣāṇi saṃpeduḥ saṃpannāni babhūvuḥ /
yadāhurloke śiṣṭā ekaśataṃ ha vai varṣāṇi maghavānprajāpatau brahmacaryamuvāseti tadetaddvātriṃśatamityādinā darśitamityākhyāyikāto 'pasṛtya śrutyocyate /
evaṃ kilaitadindratvādapi gurutaramindreṇāpi mahatā yatnenaikottaravarṣaśatakṛtāyāsena prāptamātmajñānamato nātaḥ paraṃ puruṣārthāntaramastītyātmajñānaṃ stauti //3//


iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi aṣṭamādhyāyasyaikādaśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 8,12.1

maghavan martyaṃ vā idaṃ śarīram āttaṃ mṛtyunā | tad asyāmṛtasyāśarīrasyātmano 'dhiṣṭhānam | ātto vai saśarīraḥ priyāpriyābhyām | na vai saśarīrasya sataḥ priyāpriyayor apahatir asti | aśarīraṃ vāva santaṃ na priyāpriye spṛśataḥ || chup_8,12.1 ||

chupbh_8,12.1 maghavanmartyaṃ vai maraṇadharmīdaṃ śarīram / yanmanyase 'kṣyādhārādilakṣaṇaḥ saṃprasādalakṣaṇa ātmā mayokto vināśamevāpīto bhavatīti / śṛṇu tatra kāraṇam / yadidaṃ śarīraṃ vai tadetanmartyaṃ vināśi / taccā'ttaṃ mṛtyunā grastaṃ satatameva / kadācideva mriyata iti martyamityukte na tathā saṃtrāso bhavati yathā grastameva sadā vyāptameva mṛtyunetyukta iti vairāgyārthaṃ viśeṣa ityucyata āttaṃ mṛtyuneti / kathaṃ nāma dehābhimānato viraktaḥ sannivartata iti / śarīramityatra sahendriyamanobhirucyate / taccharīramasya saṃprasādasya tristhānatayā gamyamānasyāmṛtasya maraṇādidehandriyamanodharmavarjitasyetyetat / amṛtasyetyanenaivāśarīratve siddhe punaraśarīrasyeti vacanaṃ vāyvādivatsāvayavatvamūrtimattve mā bhūtāmityātmanaḥ / ātmano vā sata īkṣitustejobannādikrameṇotpannamadhiṣṭhānam / jīvarūpeṇa praviśya sadevādhitiṣṭhatyasminniti vādhiṣṭhānam / yasyedamīdṛśaṃ nityameva mṛtyugrastaṃ dharmādharmajanitatvātpriyāpriyavadadhiṣṭhānaṃ tadadhiṣṭhitastadvānsaśarīro bhavati / aśarīrasvabhāvasyā'tmanastadevāhaṃ śarīraṃ śarīrameva cāhamityavivekādātmabhāvaḥ saśarīratvaṃ ata eva saśarīraḥ sannātto grastaḥ priyāpriyābhyām / prasiddhametat / tasya ca na vai saśarīrasya sataḥ priyāpriyayorbāhyaviṣayasaṃyogaviyoganimittayorbāhyaviṣayasaṃyogaviyogau mameti manyamānasyāpahatirvināśa ucchedaḥ santatirūpayornāstīti / taṃ punardehābhimānādaśarīrasvarūpavijñānena vinartitāvivekajñānaśarīraṃ santaṃ priyāpriye na spṛśataḥ / spṛśiḥ pratyekaṃ saṃbadhyata iti priyaṃ na spṛśatyapriyaṃ na spṛśatīti vākyadvayaṃ bhavati / "na mlecchāśucyadhārmikaiḥ saha saṃbhāṣete"ti yadvat / dharmādharmakārye hi te / aśarīratā tu svarūpamiti tatra dharmādharmayorasaṃbhavāttatkāryabhāvo dūrata evetyato na priyāpriye spṛśataḥ / nanu yadi priyamapyaśarīraṃ na spṛśatīti yanmaghavatoktaṃ suṣuptastho vināśamevāpīto bhavatīti tadevehāpyāpannam / naiṣa doṣaḥ dharmādharmakāryayoḥ śarīrasaṃbandhinoḥ priyāpriyayoḥ pratiṣedhasya vivakṣitatvāt aśarīraṃ na priyāpriye spṛśata iti / āgamāpāyinorhi sparśaśabdo dṛṣṭo yathā śītasparśa uṣṇasparśa iti na tvagneruṣṇaprakāśayoḥ svabhāvabhūtayoragninā sparśa iti bhavati tathāgneḥ saviturvoṣṇaprakāśavatsvarūpabhūtasyā'nandasya priyasyāpi neha pratiṣedhaḥ"vijñānamānandaṃ brahma" "ānando brahma"ityādiśrutibhyaḥ / ihāpi bhūmaiva sukhamityuktatvāt / nanu bhūmnaḥ priyasyaikatve 'saṃvedyatvātsvarūpeṇa vā nityasaṃvedyatvānnirviśeṣateti nendrasya tadiṣṭam / "nāha khalvayaṃ saṃpratyātmānaṃ jānātyayamahamasmīti no evomāni bhūtāni vināśamevāpīto bhavati nāhamatra bhogyaṃ paśyāmi"ityuktatvāt / taddhondrasyeṣṭaṃ yadbhatāni cā'tmānaṃ ca jānāti na cāpriyaṃ kiñcidvetti sa sarvāṃśca lokānāpnoti sarvāṃśca kāmānyena jñānena satyametadiṣṭamindrasyemāni bhūtāni matto 'nyāni lokāḥ kāmāśca sarve matto 'nye 'hameṣāṃ svāmīti / na tvetadindrasya hitam / hitaṃ cendrasya prajāpatinā vaktavyam / vyomavadaśarīrātmatayā sarvabhūtalokakāmātmatvopagamena yā prāptistaddhitamindrāya vaktavyamiti prajāpatinābhipretam / na tu rājño rājyāptivadanyatvena / tatraivaṃ sati kaṃ kena vijānīyādātmaikatva imāni bhūtānyayamahamasmīti / nanvasminpakṣe"strībhirvā yānairvā" "sa yadi pitṛlokakāmaḥ" "sa ekadhā bhavati"ityādyaiśvaryaśrutayo 'nupapannāḥ / na / sarvātmanaḥ sarvaphalasaṃbandhopapatteravirodhāt / mṛda iva sarvaghacakarakakuṇḍādyāptiḥ / nanu sarvātmatve duḥkhasaṃbandho 'pi syāditi cenna, duḥkhasyāpyātmatvopagamādavirodhaḥ / ātmanyavidyākalpanānimittāni duḥkhāni rajjvāmiva sarpādikalpanānimittāni / sācāvidyāśarīrātmaikatvasvarūpadarśanena duḥkhanimittocchinneni duḥkhasaṃbandhāśaṅkā na saṃbhavati / śuddhasattvasaṃkalpanimittānāṃ tu kāmānāmīśvaradehasaṃbandhaḥ sarvabhūteṣu mānasānāṃ para eva sarvasattvopādhidvāreṇa bhokteti sarvāvidyākṛtasaṃvyavahārāṇāṃ para evā'tmā'spadaṃ nānyo 'stīti vedāntasiddhāntaḥ / ya eṣo 'kṣiṇi puruṣo dṛśyati iti cchāyāpuruṣa eva prajāpatinoktaḥ / svapnasuṣuptayoścānya eva / na paro 'pahatapāpmatvādilakṣaṇo virodhāditi kecinmanyante / chāyādyātmanāṃ copadeśe prayojanamācakṣate / ādāvevocyamāne kila durvijñeyatvātparasyā'tmano 'tyantabāhyaviṣayāsaktacetaso 'tyantasūkṣmavastuśravaṇe vyāmoho mā bhūditi / yathā kila dvitīyāyāṃ sūkṣmaṃ candraṃ didarśayiṣurvṛkṣaṃ kañcitpratyakṣamādau darśayati paśyāmumeṣa candra iti, tato 'nyaṃ tato 'pyanyaṃ girimūrdhānaṃ ca candrasamīpasthaṃ eṣa candra iti tato 'sau candraṃ paśyati, evametadya eṣo 'kṣiṇītyādyuktaṃ prajāpatinā tribhiḥ paryāyairna para iti / caturthe tu paryāye dehānmartyātsamutthāyāśarīratāmāpanno jyotiḥsvarūpam / yasminnuttamapuruṣe stryādibhirjakṣatkrīḍanramamāṇo bhavati sa uttmaḥ puruṣaḥ para ukta iti cā'huḥ / satyaṃ, ramaṇīyā tāvadiyaṃ vyākhyā śrotum / na tvartho 'sya granthasyaivaṃ saṃbhavati / katham / akṣiṇi puruṣo dṛśyata ityupanyasya śiṣyābhyāṃ chāyātmani gṛhīte tayostadviparītagrahaṇaṃ matvā tadapanayāyodaśarāvopanyāsaḥ kiṃ paśyatha iti ca praśnaḥ sādhvalaṅkāropadeśaścānarthakaḥ syāt yadi cchāyātmaiva prajāpatinākṣiṇi dṛśyata ityupadiṣṭaḥ / kiñca yadi svayamupadiṣṭa iti grahaṇasyāpyapanayakāraṇaṃ vaktavyaṃ syāt / svapnasuṣuptātmagrahaṇayorapi tadapanayakāraṇaṃ ca svayaṃ brūyāt na coktaṃ[tenaṭatena manyāmahe nākṣiṇi cchāyātmā prajāpatinopadiṣṭaḥ /

kiṃ cānyadakṣiṇi draṣṭā ceddṛśyata ityupadiṣṭaḥ syāttata idaṃ yuktam / etaṃ tveva ta ityuktvā svapne 'pi draṣṭurevopadeśaḥ / svapne na draṣṭopadiṣṭa iti cenna / api roditīvāpriyavettevetyupadeśāt / na ca draṣṭuranyaḥ kaścitsvapne mahīyamānaścarati / atrāyaṃ puruṣaḥ svayañjyotiriti nyāyataḥ śrutyantare siddhatvāt / yadyapi svapne sadhīrbhavati tathāpi na dhīḥ svapnabhogopalabdhiṃ prati karaṇatvaṃ bhajate / kiṃ tarhi paṭacitravajjāgradvāsanāśrayā dṛśyaiva dhīrbhavatīti na draṣṭuḥ svayañjyotiṣṭvabādhaḥ syāt / kiñcānyat / jāgratsvapnyorbhūtāni cā'tmānaṃ ca jānātīmāni bhūtānyayamahamasmīti / prāptau satyāṃ pratiṣedho yuktaḥ syānnāha khalvayamityādi / tathā cetanasyaivāvidyānimittayoḥ śarīratve sati priyāpriyayorapahatirnāstītyuktvā tasyaivāśarīrasya sato vidyāyāṃ satyāṃ saśarīratve prāptayoḥ pratiṣedho yukto 'śarīraṃ vāva santaṃ na priyāpriye spṛśata iti / ekaścā'tmā svapnabuddhāntayormahāmatsyavadasaṅgaḥ saṃcaratīti śrutyantare siddham / yaccoktaṃ saṃprasādaḥ śarīrātsamutthāya yasminstryādibhī ramamāṇo bhavati so 'nyaḥ saṃprasādādadhikaraṇanirdiṣṭa uttamaḥ puruṣa iti / tadapyasat / caturthe 'pi paryāya eta tveva ta iti vacanāt / yadi tato 'nyo 'bhipretaḥ syātpūrvavadetaṃ tveva ta iti na brūyānmṛṣā prajāpatiḥ / kiñcānyattejobannādīnāṃ sraṣṭuḥ sataḥ svavikāradehaśuṅge praveśaṃ darśayitvā praviṣṭāya puvastattvamasītyupadeśo mṛṣā prasajyeta / tasmiṃstvaṃ stryādibhī rantā bhaviṣyasīti yukta upadeśo 'bhaviṣyadyadi saṃprasādādanya uttamaḥ puruṣo bhavet / tathā bhūmnyahamevetyādiśyā'tmaivedaṃ sarvamiti nopasamahariṣyadyadi bhūmā jīvādanyo 'bhaviṣyat / "nānyo 'to 'sti draṣṭā"ityādiśrutyantarācca / sarvaśrutiṣu ca parasminnātmaśabdaprayogo nābhaviṣyatpratyagātmā cetsarvajantūnāṃ para ātmā na bhavettasmādeka evā'tmā prakaraṇī siddhaḥ / na cā'tmanaḥ saṃsāritvam / avidyādhyastatvādātmani saṃsārasya / na hi rajjuśuktikāgaganādiṣu sarparajatamalādīni mithyājñānādhyastāni teṣāṃ bhavantīti / etena saśarīrasya priyāpriyayorapahatirnāstīti vyākhyātam / yaccasthitamapriyavetteveti nāpriyavettaiveti siddham / evaṃ ca sati sarvaparyāyeṣvetadamṛtabhayametadbrahmeti prajāpatervacanam / yadi vā prajāpaticchadbharūpāyāḥ śrutervacanaṃ satyameva bhavet / na catatkutarkabuddhyā mṛṣā kartuṃ yuktam / tato gurutarasya pramāṇāntarasyānupapatteḥ / nanu pratyakṣaṃ duḥkhādyapriyavettṛtvamavyabhicāryanubhūyata iti cenna / jarādirahito jīrṇo 'haṃ jāto 'hamāyuṣmāngauraḥ kṛṣṇo mṛta ityādipratyakṣānubhavavattadupapatteḥ / sarvamapyetatsatyamiti cedastyevaitadevaṃ duravagamaṃ yena devarājo 'pyudaśarāvādidarśitāvināśayuktirapi mumohaivātra vināśamevāpīto bhavatīti / tathā virocano mahāprājñaḥ prājāpatyo 'pi dehamātrātmadarśano babhūva / tathendrasyā'tmavināśabhayasāgara eva vaināśikā nyamajjan / tathā sāṃkhyā draṣṭāraṃ dehādivyatiriktamavagamyāpi tyaktāgamapramāṇatvānmṛtyuviṣaya evānyatvadarśane tasthuḥ / tathānye kāṇādādidarśanāḥ kaṣāyaraktamiva kṣārādibhirvasraṃ navabhirātmaguṇairyuktamātmadravyaṃ viśodhayituṃ pravṛttāḥ / 
tathānye karmiṇo bāhyaviṣayāpahṛtacetaso vedapramāṇā api paramārthasatyamātmaikatvaṃ vināśamivendravanmanyamānā ghaṭīyantravadārohāvarohaprakārairaniśaṃ bambhramati /
kimanye kṣudrajantavo vivekahīnāḥ svabhāvata eva bahirviṣayāpahṛtacetasaḥ /
tasmādidaṃ tyaktasarvabāhyaiṣaṇairananyaśaraṇaiḥ paramahaṃsaparivrājakairatyāśramibhirvedāntavijñānaparaireva vedanīyaṃ pūjyatamaiḥ prājāpatyaṃ cemaṃ saṃpradāyamanusaradbhirupanibaddhaṃ prakaraṇacatuṣṭayena /
tathānuśāsatyadyāpi ta eva nānya iti //1 //


start chup 8,12.2

aśarīro vāyuḥ | abhraṃ vidyut stanayitnur aśarīrāṇy etāni | tad yathaitāny amuṣmād ākāśāt samutthāya paraṃ jyotir upasaṃpadya svena rūpeṇābhiniṣpadyante || chup_8,12.2 ||

chupbh_8,12.2 tatrāśarīrasya saṃprasādasyāvidyayā śarīreṇāviśeṣatāṃ sasarīratāmeva saṃprāptasya śarīrātsamutthāya svena rūpeṇa yathābhiniṣpattistathā vaktavyeti dṛṣṭānta ucyate-aśarīro vāyuravidyamānaṃ śiraḥpāṇyādimaccharīramasyetyaśarīraḥ / kiṃ cābhraṃ vidyutstanayitnurityetāni cāśarīrāṇi / tattatraivaṃ sati varṣādiprayojanāvasāne yathā / amuṣmāditi bhūmiṣṭhā śrutirdyulokasaṃbandhinamākāśadeśaṃ vyapadiśati / 
etāni yathoktānyākāśasamānarūpatāmāpannāni svena vāyvādirūpeṇāgṛhyamāṇānyākāśākhyatāṃ gatāni yathā saṃprasādo 'vidyāvasthāyāṃ śarīrātmabhāvamevāpannaḥ, tāni ca tathābhūtānyamuṣmāddyulokasambandhina ākāśadeśātsamuttiṣṭhanti varṣaṇādiprayojanābhinirvṛttaye /
katham /
śiśirāpāye sāvitra paraṃ jyotiḥ prakṛṣṭaṃ graiṣmakamupasaṃpadya sāvitramabhitāpaṃ prāpyetyarthaḥ /
ādityābhitāpena pṛthagbhāvamāpāditāḥ santaḥ svena svena rūpeṇa purovātādivāyurūpeṇa stimitabhāvaṃ hitvābhramapi bhūmiparvatahastyādirūpeṇa vidyudapi svena jyotirlatādicapalarūpeṇa stanayitnurapi svena garjitāśanirūpeṇetyevaṃ prāvṛḍāgame svena svena rūpeṇābhiniṣpadyante //2 //


start chup 8,12.3

evam evaiṣa saṃprasādo 'smāc charīrāt samutthāya paraṃ jyotir upasaṃpadya svena rūpeṇābhiniṣpadyate | sa uttamapuruṣaḥ | sa tatra paryeti jakṣat krīḍan ramamāṇaḥ strībhir vā yānair vā jñātibhir vā nopajanaṃ smarann idaṃ śarīram | sa yathā prayogya ācaraṇe yukta evam evāyam asmiñ charīre prāṇo yuktaḥ || chup_8,12.3 ||

chupbh_8,12.3 yathāyaṃ dṛṣṭānto vāyvādīnāmākāśādisāmyagamanavadavidyayā saṃsārāvasthāyāṃ śarīrasāmyamāpanno 'hamamuṣya putro jāto jīrṇo mariṣya ityevaṃprakāraṃ prajāpatineva maghavānyathoktena krameṇa nāsi tvaṃ dehendriyādidharmā tattvamasīti pratibodhitaḥ sansa eṣa saṃprasādo jīvo 'smāccharīrādākāśādiva vāyvādayaḥ samutthāya dehādivailakṣaṇyamātmano rūpamavagamya dehātmabhāvanāṃ hitvetyetat / svena rūpeṇa sadātmanaivābhiniṣpadyata iti vyākhyātaṃ purastāt / sa yena svena rūpeṇa saṃprasādo 'bhiniṣpadyate prākpratibodhāttadbhrāntinimittātsarpo bhavati yatā rajjuḥ paścātkṛtaprakāśā rajjvātmanā svena rūpeṇābhiniṣpadyate / evaṃ ca sa uttamapuruṣa uttamaścāsau puruṣaścetyuttamapuruṣaḥ sa evottamapuruṣo 'kṣisvapnapuruṣau vyaktāvavyaktaśca suṣuptaḥ samastaḥ saṃprasanno 'śarīraśca svena rūpeṇeti / eṣāmeṣa svena rūpeṇāvasthitaḥ kṣarākṣarau vyākṛtāvyākṛtāvapekṣyottamapuruṣaḥ kṛtanirvacano hyayaṃ gītāsu / sa saṃprasādaḥ svena rūpeṇa tatra svātmani svasthatayā sarvātmabhūtaḥ paryeti kvacidindrādyātmanā jakṣaddhasanbhakṣayanvā bhakṣyānuccāvacānīpsitānkvacinmanomātraiḥ saṃkalpādeva samutthitairbrāhmalaukikairvā krīḍanstryādibhī ramamāṇaśca manasaiva nopajanaṃ srīpuṃsayoranyonyopagamena jāyata ityupajanamātmabhāvena vā'tmasāmīpyena jāyata ityupajanamidaṃ śarīraṃ tanna smaran / tatsmaraṇe hi duḥkhameva syāt / duḥkhātmakatvāttasya / nanvanubhūtaṃ cenna smaredasarvajñatvaṃ muktasya / naiṣa doṣaḥ / yena mithyājñānādinā janitaṃ tacca mithyājñānādi vidyayoccheditamatastannānubhūtameveti na tadasmaraṇe sarvajñatvahāniḥ / na hyu nmattena grahagṛhītena vā yadanubhūtaṃ tadunmādādyapadame 'pi smartavyaṃ syāttathehāpi saṃsāribhiravidyādoṣavadbhiryadanubhūyate tatsarvātmānamaśarīraṃ na spṛśati / avidyānimittābhāvāt / ye tūcchinnadoṣairmṛditakaṣāyairmānasāḥ satyāḥ kāmā anṛtāpidhānā anubhūyante vidyābhivyaṅgyatvātta eva muktena sarvātmabhūtena saṃbadhyanta ityātmajñānastutaye nirdiśyante 'taḥ sādhvetadviśinaṣṭi-ya ete brahmaloka iti / yatra kvacana bhavanto 'pi brahmaṇyeva hi te loke bhavantīti sarvātmatvādbrahmaṇa ucyante / nanu kathamekaḥ'sannānyatpaśyati nānyadvijānāti sa bhūmā'kāmāṃśca brāhmalaukikān'paśyan ramata'iti ca viruddham / yathaiko yasminneva kṣaṇe paśyati sa tasminneva kṣaṇe na paśyati ceti / naiṣa doṣaḥ / śrutyantare parihṛtatvāt / draṣṭurdṛṣṭeraviparilopātpaśyanneva bhavati / draṣṭuranyatvena kāmānāmabhāvānna paśyati ceti / yadyapi suṣupte taduktaṃ muktasyāpi sarvaikatvātsamāno dvitīyābhāvaḥ / kena kaṃ paśyediti coktameva / aśarīrasvarūpo 'pahatapāpmādilakṣaṇaḥ sankathameṣa puruṣo 'kṣiṇi dṛśyata ityuktaḥ prajāpatinā / tatra yathāsāvakṣiṇi sākṣāddṛśyate tadvaktavyamitīdamārabhyate / tatra ko heturakṣiṇi darśana ityāha-sa dṛṣṭānto yathā prayogyaḥ prayogyaparo vā saśabdaḥ / prayujyata iti prayogyo 'śvo balīvarde vā / 
yathā loka ācaratyanenetyācaraṇo ratho 'no vā tasminnācaraṇe yuktastadākarṣaṇāya, evamasmiñcharīre rathasthānīye prāṇaḥ pañcavṛttirindriyamanobuddhisaṃyuktaḥ prajñātmā vijñānakriyāśaktidvayasaṃmūrchitātmā yuktaḥ svakarmaphalopabhoganimittaṃ niyuktaḥ /
kasminnvahamutkrānta utkrānto bhavisaṣyāmi kasminvā pratiṣṭhite pratiṣṭhāsyāmīti /
īśvareṇa rājñeva sarvādhikārī darśanaśravaṇaceṣṭāvyāpāre 'dhikṛtaḥ /
tasyaiva tu mātraikadeśaścakṣurindriyaṃ rūpopalabdhidvārabhūtam //3 //


start chup 8,12.4

atha yatraitad ākāśam anuviṣaṇṇaṃ cakṣuḥ sa cākṣuṣaḥ puruṣo darśanāya cakṣuḥ | atha yo vededaṃ jighrāṇīti sa ātmā gandhāya ghrāṇam | atha yo vededam abhivyāharāṇīti sa ātmā abhivyāhārāya vāk | atha yo vededaṃ śṛṇvānīti sa ātmā śravaṇāya śrotram || chup_8,12.4 ||

chupbh_8,12.4 atha yatra kṛṣṇatāropalakṣitamākāśaṃ dehacchidramanuviṣaṇṇamanuṣaktamanugataṃ tatra sa prakṛto 'śarīra ātmā cākṣuṣaścakṣuṣi bhava iti cākṣuṣastasya darśanāya rūpopalabdhaye cakṣuḥ karaṇaṃ yasya taddehādibhiḥ saṃhatatvātparasya draṣṭurarthe so 'tra cakṣuṣi darśanena liṅgena dṛśyate paro 'śarīro 'saṃhataḥ / akṣiṇi dṛśyata iti prajāpatinoktaṃ sarvendriyadvāropalakṣaṇārtham / sarvaviṣayopalabdhā hi sa eveti / sphuṭopalabdhihetutvāttvakṣiṇīti viśeṣavacanaṃ sarvaśrutiṣu / 
"ahamadarśamiti tatsatyaṃ bhavatī"ti ca śruteḥ /
athāpi yo 'smindehe veda kathamidaṃ sugandhi durgandhi vā jighrāṇītyasya gandhaṃ vijānīyāmiti sa ātmā tasya gandhāya gandhavijñānāya ghrāṇam /
atha yo vededaṃ vacanamabhivyāharāṇīti vadiṣyāmīti sa ātmābhivyavaharaṇakriyāsiddhaye karaṇaṃ vāgindriyam /
atha yo vededaṃ śṛṇavānīti sa ātmā śravaṇāya śrotram //4 //


start chup 8,12.5

atha yo vededaṃ manvānīti sa ātmā | mano 'sya daivaṃ cakṣuḥ | sa vā eṣa etena daivena cakṣuṣā manasaitān kāmān paśyan ramate ya ete brahmaloke || chup_8,12.5 ||

chupbh_8,12.5 atha yo vedadaṃ manvānīti mananavyāpāramindriyāsaṃspṛṣṭaṃ kevalaṃ manvānīti veda sa ātmā mananāya manaḥ /

yo veda sa ātmetyevaṃ sarvatra prayogādvedanamasya svarūpamityavagamyate / yathā yaḥ purastātprakāśayati sa ādityo yo dakṣiṇato yaḥ paścādya uttarato ya ūrdhvaṃ prakāśayati sa āditya ityukte prakāśasvarūpaḥ sa iti gamyate / darśanādi kriyānirvṛttyarthāni tu cakṣurādikaraṇāni / idaṃ cāsyā'tmanaḥ sāmarthyādavagamyate / ātmanaḥ sattāmātra eva jñānakartṛtvaṃ na tu vyāpṛtatayā / yathā savituḥ sattāmātra eva prakāśanakartṛtvaṃ na tu vyāpṛtatayeti tadvat / mano 'syā'tmano daivamaprākṛtamitarendriyairasādhāraṇaṃ cakṣuścaṣṭe paśyatyaneneti cakṣuḥ / 
vartamānakālaviṣayāṇi cendriyāṇyato 'daivāni tāni /
manastu trikālaviṣayopalabdhikaraṇaṃ mṛditadoṣaṃ ca sūkṣmavyavahitādisarvopalabdhikaraṇaṃ ceti daivaṃ cakṣurucyate /
sa vai muktaḥ svarūpāpanno 'vidyākṛtadehendriyamanoviyuktaḥ sarvātmabhāvamāpannaḥ sanneṣa vyomavadviśuddhaḥ sarveśvaro manaupādhiḥ sannetenaiveśvareṇa manasaitānkāmānsavitṛprakāśavannityapratatena darśanena paśyan ramate /
kānkāmāniti viśinaṣṭi-ya ete brahmaṇi loke hiraṇyanidhivadbāhyaviṣayāsaṅgānṛtenāpihitāḥ saṃkalpamātralabhyāstānityarthaḥ //5 //


start chup 8,12.6

taṃ vā etaṃ devā ātmānam upāsate | tasmāt teṣāṃ sarve ca lokā āttāḥ sarve ca kāmāḥ | sa sarvāṃś ca lokān āpnoti sarvāṃś ca kāmān yas tam ātmānam anuvidya vijānāti | iti ha prajāpatir uvāca prajāpatir uvāca || chup_8,12.6 ||

chupbh_8,12.6 yasmādeṣa indrāya prajāpatinokta ātmā tasmāttataḥ śrutvā tamātmānamadyatve 'pi devā upāsate / tadupāsanācca teṣāṃ sarve ca lokā āttāḥ prāptāḥ sarve ca kāmāḥ / yadarthaṃ hīndra ekaśataṃ varṣāṇi prajāpatau brahmacaryamuvāsa tatphalaṃ prāptaṃ devairityabhiprāyaḥ / tadyuktaṃ devānāṃ mahābhāgyatvānna tvidānīṃ manuṣyāṇāmalpajīvitatvānmandataraprajñatvācca saṃbhavatīti prāpta idamucyate-sa sarvāṃśca lokānāpnoti sarvāṃśca kāmānidānīntano 'pi / 
ko 'sau /
indrādivadyastamātmānamanuvidya vijānātīti ha sāmānyena kila prajāpatiruvāca /
ataḥ sarveṣāmātmajñānaṃ tatphalaprāptiśca tulyaiva bhavatītyarthaḥ /
dvirvacanaṃ prakaraṇasamāptyartham //6//


iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi aṣṭamādhyāyasya dvādaśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 8,13.1

śyāmāc chabalaṃ prapadye | śabalāc chyāmaṃ prapadye | aśva iva romāṇi vidhūya pāpaṃ candra iva rāhor mukhāt pramucya dhūtvā śarīram akṛtaṃ kṛtātmā brahmalokam abhisaṃbhavāmīty abhisaṃbhavāmīti || chup_8,13.1 ||

chupbh_8,13.1 śyāmācchabalaṃ prapadya ityādimantrāmnāya pāvano japārthaśca dhyānārtho vā / śyāmo gambhīro varṇaḥ śyāma iva śyāmo hārdaṃ brahmātyantaduravagāhyatvāttaddhārda brahma jñātvā dhyānena tasmācchyāmācchabalaṃ śabala iva śabalo 'raṇyādyanekakāmamiśratvādbrahmalokasya śābalya taṃ brahmalokaṃ śabalaṃ prapadye manasā śarīrapātādvordhvaṃ gaccheyam / 
yasmādahaṃ śabalādbrahmalokānnāmarūpavyākaraṇāya śyāmaṃ prapadye hārdabhāvaṃ prapanno 'smītyabhiprāyaḥ /
atastameva prakṛtisvarūpamātmānaṃ śabalaṃ prapadya ityarthaḥ /
kathaṃ śabalaṃ brahmalokaṃ prapadya ityucyate-aśva iva svāni lomāni vidhūya kampanena śramaṃ pāṃsvādi ca romato 'panīya yathā nirmalo bhavatyevaṃ hārdabrahmajñānena vidhūya pāpaṃ dharmādharmākyaṃ candra iva ca rāhugrastastasmādrahormukhātmapramucya bhāsvaro bhavati yathaivaṃ dhūtvā prahāra śarīraṃ sarvānarthāśrayamihaiva dhyānena kṛtātmā kṛtakṛtyaḥ sannakṛtaṃ nityaṃ brahmalokamabhisaṃbhavāmīti /
dvirvacanaṃ mantrasamāptyartham //1//


iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi aṣṭamādhyāyasya trayodaśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 8,14.1

ākāśo vai nāma nāmarūpayor nirvahitā | te yadantarā tad brahma tad amṛtaṃ sa ātmā | prajāpateḥ sabhāṃ veśma prapadye yaśo 'haṃ bhavāmi brāhmaṇānāṃ yaśo rājñām yaśo viśām | yaśo 'ham anuprāpatsi | sa hāhaṃ yaśasāṃ yaśaḥ | śyetam adatkam adatkaṃ śyetaṃ lindu mābhigāṃ lindu mābhigām || chup_8,14.1 ||

chupbh_8,14.1 ākāśo vā ityādi brahmaṇo lakṣaṇanirdeśārthamādhyānāya / ākāśo vai nāma śrutiṣu prasiddha ātmā / ākāśa ivāśarīratvāsūkṣmatvācca / sa cā'kāśo nāmarūpayoḥ svātmasthayorjagadbījabhūtayoḥ salilasyeva phenasthānīyayornirvahitā nirvoḍhā vyākartā / te nāmarūpe yadantarā yasya brahmaṇo 'ntarā madhye vartete, tayorvā nāmarūpayorantarā madhye yannāmarūpābhyāmaspṛṣṭaṃ yadityetattadbrahma nāmarūpavilakṣaṇaṃ nāmarūpābhyāmaspṛṣṭaṃ tathāpi tayornirvoḍhutvaṃ lakṣaṇaṃ brahmetyarthaḥ / idameva maitreyībrāhmaṇenoktaṃ cinmātrānugamātmasarvatra citsvarūpataiveti gamyata ekavākyatā / kartha tadavagamyata ityāha-sa ātmā / ātmā hi nāma sarvajantūnāṃ pratyakcetanaḥ svasaṃvedyaḥ prasiddhastenaiva svarūpeṇonnīyāśarīro vyomavatsarvagata ātmā brahmetyavagantavyam / taccā'tmā brahmāmṛtamamaraṇadharmā / ata ūrdhva mantraḥ / prajāpatiścaturmukhastasya sabhāṃ veśma prabhuvimitaṃ veśma prapadye gaccheyam / kiñca yaśo 'haṃ yaśo nāmā'tmāhaṃ bhavāmi brāhmaṇānām / brāhmaṇā eva hi viśeṣatastamupāsate tatasteṣāṃ yaśo bhavāmi / tathā rājñāṃ viśāṃ ca / te 'pyadhikṛtā eveti teṣāmapyātmā bhavāmi / tadyaśo 'hamanuprāpatsyanuprāptumicchāmi sa hāhaṃ yaśasāmātmanāṃ dehendriyamanobuddhilakṣaṇānāmātmā / 
kimarthamahamevaṃ prapadya iti, ucyate-śyetaṃ varṇataḥ pakvabadarasamaṃ rohitam /
tathādatkaṃ dantarahitamapyadatkaṃ bhakṣayitṛ srīvyañjanaṃ tatsevināṃ tejobalavīryavijñānadharmāṇāmapahantṛ vināśayitrityetat /
yadevaṃlakṣaṇaṃ śyetaṃ lindu picchilaṃ tanmābhigāṃ mābhigaccheyam /
dvirvacanamatyantānarthahetutvapradarśanārtham //1//


iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi aṣṭamādhyāyasya caturdaśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ

=======================================================================

start chup 8,15.1

tad dhaitad brahmā prajāpataya uvāca prajāpatir manave manuḥ prajābhyaḥ | ācāryakulād vedam adhītya yathāvidhānaṃ guroḥ karmātiśeṣeṇābhisamāvṛtya kuṭumbe śucau deśe svādhyāyam adhīyāno dharmikān vidadhad ātmani sarvendriyāṇi saṃpratiṣṭhāpyāhiṃsan sarvabhūtāny anyatra tīrthebhyaḥ | sa khalv evaṃ vartayan yāvad āyuṣaṃ brahmalokam abhisaṃpadyate | na ca punar āvartate na ca punar āvartate || chup_8,15.1 ||

chupbh_8,15.1 taddhaitadātmajñānaṃ sopakaraṇamomityetadakṣaramityādyaiḥ sahopāsanaistadvācakena granthenāṣṭādhyāyīlakṣaṇena saha brahmā hiraṇyagarbhaḥ parameśvaro vā taddvāreṇa prajāpataye kaśyapāyovāca / asāvapi manave svaputrāya / manuḥ prajābhya ityevaṃ śrutyarthasaṃpradāyaparamparayā'gatamupaniṣadvijñānamadyāpi vidvatsvavagamyate / yatheha ṣaṣṭhādyadhyāyatraye prakāśitātmavidyā saphalāvagamyate tathā karmaṇāṃ na kaścanārtha iti prāpte tadānarthakyaprāptiparijihīrṣayedaṃ karmaṇo vidvadbhiranuṣṭhīyamānasya viśiṣṭaphalavattvenārthavattvamucyate-ācāryakulādvedamadhītya sahārthato 'dhyayanaṃ kṛtvā yathāvidhānaṃ yathāsmṛtyuktairniyamairyuktaḥ sannityarthaḥ / sarvasyāpi vidheḥ smṛtyuktasyopakaparvāṇakaṃ prati kartavyatve guruśuśrūṣāyāḥ prādhānyapradarśanārthamāha-guroḥ karma yatkartavyaṃ tatkṛtvā karmaśūnyo yo 'tiśiṣṭaḥ kālastena kālena vedamadhītyetyarthaḥ / evaṃ hi niyamavatādhīto vedaḥ karmajñānaphalaprāptaye bhavati nānyathetyabhiprāyaḥ / abhisamāvṛtya dharmajijñāsāṃ samāpayitvā gurukulannivṛtya nyāyato dārānāhṛtya kuṭumbe sthitvā gārhatthve vihite karmaṇi tiṣṭhannityarthaḥ / tatrāpi gārhasthyavihitānāṃ karmaṇāṃ svādhyāyasya prādhānyapradarśanārthamucyate-śucau vivikte 'medhyādirahite deśe yatāvadāsīnaḥ svādhyāyamadhīyāno naityakamadhikaṃ ca yathāśakti ṛgādyabhyāsaṃ ca kurvandhārmikānputrāñśiṣyāṃśca dharmayuktānvidadhaddhārmikatvena tānniyamayannātmani svahṛdaye hārde brahmaṇi sarvendriyāṇi saṃpratiṣṭhāpyopasaṃhṛtyendriyagrahaṇātkarmāṇi ca saṃnyasyāhiṃsahiṃnsāṃ parapīḍāmakurvansarvabhūtāni sthāvarajaṅgamāni bhūtānyapīḍayannityarthaḥ / bhikṣānimittamaṭanādināpi parapīḍā syādityata āha-anyatra tīrthebhyaḥ / tīrthaṃ nāma śāsrānujñāviṣayastato 'nyatretyarthaḥ / sarvāśramiṇāṃ caitatsamānam tīrthebhyo 'nyatrahiṃsaiveti / anye varṇayanti kuṭumba evaitatsarvaṃ kurvansa khalvadhikṛto yāvadāyuṣaṃ yāvajjīvamevaṃyathoktena prakāreṇaiva vartayanbrahmalokamabhisaṃpadyatedehānte / na ca punarāvartate śarīragrahaṇāya / punarāvṛtteḥ prāptāyāḥ pratiṣedhāt / arcirādinā mārgeṇa kāryabrahmalokabhisaṃpadya yāvadbrahmalokasthitistāvattatraiva tiṣṭhati prāktato nā'vartata ityarthaḥ / dvirabhyāsa upaniṣadvidyāparisamāptyarthaḥ //1 // //

iti cchāndogyopaniṣadi aṣṭamādhyāyasya pañcadaśaḥ khaṇḍaḥ iti śrīmadgovindabhagavatpūjyapādaśiṣyaparamahaṃsapar ivrājakācāryaśrīmacchaṅkarabhagavatpādakṛtau cchāndogyopaniṣadvivaraṇe aṣṭamo 'dhyāyaḥ
Notizen
Distributed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-ShareAlike 4.0 International License (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/4.0/)
Rechtsinhaber*in
Göttingen Register of Electronic Texts in Indian Languages (GRETIL), SUB Göttingen
Zitationsvorschlag für dieses Objekt
TextGrid Repository (2022). 1_sanskr. tei. transformations. plaintext. sa_chAndogyopaniSad-comm. GRETIL. Göttingen Register of Electronic Texts in Indian Languages (GRETIL), SUB Göttingen. https://hdl.handle.net/21.T11991/0000-001C-8E1B-5